Skip to content
Opens in a new window Opens an external site Opens an external site in a new window
Ecology & Society
  • Current Issue
  • About the Journal
    • Our Editors
    • Policies
    • Submissions
    • Contact
  • Open Access Policy
  • Submit an Article
  • Sign In
Icons/Search
Icons/Close
Icons/Search
Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 11 Research

Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance

Bilalova, S., N. Valin, A. F. Burchard-Levine, A. K. Gerlak, D. Huitema, N. W. Jager, D. H. Geagea, J. K. L. Koehler, J. Newig, R. Singh, H. Porada, and J. Rodríguez Ros. 2025. Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance. Ecology and Society 30(4):11. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16279-300411
Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
Share
  • Twitter logo
  • LinkedIn logo
  • Facebook logo
  • Email Icon
  • Link Icon
  • Shahana BilalovaORCIDcontact author, Shahana Bilalova
    Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam; Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg
  • Nina ValinORCIDcontact author, Nina Valin
    Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam; IFRO, Copenhagen University
  • Alejandra Francisca Burchard-LevineORCIDcontact author, Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine
    Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
  • Andrea K. GerlakORCID, Andrea K. Gerlak
    School of Geography, Development and Environment, University of Arizona; Udall Center for Studies in Public Policy
  • Dave HuitemaORCID, Dave Huitema
    Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
  • Nicolas W. JagerORCID, Nicolas W. Jager
    Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
  • Dona H. GeageaORCID, Dona H. Geagea
    Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
  • Johanna K.L. KoehlerORCID, Johanna K.L. Koehler
    Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
  • Jens NewigORCID, Jens Newig
    Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg
  • Radhika SinghORCID, Radhika Singh
    Climate Security Specialist, Alliance of Bioversity International and CIAT
  • Hannah PoradaORCID, Hannah Porada
    CEDLA Centre for Latin American Research and Documentation, University of Amsterdam
  • Javier Rodríguez RosJavier Rodríguez Ros
    Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research; Joint Research Unit "Water Management, Actors, Territories (UMR G-EAU)", French National Research Institute for Sustainable Development (IRD)

The following is the established format for referencing this article:

Bilalova, S., N. Valin, A. F. Burchard-Levine, A. K. Gerlak, D. Huitema, N. W. Jager, D. H. Geagea, J. K. L. Koehler, J. Newig, R. Singh, H. Porada, and J. Rodríguez Ros. 2025. Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance. Ecology and Society 30(4):11.

https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16279-300411

  • Introduction
  • Methodology: A Reflexive Process
  • Defining Water Governance Paradigms
  • Functionality: Paradigms As a “Source Code”
  • Watch Me, Or See Me Not: The Actors Involved in Paradigms
  • Temporal and Spatial Dimensions of Water Governance Paradigms
  • The Power of Paradigms and Paradigms of Power
  • Agenda Forward
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • agenda-setting; normative ideas; paradigms; power dynamics; reflexivity; water governance
    Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16279.pdf
    Research, part of a special feature on The Next Wave in Water Governance

    ABSTRACT

    Current understandings of water governance rely on a multitude of paradigms, defined as normative ideas collectively held by actor groups. These ideas shape how water challenges are framed and addressed; however, the ways in which paradigms influence governance processes and evolve across contexts remain underexplored. Reflecting on the role of paradigms in water governance enables a better understanding of the driving forces behind the implementation of certain water governance arrangements, their international spread, and what interests, politico-economic stakes or power dynamics are at play. This agenda-setting paper is a first attempt to bring together diverse insights on the role and functions of paradigms from various conceptual lenses to inspire more reflexive scholarly engagement with paradigms. Our approach is based on a four-year, iterative, interdisciplinary collaboration involving workshops and virtual labs with scholars from diverse backgrounds. From this process, we identify ten key agenda items for future research. These items highlight critical gaps and recommendations for scholars in the water governance field—such as the underexplored role of paradigms in shaping power relations, the neglect of contextual variation, and the marginalization of alternative epistemologies- which may also hold relevance for practitioners at times. Together, they provide both a conceptual foundation and practical direction for scholars and practitioners seeking to better understand and navigate the paradigm-driven dynamics of water governance.

    INTRODUCTION

    Given the persistent global water crisis, never in modern history has there been a more pressing demand for effective water governance (Woodhouse and Muller 2017, Ovink et al. 2023, United Nations 2023). To address this crisis, a wide range of governance approaches is rapidly spreading across the globe, yet no common understanding exists of how water governance “works” or how it interacts with today’s complex systems.

    Water governance refers to the governance of water resources, a highly multidisciplinary field that is closely interdependent with key sectors such as energy, agriculture, and the economy. Water resources encompass the sources of water available for human and ecosystem use, essential for drinking water, agriculture, industry, sanitation, and environmental sustainability (Gleick 1996). Whereas water management involves “activities of analyzing and monitoring, developing and implementing measures to keep the state of a water resource within desirable bounds” (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2012:25), the framework for such management is set by water governance. Governance is considered here as an act of steering the economy and society (Pierre and Peters 2020), involving decision-making among actors concerned with a collective problem, which leads to the creation, reinforcement, or change of institutions.

    Water governance structures, approaches, and instruments do not emerge in isolation. Rather, they come from a collective and discursive identification of certain problems, which stimulates a need for action in the political agenda, potentially leading to specific governance choices. Such ideas on how to collectively govern water have merged into what we consider today as “major paradigms of water governance” (Challies and Newig 2022). These paradigms represent the ideational underpinnings of current approaches to water governance (NEWAVE n.d.). Paradigms in water governance not only reflect society’s water governance needs, objectives, and means but may also play a role in shaping them, e.g., through the focus on policymaking and the allocation of resources. Although researchers have helped conceptualize paradigms (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006, Moss 2010, Baird et al. 2021) and study the implications and prescriptions of water governance paradigms (e.g., Harsha 2012, Chomba et al. 2017, Tantoh and Simatele 2017, Warner et al. 2017, Lebel et al. 2020), there remains a need to delve deeper into the role of these paradigms, which often remains implicit, needing to be examined in terms of their function and power in shaping water governance outcomes.

    Some of the paradigms that have been extensively addressed in the literature include integrated approaches to water management, such as integrated water resource management (IWRM) and integrated river basin management[1] (e.g., García 2008), adaptive management (e.g., Varady et al. 2016), hydraulic mission (e.g., Molle et al. 2009), and water security[2] (e.g., Bakker and Morinville 2013) (Table 1). More recently, newer water governance paradigms have become prominent, such as “rights for nature” (e.g., Harden-Davies et al. 2020) and “remunicipalisation”[3] (e.g., Geagea et al. 2023), highlighting that paradigms become trends as to what is considered “good water governance,” and solutions to tackle past governance discrepancies (Bréthaut and Schweizer 2018).

    From an ontological perspective,[4] water governance paradigms have the power to assert certain worlds while making others invisible. Engaging with a plurality of ontological perspectives thus becomes essential for unpacking the power that certain paradigms hold in defining water governance priorities and legitimizing particular solutions (Blaser 2009, Flaminio 2021). Questioning how one “sees the world” plays a role in understanding how and why certain water governance paradigms are valued above others and thus hold more power in shaping reality. For example, water security has become an important paradigm through a “security” lens from the 2000s onward, influencing global programs by bilateral and international organizations to advance a human security and risk management approach to water governance.

    This agenda-setting paper responds to the need for greater critical reflection on water governance paradigms by examining their roles, dynamics, and impacts on both past and contemporary governance. Although insights into the paradigms of water governance exist, they are often fragmented and examined through diverse and sometimes disconnected conceptual lenses. By bringing these insights together, this paper offers a first attempt to initiate a dialogue across these lenses and provide a more integrated understanding of the role of paradigms in water governance. In equipping scholars with a more holistic perspective on paradigms, it aims to foster reflexivity within the academic community and to encourage researchers to explicitly articulate the types and natures of paradigms they engage with. To follow our example from above, if a researcher adopts a risk-based approach, they tend to implicitly engage with the water security paradigm. To support such reflection and ultimately enhance reflexivity, this paper proposes a research agenda that addresses gaps in our understanding of water governance paradigms and their scholarly treatment.

    To guide our exploration, we draw from the literature to examine three key questions. First, we inquire into how we can define water governance paradigms—what conceptual frameworks we can employ. Second, we investigate where, why, and how paradigms matter in the practices of governing water, as well as their significance in this context. Third, we explore how actors, spatial and temporal scales, and power dynamics shape the evolution, implementation, and diffusion of water governance paradigms. We argue that it is important to study the actors involved in promoting, shaping, reproducing, and implementing water governance paradigms, spatial reach and temporal dynamics of the paradigms, as well as the power issues involved. This can allow a better understanding of the driving forces behind the implementation of certain water governance arrangements, their international diffusion, and what interests, politico-economic stakes, or power dynamics are at play. In examining these questions, we identify key issues that should be prioritized in a future research agenda on water governance paradigms.

    Working toward a better understanding of water governance paradigms emerged as one of the goals of the Next Water Governance network (NEWAVE) (NEWAVE n.d.). NEWAVE is composed of a diverse group of scholars and practitioners from various disciplines who critically reflect on current water governance trajectories around the world. In discussing these trajectories, it became clear that paradigms of water governance are understood and articulated in diverse ways, depending on the discipline, epistemological approach, and geographical grounding of the people involved. Consequently, the perspectives represented within this paper are as varied as the author team itself, who come from different theoretical and epistemological standpoints. This paper intentionally does not follow a single theoretical or conceptual lens; rather, it reflects a multitude of lenses, drawing from political ecology, decolonial thought, and governance studies, among others. This multiplicity aligns with our commitment to offering a comprehensive and nuanced reflection of water governance paradigms, representing the diversity of viewpoints within the author team. The selection of literature and perspectives is also a product of the authors’ positionalities, reflecting our collective experiences and expertise in the field that we brought together through various working meetings between 2021 and 2023.

    METHODOLOGY: A REFLEXIVE PROCESS

    This paper results from a four-year, iterative, interdisciplinary, and collaborative process, gathering junior and senior scholars from various disciplines in the field of water governance. The core group is composed of seven early-stage researchers and their supervisors, focusing on various water governance paradigms under different epistemologies as part of their research projects.

    The methodological approach used was qualitative and grounded in principles of co-production of knowledge. This included: (1) fostering cognitive, normative, and relational reflexivity within the group and engaging in continuous reflection on our positionality as researchers (see Ligtermoet et al. 2025); (2) valuing diverse epistemologies to study and understand water governance, thereby promoting mutual learning and reciprocity (see Tengö et al. 2014); (3) drawing attention to the context in which knowledge is produced, and to the power dynamics and institutional biases that may arise when certain forms of knowledge become dominant (see Mauser et al. 2013); and (4) incorporating iterative cycles of discussion and revision through retreats, virtual meetings, and workshops (see Lang et al. 2012).

    In practice, our collaborative process was structured around three in-person workshops, which were complemented by recurring online meetings (“virtual labs”) led by different researchers from our group on a monthly basis between 2021 and 2022. The workshops functioned as 2-3 day retreats designed to offer space for open-ended discussions, to mutually learn about our different understandings of water paradigms, and to identify main themes for our analysis.

    The first retreat (Germany, April 2021) enabled all researchers to situate themselves epistemologically regarding their approach to paradigms in water governance. The group represented a diversity of approaches, such as institutionalist and agency perspectives, political ecology, policy translation, and feminist and decolonial lenses on water governance paradigms. Building on these experiences, the workshop aimed to interrogate research gaps concerning paradigmatic thinking in water governance by bringing together our different branches of literature and reflecting on possible blind spots in the literature. From conversations and screenings of the literature emerged a shared willingness to explore how power dynamics shape what is researched and discussed in water governance. As some paradigms become dominant while others are marginalized, we asked: what do these paradigms reveal, and what remains hidden? This also led us to identify a need to draw attention to paradigms as a means to enhance reflexivity in water governance literature.

    Following up on these questions, the second retreat (Spain, September 2022) started with a mapping exercise of known dominant paradigms in the literature. This was followed by a reflection on our individual Ph.D. research and what perspectives our projects bring on water governance paradigms. This allowed the production of conceptual themes of reflection around paradigms, such as:

    • The definition and nomenclature of water governance paradigms,
    • Their functional and transformational roles,
    • The actors and power relations embedded within them,
    • Their temporal dynamics and spatial/institutional scales.

    This stage involved recursive cycles of construction, deconstruction, and integration, anchoring our conceptual work in both empirical observations and theoretical pluralism.

    Finally, the third retreat (Germany, April 2023) served as a consolidation phase. Participants collaboratively synthesized findings section-by-section, reflecting on the narrative arc and analytical coherence of the work, and jointly refining the contribution and implications.

    Throughout the process, the group maintained an open-ended and inclusive ethos, treating emerging ideas and frameworks as provisional and subject to ongoing critique. The virtual labs as well as the retreats allowed continuity of the process and regularly gave each author the chance to disagree or bring new elements to the table. The various group activities were hosted by different members of the group to distribute the workload and to experience different leadership. The methodology was thus not only a means of inquiry but also a space of epistemic reflexivity and scholarly community-building. This methodology model may not be easily replicable, as it requires time and stable funding, institutional support, and scheduling flexibility.

    Limitations must be acknowledged here, as despite the diversity of our group in terms of epistemologies and backgrounds, the findings are derived from a specific group of researchers, shaped by their disciplinary, cultural, and institutional contexts. Our conceptualizations of paradigms may have missed broader global or practitioner perspectives, particularly from the Global South or non-academic stakeholders.

    DEFINING WATER GOVERNANCE PARADIGMS

    Before we examine the different aspects of governance paradigms, it is essential to understand the underlying concept of a paradigm itself. This section explores the evolution of the concept of a paradigm within the context of water governance, drawing on foundational theories and recent developments in the field, while highlighting its significance for the cognitive and normative dimensions of water governance practices.

    The notion of “paradigm” can be traced back to Kuhn’s (1962) work on scientific progress. Various analogous concepts have been used in academic literature to imply the same function of a paradigm and are thus at times employed interchangeably. Such terms include “ideas on steroids” (Baumgartner 2014:476), “policy ideas” (Daigneault 2014:482), “nirvana concepts” (Molle 2008), “trends” (Bréthaut and Schweizer 2018), or even “imaginaries” (Jasanoff and Kim 2015). Hall (1993:279) extends the concept to a “policy paradigm” and argues that policymakers work within “a framework of ideas and standards that specifies not only the goal of policy and the kind of instruments that can be used to attain them but also the very nature of the problems they are meant to be addressing.”

    Concerning water, Pahl-Wostl et al. (2006:6) have put forward a similar definition of “water management paradigms,” referring to “a set of basic assumptions about the nature of the system to be managed, the goals of management and the ways in which these management goals can be achieved.” In their understanding, a paradigm is held in common by an “epistemic community” (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006:6), or any other kind of group of actors involved in water management. It is said to become visible through “artifacts”[5] (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006:6) ranging from infrastructure to planning approaches, but also policies and practices.

    Drawing from this foundational work, we define a governance paradigm as a set of more or less coherent normative ideas intersubjectively held by groups of actors about the problématiques[6] that require intervention, corresponding governance objectives, and appropriate means to achieve them. As such, paradigms involve (1) collectively held ideas about reality and the problems (cognitive frames, mental models, imaginaries, etc.), (2) actors related to the problem and its resolution (both state and non-state actors within governance networks), and (3) objectives (the ends and means that aim to solve the identified water-related problématiques).

    Although paradigms serve as more or less cohesive prisms for viewing both problems and solutions, they may also be used strategically in agenda-setting by actor groups (Challies and Newig 2022) to benefit their interests or to sideline other groups’ interests (Molle 2008). Their circulation can shape local policies beyond functional necessity (Blatter and Ingram 2000). Thus, governance paradigms refer to “the whole range of institutions and relationships involved in the process of governing” (Pierre and Peters 2020:1). This includes formal institutions, such as laws, official policies, and organizational structures, as well as informal institutions, the power relations and practices that have developed, and the rules that are followed in practice (Huitema et al. 2009).

    As such, water governance paradigms encompass a wide range of cognitive-normative frameworks that influence water policy. These frameworks shape and are fundamentally shaped by different conceptualizations of water, whether as a common good requiring collective stewardship, a human right, or an economic commodity subject to market forces (Bakker 2007, Sultana and Loftus 2015, Vinciguerra 2024).

    FUNCTIONALITY: PARADIGMS AS A “SOURCE CODE”

    To effectively navigate the complexities of water governance, it is important to understand the role that paradigms play within these systems. This section examines how paradigms act as foundational frameworks in water governance, playing a role in shaping the intent, identity, and operational dynamics of governance structures. However, paradigms are neither static nor singular; multiple paradigms unfold, compete, and layer on top of each other simultaneously, and they are interconnected with the contexts in which they operate. Both paradigms and context co-evolve over time.

    Taking a systems thinking perspective, paradigms can be seen as the “source code” of a system, a backbone determining a system’s intent and identity leading to the emergence of rules, norms, values, and goals on which the system is based (Meadow 1999, Abson et al. 2017). In that sense, paradigms play a role in both problem-framing and providing solutions (Challies and Newig 2022). Interpretive frameworks embedded in paradigms guide decisions about appropriate policy goals respective to perceived problems and which instruments to implement to attain these goals (Hall 1993). Because paradigms also provide clear and distinct ideas about how to govern, they influence governance structures and practices on how formal institutions are set up and maintained, and the mandates they work toward (Kern et al. 2014).

    As Molle (2008) suggests, paradigms often manifest in the form of “nirvana concepts,” which represent idealized, universally accepted solutions that obscure the complexities of real-world governance. Paradigms function together with “narratives” that frame how problems are understood, and “policy models” that offer actionable frameworks for addressing them. This trio of concepts (paradigms, narratives, and policy models) demonstrates how governance frameworks are shaped not only by ideals but also by the strategic simplifications that help align diverse actors around specific approaches to water management.

    To exemplify how paradigms translate into political action in water governance, Table 1 presents a loose, non-exhaustive list of diverse and impactful example paradigms, along with details on the problems they highlight, their preferred solutions, the governance structures they envision, and their normative social, economic, and ecological goals. These three paradigms—hydraulic mission, adaptive governance, and rights of nature—were selected for comparison because they exemplify contrasting approaches to understanding and managing water. Each represents a distinct historical trajectory, ontological stance, and normative commitment. Whereas the hydraulic mission relies on positivist science and engineering, and adaptive water governance draws on ideas from social-ecological resilience, the rights of nature is rooted in eco-centric and Indigenous worldviews. Based on these different stances, the paradigms arrive at completely different prescriptions for the governance of the same water resources. For instance, the paradigm of the hydraulic mission aims at full control over water through large-scale water resource development planned and implemented by centralized, top-down, and technocratic decision-making mechanisms (Molle et al. 2009). In contrast, the adaptive water governance paradigm rejects the hydraulic mission’s underlying belief in calculability and complete human control. Instead, it emphasizes decentralized, participatory management processes that involve learning by doing and experimentation (Chaffin et al. 2014). These ultimately also lead to substantive tensions and trade-offs between normative goals: for instance, between efficiency and equity, or between economic growth and ecological integrity.

    When paradigms are adopted and translated, they have the potential to influence problem perceptions, transform governance structures, and determine which instruments are implemented. However, it is important to recognize that these functional aspects are not entirely context-free. The context in which a paradigm operates plays a significant role in shaping its development and application. Contextual factors such as cultural norms, socioeconomic conditions, and historical legacies influence how paradigms are formulated, interpreted, and adapted.

    Despite their analytical separation, paradigms rarely appear in their pure form in practice. Instead, through operationalization and interpretation within specific contexts, they form conglomerates of past, present, and future ideas that become sedimented in particular governance structures, routines, or institutions. Even where attempts are undertaken to implement fundamental paradigm shifts in water governance, they are confronted with routines, practices, institutions, and material artifacts produced under different ideational contexts. These have their own legacies and lock-ins resulting in persistence, incomplete implementation, and overall, a patchwork of governance solutions (e.g., Abdullaev et al. 2015, Shapiro and Summers 2015, Lukat et al. 2022). This is exemplified by China’s environmental governance reforms since the 1990s, where attempts to address decentralization issues through various measures like vertical management reforms, environmental transfer payments, and monitoring systems have resulted in a hybrid system combining both centralized and decentralized elements (Chen et al. 2022). Such dynamics are often regarded through lenses of messiness (Whaley 2022) or institutional bricolage, highlighting the ways in which governance actors patch together institutions in changing situations, based on previous experiences and institutions (Lukat et al. 2022). This might lead to situations where paradigms are adapted merely symbolically; for example, Biswas (2008) argues that the operationalization of IWRM has been symbolic in several contexts as actors and institutions continue doing what they were doing previously, but under the umbrella of a popular paradigm to obtain both funding and greater acceptability and visibility. Therefore, to understand them in their context it appears pertinent to look beyond the mere names of paradigms and to uncover the attached actor structures, scalar dynamics, and power relations.

    WATCH ME, OR SEE ME NOT: THE ACTORS INVOLVED IN PARADIGMS

    Paradigms do not emerge from nowhere; rather, they are embedded in the situated knowledge[7] (Haraway 1988) of human actors who create and circulate them. In this section, we explore the role of actors involved in the creation and diffusion of water governance paradigms and the power dynamics involved. We describe how water governance paradigms often emerge in academia before being adopted and disseminated by epistemic communities comprising actors from governments, civil society, the private sector, and various research disciplines. Within these communities, certain “policy entrepreneurs” promote a given paradigm in specific venues to actors that are receptive to implementing it. Although the role of governments in the promotion of paradigms is relatively well understood, more attention needs to be paid to the influence of the private sector, international development sector, and donors in the uptake and circulation of paradigms in water governance, particularly in the Global South.

    A set of actors that play a role in the foundation and implementation of paradigms—often unwittingly—is academics (e.g., Morin 2014). Some governance paradigms find their roots in academic thought. For example, market-oriented thinking hails from economics (e.g., Kalyvas and Katznelson 2001), much of the thought that emphasizes participation can be traced back to social sciences (Newig and Kvarda 2012) and Elinor Ostrom’s thinking on collective action[8] (Ostrom 1990), and paradigms that emphasize holistic or integrated thinking can be traced back to ecology and resilience-based nature-based solutions (see Folke 2006). The process through which these ideas find their way from the scientific community, often through empirical case studies, to policy and governance is long and winding (Voß and Simons 2018) and involves multiple iterations.

    When paradigms first emerge in academia, they are often connected to locally situated sites where novel practices of governance help to test, assess, and “improve” or reject the paradigms. Often, it is academic researchers who conduct the initial empirical research on water governance issues, elaborate on the social implications of the particular paradigm they are developing, and formulate associated policy recommendations. Once the water governance paradigm is regarded as a useful contribution to prevalent governance processes, certain epistemic communities—often collaborations of scientists, practitioners, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and political or economic actors—form around the paradigm to facilitate its movement to other contexts (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006). To promote the paradigm, they might highlight only the positive or successful experiences in adopting the paradigm and downplay negative experiences. These epistemic communities are also sometimes referred to as discourse coalitions (Hajer 1997), advocacy coalitions, or constituencies (Voß and Simons 2014).

    Within these epistemic communities, “policy entrepreneurs”[9] (Huitema and Meijerink 2009) or ambassadors (De Oliveira 2021) develop or attach themselves to new ideas; experiment with them to corroborate their value; sell them by linking them to existing problem frames, networks, and coalitions; and identify venues for their propagation. Such channels include transnational networks that form around a common paradigm—a common idea of water governance. These networks may gather in different arenas, such as conferences—where actors are involved in setting or breaking water governance agendas—or through influential water reports that are used to reinforce or adjust the “branding” of a paradigm (e.g., Ovink et al. 2023, United Nations 2023). To give an example, the European Commission and its experts have been referred to as “policy entrepreneurs” for the way they translated the IWRM paradigm into a legislative proposal: the European Water Framework Directive (Valin and Huitema 2023). Different levels or branches of government (local, regional, national, supranational) or sectors of society may be more receptive than others to new ideas, leading policy entrepreneurs to engage in “venue shopping” to promote the paradigm.

    Within this process of promotion and implementation, the role of government actors has been well documented (e.g., Suhardiman et al. 2015, Allouche 2017, Lee et al. 2022). Yet, other actors also play a role in the shaping and implementation of paradigms, although they have received less attention in research, including civil society (e.g., Elfithri et al. 2019, Shields et al. 2021), international non-governmental organizations (e.g., Chikozho and Kujinga 2017), scientific communities (e.g., Pahl-Wostl 2020), citizens and residents (e.g., Chomba et al. 2017), multinational corporations (e.g., Pahl-Wostl 2019), and global private environmental consultancy firms (e.g., Bouteligier 2011).

    The process of paradigm emergence and circulation is often politically charged and influenced by power relations. In the literature on water governance, private actors are increasingly being seen as focal actors in the promotion and implementation of water governance paradigms (e.g., Mills-Novoa and Hermoza 2017, Elder and Gerlak 2024). It has been argued that this is a result of entrenched neoliberalism promoting techno-managerialism and public-private partnership models as well as the rise of austerity regimes that facilitate the role of private sector involvement in water management (Geagea et al. 2023, Kaika et al. 2024). Private sector involvement does not involve only water companies, but also private consultancy firms with roles in environmental policy diffusion, transfer, translation, and circulation (see Burchard-Levine et al. 2024). For instance, Leitner et al. (2018:6) reveal how global consultancies like AECOM and Arup promote best-practice tools for assessing resilience, thereby “spreading an urban resilience gospel” that ultimately introduces a technical and managerial approach to urban resilience that privileges the private sector. Bakker (2010) argues that the promotion of private-sector paradigms is most concentrated (and contested) in large cities in the Global South countries, where the widespread lack of access to networked water supplies is seen as a global crisis.

    International funding and donor organizations also play a crucial role in the circulation of paradigms. Huitema and Meijerink (2010) call attention to the role of these actors, particularly in the context of the Global South, where they exert more influence on paradigm adoption than in industrialized countries of the Global North. It has been documented that donor organizations such as the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Inter-American Development Bank, and the Asian Development Bank played a crucial role in shaping water policy transitions in countries including Indonesia, Mexico, Tanzania, Thailand, and Turkey (Huitema et al. 2011). As a condition for obtaining financial support, these organizations call for fundamental changes in governance regimes and often the adoption of certain paradigms such as privatization (transfer of ownership and control of a service to the private sector) or decentralization (transfer of an activity to several authorities). The authors emphasize the role of “shadow networks” that consist of actors operating on the peripheries or outside conventional power structures. They play a crucial role in paradigm development and demonstration of paradigm viability, although they depend on collaboration with formal policy networks to translate paradigms into tangible changes in governance. In several instances, powerful place-based and transnational actor-networks, such as those involved in mining sectors, mobilize “universal” paradigms that depoliticize and naturalize certain approaches to govern water, which then stabilize the hydro-social order to serve their interests (Ahlers and Zwarteveen 2009). However, these can be promoted unintentionally, especially where technical solutions play a major role in paradigm setting and actors do not necessarily realize the political implications of adopting certain paradigms.

    In conclusion, several actors are involved in different points of paradigm emergence, growth, circulation, and application. Although academia is more active in the initial development of a water governance paradigm, actors in governments, the private sector, and civil society may adopt the paradigm if it aligns with overarching interests. Certain individuals may play an outsize role in promoting the paradigm in prominent venues and arenas and help facilitate funding and resources to actors that may want to apply the paradigm in policy and governance. Across the world, but particularly in the Global South, the private sector, international development organizations, and donors may leverage their influence to ensure the uptake and application of the paradigm in a given context. Identifying relevant actors, their interests, and the tools they use across the “lifecycle” of a water governance paradigm can enable a closer analysis of why and how certain paradigms have attained the influence that they have.

    TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL DIMENSIONS OF WATER GOVERNANCE PARADIGMS

    Governance paradigms in the water domain travel across space and time: think of the way new approaches to governance can become popular on the basis of certain iconic examples and then start being copied elsewhere. These spatial and temporal dynamics are worth examining, as it is increasingly clear that the processes of emergence, proving, international adoption, and implementation of such paradigms are anything but straightforward. As we will further put to light, these processes are fraught with power differences, diverging abilities to produce or “proof” paradigms, and changes (great and small) in the way paradigms are interpreted, and can be affected by either careful attention to a local context or gross neglect of the same.

    Although the issue of scales,[10] at least spatial ones, is well acknowledged in water governance (e.g., Cook et al. 2013, Newig et al. 2016, Norman et al. 2016, Albrecht and Gerlak 2022), it is rarely discussed in the context of water governance paradigms (e.g., Cohen and Davidson 2011). Understanding these dynamics is crucial for uncovering how paradigms influence policy decisions and governance practices across different contexts and timeframes. Against this backdrop, our writing has a more speculative character, and this section will examine: (1) scales within paradigms—whether and how water governance paradigms explicitly address or problematize spatial or temporal dimensions; (2) paradigms within scales—whether and how water governance paradigms reflect the convictions and problems of particular times and places and are thus “typical” for certain eras; and, relatedly, (3) paradigms across scales—whether and how paradigms develop over time and spread across space.

    1. Scales within paradigms: Do paradigms explicitly address space and time?

    When it comes to the notion of space,[11] water governance faces a particular issue in which hydrological systems rarely fit the political-administrative scales of states and regions. Paradigms treat this issue in varied ways. Integration-oriented paradigms (e.g., IWRM, river basin approach, transboundary water management, and to some extent also the debate on adaptive water governance) are most outspoken and make explicit prescriptions about scales: the scale at which problems emerge is also the scale at which they must be addressed, and institutions must be adapted to this logic. As Schlager and Blomquist (2008:1) succinctly summarized: “For the last 25 years, prescriptions of the water policy literature have centered upon two themes. The first is that ‛the watershed’ is the appropriate scale for organizing water resource management. The second is that since watersheds are regions to which political jurisdictions almost never correspond, and watershed-scale decision-making structures do not usually exist, they should be created.”

    However, these ideas are not without critique. Molle (2009) shows quite clearly that the idea to align problem and solution scales is impossible to realize in practice, if only because water is a multidimensional resource and the scale at which one problem (e.g., related to fisheries) often does not match with the scale at which another issue (e.g., water quality) emerges. He also demonstrates how river basin management is mainly a discursive ploy and that those advancing it tend to favor particular outcomes that they hope will be better served in new institutional settings. Schlager and Blomquist (2008) suggest the same but also argue that institutional engineering in the direction of river basin organizations breaks existing bonds between voters, citizens, and government, replacing visible and known government entities for unknown new entities. Although these issues are well known (Huitema and Meijerink 2014), the lure of integration remains strong.

    There are also subtler ways in which space plays a role in water governance paradigms. It is, for instance, clear that approaches such as collaborative, participatory, and community governance rely on a clear preference for local problem-solving. At this scale, actors involved can interact regularly and develop mutual understandings of each other’s interests, levels of trust and solidarity can emerge, and there is a track record of preserving water resources in a sustainable way (Ostrom 1986).

    Surprisingly enough, the issue of time[12] is not integrated into many water governance paradigms, leaving hydrological time frames rather unaddressed (e.g., seasonal precipitation patterns, time—up to decades—that aquifers need to restore). Water governance paradigms revolving around adaptation (e.g., adaptive governance, resilience thinking) are premised on explicit notions of development over time—for instance, in the form of the resilience cycle, which suggests that social-ecological systems go through loops in which management approaches, often based on simplified understandings of the system, yield results for a while, are applied more intensively, but eventually break down and need to be reorganized or transformed (Holling 1985). However, much of the thinking in these paradigms is about experimentation and learning to probe deeper into the dynamics of the social-ecological systems, thus allowing the parties involved to get ahead of potential collapse, or to experiment their way toward better approaches.

    2. Are water governance paradigms “typical” for certain periods or places?

    It is not hard to see that water paradigms do reflect the time and places in which they have emerged, and certain attitudes and cultures of dealing with the environment (Franco-Torres 2021). The hydraulic paradigm, with its emphasis on taming water, appropriating it for human use, and centralized decision-making, aligns with the industrial age of the late 19th century—a period of nation-state building in which large-scale water infrastructure was a source of national pride (Linton 2014). Other, more localized and environmental interests were easily cast aside in the spirit of societal progress, driven by efforts to alleviate poverty, introduce electricity, and provide more predictable water availability for agriculture (Molle et al. 2009).

    This paradigm dominated discussions about water globally for a long time but became increasingly contested from the 1950s onward, as the first signs and later the full emergence of environmental concerns became visible, and democratization gained importance. Initially, this mainly led to resistance and counter-reactions, but later this resulted in a more positive fight against pollution, the recognition of natural values, and a striving for sustainability—often carried in the form of formal state institutions such as environmental legislation (requiring permits), environmental impact assessments, and public participation rights. So, the state was still at bay but was now supposed to have a more balanced (or greener) approach.

    When the critique of the state began to swell in the 1970s and 1980s, the state retreated, and an emphasis on markets and private parties to provide water infrastructure (privatization) on the one hand, and on markets to provide environmental protection (market-based instruments, polluter-pays principles) on the other, emerged (Bakker 2003). Various international organizations, such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and World Bank, actively sought to insert such approaches and principles in water governance debates and were successful to a high degree in shaping water governance practices in various countries (commodification, privatization).

    Finally, the realization that social-ecological systems are inherently complex, and that many approaches to water governance or water resources (such as maximum sustainable yield for fisheries) were essentially based on dangerous simplifications, was brought home by the notion of global change, which transpired from the late 1980s onward. In this context, paradigms such as adaptive governance, resilience thinking, and nature-based solutions could be seen.

    Water governance paradigms did not and do not develop in isolation from the era and place in which they emerged. As we have discussed here, one can already glean that societal goals and priorities have changed over time, that thinking about modes of governance (state, market, community) have also changed, and that greater insight into the complexities of water governance developed in accordance with broader societal developments. But paradigms are also marked by the place in which they have emerged. It has been argued in this context (Gupta 2009) that in the global exchange of ideas on water governance, new paradigms are essentially developed, corroborated, and certified in the Global North, uploaded to global institutions such as the World Bank, and subsequently “downloaded” (in highly unequal power settings) to the Global South, where they often sit awkwardly within existing institutional arrangements.

    3. Up and down with paradigms: How do they develop over time and diffuse in space?

    We do not have many credible conceptual models that can explain how policy paradigms develop over time. The best known publication on policy paradigm change is the one by Hall (1993), who described how British economic and monetary policy went through a fundamental change in the 1970s. Hall suggested that policy change usually reflects ideational change, and that such ideas are present in any policy subsystem at three levels: the level of overarching goals (paradigms), the level of instruments used, and the level of instrument settings. He emphasizes that policy-related learning is important in driving policy change, and that change at the level of instruments is relatively frequent, but that paradigmatic policy change is rare.

    Additionally, it is important to note that multiple paradigms are at times vying for influence over policy. Hall (1993:280) suggests that paradigms compete “because each paradigm contains its own account of how the world facing policymakers operates and each account is different, it is often impossible for the advocates of different paradigms to agree on a common body of data against which a technical judgment in favor of one paradigm over another might be made.” He also indicates that it is difficult to objectively evaluate policy paradigms on scientific grounds alone because the movement from one paradigm to another will ultimately entail a set of judgments that is more political in tone, and the outcome will depend not only on the arguments of competing factions but on their positional advantages within a broader institutional framework (Hall 1993). This is also influenced by who is ultimately seen as a reliable expert, especially on matters of technical complexity. Finally, Hall (1993) suggests that the failure of an existing paradigm helps transition to another one, involving experimentation with new policy that shifts the center of authority and reignites competition between paradigms.

    Several critiques have been leveled at this model, and in particular, the idea that paradigms are incommensurable with each other has drawn the ire of critics (Zittoun 2015). Indeed, if one looks at a paradigm such as IWRM, one sees a hodgepodge of ideas—including the notion that water governance should be at the river basin level, that it should be participatory, and that the polluter should pay. Sharpe et al. (2016), though not offering an analytical model, do suggest that paradigms can obtain a second life by taking over certain ideas from other paradigms, and it would seem that this has happened with IWRM (which was initially mainly a paradigm to do with integration), resulting in a more broadly aimed paradigm.

    One might add that Hall’s model is rather “policy-centric,” meaning that in essence, he assumes that explanations for policy change are to be found in the world of policy and politics, although social-cultural and socioeconomic developments also figure to some degree—for instance, in the form of societal interests that start organizing around particular issues. This means that developments in socio-technical systems are not very explicitly considered, whereas it is quite clear that in the water management field, technical systems or infrastructural choices tend to heavily influence subsequent public decision-making (through sunk costs, for instance, or through scale advantages and impacts on training and expertise) and societal perceptions and demand. Reflecting on these various comments, Groen et al. (2023) show that for German coastal management, it is very hard to switch from flood risk management through hard infrastructure (e.g., dams, dikes) to alternative approaches, such as those that would use natural dynamics (e.g., nature-based solutions) to potentially create similar safety levels. This realization would fit very well with insights from institutional change theory, which suggests that “new institutions” tend to layer on top of already existing arrangements, causing complex interacting patterns, rather than fully displace “old” approaches (Streeck and Thelen 2005, Patterson 2021, Groen et al. 2023).

    THE POWER OF PARADIGMS AND PARADIGMS OF POWER

    In the previous sections, we have discussed different dimensions of water governance paradigms and have unpacked some of their complexity. We have, however, not yet drawn on critical scholarship (e.g., political ecology, feminist approaches) that studies how water governance is inherently political and how water governance research is often “more concerned with promoting particular politically inspired agendas of what water governance should be than with understanding what it actually is” (Zwarteveen et al. 2017:1). In this section, we engage with issues of power to unpack how particular interests are promoted through water governance paradigms (Wesselink et al. 2017). We will first examine the power of paradigms, where we will explore the relationships between the crafting, diffusion, and implementation of these paradigms and how they shape the politics of human-water relations. By analyzing the mechanisms that underpin these paradigms, we aim to illuminate how they create norms and establish authority over water governance practices.

    Following this, we will turn our attention to governance itself as a paradigm of power. Here, we will critically interrogate how governance frameworks often obscure the underlying power dynamics, normalizing certain ideologies while marginalizing others. This dual exploration not only enhances our understanding of how paradigms function but also emphasizes the need for a critical perspective that recognizes the interplay of power, politics, and governance in shaping water management outcomes.

    1. Power of paradigms

    The power of paradigms highlights the relation that exists between the features of crafting, diffusing, and implementing water governance paradigms and how they condition and shape the politics of human-water relations. We find potential in not only combining different interpretive and critical approaches to disentangle the universalizing, normative, and naturalizing dimensions of water governance paradigms (Ingram 2011), but also in identifying and understanding tensions in their implementation and the multiple contestations that arise therein.

    Looking into the power of paradigms allows us to provide nuance to the academic debate around the “successes” and “failures” of water governance paradigms. Understandings of power, as produced by historically established social structures, have contributed to identifying the drive to scale up and universalize water governance “best practices” and general solutions for context-specific problems (Druijff and Kaika 2021, Lukat et al. 2022). Approaches of power as “power to” (instrumental power, agency-based power, etc.) have been typically linked to highlight “success stories” promoted by specific institutions, operationalizing and normalizing water governance paradigms in accordance with their interest. These approaches give insight into the notion of “success” as often defined by the beliefs of those who benefit the most from a paradigm’s implementation. Exploring the agencies of different actors and their capacity to mobilize resources can also provide critical insights into the implementation of water governance paradigms, such as IWRM (Harrison and Mdee 2017) or water privatization (Bieler 2018). For instance, Harrison and Mdee (2017) show how, in Tanzania, narratives of formalization and market-oriented governance are mobilized by urban elites to shift blame for downstream water shortages and pollution onto small-scale farmers upstream who rely on informal irrigation practices. This framing diverts attention from the impacts of other actors—such as urban residents and large-scale users—whose water consumption remains largely unquestioned. As a result, the positive contributions of informal irrigation to rural livelihoods are devalued, and “success” in water governance becomes defined primarily by the interests and perspectives of powerful downstream actors.

    Moreover, the trajectory of a paradigm (e.g., its formulation, adoption, implementation, etc.), as discussed earlier in the Actors section, is often embedded in complex and politically charged relationships between different actor groups. Some groups are particularly “successful” in diffusing hegemonic views through knowledge production, as often argued in post-structuralist research (Gramsci 1971, Foucault 1980, Ekers and Loftus 2008). In addition, approaches of power as “power over” or structural power (Göhler 2009) aim to unveil how domination can be embedded in social structures or institutions via, for instance, norms and roles that can limit individuals’ actions and choices.

    In other terms, specific discourses that aim to “conduct the conduct” of water uses, are conformed to socially shared perspectives and often naturalized through water governance paradigms (Vos and Boelens 2014). Besides consent production, we observe recurrent tensions in the implementation of water governance paradigms and, particularly, in how the materialization of those imaginaries unfold through multiple forms of violence and coercion in particular contexts (Birkenholtz 2009, Marcatelli and Büscher 2019). Whether these are “slow” (Nixon 2011) or explicit, violence and coercion can be rethought through the lens of radical geographies and decolonial and feminist epistemologies (Álvarez and Coolsaet 2018, Christian and Dowler 2019, Toro 2021), largely excluded from current academic understandings of power. These approaches additionally shed light on the emergence of resistance to certain water governance paradigms, through counter-powers or counter-paradigms, and the capacity of the latter to build alternatives to dominant paradigms (Moffat et al. 1991, Miller 2013, Boelens 2022:19).

    2. Paradigm of power

    Our critical inquiry leads us to also question the notion of governance itself as a paradigm of power. Drawing from prior scholarship that has scrutinized the powerful ideas inscribed into governance (e.g., Swyngedouw 2005, Priscoli and Wolf 2009, McGregor 2012, Zwarteveen et al. 2017, Nagendra et al. 2018, Sultana 2018, Micciarelli 2022, Querejazu 2022, Whaley 2022), we can problematize how governance is often understood as the “natural” or “normal” mode to address complex political issues (i.e., water problems). The normalization of governance implies the often unquestioned assumption that it (in contrast to government) allows for more democratic governing practices by involving multiple actors and levels in complex decision-making processes and drawing on pluralistic and inclusive principles of cooperation and polycentricity (Mayntz 2003, Shore 2011, Pahl-Wostl and Knieper 2023). At once, the ideological assumptions, norms, values (notably, neoliberal), knowledge (notably, technical knowledge systems), and truths (e.g., humans must “govern” water; belief in engineering solutions) that derive from the governance paradigm are made invisible (Shore 2011).

    In Table 2, we propose an entry point to complicate and re-politicize water governance and water governance paradigms, providing relevant theoretical perspectives for examining power dynamics that have been introduced throughout this section. For each theoretical perspective, we exemplify ways to analyze forms of power in water governance. This approach is useful from an analytical perspective in hydrosocial studies, as it avoids a reductionist view of paradigms as power-neutral, instead highlighting them as tools and mechanisms for reproducing power dynamics in diverse forms.

    AGENDA FORWARD

    Here, we identify 10 agenda items that should be prioritized in a future research agenda on water governance paradigms. These agenda items have been carefully curated on the basis of our conceptual and empirical inquiries in this paper to shed light on various dimensions and challenges within water governance. Our agenda items draw explicitly from our findings on how water governance paradigms fulfill specific functions, evolve over time and space, and experience or exert power pressures from diverse groups of actors. The items are intended to address the gaps we identified and provide a more comprehensive understanding of water governance paradigms for researchers and practitioners. Ultimately, they aim to inspire research and promote critical reflection within both research and praxis in the field of water governance. By outlining this agenda forward, we hope to contribute to the development of more reflexive water governance practices and ultimately, more transdisciplinary approaches where communities and actors are engaged more fully in water governance paradigms research.

    1. Paradigms act as a “source code” for decision-making processes and governance practices. A deeper understanding of water governance therefore necessitates researchers to identify and examine what paradigms are underpinning and influencing the core norms, values, and goals of the broader system. This entails a closer look at both the functionality of paradigms (as we discuss in the Functionality section) and also how power is realized in the implementation of different paradigms (as seen in the previous section).
    2. A comprehensive understanding of water governance paradigms necessitates an integrated examination of socioeconomic, political, geographical, temporal, and cultural contexts. The importance of context in the adoption and implementation of paradigms is a theme that runs across this entire paper. Researchers and practitioners alike must recognize the significance of these contextual factors and study them systematically, as they influence the development of paradigms, the implementation of governance practices, and the alignment with ecological time frames, thereby shaping governance approaches over time.
    3. The necessity and effectiveness of paradigms in enhancing water governance have been largely understudied, perhaps due to the complexity of this enterprise, as highlighted in this paper. However, this topic requires further investigation by researchers, especially on the power of paradigms, as discussed in the previous section, to avoid the pitfall of considering certain paradigms a “success” without acknowledging a success “of what” and “for whom.”
    4. It is important for both researchers and practitioners to identify which strategies are used by which actors (as outlined in the Actors section) to advance particular paradigms and to acknowledge when these strategies result in the growing hegemony of a paradigm. When paradigms become “locked in,” it is equally important to advance strategies that promote debate and study, ensuring that negative experiences inform discussion and that failures are acknowledged.
    5. As explored in the Actors and Temporal/Spatial sections, we are beginning to see how some actors are less seen or known in a paradigm’s trajectory. Further research should uncover the blind spots in literature around which types of actors have a role and assert levels of agency in the diffusion of water governance paradigms. Research is needed to evaluate how well actors know the paradigm within which they are operating, the paradigm(s) they are circulating and helping to diffuse across time and space, and the consequences of their actions.
    6. It is important to acknowledge that paradigms emerge in particular periods and contexts. The development steps and the diffusion of water governance paradigms in space and time remain largely understudied, as we explored in the Temporal/Spatial section of this paper, particularly in relation to advancing relevant water policies and practices. Further study to connect paradigms to the broader spatial and temporal scale can shed light on these issues and better explain change in water governance.
    7. In an effort to better understand power in paradigms, as articulated in the Power section, greater attention can be paid to plural ontologies of water (i.e., peasant groups, Indigenous peoples, grassroots movements, and their alternative approaches to human-water relations, such as water as a living entity, caring for water, without romanticizing and essentializing them nor recolonizing them into universal paradigms and panaceas for water management. This can help highlight gaps in research and practice through the acknowledgment of certain actors’ capacity and contribution in producing, translating, and absorbing paradigms.
    8. Acknowledging the limitations of a reductionist approach of power as merely “one” thing, as argued in the Power section, can better inform us about the workings of water governance paradigms from a multifaceted power perspective, including considerations of “power to” and counter-powers. This awareness is necessary to re-politicize water governance paradigms and draw attention to the power dynamics that underlie them.
    9. The normalization of water governance paradigms often leads to unquestioned governing practices, reinforcing their underlying ideological assumptions, norms, values, knowledge, and truths. To effectively challenge this normalization, research and actions aimed at de-normalizing governance must recognize governance itself as a paradigm of power (see Paradigm of power sub-section), as governmentality. Such reflexivity would allow researchers and practitioners alike to approach their work on and with paradigms with a deepened awareness, facilitating informed adjustments and responses.
    10. As shown in the Actors section, most dominant paradigms are generated in the Global North, which has implications for how water governance problems are defined and for the kinds of solutions that are presented in other contexts. We call for pluralizing epistemological and ontological perspectives on water governance as a way to resist universalizing tendencies. Agency-based power, post-structuralist approaches to power, and counter-powers, along with decolonial and feminist epistemologies, among others, as briefly presented in the Power section, may offer new insights into future research agendas around water governance paradigms.

    CONCLUSION

    Our proposed research agenda highlights that paradigms are not neutral tools but powerful frameworks shaped by historical and cultural contexts, transnational networks, and power dynamics. Paradigms serve as a “source code” for decision-making processes and practices, influencing the identification of water governance needs, goals, and means. However, paradigms are also often implicit, and actors who apply them may not be fully aware of which paradigms they are operating within or of the consequences of promoting these ideas. This calls for greater reflexivity among scholars and practitioners working with paradigms.

    As researchers, we must recognize that the paradigms we adopt shape the questions we ask, the data we value, and the solutions we imagine. To advance more reflexive, equitable, and context-sensitive water governance, future research must critically engage with the paradigms that shape governance practices—this means examining not only what they promise, but also whose realities they reflect, whose interests they serve, and how they evolve across space, time, and power dynamics. For this, researchers should begin by (1) reflecting on their role in shaping paradigms and by identifying which paradigms underpin the broader system as well as their own research, (2) interrogating the “success” of paradigms (of what? for whom?) and make context central to this analysis, and (3) make power visible in governance dynamics and seek out underrepresented knowledge to inform their research and resist universalizing tendencies. By doing so, future research can move beyond dominant narratives, make visible marginalized perspectives, and foster governance practices that are more inclusive, adaptive, and just.

    This paper makes a first attempt at starting a dialogue between different conceptual lenses that are relevant for studying the role of paradigms in water governance. The agenda items presented in this paper contribute to missing pieces in understanding water governance paradigms and their research. They are not a fixed roadmap but an invitation: to researchers, practitioners, and communities alike, to interrogate the “source codes“ of water governance, pluralize the epistemologies informing them, include subaltern actors, and co-create pathways that embrace complexity, contestation, and situated knowledge. They insist on acknowledging contextual factors and of nuancing the idea of “effective paradigms” by carefully examining the actors involved—including those operating behind the scenes—who may benefit from certain paradigms being deemed a “success.”

    To advance our understanding of water governance paradigms, it is crucial to address these gaps in research, unpack the spatial and temporal considerations, and re-politicize paradigms by recognizing their power dynamics. Moreover, we must avoid the pitfall of recycling old ideas under different paradigm names and strive for reflexivity in our work. By embracing these agenda items, researchers and practitioners can facilitate more relevant policymaking and foster reflexive water management practices.

    __________

    [1] Although many interpretations of the IWRM exist (García 2008), the general idea behind the concept is to promote an integrated view to governance that involves other sectors and actors beyond water.
    [2] Water security means ensuring an acceptable level of water-related risks to people, the economy, and ecosystems (Grey and Sadoff 2007).
    [3] Remunicipalization means achieving transparent, accountable, and socially just direct public management of water service, with civic participation and oversight (Bagué 2020).
    [4] Ontology being defined as the theory of how the world is or is becoming (Mol 2002, Barad 2006, Krueger and Alba 2022).
    [5] According to the authors, artefacts represent “institutions and technologies [that] are developed and implemented based on a shared paradigm” (Pahl-Wostl 2006:16).
    [6] We understand problématiques as clusters of problems that arise from interdisciplinary understandings of hydrological and social governance challenges.
    [7] By “situated knowledge,” Haraway means that objectivity and what is considered “objective knowledge” is actually influenced by the materiality (the material, cultural, social context) in which such knowledge was produced.
    [8] Collective action means that “a group of principals can organize themselves voluntarily to retain the residuals of their own efforts” (Ostrom 1990:25).
    [9] Policy entrepreneurs are “people willing to invest their resources in return for future policies they favor. They are motivated by combinations of several things: their straightforward concern about certain problems, their pursuit of such self-serving benefits as protecting or expanding their bureaucracy’s budget or claiming credit for accomplishment, their promotion of their policy values, and their simple pleasure in participating” (Kingdon 1984:214).
    [10] By scale, we mean a “spatial scope of management” (Valin et al. 2024:64) that can go beyond administrative jurisdictions.
    [11] By space, we understand an area or place “in which objects and events occur and have relative position and direction” (Merriam-Webster 2024a).
    [12] We understand time as a “measurable period during which an action, process, or condition exists or continues” (Merriam-Webster 2024b).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We express our gratitude to the Hanse-Wissenschaftskolleg (HWK) for providing a stimulating and supportive environment in which several productive meetings took place during the preparation of this paper. We also thank the reviewers and subject editors for their constructive feedback and valuable suggestions. Finally, we gratefully acknowledge funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Innovative Training Network NEWAVE (grant agreement No. 861509).

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI-assisted technology was minimally used to improve coherence and flow in minor sections of the text.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Data used in this paper consists in existing academic literature, and no codes were used for the analysis.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Abdullaev, I., and S. Rakhmatullaev. 2015. Transformation of water management in Central Asia: from State-centric, hydraulic mission to socio-political control. Environmental Earth Sciences 73:849-861. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12665-013-2879-9

    Abson, D. J., J. Fischer, J. Leventon, J. Newig, T. Schomerus, U. Vilsmaier, H. von Wehrden, P. Abernethy, C. D. Ives, N. W. Jager, and D. J. Lang. 2017. Leverage points for sustainability transformation. Ambio 46:30-39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-016-0800-y

    Ahlers, R., and M. Zwarteveen. 2009. The water question in feminism: water control and gender inequities in a neo-liberal era. Gender, Place and Culture 16(4):409-426. https://doi.org/10.1080/09663690903003926

    Albrecht, T. R., and A. K. Gerlak. 2022. Beyond the basin: water security in transboundary environments. Water Security 17:100124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wasec.2022.100124

    Allouche, J. 2017. The birth and spread of IWRM - A case study of global policy diffusion and translation. Pages 30-56 in L. Mehta, B. Derman, and E. Manzungu, editors. Flows and practices: the politics of integrated water resources management in Eastern and Southern Africa. Weaver Press, Harare, Zimbabwe. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvh8r2qk.5

    Álvarez, L., and B. Coolsaet. 2018. Decolonizing environmental justice studies: a Latin American perspective. Capitalism, Nature, Socialism 31(2):50-69. https://doi.org/10.1080/10455752.2018.1558272

    Bagué, E. 2020. La remunicipalización del agua en el marco de la re-definición de la Democracia. El Caso De Terrassa. Clivatge 8(8). https://doi.org/10.1344/CLIVATGE2020.8.4

    Baird, J., R. Plummer, G. Dale, B. Kapeller, A. Mallette, A. Feist, and Y. Kataoka. 2021. The emerging scientific water paradigm: precursors, hallmarks, and trajectories. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Water 8:e1489. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1489

    Bakker, K. J. 2003. A political ecology of water privatization. Studies in Political Economy 70(1):35-58. https://doi.org/10.1080/07078552.2003.11827129

    Bakker, K. 2007. The “commons” versus the “commodity”: alter-globalization, anti-privatization and the human right to water in the Global South. Antipode 39(3):430-455. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8330.2007.00534.x

    Bakker, K. 2010. Governance failure and the world’s urban water crisis. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York, USA.

    Bakker, K., and C. Morinville. 2013. The governance dimensions of water security: a review. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences 371:20130116. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsta.2013.0116

    Barad, K. 2006. Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina, USA. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv12101zq

    Baumgartner, F. R. 2014. Ideas, paradigms and confusions. Journal of European Public Policy 21(3):475-480. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2013.876180

    Bieler, A. 2018. Agency and the power resources approach: asserting the importance of the structuring conditions of the capitalist social relations of production. Global Labour Journal 9(2). https://doi.org/10.15173/glj.v9i2.3528

    Birkenholtz, T. 2009. Groundwater governmentality: hegemony and technologies of resistance in Rajasthan’s (India) groundwater governance. Geographical Journal 175(3):208-220. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4959.2009.00327.x

    Biswas, A. K. 2008. Integrated water resources management: is it working? International Journal of Water Resources Development 24(1):5-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900620701871718

    Blaser, M. 2009. Political ontology. Cultural Studies 23(5-6):873-896. https://doi.org/10.1080/09502380903208023

    Blatter, J., and H. Ingram. 2000. States, markets and beyond: governance of transboundary water resources. Natural Resources Journal 40:439.

    Boelens, R. 2022. Rivers of scarcity. Utopian water regimes and flows against the current. Alternautas 9(1):14-53. https://doi.org/10.31273/an.v9i1.1152

    Borràs, S. 2016. New transitions from human rights to the environment to the rights of nature. Transnational Environmental Law 5(1):113-143. https://doi.org/10.1017/S204710251500028X

    Bouteligier, S. 2011. Exploring the agency of global environmental consultancy firms in earth system governance. International Environmental Agreements: Politics, Law and Economics 11(1):43-61. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10784-011-9149-7

    Brennan, R. 2022. Making space for plural ontologies in fisheries governance: Ireland’s disobedient offshore islands. Maritime Studies 21(1):35-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40152-021-00257-8

    Bréthaut, C., and R. Schweizer. 2018. A critical approach to international water management trends. Palgrave Macmillan, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-60086-8

    Burchard-Levine, A., D. Huitema, N. W. Jager, and I. Bijlsma. 2024. Consultancy firms’ roles in policy diffusion: a systematic review from the environmental governance field. Policy Sciences 57(3):691–718.

    Chaffin, B. C., H. Gosnell, and B. A. Cosens. 2014. A decade of adaptive governance scholarship: synthesis and future directions. Ecology and Society 19(3):56. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-06824-190356

    Challies, E., and J. Newig. 2022. Water, rivers and wetlands: governance paradigms and principles. Pages 512-525 in P. G. Harris, editor. Routledge handbook of global environmental politics. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003008873-43

    Chapron, G., Y. Epstein, and J. V. López-Bao. 2019. Natural systems from destruction. Science 363(6434):1392-1393. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aav5601

    Chen, G., J. Xu, and Y. Qi. 2022. Environmental (de)centralization and local environmental governance: evidence from a natural experiment in China. China Economic Review 72:101755. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chieco.2022.101755

    Chikozho, C., and K. Kujinga. 2017. Managing water supply systems using free-market economy approaches: a detailed review of the implications for developing countries. Physics and Chemistry of the Earth 100:363-370. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pce.2016.10.002

    Chomba, M. J., T. Hill, B. A. Nkhata, and J. J. Förster. 2017. Paradigms for water allocation in river basins: a society-science-practice perspective from Southern Africa. Water Policy 19(4):637-649. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2017.130

    Christian, J. M., and L. Dowler. 2019. Slow and fast violence: a feminist critique of binaries. ACME 18(5):1066-1075. https://doi.org/10.14288/acme.v18i5.1692

    Cohen, A., and S. Davidson. 2011. The watershed approach: challenges, antecedents, and the transition from technical tool to governance unit. Water Alternatives 4(1):1–14.

    Cook, B. R., M. Kesby, I. Fazey, and C. Spray. 2013. The persistence of ‛normal’ catchment management despite the participatory turn: exploring the power effects of competing frames of reference. Social Studies of Science 43(5):754-779. https://doi.org/10.1177/0306312713478670

    Daigneault, P.-M. 2014. Reassessing the concept of policy paradigm: aligning ontology and methodology in policy studies. Journal of European Public Policy 21(3):453-469. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2013.834071

    Dell’Angelo, J., G. Navas, M. Witteman, G. D’Alisa, A. Scheidel, and L. Temper. 2021. Commons grabbing and agribusiness: violence, resistance and social mobilization. Ecological Economics 184:107004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2021.107004

    de Oliveira, O. P. 2021. A prelude to policy transfer research. Pages 1-24 in Handbook of Policy Transfer, Diffusion and Circulation. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781789905601.00007

    Druijff, A., and M. Kaika. 2021. Upscaling without innovation: taking the edge off grassroot initiatives with scaling-up in Amsterdam’s Anthropocene forest. European Planning Studies 29(12):2184-2208. https://doi.org/10.1080/09654313.2021.1903839

    Dunlap, A. 2023. The green economy as counterinsurgency, or the ontological power affirming permanent ecological catastrophe. Environmental Science & Policy 139:39-50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2022.10.008

    Ekers, M., and A. Loftus. 2008. The power of water: developing dialogues between Foucault and Gramsci. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 26(4):698-718. https://doi.org/10.1068/d5907

    Elder, A. D., and A. K. Gerlak. 2024. ‛You scratch my back, I’ll scratch yours’: an examination of actor engagement in water public private partnerships. Water Policy 26(8):817-834. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2024.078

    Elfithri, R., M. Bin Mokhtar, and S. Zakaria. 2019. The need for awareness raising, advocacy, and capacity building in Integrated Water Resources Management toward sustainable development: a case study in Malaysia. World Water Policy 5(1):43-54. https://doi.org/10.1002/wwp2.12002

    Escobar, A. 2001. Culture sits in places: reflections on globalism and subaltern strategies of localization. Political Geography 20(2):139-174. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0962-6298(00)00064-0

    Flaminio, S. 2021. Modern and nonmodern waters: sociotechnical controversies, successful anti-dam movements and water ontologies. Water Alternatives 14(1):204-227.

    Flyvbjerg, B. 1998. Rationality and power: democracy in practice. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

    Folke, C. 2006. Resilience: the emergence of a perspective for social-ecological systems analyses. Global Environmental Change 16(3):253-267. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2006.04.002

    Foucault, M. 1980. Power/knowledge: selected interviews and other writings. Pantheon, New York, New York, USA.

    Franco-Torres, M. 2021. The path to the new urban water paradigm - from modernity to metamodernism. Water Alternatives 14(3):820-840.

    García, L. E. 2008. Integrated water resources management: a “small” step for conceptualists, a giant step for practitioners. International Journal of Water Resources Development 24(1):23-36. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900620701723141

    Geagea, D., M. Kaika, and J. Dell’Angelo. 2023. Recommoning water: crossing thresholds under citizen-driven remunicipalisation. Urban Studies 60(16):3294-3311. https://doi.org/10.1177/00420980231169612

    Gleick, P. H. 1996. Water resources. Pages 817-823 in S. H. Schneider, T. L. Root, and M. D. Mastrandrea, editors. Encyclopedia of climate and weather. Second edition. Oxford University Press, New York, New York, USA.

    Göhler, G. 2009. ‛Power to’ and ‛power over.’ Pages 27-39 in S. R. Clegg and M. Haugaard, editors. The SAGE handbook of power. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9780857021014.n1

    Gramsci, A. 1971. Selections from the prison notebooks. International Publishers, New York, New York, USA.

    Grey, D., and C. W. Sadoff. 2007. Sink or swim? Water security for growth and development. Water Policy 9(6):545-571. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2007.021

    Groen, L., M. Alexander, J. P. King, N. W. Jager, and D. Huitema. 2023. Re-examining policy stability in climate adaptation through a lock-in perspective. Journal of European Public Policy 30(3):488-512. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2022.2064535

    Gupta, J. 2009. Driving forces around global fresh water governance. Pages 37-57 in D. Huitema and S. Meijerink, editors. Water policy entrepreneurs: a research companion to the water transitions around the globe. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781849803366.00012

    Hajer, M. A. 1997. The politics of environmental discourse: ecological modernization and the policy process. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1093/019829333X.001.0001

    Hall, P. A. 1993. Policy paradigms, social learning, and the state: the case of economic policymaking in Britain. Comparative Politics 25(3):275-296. https://doi.org/10.2307/422246

    Haraway, D. 1988. Situated knowledges: the science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies 14(3):575-599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066

    Harden-Davies, H., F. Humphries, M. Maloney, G. Wright, K. Gjerde, and M. Vierros. 2020. Rights of nature: perspectives for global ocean stewardship. Marine Policy 122:104059. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2020.104059

    Harris, L. M. 2015. Hegemonic waters and rethinking natures otherwise. Pages 157-181 in W. Harcourt and I. L. Nelson, editors. Practising feminist political ecologies. Zed Books, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350221970.ch-005

    Harrison, E., and A. Mdee. 2017. Successful small-scale irrigation or environmental destruction? The political ecology of competing claims on water in the Uluguru Mountains, Tanzania. Journal of Political Ecology 24(1):406-424. https://doi.org/10.2458/v24i1.20881

    Harsha, J. 2012. IWRM and IRBM concepts envisioned in Indian water policies. Current Science 102(7):986-990.

    Holling, C. S. 1985. Resilience of ecosystems: local surprise and global change. Pages 228-269 in J. G. Roederer and T. F. Malone, editors. Global change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.

    Huitema, D., L. Lebel, and S. Meijerink. 2011. The strategies of policy entrepreneurs in water transitions around the world. Water Policy 13(5):717-733. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2011.107

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink, editors. 2009. Water policy entrepreneurs: a research companion to water transitions around the globe. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781849803366

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink. 2010. Realizing water transitions: the role of policy entrepreneurs in water policy change. Ecology and Society 15(2):26. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-03488-150226

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink. 2014. The politics of river basin organizations: institutional design choices, coalitions and consequences. Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781782549222.00006

    Huitema, D., E. Mostert, W. Egas, S. Moellenkamp, C. Pahl-Wostl, and R. Yalcin. 2009. Adaptive water governance: assessing the institutional prescriptions of adaptive (co-)management from a governance perspective and defining a research agenda. Ecology and Society 14(1):26. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-02827-140126

    Immovilli, M., S. Reitsma, R. Roncucci, E. Dueholm Rasch, and D. Roth. 2022. Exploring contestation in rights of river approaches: comparing Colombia, India and New Zealand. Water Alternatives 15(3):574-591.

    Ingram, H. 2011. Beyond universal remedies for good water governance: a political and contextual approach. Page 241-261 in A. Garrido and H. Ingram, editors. Water for food in a changing world. Routledge, London, UK.

    Jasanoff, S., and S.-H. Kim, editors. 2015. Dreamscapes of modernity: sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226276663.001.0001

    Kaika, M. 2017. ‛Don’t call me resilient again!’: the New Urban Agenda as immunology ... or ... what happens when communities refuse to be vaccinated with ‛smart cities’ and indicators. Environment and Urbanization 29(1):89-102. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956247816684763

    Kaika, M., R. Calvário, and G. Velegrakis. 2024. Austerity: an environmentally dangerous idea. Journal of Political Ecology 31(1):67-81. https://doi.org/10.2458/jpe.5420

    Kalyvas, A., and I. Katznelson. 2001. The rhetoric of the market: Adam Smith on recognition, speech, and exchange. The Review of Politics 63(3):549-580. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511790782.002

    Kern, F., C. Kuzemko, and C. Mitchell. 2014. Measuring and explaining policy paradigm change: the case of UK energy policy. Policy and Politics 42(4):513-530. https://doi.org/10.1332/030557312X655765

    Kingdon, J. W. 1984. Wrapping things up. Pages 195-207 in Agendas, alternatives, and public policies. Little and Brown, Boston, Massachusetts, USA.

    Krueger, T., and R. Alba. 2022. Ontological and epistemological commitments in interdisciplinary water research: uncertainty as an entry point for reflexion. Frontiers in Water 4:1038322. https://doi.org/10.3389/frwa.2022.1038322

    Kuhn, T. S. 1962. The structure of scientific revolutions. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

    Lang, D. J., A. Wiek, M. Bergmann, M. Stauffacher, P. Martens, P. Moll, M. Swilling, and C. J. Thomas. 2012. Transdisciplinary research in sustainability science: practice, principles, and challenges. Sustainability Science 7(Supp1):25-43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-011-0149-x

    Lebel, L., A. Haefner, C. Pahl-Wostl, and A. Baduri. 2020. Governance of the water-energy-food nexus: insights from four infrastructure projects in the Lower Mekong Basin. Sustainability Science 15:885-900. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-019-00779-5

    Lee, M., H. Kim, J.-Y. Lee, J. E. Yang, and C. Lim. 2022. A shift towards integrated and adaptive water management in South Korea: building resilience against climate change. Water Resources Management 36:1611-1625. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11269-022-03071-x

    Leitner, H., E. Sheppard, S. Webber, and E. Colven. 2018. Globalizing urban resilience. Urban Geography 39(8):1276-1284. https://doi.org/10.1080/02723638.2018.1446870

    Ligtermoet, E., C. Munera-Roldan, C. Robinson, Z. Sushil, and P. Leith. 2025. Preparing for knowledge co-production: a diagnostic approach to foster reflexivity for interdisciplinary research teams. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications 12:257. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-024-04196-7

    Linton, J. 2014. Modern water and its discontents: a history of hydrosocial renewal. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Water 1(1):111-120. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1009

    Lukat, E., M. Schoderer, and S. Castro Salvador. 2022. When international blueprints hit local realities: bricolage processes in implementing IWRM in South Africa, Mongolia, and Peru. Water Alternatives 15(2):473-500.

    Marcatelli, M., and B. Büscher. 2019. Liquid violence: the politics of water responsibilisation and dispossession in South Africa. Water Alternatives 12(2):760-773.

    Mauser, W., G. Klepper, M. Rice, B. S. Schmalzbauer, H. Hackmann, R. Leemans, and H. Moore. 2013. Transdisciplinary global change research: the co-creation of knowledge for sustainability. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 5(3-4):420-431. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2013.07.001

    Mayntz, R. 2003. New challenges to governance theory. Pages 27-40 in H. P. Bang, editor. Governance as social and political communication. Manchester University Press, Manchester, UK.

    Merriam-Webster. 2024a. Space. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/space

    Merriam-Webster. 2024b. Time. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/time

    McGregor, D. 2012. Traditional knowledge: considerations for protecting water in Ontario. International Indigenous Policy Journal 3(3). https://doi.org/10.18584/iipj.2012.3.3.11

    Meadow, D. 1999. Leverage points: places to intervene in a system. The Sustainability Institute, Hartland, Vermont, USA.

    Micciarelli, G. 2022. Hacking the legal: the commons between the governance paradigm and inspirations drawn from the “living history” of collective land use. Pages 112-126 in F. Savini, A. Ferreira, and K. v. Schönfeld, editors. Post-growth planning: cities beyond the market economy. Routledge, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003160984-12

    Miller, B. 2013. Spaces of contention: spatialities and social movements. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315610191

    Mills-Novoa, M., and R. T. Hermoza. 2017. Coexistence and conflict: IWRM and large-scale water infrastructure development in Piura, Peru. Water Alternatives 10(2):370-394.

    Moffat, L. Y., A. Geadah, and R. Stuart. 1991. Two halves make a whole: balancing gender relations in development. CCIC, Ottawa, Canada.

    Mol, A. 2002. The body multiple: ontology in medical practice. Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina, USA. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822384151

    Molle, F. 2008. Nirvana concepts, narratives and policy models: insights from the water sector. Water Alternatives 1(1):131-156.

    Molle, F. 2009. Water, politics and river basin governance: repoliticizing approaches to river basin management. Water International 34(1):62-70. https://doi.org/10.1080/02508060802677846

    Molle, F., P. P. Mollinga, and P. Wester. 2009. Hydraulic bureaucracies and the hydraulic mission: flows of water, flows of power introduction: the prophets of irrigation. Water Alternatives 2(3):328-349.

    Morin, J.-F. 2014. Paradigm shift in the global IP regime: the agency of academics. Review of International Political Economy 21(2):275-309. https://doi.org/10.1080/09692290.2013.819812

    Moss, T. 2010. Managing water beyond IWRM - from paradigm to pragmatism. 1st Water Horizon Conference, Berlin, 13-14 July.

    Nagendra, H., X. Bai, E. S. Brondizio, and S. Lwasa. 2018. The urban south and the predicament of global sustainability. Nature Sustainability 1:341-349. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-018-0101-5

    NEWAVE. n.d. About NEWAVE. https://nextwatergovernance.net/about-newave

    Newig, J., and E. Kvarda. 2012. Participation in environmental governance: legitimate and effective? Pages 29-45 in K. Hogl, E. Kvarda, R. Nordbeck, and M. Pregernig, editors. Environmental governance: the challenge of legitimacy and effectiveness. Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781849806077.00010

    Newig, J., D. Schulz, and N. W. Jager. 2016. Disentangling puzzles of spatial scales and participation in environmental governance–the case of governance re-scaling through the European Water Framework Directive. Environmental Management 58:998-1014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-016-0753-8

    Nixon, R. 2011. Slow violence and the environmentalism of the poor. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.4159/harvard.9780674061194

    Norman, E. S., C. Cook, and A. Cohen, editors. 2016. Negotiating water governance: why the politics of scale matter. Routledge, London, UK.

    Ostrom, E. 1986. An agenda for the study of institutions. Public Choice 48:3-25. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00239556

    Ostrom, E. 1990. Governing the commons: the evolution of institutions for collective action. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.

    Ovink, H., S. Rahimzoda, J. Cullman, and A. J. Imperiale. 2023. The UN 2023 Water Conference and pathways towards sustainability transformation for a water-secure world. Nature Water 1:212-215. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44221-023-00052-1

    Pain, R., and C. Cahill. 2021. Critical political geographies of slow violence and resistance. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space 40(2):359-372. https://doi.org/10.1177/23996544221085753

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2007. Requirements for adaptive water management. Pages 1-22 in C. Pahl-Wostl, P. Kabat, and J. Möltgen, editors. Adaptive and integrated water management. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-75941-6_1

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2019. Governance of the water-energy-food security nexus: a multi-level coordination challenge. Environmental Science & Policy 92:356–367.

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2020. Adaptive and sustainable water management: from improved conceptual foundations to transformative change. International Journal of Water Resources Development 36(2–3):397–415. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2020.1721268

    Pahl-Wostl, C., N. Isendahl, S. Möllenkamp, M. Brugnach, P. Jeffrey, W. Medema, and T. Tessa de Vries. 2006. Paradigms in water. NeWater Project Deliverable Nr. 1:39.

    Pahl-Wostl, C., and C. Knieper. 2023. Pathways towards improved water governance: the role of polycentric governance systems and vertical and horizontal coordination. Environmental Science and Policy 144:151-161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2023.03.011

    Pahl-Wostl, C., L. Lebel, C. Knieper, and E. Nikitina. 2012. From applying panaceas to mastering complexity: toward adaptive water governance in river basins. Environmental Science and Policy 23:24-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2012.07.014

    Pahl-Wostl, C., J. Sendzimir, P. Jeffrey, J. Aerts, G. Berkamp, and K. Cross. 2007. Managing change toward adaptive water management through social learning. Ecology and Society 12(2):30. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-02147-120230

    Patterson, J. J. 2021. Remaking political institutions: climate change and beyond. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108769341

    Pierre, J., and B. G. Peters. 2020. Governance, politics and the state. Bloomsbury Publishing, London, UK.

    Priscoli, J. D., and A. T. Wolf. 2009. Managing and transforming water conflicts. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511551536

    Querejazu, A. 2022. Water governance. New Perspectives 30(2):180-188. https://doi.org/10.1177/2336825X221089189

    Rawson, A., and B. Mansfield. 2018. Producing juridical knowledge: “Rights of Nature” or the naturalization of rights? Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 1(1-2):99-119. https://doi.org/10.1177/2514848618763807

    Schlager, E., and W. Blomquist. 2008. Embracing watershed politics. University Press of Colorado, Denver, Colorado, USA. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt46nvqs

    Shapiro, A., and R. Summers. 2015. The evolution of water management in Alberta, Canada: the influence of global management paradigms and path dependency. International Journal of Water Resources Development 31(4):732-749. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2015.1005286

    Sharpe, B., A. Hodgson, G. Leicester, A. Lyon, and I. Fazey. 2016. Three horizons: a pathways practice for transformation. Ecology and Society 21(2):47. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-08388-210247

    Shields, K. F., M. Moffa, N. L. Behnke, E. Kelly, T. Klug, K. Lee, R. Cronk, and J. Bartram. 2021. Community management does not equate to participation: fostering community participation in rural water supplies. Journal of Water Sanitation and Hygiene for Development 11(6):937-947. https://doi.org/10.2166/washdev.2021.089

    Shore, C. 2011. ‛European Governance’ or Governmentality? The European Commission and the future of democratic government. European Law Journal 17(3):287-303. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0386.2011.00551.x

    Streeck, W., and K. A. Thelen. 2005. Beyond continuity: institutional change in advanced political economies. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK.

    Suhardiman, D., F. Clement, and L. Bharati. 2015. Integrated water resources management in Nepal: key stakeholders’ perceptions and lessons learned. International Journal of Water Resources Development 31(2):284-300. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2015.1020999

    Sultana, F. 2011. Suffering for water, suffering from water: emotional geographies of resource access, control and conflict. Geoforum 42(2):163-172. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2010.12.002

    Sultana, F. 2018. Water justice: why it matters and how to achieve it. Water International 43(4):483-493. https://doi.org/10.1080/02508060.2018.1458272

    Sultana, F., and A. Loftus. 2015. The human right to water: critiques and condition of possibility. WIREs Water 2(2):97-105. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1067

    Swyngedouw, E. 2005. Dispossessing H2O: the contested terrain of water privatization. Capitalism Nature Socialism 16(1):81-98. https://doi.org/10.1080/1045575052000335384

    Tantoh, H. B., and D. Simatele. 2017. Community-based water resource management in Northwest Cameroon: the role of potable water supply in community development. South African Geographical Journal 99(2):166-183.

    Tengö, M., E. S. Brondizio, T. Elmqvist, P. Malmer, and M. Spierenburg. 2014. Connecting diverse knowledge systems for enhanced ecosystem governance: the multiple evidence base approach. AMBIO 43:579-591. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-014-0501-3

    Toro, F. J. 2021. Stateless environmentalism. ACME: An International Journal for Critical Geographies 20(2):189-205. https://doi.org/10.14288/acme.v20i2.1950

    United Nations. 2023. The UN World Water Development Report 2023: partnerships and cooperation for water. UNESCO, Paris, France.

    Valin, N., and D. Huitema. 2023. Experts as policy entrepreneurs: how knowledge can lead to radical environmental change. Environmental Science & Policy 142:21-28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2023.01.013

    Valin, N., M. Lengkeek, and D. Huitema. 2024. Water governance and the issue of scale: whither river basin organizations? Pages 64-81 in Handbook on the governance and politics of water resources. Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781800887909.00013

    Varady, R. G., A. A. Zuniga-Teran, G. M. Garfin, F. Martín, and S. Vicuña. 2016. Adaptive management and water security in a global context: definitions, concepts, and examples. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 21:70–77.

    Viaene, L. 2021. Indigenous water ontologies, hydro-development and the human/more-than-human right to water: a call for critical engagement with plurilegal water realities. Water (Switzerland) 13(12):1660. https://doi.org/10.3390/w13121660

    Vinciguerra, T. 2024. Water as a common good? Academic differences and their impact on the 2023 United Nations Water Conference. Water Policy 26(9):941-958. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2024.131

    Vos, J., and R. Boelens. 2014. Sustainability standards and the water question. Development and Change 45:205-230. https://doi.org/10.1111/dech.12083

    Voß, J. P., and A. Simons. 2014. Instrument constituencies and the supply side of policy innovation: the social life of emissions trading. Environmental Politics 23:735-754. https://doi.org/10.1080/09644016.2014.923625

    Voß, J.-P., and A. Simons. 2018. A novel understanding of experimentation in governance: co-producing innovations between “lab” and “field.” Policy Sciences 51:213-229. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11077-018-9313-9

    Warner, J. F., J. Hoogesteger, and J. P. Hidalgo. 2017. Old wine in new bottles: the adaptive capacity of the hydraulic mission in Ecuador. Water Alternatives 10(2):322-340.

    Wesselink, A., M. Kooy, and J. Warner. 2017. Socio-hydrology and hydrosocial analysis: toward dialogues across disciplines. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Water 4(2):e1196. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1196

    Whaley, L. 2022. Water governance research in a messy world: a review. Water Alternatives 15(2):218-250.

    Wilson, N. J., and J. Inkster. 2018. Respecting water: Indigenous water governance, ontologies, and the politics of kinship on the ground. Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 1(4):516-538. https://doi.org/10.1177/2514848618789378

    Woodhouse, P., and M. Muller. 2017. Water governance—an historical perspective on current debates. World Development 92:225-241. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2016.11.014

    Zaragocin, S., and M. A. Caretta. 2021. Cuerpo-Territorio: a decolonial feminist geographical method for the study of embodiment. Annals of the American Association of Geographers 111(5):1503-1518. https://doi.org/10.1080/24694452.2020.1812370

    Zittoun, P. 2015. From policy paradigm to policy statement: a new way to grasp the role of knowledge in the policymaking process. Pages 117-140 in J. Hogan and M. Howlett, editors. Policy paradigms in theory and practice. Palgrave Macmillan, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137434043_7

    Zwarteveen, M., J. S. Kemerink‐Seyoum, M. Kooy, J. Evers, T. A. Guerrero, B. Batubara, A. Biza, A. Boakye‐Ansah, S. Faber, A. Cabrera Flamini, et al. 2017. Engaging with the politics of water governance. WIREs Water 4:e1245. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1245

    Corresponding author:
    Nina Valin
    n.z.valin@vu.nl
    Table 1
    Table 1. Examples of paradigms with their main characteristics and rationales, drawn from existing literature.

    Table 1. Examples of paradigms with their main characteristics and rationales, drawn from existing literature.

    Paradigm Problems
addressed Preferred
solutions Governance
structure Normative goals
    Social Economic Ecological
    Hydraulic mission Supply enhancement and harnessing water for full control domination over nature “for the benefit of Man” (Molle et al. 2009:332) Large-scale water resources development involving technology, mechanization, and large-scale centralized planning and production processes (Molle et al. 2009) State-directed and top-down technocratic approach to decision-making (Molle et al. 2009); centralized coordination and management (Benedikter 2014) Contribution to welfare through flood control, food and energy generation, and water supply to urban areas (Molle et al. 2009) Economic development and growth (Molle et al. 2009) none
    Adaptive water governance Coordinating resource management in the face of the complexity and high uncertainty associated with abrupt changes (Chaffin et al. 2014) Mainly focusing on a management process rather than an end goal, aims at increasing the adaptive capacity of a social-ecological system by putting in place learning processes and respective conditions for these processes to occur (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2007) Promotes institutional prescriptions such as polycentric governance, public participation, experimentation, and a bioregional approach (Huitema et al. 2009).
    Adaptation of management strategies and goals in response to new information and quality of processes (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2007)
    Social learning Economic resilience Improved resilience of water resources
    Rights of nature Existing laws do not ensure the protection of the natural world as they regulate rather than prevent its destruction (Chapron et al. 2019) Granting legal personhood for nature (Rawson and Mansfield 2018) and managing human activities to prevent the harm or destruction of nature (Harden-Davies et al. 2020) Legal systems recognize nature as an entity with inherent rights, as opposed to viewing it as something possessed and governed by humans (Borràs 2016) Rights of Indigenous communities; rights of future generations (Querejazu 2022) none Maintain the ecological balance and prevent disturbances to the ecosystem (Harden-Davies et al. 2020)
    Table 2
    Table 2. Potential of integrating diverse epistemological perspectives in the examination of power dynamics in water governance paradigms.

    Table 2. Potential of integrating diverse epistemological perspectives in the examination of power dynamics in water governance paradigms.

    Theoretical perspectives Relevance to understandings of water governance paradigms
    Structural power/power over Despite the limitations of thinking in terms of “power over” for its strict categorization and determinism (Göhler 2009), this structural power lens can be useful to understand social relations, where dominant actors influence others‛ interests through, for instance, the use of expert knowledge.
    Power-to/instrumental power, or agency-based power This analytical perspective can be useful to understand which and how “success stories” are promoted by particular institutions as “best practices” that aim to normalize certain approaches in water governance. Nevertheless, we believe that analysis focused only on agency perspectives of power as a “capacity” risk falling into assumptions of full rationality if we aim to analyze the pitfalls of particular implementations. We question the “normative rationality” (Flyvbjerg 1998) that underpins water governance paradigms to offer particular solutions with general applicability, based on specific contexts and resources of set actors.
    Post-structuralist approaches to power Unraveling the discursive dimension of power can help to delve into the assumptions and claims that often become naturalized in water governance and underpin particular political orders. Despite its potential to understand the “conduct of conduct,” these approaches could benefit from a complementary analysis that takes into account violence and coercion (Dell’Angelo et al. 2021, Pain and Cahill 2021, Dunlap 2023).
    Decolonial and feminist epistemologies Theoretical analysis of water governance paradigms should not lose sight of the exploitations of the environment and the oppression they sometimes generate. In other words, coercion and violence are not only relevant in the physical and emotional dimensions but also in the production of consent and in the implications of marginalizing vulnerable groups in water governance (see Sultana 2011, Harris 2015, Kaika 2017, Zaragocin and Caretta 2021, Kaika et al. 2024). Scholars adopting decolonial epistemologies also warn against approaches that try to recolonize Indigenous knowledge into existing paradigmatic approaches to water governance (Wilson and Inkster 2018, Viaene 2021, Brennan 2022).
    Counter-powers While acknowledging the trap of falling into counter-paradigms as panaceas, it is key to identify that water governance paradigms often unfold hindering local approaches (Immovilli et al. 2022). Recent work on the existence and production of water ontologies can contribute to new understandings of alternative and non-paradigmatic approaches to water governance paradigms (Flaminio 2021). There is a need for the recognition of a “pluriverse” of (political) ontologies (Escobar 2001) when analyzing movements of “resistance.” From a standpoint in which “there are no relations of power without resistances” (Foucault 1980:142), we consider the analysis of power to be inseparable from the relations of resistance that emerge from the application of water governance paradigms.
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    The Next Wave in Water Governance

    Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis
    Jens Newig, Nicolas W Jager, Sergio Villamayor-Tomas, Shahana Bilalova
    How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature
    Dave Huitema, Kirsty Holstead, Noelle MCG Lasseur
    The Great Stink in the 21st century? Problematizing the sewage scandal in England and envisioning a new infrastructure ideal
    Anna Mdee, Paul Hutchings, Ruth E. Sylvester
    Sustainable Development Goal 6 in the era of the Paris Agreement: changes and trade-offs in tailoring water challenges to global climate goals
    Isabel Jorgensen, Kate Altemus Cullen, Mary Hingst, Mary K. Sluder, Mohammad Shahadat Hossain, Nayyer Mirnasl, Sana Sherif, Sarah Hartman, Sodiq S. Oguntade, Tessa Maurer
    Paradigms in action: exploring environmental consultants’ perspectives on water resilience
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Dave Huitema, Nicolas W Jager, Olga Popescu
    Governing sinking worlds: sensemakings of subsidence in Rotterdam, The Netherlands
    Art R. P. J. Dewulf, Richard F. Pompoes, Wieke D. Pot
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 10 Research

    Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska

    Naves, L. C., L. F. Mengak, and J. A. Fall. 2025. Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska. Ecology and Society 30(4):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16409-300410
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Liliana C. NavesORCIDcontact author, Liliana C. Naves
      State of Alaska, Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence; National Audubon Society, Alaska Program
    • Lara F. MengakORCID, Lara F. Mengak
      State of Alaska, Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence; Oregon State University
    • James A. FallJames A. Fall
      State of Alaska, Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Naves, L. C., L. F. Mengak, and J. A. Fall. 2025. Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska. Ecology and Society 30(4):10.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16409-300410

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Responses to this Article
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • Emperor Goose; ethnotaxonomy; harvest comanagement; Indigenous and traditional knowledge; Knowledge integration; scientific knowledge; subsistence; ways of knowing
    Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16409.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    This study documented Indigenous knowledge and perspectives about Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) in Alaska to support use of both Indigenous and scientific knowledge in harvest management. For decades, limited numbers of Emperor Goose available for a sustainable harvest have underscored challenges for harvest management. We interviewed 37 respondents in 20 communities representing five Indigenous groups whose homelands overlap with the Emperor Goose range in Alaska. Interview topics addressed ethnotaxonomy, harvest practices, uses, cultural importance, ecology, and harvest management. We identified 56 names for geese in Indigenous languages and English. Respondents were attentive to factors affecting goose body condition and reported that bird migrations have occurred earlier in spring and later in fall. Wild foods are key for the well-being of the Indigenous communities, and Emperor Goose is one of many species in seasonal harvest cycles. Most respondents thought that Emperor Goose harvest decreased during their lifetime and that current harvests are sustainable. Some said that Emperor Goose numbers have not rebounded to previous levels. Not overharvesting, self-restraint, not wasting, specific times to curtail harvest, and harvest opportunities for future generations were themes in traditional harvest management. Egg harvest closure had the strongest support among other harvest-limiting actions. Indigenous knowledge combined across cultural groups generally aligned with scientific knowledge. This study highlighted the value of integrating Indigenous and scientific knowledge across the entire range and annual cycle of migratory species. Respondents were receptive to values-based harvest management developed with Indigenous participation. However, a better understanding of traditional Indigenous harvest management remains an information gap in harvest management and species conservation. Diverse perspectives and social-ecological contexts among subsistence users call for management approaches for Emperor Goose that are locally meaningful and broadly acceptable.

    INTRODUCTION

    Social-ecological context

    Harvest management occurs within social-ecological contexts including people with differing needs and values, variable ecological factors, and multiple kinds of uncertainty. Consideration of diverse knowledge and perspectives held by researchers, managers, and user groups is key to addressing challenges in harvest management (e.g., establish common objectives and a framework for collaboration), minimizing negative impacts of conflict, and enhancing the sustainability of natural resources (Drew and Henne 2006, Redpath et al. 2013, Norström et al. 2020).

    Local and Indigenous knowledge (IK) can bridge information gaps and broaden participation for effective harvest management and conservation (Blanchard 1994, LaDuke 1994). By living in close contact with nature, Indigenous people have developed worldviews and knowledge over generations blending ecology, geography, history, beliefs, and values. Indigenous knowledge is embedded in languages, harvesting practices, stories, and place names (Lyver et al. 2015, Berkes 2018).

    The objective of this study was to document IK and perspectives of subsistence users about Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) to support use of both Indigenous and scientific knowledge in harvest management. We conducted key respondent interviews and a literature search on previously documented IK and related science-based ecological knowledge about Emperor Goose.

    Declining Emperor Goose numbers led to a harvest closure starting in 1986 (PFC 2006). As the population index reached the threshold for harvest authorization, harvest was re-opened in 2017 (AMBCC 2016, PFC 2016). However, Emperor Goose numbers available for a sustainable harvest remain limited (Dooley et al. 2016). The population index used for harvest management reached the threshold for conservation measures in 2019, 2021, and 2023, and it reached the threshold for harvest closure in 2024 (USFWS 2024:64-65). By “integrating Indigenous and scientific knowledge” we mean a long-term process that enables partners to reconsider and expand their perspectives while collaboratively working to support the sustainability of wildlife and fish populations and the wellbeing of resource users (Nadasdy 2003, Ainsworth et al. 2020). This study complemented documentation of perspectives about Emperor Goose harvest management and conservation in Alaska held by diverse stakeholders, as previous efforts have addressed managers, researchers, and urban hunters (Mengak et al. 2022, Naves et al. 2023).

    The Emperor Goose is a migratory species endemic to coastal habitats in the Bering Sea including Alaska and Russia (Fig. 1). Emperor Geese primarily breed on the Yukon-Kuskokwim (Y-K) Delta and in smaller numbers on the Seward Peninsula and Saint Lawrence Island in Alaska and the Chukotka Peninsula in Russia (Schmutz et al. 2020, Lewis et al. 2021). In late June-August, second-year and older geese become flightless for a few weeks while they molt flight feathers. Adults raising goslings molt on the breeding grounds. Emperor Geese in western Alaska not engaged in raising goslings (immature, nonbreeding, and failed breeders) migrate to Saint Lawrence Island and the north Chukotka Peninsula to molt (Hupp et al. 2007). During fall and spring, Emperor Geese migrate along coastal areas of Bristol Bay and the Alaska Peninsula. They winter on the Aleutian Islands, Alaska Peninsula, and Kodiak Archipelago in Alaska and on the Commander Islands in Russia (Hupp et al. 2008, Uher-Koch et al. 2021).

    The Emperor Goose is a focus of stewardship in Alaska, where most of the global population occurs. Emperor Geese are food and a cultural resource for Alaska Native, Indigenous people (ADF&G 2017, Naves and Schamber 2024). Non-Indigenous people also hunt Emperor Geese (Naves et al. 2023, ADF&G 2025a). This species is also sought after by bird watchers, despite its remote distribution. Molting areas in Russia are important for Emperor Goose, where Indigenous and non-Indigenous people also hunt the Emperor Goose (Syroechkovski and Klokov 2007). We were unable to address Indigenous knowledge and perspectives about the Emperor Goose in Russia because of language barriers, insufficient funding, and diplomatic challenges.

    The Emperor Goose distribution in Alaska overlaps the homelands of several Indigenous people: Central Alaskan Yup’ik (Yup’ik), Saint Lawrence Island Yupik, Iñupiaq, Aleut/Unangam, and Alutiiq/Sugpiaq (Fig. 1, Table 1). Indigenous people have lived for millennia on the vast land that is now the state of Alaska. These cultures flourished and developed distinct ways of life based on hunting, fishing, and gathering in distinct ecosystems, but they share core values such as a strong connection to ancestral lands and reliance on experiential knowledge and wild foods (Yupiktak Bista Inc. 1974, Langdon 2014). Contact with Euro-American settlers starting in the 1750s brought wide socioeconomic and cultural changes. Large-scale climate and environmental changes now also impact northern communities (Norton-Smith et al. 2016). Harvesting and sharing wild resources improve food security and support traditional social structures for Alaska Native people amidst rapid change in all aspects of life (USFWS 1980, Moerlein and Carothers 2012).

    In Alaska, subsistence means a way of life centered on non-commercial traditional uses of wild animals and plants for food, shelter, fuel, clothing, tools, crafts, transportation, sharing, and bartering (AS 16.05.940.34, ANILCA-Title VIII section 803). This definition derives from the traditional economy and culture of Indigenous people and other people who have adopted similar ways of life. Complexity and ambiguity in subsistence laws reflect an ever-growing competition for fish and wildlife in Alaska (Wheeler and Thornton 2005).

    Regulatory framework

    Alaska Native people have harvested animals and plants for millennia following seasonal availability (USFWS 1980). In 1918, the U.S. Congress passed the Migratory Bird Treaty Act to conserve and restore bird populations depleted by commercial hunting. The Treaty closed harvest for birds and their eggs from March 10 through August 31 each year. However, spring bird harvest alleviated hunger for northern Indigenous people when other resources were scarce. The spring harvest closure caused hardships for Indigenous communities and conflict with management agencies (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Efforts to ease this conflict led to the 1997 Treaty amendment to legally authorize the Alaska spring-summer subsistence harvest and include subsistence users in harvest management (Schwalenberg et al. 2023).

    Migratory bird harvest regulations in Alaska include the spring-summer subsistence and fall-winter general hunting seasons. Eligibility for the subsistence season is based on permanent residence in regions or communities that have customary and traditional harvest and excludes unqualified urban areas. Spring-summer regulations are defined considering recommendations made by the Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council (AMBCC)—a partnership comprised of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G), and the Native Caucus with Indigenous representatives from across Alaska.

    Harvest regulations for the spring-summer subsistence season have been designed to allow continuation of traditional practices and socioeconomic structures, including sharing of wild foods in kinship relations. Subsistence economies are based on sharing networks, where high-harvest households provide foods and other resources to less productive households (BurnSilver et al. 2016). Harvest regulations for the spring-summer season (including Emperor Geese) do not involve a harvest quota for birds and eggs, special permit, bag limit, or mandatory harvest reporting (U.S. National Archives and Records Administration 2025a; Federal Register vol. 82, no. 63, page 16298). Harvest data including the spring-summer harvest season have been collected in voluntary household harvest surveys (Naves et al. 2021, Naves and Mengak 2023). The Kodiak Archipelago and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands regions are eligible for the subsistence harvest, but as Emperor Goose availability in these regions is limited in spring-summer, hunters mostly rely on fall-winter opportunities (Fig. 1; U.S. National Archives and Records Administration 2025b).

    In contrast, eligibility for the fall-winter general hunting season applies to all Alaska residents and nonresidents. Fall-winter regulations are defined via federal and state processes. In 2017-2021, the fall-winter hunt had an annual quota of 500 or 1000 Emperor Geese (depending on the population index), and hunters were required to obtain a special permit and to report harvest activities (ADF&G 2025b). An unlimited number of permits was available to Alaska residents. Twenty-five drawing (lottery) permits were annually available to nonresidents. The season bag limit for permit holders was one Emperor Goose.

    Participation of rural and Indigenous users in Emperor Goose harvest management and reporting is key, as these users account for most of the current harvest. Harvest by Alaska urban residents and nonresidents was much curtailed by the fall-winter bag limit of one Emperor Goose, despite their substantial interest in less restrictive harvesting opportunities. In 2017-2020, three-fourths of the annual average harvest of about 6300 Emperor Geese occurred in spring-summer, and harvest by subsistence-eligible residents (spring-summer and fall-winter) accounted for 98% of the annual harvest (Naves et al. 2023, Naves and Mengak 2023, Naves and Schamber 2024). Emperor Goose harvest estimates involve substantial annual variation and uncertainty (wide confidence intervals) because of characteristics intrinsic to the data (Copp and Roy 1986:H-15, Otis et al. 2016). Nevertheless, decades of harvest data have portrayed consistent regional and seasonal patterns (Wentworth 2007a, 2007b, Naves and Schamber 2024).

    METHODS

    Key respondent interviews

    We followed ethical principles for human subjects research including input in study design, informed consent, voluntary participation and anonymity, and opportunity for data review (Alaska Federation of Natives 2013, National Science Foundation 2018). We asked AMBCC partners to review draft interview questions, conducted two pilot interviews with subsistence users, and revised the methods accordingly. Interview questions addressed respondents’ geographic reference and demographics, Emperor Goose ethnotaxonomy, harvest timing and methods, uses, cultural importance, ecology, local issues, and harvest management (Appendix 1). We used the harvest management regions defined for the spring-summer subsistence harvest of migratory birds in Alaska as the geographic framework for data collection and analysis while considering homelands of main Indigenous groups and the Emperor Goose seasonal cycle (Fig. 1). This approach was consistent with the scale at which harvest management is implemented.

    The pool of interview candidates had 117 people including members of federal and state regional harvest management bodies, candidates suggested by the AMBCC, and candidates suggested by interview respondents (chain referral). We attempted to interview primarily Indigenous respondents because they were less represented than other stakeholders in previous studies, but we did not preclude participation of other ethnic groups (Mengak et al. 2022, Naves et al. 2023). We attempted to interview men, women, elders, and active harvesters representing diverse demographics who harvest, share, and use Emperor Geese.

    We initially planned for in-person interviews but had to interview by phone due to public health concerns during the COVID-19 pandemic. Following an initial phone communication, we mailed interview candidates information on the study’s objective, interview questions, a consent form, and a pre-stamped envelope for returning the completed consent form. We attempted to contact the candidates again after delivery of the interview packet to schedule an interview. We attempted to contact candidates by phone three times at each stage of this process. We acknowledge that communication by phone was sometimes affected by poor phone connection, hearing impairments, and limited non-verbal clues which are more available in in-person interactions. We do not advocate for conducting traditional knowledge interviews by phone if in-person interviews are possible. Nevertheless, we have no indication that communication by phone substantially affected the quality of the data presented in this study.

    We interviewed 37 respondents (31 men, 6 women) residing in 20 communities between November 2020 and June 2021 (Appendix 2-Table A1). Most interviews were individual, one interview had two respondents, and another had three respondents. The pilot interviews had two interviewers, and all others had one interviewer. All interviews were audio-recorded and averaged 77 minutes. Respondents’ age ranged from 19 to 85 (Appendix 2-Fig. A1). All except one respondent (97%) identified themselves as Indigenous. The interviewer read the consent information and each interview question. About one-third of respondents opted for anonymity. We explained to respondents that they could say “I don’t know” and decline to answer any question. Respondents received a monetary honorarium in recognition of their time.

    Data collection on ethnotaxonomy included Indigenous and English names for all geese species occurring in Alaska. To develop interview materials, we researched the literature and inventoried previously documented names for geese. First, we asked respondents to name geese based on color drawings and audio-recordings of vocalizations. Then, we asked respondents to review names for geese compiled from the literature and presented in the written interview materials. We asked respondents if they were familiar with previously documented names, although such familiarity does not necessarily imply knowing to which bird(s) a name applies.

    Literature review: Previously documented Indigenous and scientific knowledge

    We gathered previously documented ethnographic information pertaining to Emperor Goose in Alaska to supplement the geographic and cultural coverage of this study (e.g., Nelson 1887, Brandt 1943, Fienup-Riordan 1994, 2007, Ballanger 2004, Unger 2014). Notably, some previous studies focusing on species of management interest included topics about Emperor Goose (Wolfe and Paige 1995, Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996, Paige et al. 1996, Georgette and Iknokinok 1997, Fienup-Riordan 1999, Georgette 2000), including unpublished information from interviews conducted in 1997 in the communities of Akutan and Nikolski archived at the ADF&G Division of Subsistence (Naves et al. 2024).

    We researched the natural sciences literature pertaining to the life history and ecology of Emperor Goose. Presenting an exhaustive compilation of the natural sciences literature about Emperor Goose was beyond the scope of this study. We integrated relevant scientific information as it relates to IK and harvest management.

    We presented in the Results section information from the interviews conducted in this study, previously documented IK, and related ecological information from the scientific literature. This approach intended to facilitate integration of information, conciseness, and a coherent information flow. We provided sources for all information derived from the literature. The diverse sources of information gathered in this study spanned several decades. Some knowledge reflected temporal changes in ecological factors, for example, a reduced use of Saint Lawrence Island by molting Emperor Goose. In some instances, there was no evidence to infer if change of knowledge and perspectives occurred across decades and the factors potentially involved.

    Data analysis and review

    We transcribed interview audio-recordings verbatim. Two of the authors reviewed all audio-recordings and transcripts to ensure accuracy. We presented some interview quotes in Appendix 2 to illustrate the data and provide a direct voice to respondents (additional content in Naves et al. 2024). We slightly edited quotes for clarity and conciseness while respecting respondents’ word choices (“[...]” indicates omitted text). We used Nvivo 12 Pro (QSR International Pty Ltd, Doncaster, ASTL) to code the qualitative data. The data were initially deductively coded based on interview questions (Appendix 1). Responses for each question were then interactively sub-coded based on emergent themes and sub-themes linking codes across interview questions. Some themes and sub-themes occurred under more than one question. We then summarized information from responses based on geographic regions to connect knowledge and perspectives to the Emperor Goose annual cycle.

    Respondents represented most regions within the Emperor Goose range in Alaska. Despite our best efforts, we were unable to enlist participants from the mainland portion of the Bering Strait-Norton Sound region. About 1000 Emperor Geese nest on the north shore of the Seward Peninsula (Paige et al. 1996, Lewis et al. 2021). Emperor Geese are harvested in relatively low numbers in this area (Naves and Schamber 2024). Interviews for the Bering Strait-Norton Sound region represented the communities of Gambell and Savoonga, on Saint Lawrence Island.

    Most results for the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands refer to the entire region as wintering grounds for Emperor Goose. However, within this region, some knowledge and harvest patterns seemed typical of the Pribilof Islands, where Emperor Goose occur primarily during migration.

    We summarized the ethnotaxonomy data across entire interviews as the number of respondents (by language) who indicated familiarity with geese names. Alaska Native languages have diverse dialects. Additionally, variant words and spellings are common as Indigenous languages are primarily spoken (Fortescue et al. 2010, Jacobson 2012). Assessing dialectical variations and localisms in geese ethnotaxonomy was beyond our reach. We followed spelling from dictionaries unless unavailable, and favoring conciseness, we did not report all variant spellings. We reported our understanding of the use of geese names based on information from the literature, interviews in this study, and meaning of names (etymology). Mistakes and omissions are ours, and we continue to welcome guidance to correct them.

    We asked respondents to rate their support for conservation and harvest management actions using a 5-point Likert-type scale from strongly oppose to strongly favor (adapted from Mengak et al. 2022). Some respondents did not use the 5-point scale, so we combined responses into a 3-point scale coded as “oppose” (1), “neither oppose nor favor” (2), and “favor” (3). Higher mean ratings indicate higher favorability than lower ratings. Main differences in the ecological and regulatory contexts pertained to Emperor Goose wintering and breeding grounds. Thus, we calculated mean ratings for residents of the Kodiak Archipelago and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands (wintering grounds), residents of other regions (breeding, molting, and migration areas), as well as all regions combined.

    We mailed a hard copy of an expanded draft report to all interview respondents asking for their review (Naves et al. 2024). We asked federal, state, and Native AMBCC partners to review draft results. A four-page summary was produced to facilitate review of draft results. This paper includes input received during all review stages.

    RESULTS

    Geese ethnotaxonomy

    We identified 42 names for geese in five Indigenous languages and 14 names in English (Appendix 2-Tables A2 and A3). Some names (e.g., neqleq, laqiq) were used for more than one species, especially Canada/Cackling geese (Branta canadensis and B. hutchinsii), White-fronted Goose (Anser albifrons), and Brant (Branta bernicla). Beach goose usually referred to Emperor Goose but occasionally to Brant. Yellow-legged goose usually referred to White-fronted Goose but occasionally to Emperor Goose. This pattern may reflect diverse dialects and localism, mismatches between local ethnotaxonomies and genetics-based taxonomy, errors in documented use of names, variable language fluency, and loss of knowledge about bird names.

    Some names described the species appearance (tuutangayak, nacaullek, iqsraġutilik, uuxali-x̂) or behavior (tingmak kikiyouk, chugumadan laga). Some names compared species, for example teghqilkagpak (Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik) used for Canada Goose literally means large Brant. Names often were onomatopoeic (imitated geese vocalizations) (e.g., laqiq, neqleq, neqlernaq). Some names or variants occurred in diverse languages (e.g., lagiq, neqleq, kanguq) and may be onomatopoeic and/or loan words (adopted from another language with little or no modification; Appendix 2-Table A2). Onomatopoeic names were traditionally pronounced with inflection to further resemble bird sounds (Brandt 1943:93). In conversation, people traditionally used to refer to a bird by imitating its sound, independently of the bird having an onomatopoeic name (Russell and West 2003:44).

    Some species names were also used for broader categories. Lagiq (Yup’ik) referred to Canada/Cackling geese as well as unspecified goose. Leghlleq (Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik) referred to Emperor Goose and to unspecified goose (Appendix 2-Table A2). Names indicating nested ethnotaxonomic categories likely reflected the local availability of species, their relative contribution to harvest, and cultural relevance (Russell and West 2003:50).

    Ethnotaxonomies may include categories for sex, age, and ecological attributes (Simeone and Kari 2002). A Yup’ik respondent identified hatch-year Emperor Goose (with gray feathers on the head) as nacaullegaq. Nonbreeding geese (of any species) are referred to in Yup’ik language as kangniq (Appendix 2-Quote 1). In Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik, molting geese are known as iingtaq (Badten et al. 2008). Male and female geese differ in their behaviors but cannot be identified based on external morphology. Arctic-breeding geese reach breeding maturity in about three years and a proportion of breeding-age geese do not breed every year (Petersen 1992).

    Respondents from most regions (except Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago) often explained that they and other people in their communities mostly use names for geese (and other birds) in their Indigenous languages (Appendix 2-Figs. A2-A4). Some respondents seemed unfamiliar with English names for geese. Nevertheless, respondents often did not know the meaning (etymology) of Indigenous geese names. Reduced knowledge about the etymology of names can result from language shift (Krupnik 2017).

    Respondents from the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago mostly used English names for geese and were unfamiliar with names in their Indigenous languages (Appendix 2-Figs. A5 and A6). Some respondents explained that they often refer to geese without identifying species. These tendencies suggest advanced stages of language shift (from Indigenous to Russian to English) and some IK loss, consistent with earlier contact of Aleut and Alutiiq people with Russo-American cultures as compared with other Alaska Native people (Langdon 2014).

    The name beach goose was commonly used by Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago residents, but it was not used by residents of other regions [Appendix 2-Figs. A2-A6 (this study) and Quote 2 (Wolfe and Paige 1995)]. Use of beach goose by Indigenous inhabitants of the Aleutian Islands was reported as early as the late 1800s (Nelson 1887:89). This ethnotaxonomic pattern likely relates to Emperor Goose’s nearly exclusive use of marine coastal environments during the nonbreeding period (Gibson and Byrd 2007:229-241). Although Emperor Goose closely associate with coastal environments across their range, at breeding grounds they are found up to 10 miles inland (Saalfeld et al. 2017, Schmutz et al. 2020).

    Use of habitats by Emperor Goose and ecological interactions

    Respondents from all regions described marine coasts, bays, and lagoons as important habitats for Emperor Goose as well as freshwater sources within marine environments, which hunters use as predictors of its occurrence. Respondents in this study identified 53 places important for Emperor Goose and 14 other places were mentioned in previous studies (Fig. 1, Appendix 2-Table A4; Wolfe and Paige 1995, Paige et al. 1996, Georgette and Iknokinok 1997, Georgette 2000). The spatial distribution of these places also reflected respondents’ land use patterns including traditional harvest areas and areas used in commercial fishing. Among 125 place names in Orth (1971) referring to geese (including unspecified geese), 14 places were within the Emperor Goose range. Collectively, these places and place names refine information on habitat use by Emperor Goose.

    Saint Lawrence Island residents described Emperor Goose migrations and highlighted use of southeast lagoons for molting and staging (Appendix 2-Quote 3; Fay and Cade 1959). Respondents in this study said Emperor Goose usually feed on seaweed, eelgrass, mussels, grasses, and fresh berries (in fall) and overwintered berries (in spring; Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996). Respondents obtained this information from observation of Emperor Goose behavior and from assessing contents in the digestive tract of harvested birds. Respondents were attentive to factors affecting the body condition of Emperor Goose such as storms, frozen bays, and favorable weather (Appendix 2-Quotes 4 and 5). Some respondents from the Bristol Bay region associated the body condition of migrating Emperor Goose with the availability of Pacific herring (Clupea pallasii) spawn (Appendix 2-Quote 6). Herring spawn is an important food for sea ducks and other birds during the pre-breeding period (Bishop and Green 2001, Bond and Esler 2006, Lewis et al. 2007).

    Respondents reported that foxes are an important predator of Emperor Goose (particularly young, sick, and injured birds) and their eggs. Jaegers (Stercorarius spp.), gulls, and the Common Raven (Corvus corax) also predate eggs and goslings. One respondent noted increased numbers of ravens. Some respondents reported shooting foxes and jaegers to protect goose eggs and goslings. Respondents from the Aleutian Islands mentioned that removal of introduced foxes and rats (by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service in the Alaska Maritime National Wildlife Refuge) from some islands has benefited bird populations.

    Respondents from all regions observed within their lifetime that bird migrations are occurring earlier in spring and later in fall, and they attributed this change to global warming (Uher-Koch et al. 2021). A respondent thought the warmer weather caused geese to have more lice. Some respondents mentioned impacts of coastal erosion and melting permafrost on habitats important for geese (Appendix 2-Quote 7).

    Migration cycle and availability for harvest

    Respondents across regions collectively described the occurrence of Emperor Goose during its migration cycle (Fig. 2A): Y-K Delta in March-October; Northwest Arctic in May-June; Saint Lawrence Island in April-November; Aleutian Islands yearlong (but mainly in September-May); Kodiak Archipelago in August-May (but mainly in October-April); and Bristol Bay in March-June and August-November. The timing of spring and fall migration varied annually depending on seasonal transitions.

    Respondents emphasized that bird harvest including Emperor Goose are traditionally curtailed during nesting and chick rearing (Figs. 2B and 2C). Other factors that affected the timing and opportunity to harvest Emperor Geese were the weather, access, harvest closures, other activities, and costs (Fig. 3). There was a preference for hunting at times when the geese have no pin feathers (not molting) and are fatter (tastier). In the Y-K Delta and Bristol Bay, there was a preference for harvesting Emperor Geese in spring (Appendix 2-Quote 8), but some harvest also occur in fall in these regions (Fig. 2B; Naves et al. 2023, Naves and Schamber 2024). On Saint Lawrence Island, Emperor Goose eggs are usually not harvested, and flightless (molting) Emperor Geese are harvested in late summer.

    In the Bristol Bay region, Emperor Goose harvest often occurs in conjunction with harvest primarily directed to King Eider Somateria spectabilis and seals (Appendix 2-Quote 9). In this region, Emperor Goose harvest is facilitated by offshore winds that push the migrating geese onshore (Appendix 2-Quote 10).

    Respondents from the Aleutian Islands and Kodiak Archipelago said Emperor Geese are fatter and tastier in late fall. They explained that Emperor Geese arriving in September-October is often molting body feathers, thus harvesting mostly happens in October-November. In the Kodiak Archipelago, respondents indicated that Emperor Goose harvest coincided with the fall-winter regulatory waterfowl season (8 October-22 January). Some hunters preferred adult Emperor Goose over juveniles (identified by gray feathers on the head) (Appendix 2-Quote 11; Wolfe and Paige 1995). The Emperor Goose is the only goose species present during winter in the Aleutian Islands. But short daylight and storms in December-February are unfavorable for waterfowl hunting in the Aleutian Islands and Kodiak Archipelago. Some residents of these regions voiced unwillingness to harvest birds in spring as they prepare to breed (Appendix 2-Quote 12).

    Emperor Goose occurrence and harvest on the Pribilof Islands seemed to differ from the Aleutian Islands. A Pribilof Island respondent explained that Emperor Geese are usually present in April-June and September-October and are usually harvested in April-May (Appendix 2-Quote 13). The Emperor Goose seems to occur in relatively low frequency and numbers on the Pribilof Islands (Appendix 2-Quote 14; Wolf and Paige 1995).

    Harvest methods and practices

    Most respondents said that the Emperor Goose is not specifically targeted and is one of many species in the seasonal harvest cycle including other birds, Pacific halibut (Hippoglossus stenolepis), clams, Sitka black-tailed deer (Odocoileus hemionus sitkensis), seals, walrus, wood, and berries. High cost of harvesting gear and supplies (especially fuel) was also mentioned, as people cannot afford to seek only specific resources.

    Some respondents nevertheless referred to hunting efforts directed at the Emperor Goose, especially in conditions and places where it congregates. Naturally, coastal residents have more access to Emperor Goose. People from coastal areas who moved away often visit their original communities for harvesting purposes. Coastal areas tend to be more productive and attract hunters from inland communities (Appendix 2-Quote S15). Saint Lawrence Island respondents reported on harvest directed at flightless Emperor Geese in summer but added that this practice was more common in the past.

    Respondents used shotguns to take Emperor Geese. One respondent from Savoonga used to catch flightless Emperor Geese with a dipnet. Respondents used natural features as blinds, or blinds built to hunt seals. Some respondents used or heard of using decoys to hunt Emperor Geese. Two respondents from the Aleutian Islands used dogs to retrieve downed birds (we did not specifically ask about hunting dogs). Some local residents mentioned that hunting Emperor Geese in the Kodiak Archipelago road system required a boat because harvesting is closed within 500 feet of the shoreline in the spring-summer and fall-winter seasons (Federal Register vol. 68, no. 139, page 43010). Diverse methods were used in the past to harvest birds such as bolas, nets, spears, snares, and clubs (Fienup-Riordan 2007, Corbett 2017).

    Some Y-K Delta respondents in this study referred to drives for harvesting flightless geese and ducks, but drives seemed uncommon in recent decades. Bird drives were important harvest events in the Y-K Delta until about the 1970s, often involving entire communities with planning, coordination, and camaraderie (Nelson 1899:135, Fienup-Riordan 1994:23, Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996). In late July-August, dozens of men and boys and multiple boats rounded up flightless birds. Drives likely yielded the most bountiful bird harvest, where hundreds to thousands of birds were shared within communities. As a preferred species for bird skin parkas, Emperor Goose was historically sought after in drives (Brandt 1943:92, 279, Klein and Seim 1965:9-10, Fienup-Riordan 1999).

    Use as food and materials

    Respondents indicated that the Emperor Goose is currently used most for food. Wild foods comprise much of the diet in remote communities in Alaska and are healthier than store-bought, processed foods (Appendix 2-Quote 16). Birds harvested in spring are usually consumed fresh as a welcome change of diet, after eating preserved foods for a long winter. Wild foods are key for the cultural and emotional well-being of Indigenous people (Appendix 2-Quote 17). Traditionally, the arrival of migratory birds alleviated hunger. Modern socioeconomic structures aim at improving food security, but spring bird harvest still has practical, cultural, and emotional value (Schwalenberg et al. 2023).

    Whether the Emperor Goose is a preferred food seems to vary between individuals, regions, and times of the year (based on variable physiological states during migration, breeding, and molting). Some respondents explained that the Emperor Goose was and still is a favorite food. Sometimes people save or harvest Emperor Geese for special occasions like Thanksgiving, Christmas, and birthdays. Historically, the Emperor Goose has been a favored bird of the Aleut/Unangam people of the Aleutian Islands (Unger 2014:225). Emperor Geese may not be particularly favored on the Pribilof Islands (Wolfe and Paige 1995, this study).

    Respondents reported that they often gutted Emperor Goose soon after harvest to preserve freshness, that it is easier to pluck birds while they are still warm, and that they often skinned birds that had pin feathers. Respondents usually preserved birds in freezers, occasionally by air drying, and less often by salting. Birds may be frozen whole, with or without feathers. Some said the feathers keep frozen birds fresher. In the past, Emperor Goose and other birds were air dried, smoked, salted, packed in snow, and stored in wooden barrels (Unger 2014:57). Traditionally, children helped with plucking and cleaning birds (Veltre and Veltre 1983).

    Respondents explained that Emperor Goose was often boiled or made into a soup, but also roasted, fried, browned, and canned. Lightly boiling or roasting was referred to as “half cooked.” Foods are often dipped in seal oil. Few respondents mentioned eating Emperor Goose eggs. One respondent boiled the eggs before freezer storage. Unger (2014) presented recipes for goose roast and soup. Birds’ breast, legs, neck, back, wings, skin, fat, heart, gizzard, and liver are usually consumed whereas the head, feet, intestines, stomach, kidneys, and tongue are sometimes consumed (Veltre and Veltre 1983, Unger 2014, Naves and Fall 2017).

    Some respondents mentioned uses that were common in the past such as using a wing as a broom; skins for parkas; and down to stuff bedding, pillows, and clothing (Appendix 2-Quote 18; ADF&G Division of Subsistence Archives). Feathered skins of Emperor Geese were preferred for winter parkas because they are particularly warm (Nelson 1887:31, Brandt 1943:279, Fienup-Riordan 2007:206, 209). Socioeconomic and technological changes led to increased use of store-bought items (Appendix 2-Quote 19). One respondent saved the feathers for artists to use. One Hooper Bay resident mentioned the use of Emperor Goose feathers for people to learn how to make dance fans, while Snowy Owl Bubo scandiacus feathers are usually preferred. One respondent used goose wings to train hunting dogs. In the Aleutian Islands, a fatty broth made from Emperor Goose was used to heal a sore throat (Wolfe and Paige 1995).

    Other cultural connections

    Respondents most often did not recall stories, songs, and other cultural items specifically involving Emperor Goose. A respondent from Saint Lawrence Island remembered fragments of stories and songs about Emperor Goose and two respondents from Akutan knew a song (Appendix 2-Quote 20). However, we were unable to obtain further information. Respondents often mentioned the prohibition of Indigenous languages and masked dances resulting in loss of language, culture, and knowledge. Some respondents explained that such cultural connections may have existed in the past (Appendix 2-Quote 21).

    Emperor Goose harvesting related to respondents’ core values such as connection to the land, sharing, and appreciation of elders (Appendix 2-Quote 22). Connection to the land traditionally includes deliberate observation of weather, tides, animal behavior, and ecological processes (Appendix 2-Quote 23).

    Sharing Emperor Goose, especially with elders and others who cannot hunt, was an important part of harvesting. Traditional foods are a special treat for elders. Sharing harvested birds is one of the first lessons in hunters’ education. Respondents said that a young hunter’s first goose must be shared with elders or prepared into a meal for sharing with relatives. Some said sharing practices had not changed. One respondent said people may post on Facebook asking to receive wild foods. Another said freezers make it easier to preserve geese and share them later. Some thought sharing has decreased together with decreased geese harvesting.

    When asked about traditional rules related to Emperor Goose harvest, most respondents referred to not wasting as a core Indigenous value. Not wasting encompassed harvesting, processing, and consuming wild foods: harvest only what is needed, do not overharvest, only shoot at animals that can be effectively killed and retrieved, retrieve all harvested animals, prevent spoilage by timely processing harvested foods, consume all stored foods, consume all edible parts, do not leave food on the plate, eat all leftovers, and use inedible parts as materials. Respect also determines proper disposition of inedible parts (Appendix 2-Quote 24). All actions to prevent waste demonstrate respect and gratitude for animals’ ultimate offer (Nadasdy 2003:79-94).

    Abundance over decades

    Respondents often said that, during their lifetime, Emperor Goose numbers increased after a period of low abundance. Some respondents of the Kodiak Archipelago seemed particularly emphatic about higher Emperor Goose numbers. This emphasis is consistent with a recent change in the use of wintering areas by Emperor Goose related to climate change, with a higher proportion of the population now wintering on the Alaska Peninsula and Kodiak Archipelago, closer to breeding areas in western Alaska (Uher-Koch et al. 2021). Higher spatial concentration of Emperor Goose on the Kodiak Archipelago may lead to a local perception of increased abundance beyond the actual total population growth.

    Some respondents indicated that Emperor Goose numbers have not rebounded to previous levels. Some attributed reduced Emperor Goose abundance to human activities including noise pollution due to motorized vehicles. Respondents explained concerns about reduced use of the Bristol Bay region by migrating Emperor Goose and other birds as related to increased commercial fishing for Pacific herring in spring and less food available for birds (Appendix 2-Quote 25). Respondents explained that human activities caused a reduction in the numbers of Emperor Goose that breed and molt on Saint Lawrence Island and displaced birds to less accessible areas (Appendix 2-Quote 26) (Lehman 2019:40).

    One respondent related change in birds’ body size with variable population levels (Appendix 2-Quote 27). This observation has parallels in the scientific literature as unfavorable ecological factors can be related to reduced body size (phenotypic variation) and mass within bird populations with implications for fecundity and survival (Cooch et al. 1991).

    In a previous study, Yup’ik elders associated fluctuations in goose populations with spring storm surge floods in the Y-K Delta coast, among other factors (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Spring floods of variable amplitude and geographic extension destroy goose nests and scatter eggs, causing breeding failure (Haverkamp et al. 2022, Thompson et al. 2023).

    Harvest patterns in recent decades and sustainability

    Most respondents thought that Emperor Goose harvest decreased during their lifetime. Several respondents stopped hunting Emperor Goose or harvested fewer during the 1986-2016 harvest closure for this species. In general, people hunt less nowadays because of availability of store-bought foods, changing food preferences, more time spent indoors, and other factors (Appendix 2-Quote 28). The 1918-2002 spring-summer harvest closure for migratory birds impacted subsistence practices related to birds in Alaska (Appendix 2-Quote 29). It is possible that the demise of drives for flightless geese and ducks since about the 1970s affected the amount and timing of bird harvesting specially in the Y-K Delta (Nelson 1899:135, Brandt 1943:92, 279, Klein and Seim 1965:9-10, Fienup-Riordan 1994:23, 1999, Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996).

    Respondents mentioned changes in economic activities affecting Emperor Goose harvest. On Saint Lawrence Island, respondents thought that harvest of flightless Emperor Goose (July) is much reduced because fewer geese now use the island, but also because people are busy commercial fishing for Pacific halibut from late June to September. Aleutian Islands’ residents associated reduced Emperor Goose harvest with the closure of some winter fisheries (Appendix 2-Quote 30).

    About two-thirds of respondents (68%) thought the current Emperor Goose harvest is sustainable (Fig. 4; question 28 in Appendix 1). Many of the respondents with this opinion (67%) were residents of the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago, and some attributed their opinion to the observation of increasing Emperor Goose numbers.

    Perspectives on harvest management

    Meanings and goals for management and conservation

    Respondents addressed biological research, harvest assessment, values, and harvest management approaches. Respondents recounted traumatic experiences with enforcement of bird harvest regulations. They also referred to challenges for harvest management while recognizing Indigenous sovereignty. Some perceived harvest management as a way to control people. Respondents understood Indigenous participation and IK as essential to build trust and collaboration in harvest management (Appendix 2-Quote 31). Some emphasized the need for communication, so people understand the reasons for restrictive harvest regulations.

    One respondent thought harvest management should be conservative because some harvest may not be accounted for (Appendix 2-Quote 32). In fact, the required harvest reporting for the fall-winter Emperor Goose permit has been ineffective to quantify harvest because not all hunters obtain a permit and report their harvest (Naves et al. 2023).

    Respondents discussed sustainability of resources and protecting access to wild foods. Not overharvesting and not wasting were again common themes. Some mentioned curtailing harvest during specific times and harvesting more abundant species as conservation measures. Some defined conservation as habitat protection (Appendix 2-Quote 33). Respondents often discussed connections between conservation, knowledge, and culture (Appendix 2-Quote 34).

    Some Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago respondents resented restrictive fall-winter harvest regulations. One respondent felt the regulations favored regions where birds occur in spring-summer (Appendix 2-Quote 35).

    Harvest during the breeding season

    Respondents across regions highlighted the importance of protecting breeding Emperor Goose to support population growth and harvest opportunities. Respondents highly valued eggs as the starting point for goose abundance (Appendix 2-Quote 36). Leaving eggs in the nest also shows empathy and respect for birds as sentient beings (Appendix 2-Quote 37; Fienup-Riordan 1999).

    Bird harvesting is traditionally curtailed during nesting and chick rearing. Some comments referred to curtailing harvest in the pre-laying period (Appendix 2-Quote 38). But it was sometimes unclear if respondents perceived pre-laying as part of the breeding season. Emperor Geese often arrive paired in breeding grounds; widowed birds may be unable to re-mate in time for breeding or may incur additional energy costs that prevent them from breeding (Brandt 1943, Petersen 1992).

    Some respondents voiced concerns about impacts of spring-summer harvesting on the Emperor Goose population (Appendix 2-Quote 39). However, some respondents clarified they did not intend to interfere with harvest opportunities for other subsistence hunters (Appendix 2-Quote 40).

    Rating conservation and harvest management tools

    We asked respondents to rate their support or opposition to 14 harvest management tools. Respondents were often unfamiliar with or felt unaffected by harvest regulations for regions other than that of their residence, or they did not want to interfere with harvest opportunities in other regions. In all regions, respondents supported protecting breeding and wintering habitats, outreach and education, and predator control (Fig. 5). But respondents were unsure about how to further protect habitat in Alaska. Some respondents who did not oppose predator control pondered the risks of directly managing animal populations and recognized the ecological role of predators.

    Allowing only harvest for elders and ceremonial use had relatively high rating in all regions (Appendix 2-Quote 41). However, some respondents were unsure about how such regulations would be implemented. Some elders felt Emperor Goose harvesting should be for everyone. Respondents were uncertain about ceremonial uses involving Emperor Goose. Closing egg harvest also had strong support, especially by residents of regions within the Emperor Goose core breeding areas.

    Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago residents indicated higher support for some actions aiming at reducing spring-summer harvest than residents from other regions (extend 30-day closure, establish harvest quota, reduce season length). Some actions aiming at reducing fall-winter harvest were rated lower by residents from the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago than by residents from the other regions (reduce harvest quota, reduce season length).

    Increase law enforcement, introduce a drawing permit, and close all harvest had the lowest ratings. Some who supported law enforcement referred to the loss of Indigenous knowledge about harvest restraint (Appendix 2-Quote 42). Some respondents were concerned that restrictive regulations and law enforcement are additional barriers to accessing wild foods, traditional lands, and knowledge gathered from the land. Some respondents who supported restrictive measures highlighted the need for users’ participation in management (Appendix 2-Quote 43).

    Respondents welcomed further exchanges between users, biologists, and managers including information about Emperor Goose ecology, behavior, and population dynamics. Some stressed a need for educating youth about harvesting and advocated for this information in schools. Others thought communication must include harvesters, tribal councils, and the broader community. One respondent suggested that messages must be positive and constructive (Appendix 2-Quote 44).

    DISCUSSION

    Geese ethnotaxonomy

    Language and ethnotaxonomy are gateways into IK, cognitive systems, and worldviews (Nadasdy 2003:5-6). Ethnotaxonomy and IK studies help to develop a common vocabulary for subsistence users, researchers, and managers to work together. Collaborative efforts to preserve Indigenous languages also help mending relations and building trust.

    This study improved the understanding of geese ethnotaxonomy in diverse Alaska Native languages and illustrated various levels of language shift across regions (Krupnik 2017). We also portrayed how ethnotaxonomic research requires a broad approach beyond a single focal species because ethnotaxonomic categories may be nested, names may apply to multiple species, and categorization often differs between local ethnotaxonomies and genetics-based, scientific taxonomy. Nevertheless, this study potentially under-represented respondents’ ability to identify geese species due to communication challenges (poor phone connection, hearing impairments, and limited non-verbal communication) and a disconnect between the ability to quickly name species in an interview and the ability to apply such knowledge in a more natural setting of daily life (Diamond and Bishop 1999, Godoy et al. 2005).

    Documentation of geese ethnotaxonomy is possibly more complete for the Yup’ik language, which is better preserved than other Alaska Native languages due to a relatively late contact of Yup’ik people with Euro-American cultures (Langdon 2014). Additionally, geese are particularly conspicuous in the Yup’ik homeland and culture. The Y-K Delta provides key nesting and migration habitat for geese at the continental scale (Saalfeld et al. 2017). Geese harvest in the Y-K Delta represent the highest contribution of birds to the subsistence diet across Alaska regions (Fall 2016, Naves and Schamber 2024).

    Emperor Goose ecology across its range and Indigenous homelands

    This study highlighted the value of integrating Indigenous and scientific knowledge across the entire range and annual cycle of migratory species. Western Alaska residents were most familiar with Emperor Goose breeding ecology, while Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago residents were mostly familiar with Emperor Goose wintering ecology. Respondents voiced a desire to know about the lives of geese beyond their respective homelands. Experiential IK of individual cultural groups reflects a defined seasonal and spatial coexistence with the animals that occur within their homelands (Lopez 1986:130, Naves et al. 2019). Knowledge combined across homelands and cultural groups generally aligned with scientific knowledge and further described habitat use by Emperor Goose.

    Emperor Goose ecology in Alaska is relatively well documented in scientific literature (Rockwell et al. 1996, Hupp et al. 2007, 2008, Schmutz et al. 2020, Uher-Koch et al. 2021, Lewis et al. 2021, Thompson et al. 2023). Emperor Goose is a conspicuous species, has a relatively limited range, and has been a research focus in Alaska for decades due to conservation concerns. Like IK, the scientific research often is locally based. However, dedicated efforts in scientific research have built upon individual pieces and new technologies (satellite imagery, telemetry, and statistical modeling) have allowed researchers to address vast geographic areas. In contrast, integrating IK across Indigenous homelands and cultures seems less common (Gagnon et al. 2020).

    The scientific literature is often inaccessible and poorly known to the broader public and even relevant audiences, such as Emperor Goose subsistence users in Alaska. Dedicated communication and outreach efforts strive to compile, simplify, and improve access to scientific information (Davenport and Zeller 2020). In contrast, IK is originally built with local participation, includes local values, is shared by trusted messengers, and readily accessible to local communities. Indigenous knowledge includes relational, emotional, and spiritual connections with nature which are virtually absent in scientific knowledge, such as recognition of animals as sentient beings (Nadasdy 2003). Such dynamics related to trust play a role on how diverse stakeholders engage with IK and scientific knowledge in the context of Emperor Goose harvest management.

    Harvest management

    Indigenous people desire to participate in harvest management (Jack 2002, this study). This study provided additional opportunity to listen to Indigenous users while Emperor Goose management is being evaluated (AMBCC 2016, PFC 2016). We included knowledgeable individuals who usually do not directly interact with the harvest management bodies for migratory birds. This study also facilitated communication with researchers and managers during the planning and review phases.

    Respondents portrayed Emperor Goose as an important resource, although not a main food item or cultural focus. Emperor Goose belonged to a wide diversity of animals and plants seasonally harvested for food and other uses. Resources harvested in relatively small amounts support food security and add diversity to the diet (Hill 2018). Historically, animals provided indispensable materials (e.g., Emperor Goose skin parkas). Access to diverse resources is important to maintain IK and languages (Nadasdy 2003).

    Diverse social-ecological contexts make it challenging for Indigenous users to have a unified voice in Emperor Goose harvest management and conservation. Nevertheless, the need for a unified voice is formalized within the decision-making structure of the AMBCC where the Native Caucus collectively has one vote (state and federal partners also have one vote each). Historically, a unified voice and consensus-based decision-making have been key for Indigenous people to negotiate with outside influences about topics critical for their well-being such as land claims, access to health care and education, and harvest management (Alaska Federation of Natives 2025). In this study, individual interviews likely helped to moderate group and cultural dynamics that may discourage free speech on sensitive topics (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Accounting for diverse perspectives among subsistence users helps to develop harvest management approaches that are broadly acceptable and meaningful for local people.

    Egg harvest closure was the only action directly aimed at limiting Emperor Goose harvest that was broadly supported by subsistence users (Fig. 5). In contrast, partners whose perspectives largely derive from scientific knowledge have shown little enthusiasm for this action (Mengak et al. 2022). Biological research has indicated that egg survival and breeding success (as demographic factors) have a lower impact on geese populations than adult mortality (Schmutz et al. 1997, Koons et al. 2014, Hilde et al. 2020). The high importance that subsistence users attribute to eggs as the starting point of new generations of geese reflects traditional worldviews, perhaps including observation over generations of impacts of spring flooding on breeding geese (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Indirect biological and cultural processes may enhance the efficacy of egg harvest closure as a conservation action. Egg harvest opportunity may increase chances that adults are simultaneously taken. Flushing incubating birds and egg harvesting (even if not the entire clutch) lead to reduced nest survival (Thompson et al. 2023). The limited information available suggests that Emperor Geese do not commonly lay additional eggs to replace those lost during the laying period or after incubation has started (Schmutz et al. 2020). Egg harvest closure conveys a need for overall restraint and aligns with Yup’ik traditional moral based on responsible individual decision-making (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Sorting out the efficacy of egg harvest closure as a conservation action in a timely manner may be impractical. For example, inter-species nest parasitism complicates an evaluation of the production of replacement eggs by Emperor Goose (Petersen 1992). In the short term, in respect for Indigenous perspectives, egg harvest closures should not be dismissed, but considered together with additional conservation actions as need based on the status of the Emperor Goose population.

    It may be unclear for some partners how Indigenous traditional harvest management currently operates to prevent overharvest. In interviews in this study, themes related to Indigenous traditional harvest management included not overharvesting, self-restraint, not wasting, times to curtail harvest, and ensuring harvest opportunities for future generations (Fienup-Riordan 1999, Jack 2002). For non-Indigenous managers, such concepts lack quantifiable measures relative to indices of Emperor Goose abundance. Local availability of Emperor Goose—information used by subsistence hunters to prevent overharvest—may not reflect population level trends because birds concentrate in some locations and their habitat use changes over time. Some traditional Indigenous worldviews sometimes still voiced in management meetings (e.g., the more taken, the more will return; Fienup-Riordan 1999) seem irreconcilable with science-based harvest management and global impacts of human activities on wildlife in the modern world, including large-scale habitat loss and changes to climate and ecosystems. Future dedicated research and documentation of Indigenous traditional harvest management can support values-based harvest management for migratory birds and Emperor Goose (Peloquin and Berkes 2009).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We thank all interview respondents for sharing their time, knowledge, and perspectives (individually acknowledged in Appendix 2). Jason Schamber, Julian Fischer, Tamara Zeller, and Brandon Ahmasuk helped clarify the interview questions. Two respondents tested the interview questions and provided feedback. Devin Anderson, Rebecca Dunne, Katie Roush, and Adam Knight assisted in transcribing and reviewing interviews. Carrie Hallinan prepared place-names data. Gayle Neufeld made the map. Jason Schamber, Tyler Lewis, Brian Uher-Koch, Tom Rothe, Patty Schwalenberg, Caroline Brown, Adam Knight, and Julian Fischer suggested improvements to a draft manuscript. We thank you all. This study was funded by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Pittman-Robertson Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Act (grant F19AF00506) and the Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    We did not use AI or AI-assisted tools in this study.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Interview transcripts are not publicly available because they contain information that could compromise the privacy of interview respondents.

    LITERATURE CITED

    ADF&G (Alaska Department of Fish & Game). 2017. Customary and traditional use worksheet: Migratory game birds, featuring Emperor Geese. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Special Publication No. BOG 2017-01.

    ADF&G (Alaska Department of Fish & Game). 2025a. Alaska Board of Game. https://www.adfg.alaska.gov/index.cfm?adfg=gameboard.main

    ADF&G (Alaska Department of Fish & Game). 2025b. Alaska waterfowl hunting regulations summary.https://www.adfg.alaska.gov/index.cfm?adfg=waterfowlhunting.resources

    Alaska Federation of Natives. 2013. Alaska Federation of Natives guidelines for research. Alaska Native Knowledge Network. University of Alaska Fairbanks. http://www.ankn.uaf.edu/IKS/afnguide.html

    Alaska Federation of Natives. 2025. Alaska Federation of Natives history. https://nativefederation.org/history/

    Ainsworth, G. B., S. M. Redpath, M. Wilson, C. Wernham, and J. C. Young. 2020. Integrating scientific and local knowledge to address conservation conflicts: Towards a practical framework based on lessons learned from a Scottish case study. Environmental Science & Policy 107:46-55. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2020.02.017

    AMBCC (Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council). 2016. Management plan for the Emperor Goose. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. https://www.alaskamigratorybirds.com/images/regulations/management/AMBCC_Emperor_Goose_Management_Plan_Sept2016.pdf

    Badten (Aghnaghaghpik) L. W., V. O. Kaneshiro (Uqiitlek), M. Oovi (Uvegtu), C. Koonooka (Petuwaq), and S. A. Jacobson. 2008. St. Lawrence Island Siberian Yupik Eskimo dictionary. Alaska Native Language Center. University of Alaska Fairbanks, USA.

    Ballanger, J. S. 2004. Emperor Goose traditional ecological knowledge pilot study, summer 2003. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council Program. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Migratory Bird Management, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Berkes, F. 2018. Sacred Ecology. 4th Edition. Routledge, New York, New York, USA.

    Bishop, M. A., and S. P. Green. 2001. Predation on Pacific herring (Clupea pallasi) spawn by birds in Prince William Sound, Alaska. Fisheries Oceanography 10(S1):149-158. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1054-6006.2001.00038.x

    Blanchard, K. A. 1994. Culture and seabird conservation: The north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada. Pages 294-310 in D. N. Nettleship, J. Burger, and M. Gochfeld, editors. Seabirds on islands: Threats, case studies, and action plans. BirdLife International, Cambridge, UK.

    Bond, J. C., and D. Esler. 2006. Nutrient acquisition by female Harlequin Ducks prior to spring migration and reproduction: Evidence for body mass optimization. Canadian Journal of Zoology 84(9):1223-1229. https://doi.org/10.1139/z06-111

    Brandt, H. 1943. Alaska bird trails: Adventures of an expedition by dog sled to the delta of the Yukon River at Hooper Bay. The Bird Research Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio, USA.

    BurnSilver, S., J. Magdanz, R. Stotts, M. Berman, and G. Kofinas. 2016. Are mixed economies persistent or transitional? Evidence using social networks from Arctic Alaska. American Anthropologist 118(1):121-129. https://doi.org/10.1111/aman.12447

    Copp, J. D., and G. M. Roy. 1986. Results of the 1985 survey of waterfowl hunting on the Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta, Alaska. Oregon State University, Department of Fisheries and Wildlife. Report to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Region 7. Corvallis, Oregon, USA.

    Cooch, E. G., D. B. Lank, R. F. Rockwell, and F. Cooke. 1991. Long-term decline in body size in a Snow Goose population: Evidence of environmental degradation? Journal of Animal Ecology 60(2):483-496. https://doi.org/10.2307/5293

    Corbett, D. 2017. Saĝdaĝ—To catch birds. Arctic Anthropology 53(2):93-113. https://doi.org/10.3368/aa.53.2.93

    Davenport, E., and T. Zeller. 2020. Emperor goose outreach and education campaign. Division of Migratory Bird Management and International Data Systems. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region. Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Diamond. J., and K. D. Bishop. 1999. Ethno-ornithology of the Ketengban people, Indonesian New Guinea. Pages 17-45 in D. L. Medin, and A. Atran, editors. Folkbiology. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/3042.003.0003

    Dooley, J., E. Osnas, and G. Zimmerman. 2016. Analyses of Emperor Goose survey data and harvest potential. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. Division of Migratory Bird Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region. Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Drew, J. A., and A. P. Henne. 2006. Conservation biology and traditional ecological knowledge: Integrating academic disciplines for better conservation practice. Ecology and Society 11(2):34. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-01959-110234

    Fall, J. A. 2016. Regional patterns of fish and wildlife harvests in contemporary Alaska. Arctic 69(1):47-64. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic4547

    Fay, F. H., and T. J. Cade. 1959. An ecological analysis of the avifauna of St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. University of California Press Publications in Zoology 63(2):73-150.

    Fienup-Riordan, A. 1994. Boundaries and passages: Rule and ritual in Yup’ik Eskimo oral tradition. The Civilization of the American Indian Series Volume 212. University of Oklahoma Press, Norman, Oklahoma, USA.

    Fienup-Riordan, A. 1999. Yaqulget qaillun pilartat (What the birds do): Yup’ik Eskimo understanding of geese and those who study them. Arctic 52(1):1-22. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic905

    Fienup-Riordan, A. 2007. Yuungnaqpiallerput, The way we genuinely live: Masterworks of Yup’ik science and survival. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington, USA.

    Fienup-Riordan, A., V. Kaganak, and W. Chayalkun. 1996. Yaqulget qaillun pilartat munaseng ulerpagaaqan, What the birds do when their places are flooded: Yup’ik knowledge of storm surges and goose ecology. Association of Village Council Presidents, Natural Resources Department, Bethel, Alaska, USA.

    Fortescue, M., S. A. Jacobson, and L. Kaplan. 2010. Comparative Eskimo dictionary with Aleut cognates. 2nd Edition. Alaska Native Language Center, University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Gagnon, C. A., S. Hamel, D. E. Russell, T. Powell, J. Andre, M. Y. Svoboda, and D. Berteaux. 2020. Merging Indigenous and scientific knowledge links climate with the growth of a large migratory caribou population. Journal of Applied Ecology 57(9):1644-1655. https://doi.org/10.1111/1365-2664.13558

    Georgette, S. 2000. Subsistence use of birds in the Northwest Arctic region, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 260.

    Georgette, S., and S. Iknokinok. 1997. St. Lawrence Island Migratory Bird Harvest Study, 1996. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence, Anchorage and Kawerak Inc., Nome, Alaska, USA.

    Gibson D. D., and G. V. Byrd. 2007. Birds of the Aleutian Islands, Alaska. Series in Ornithology No. 1. The Nuttall Ornithological Club and The American Ornithologists’ Union.

    Godoy, R., V. Reyes-García, E. Byron, W. R. Leonard, and V. Vadez. 2005. The effect of market economies on the well-being of Indigenous peoples and on their use of renewable natural resources. Annual Review of Anthropology 34:121-138. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.34.081804.120412

    Haverkamp, P. J., I. Bysykatova-Harmey, N. Germogenov, and G. Schaepman-Strub. 2022. Increasing Arctic tundra flooding threatens wildlife habitat and survival: Impacts on the critically endangered Siberian Crane (Grus leucogeranus). Frontiers in Conservation Science 3:799998. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcosc.2022.799998

    Hilde, C. H., M. Gamelon, B. E. Sæther, J. M. Gaillard, N. G. Yoccoz, and C. Pélabon. 2020. The demographic buffering hypothesis: Evidence and challenges. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 35(6):523-538. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2020.02.004

    Hill, E. 2018. Humans, birds and burial practices at Ipiutak, Alaska: Perspectivism in the Western Arctic. Environmental Archaeology 24(4):434-448. https://doi.org/10.1080/14614103.2018.1460031

    Hupp, J. W., J. A. Schmutz, C. R. Ely, E. E. Syroechkovskiy Jr., A. V. Kondratyev, W. D. Eldridge, and E. Lappo. 2007. Moult migration of Emperor Geese Chen canagica between Alaska and Russia. Journal of Avian Biology 38(4):462-470. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0908-8857.2007.03969.x

    Hupp, J. W., J. A. Schmutz, and C. R. Ely. 2008. The annual migration cycle of Emperor Geese in western Alaska. Arctic 61(1):23-34. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic4

    Jack, C. T. 2002. Canenermiut lifeways and worldview and western fish and wildlife management. Master Thesis. University of Alaska Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Jacobson, S. A. 2012. Yup’ik Eskimo dictionary. 2nd Edition. Alaska Native Language Center. University of Alaska Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Klein, D. R., and D. E. Seim. 1965. Availability and utilization of migratory waterfowl in western Alaska. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, Portland. Alaska Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, University of Alaska. Division of Migratory Bird Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region. Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Koons, D. N., G. Gunnarsson, J. A. Schmutz, and J. J. Rotella. 2014. Drivers of waterfowl population dynamics: From teal to swans. Wildfowl Journal 4:169-191.

    Krupnik, I. 2017. Siberian Yupik names for birds: What can bird names tell us about language and knowledge transitions? Etudes Inuit Studies 41(1-2):179-213. https://doi.org/10.7202/1061438ar

    LaDuke, W. 1994. Traditional ecological knowledge and environmental futures. Colorado Journal of International Environmental Law and Policy 5(1):127-148.

    Langdon, S. J. 2014. The Native people of Alaska: Traditional living in a northern land. 5th Edition. Greatland Graphics, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Lehman, P. E. 2019. The birds of Gambell and St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Studies of Western Birds No. 4. Western Field Ornithologists, Camarillo, California, USA.

    Lewis, T. L., D. Esler, and W. S. Boyd. 2007. Foraging behaviors of Surf Scoters and White-winged Scoters during spawning of Pacific herring. Condor 109(1):216-222. https://doi.org/10.1093/condor/109.1.216

    Lewis, T. L., T. J. Dimarzio, and J. L. Schamber. 2021. Distribution and population size of Emperor Geese during the breeding season on the Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Arctic 74(1):12-21. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic72055

    Lyver, P. O. B., C. J. Jones, N. Belshaw, A. Anderson, R. Thompson, and J. Davis. 2015. Insights to the functional relationships of Mâori harvest practices: Customary use of a burrowing seabird. Journal of Wildlife Management 79(6):969-977. https://doi.org/10.1002/jwmg.906

    Lopez, B. H. 1986. Arctic dreams: Imagination and desire in a northern landscape. Random House Inc., New York, NY, USA.

    Mengak, L. F., L. C. Naves, and J. L. Schamber. 2022. Survival estimates and hunter outreach are priorities for the collaborative harvest management of emperor goose in Alaska. Ornithological Applications 124(4):duac036. https://doi.org/10.1093/ornithapp/duac036

    Moerlein, K. J., and C. Carothers. 2012. Total environment of change: impacts of climate change and social transitions on subsistence fisheries in northwest Alaska. Ecology and Society 17(1):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-04543-170110

    Nadasdy, P. 2003. Hunters and bureaucrats: Power, knowledge, and aboriginal-state relations in the southwest Yukon. University of British Columbia Press, Vancouver, Canada. https://doi.org/10.59962/9780774851886

    National Science Foundation. 2018. Principles for conducting research in the Arctic. Interagency Arctic Research Policy Committee. https://www.nsf.gov/geo/opp/arctic/conduct.jsp

    Naves, L. C., J. M. Keating, T. L. Tibbitts, and D. R. Ruthrauff. 2019. Shorebird subsistence harvest and Indigenous knowledge in Alaska: Informing harvest management and engaging users in shorebird conservation. Condor: Ornithological Applications 121(2):duz023. https://doi.org/10.1093/condor/duz023

    Naves, L. C., A. J. Knight, and L. F. Mengak. 2021. Alaska subsistence harvest of birds and eggs, 2004-2020 data book, Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Special Publication No. 2021-05.

    Naves, L. C., J. L. Schamber, L. F. Mengak, J. M. Keating, and J. A. Fall. 2023. Emperor Goose fall-winter harvest monitoring and hunter’s perspectives in Alaska. Conservation Science and Practice 5(6):e12928. https://doi.org/10.1111/csp2.12928

    Naves, L. C., L. F. Mengak, and J. A. Fall. 2024. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives of subsistence users about Emperor Goose in Alaska. Draft Report. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Naves L. C., and J. A. Fall. 2017. Calculating food production in the subsistence harvest of birds and eggs. Arctic 70(1):86-100. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic4630

    Naves, L. C., and L. F. Mengak. 2023. Bird and egg harvest on the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and the Kodiak Archipelago, 2020. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 493.

    Naves, L. C., and J. L. Schamber. 2024. Harvest of waterfowl and Sandhill Crane in rural Alaska: Geographic and seasonal patterns. Plos One 19(7):e0307135. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0307135

    Nelson, E. W. 1887. Report upon natural history collections made in Alaska between the years 1877 and 1881. U.S. Signal Service, Arctic Series no. 3, part 1. Birds of Alaska. https://doi.org/10.5962/bhl.title.53909

    Nelson, E. W. 1899. The Eskimo about Bering Strait. Bureau of American Ethnology Annual Report for 1896-1897. Volume 18, Part I. Pp. 1-518. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, USA.

    Norström, A. V., C. Cvitanovic, M. F. Löf, S. West, C. Wyborn, P. Balvanera, A. T. Bednarek, E. M. Bennett, R. Biggs, A. de Bremond, B. M. Campbell, J. G. Canadell, S. R. Carpenter, C. Folke, E. A. Fulton, O. Gaffney, S. Gelcich, J.-B. Jouffray, M. Leach, M. Le Tissier, B. Martín-López, E. Louder, M.-F. Loutre, A. M. Meadow, H. Nagendra, D. Payne, G. D. Peterson, B. Reyers, R. Scholes, C. I. Speranza, M. Spierenburg, M. Stafford-Smith, M. Tengö, S. van der Hel, I. van Putten, and H. Österblom. 2020. Principles for knowledge co-production in sustainability research. Nature Sustainability 3:182-190 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0448-2

    Norton-Smith, K., K. Lynn, K. Chief, K. Cozzetto, J. Donatuto, M. H. Redsteer, L. E. Kruger, J. Maldonado, C. Viles, and K. P. Whyte. 2016. Climate change and Indigenous peoples: A synthesis of current impacts and experiences. General Technical Report PNW-GTR-944. US Department of Agriculture Forest Service Pacific Northwest Research Station, Portland, Oregon, USA. https://doi.org/10.2737/PNW-GTR-944

    Orth, D. J. 1971. Dictionary of Alaska place names. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper No. 567. https://doi.org/10.3133/pp567

    Otis, D., T. L. George, and P. Doherty. 2016. Comparison of alternative designs for the Alaska migratory bird subsistence harvest survey. Colorado State University, Department of Fish, Wildlife, and Conservation Biology. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Migratory Bird Management, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Paige, A. W., C. L. Scott, D. B. Andersen, S. Georgette, and R. J. Wolfe. 1996. Subsistence use of birds in the Bering Strait region, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 239.

    Peloquin, C., and F. Berkes. 2009. Local knowledge, subsistence harvests, and social-ecological complexity in James Bay. Human Ecology 37:533-545. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10745-009-9255-0

    Petersen, M. R. 1992. Reproductive ecology of Emperor Geese: Annual and individual variation in nesting. Condor 94(2):383-397. https://doi.org/10.2307/1369211

    PFC (Pacific Flyway Council). 2006. Pacific Flyway management plan for the Emperor Goose. Emperor Goose Subcommittee, Pacific Flyway Study Committee, care of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Portland, Oregon, USA.

    PFC. 2016. Management plan for the Emperor Goose. Pacific Flyway Council, care of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Migratory Bird Management, Vancouver, Washington, USA.

    Redpath, S. M., J. Young, A. Evely, W. M. Adams, W. J. Sutherland, A. Whitehouse, A. Amar, R. A. Lambert, J. D. C. Linnell, A. Watt, and R. J. Gutierrez. 2013. Understanding and managing conservation conflicts. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 28(2):100-109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2012.08.021

    Rockwell, R. F., M. R. Petersen, and J. A. Schmutz. 1996. The Emperor Goose: An annotated bibliography. Biological Papers of the University of Alaska No. 25.

    Russell, P. N., and G. C. West. 2003. Bird traditions of the Lime Village Area Dena’ina: Upper Stony River ethno-ornithology. Alaska Native Knowledge Network. Center for Cross-Cultural Studies. University of Alaska Fairbanks, USA.

    Saalfeld, S. T., J. B. Fischer, R. A. Stehn, R. M. Platte, and S. C. Brown. 2017. Predicting waterbird nest distributions on the Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta of Alaska. Journal of Wildlife Management 81(8):1468-1481. https://doi.org/10.1002/jwmg.21322

    Schmutz, J. A., R. F. Rockwell, and M. R. Petersen. 1997. Relative effects of survival and reproduction on the population dynamics of Emperor Geese. Journal of Wildlife Management 61(1):191-201. https://doi.org/10.2307/3802428

    Schmutz, J. A., M. R. Petersen, and R. F. Rockwell. 2020. Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus), version 1.0. In A. F. Poole, editor. Birds of the World. Cornell Lab of Ornithology, Ithaca, NY, USA. https://doi.org/10.2173/bow.empgoo.01

    Schwalenberg, P. K., L. C. Naves, L. F. Mengak, J. A. Fall, T. C. Rothe, T. Sformo, J. J. Fischer, and D. E. Safine. 2023. Co-management in Alaska: A partnership among Indigenous, state, and federal entities for the subsistence harvest of migratory birds. Pages 206-227 in Hoagland, S. J., and Albert S., editors. Wildlife stewardship on tribal lands: Our place is in our soul. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, Maryland, USA.

    Simeone W. E., and J. Kari. 2002. Traditional knowledge and fishing practices of the Ahtna of the Copper River, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 270.

    Syroechkovski Jr. E., and K. B. Klokov. 2007. Waterfowl subsistence harvest survey in Yakutia and Chukotka, 2004. Goose, Swan and Duck Study Group of Northern Eurasia. Moscow, Russia.

    Thompson, J. M., B. D. Uher-Koch, B. L. Daniels, J. A. Schmutz, and B. S. Sedinger. 2023. Nest traits and major flooding events influence nest survival of Emperor Geese while regional environmental variation linked to climate does not. Ornithological Applications 125(2):duad008. https://doi.org/10.1093/ornithapp/duad008

    Uher-Koch, B. D., R. M. Buchheit, C. R. Eldermire, H. M. Wilson, and J. A. Schmutz. 2021. Shifts in the wintering distribution and abundance of Emperor Geese in Alaska. Global Ecology and Conservation 25:e01397. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gecco.2020.e01397

    Unger, S. 2014. Qaqamiiĝux̂: Traditional foods and recipes from the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands. Aleutian Pribilof Islands Association, Inc., Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    USFWS (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). 1980. Subsistence hunting of migratory birds in Alaska and Canada. Final Environmental Assessment for the 1979 Protocol Amendment for the Convention for the Protection of Migratory Birds in Canada and the United States of America.

    USFWS. 2024. Waterfowl population status, 2024. Washington: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Migratory Bird Management.

    U.S. National Archives and Records Administration. 2025a. Code of federal regulations. Title 50: Wildlife and fisheries; Part 92: Migratory bird subsistence harvest in Alaska. https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-50/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-92#92.22

    U.S. National Archives and Records Administration. 2025b. Code of federal regulations. Title 50: Wildlife and fisheries; Part 20: Migratory bird hunting. https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-50/chapter-I/subchapter-B/part-20

    Veltre, D. W., and M. J. Veltre. 1983. Resource utilization in Atka, Aleutian Islands, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 88.

    Wentworth, C. 2007a. Subsistence migratory bird harvest survey Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta 2001-2005 with 1985-2005 species tables. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Migratory Birds and State Programs in cooperation with Yukon Delta National Wildlife Refuge, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Wentworth, C. 2007b. Subsistence migratory bird harvest survey Bristol Bay 2001-2005 with 1995-2005 species tables. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region, Migratory Birds and State Programs, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Wheeler, P., and T. Thornton. 2005. Subsistence research in Alaska: A thirty-year retrospective. Alaska Journal of Anthropology 3(1):69-103.

    Wolfe, R. J., and A. W. Paige. 1995. The subsistence harvest of Black Brant, Emperor Geese, and eider ducks in Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 234.

    Yupiktak Bista Inc. 1974. Does one way of life have to die so another can live? A report on subsistence and the conservation of the Yupik lifestyle.

    Corresponding author:
    Liliana Naves
    liliana.naves@audubon.org
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Community of residence of interview respondents and places identified as important for Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) within its range in Alaska. Information on numbered places (red circles and triangles) is presented in Appendix 2-Table A4.

    Fig. 1. Community of residence of interview respondents and places identified as important for Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) within its range in Alaska. Information on numbered places (red circles and triangles) is presented in Appendix 2-Table A4.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Seasonality of occurrence (A) and harvest of Emperor Goose, <em>Anser canagicus</em>, (B) and their eggs (C) in some coastal regions of Alaska as described by interview respondents. Yukon-Kuskokwim (Y-K) Delta (core breeding range), Saint Lawrence Island (breeding and migration), Bristol Bay and Northwest (NW) Arctic (Migration), and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago (wintering). Source: this study.

    Fig. 2. Seasonality of occurrence (A) and harvest of Emperor Goose, Anser canagicus, (B) and their eggs (C) in some coastal regions of Alaska as described by interview respondents. Yukon-Kuskokwim (Y-K) Delta (core breeding range), Saint Lawrence Island (breeding and migration), Bristol Bay and Northwest (NW) Arctic (Migration), and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago (wintering). Source: this study.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Factors affecting the timing and opportunity to harvest Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) by region (total number of responses per region in parenthesis). Source: this study.

    Fig. 3. Factors affecting the timing and opportunity to harvest Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) by region (total number of responses per region in parenthesis). Source: this study.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Perspective of interview respondents about Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) harvest sustainability. Sustainability was explained to respondents as “maintain harvest opportunities and open seasons at least for the next 10 to 20 years.” Source: this study.

    Fig. 4. Perspective of interview respondents about Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) harvest sustainability. Sustainability was explained to respondents as “maintain harvest opportunities and open seasons at least for the next 10 to 20 years.” Source: this study.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Rating by respondents of their support to conservation and harvest management actions considering their effectiveness, feasibility, and preference. Ratings were coded as oppose (1), neither oppose nor favor (2), and favor (3), thus high mean ratings indicate more support.

    Fig. 5. Rating by respondents of their support to conservation and harvest management actions considering their effectiveness, feasibility, and preference. Ratings were coded as oppose (1), neither oppose nor favor (2), and favor (3), thus high mean ratings indicate more support.

    Fig. 5
    Table 1
    Table 1. Management regions and Indigenous groups and languages within the Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) range in Alaska represented by respondents interviewed in this study.

    Table 1. Management regions and Indigenous groups and languages within the Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) range in Alaska represented by respondents interviewed in this study.

    Management region, Indigenous group and language; Emperor Goose occurrence Community of residence of interview respondents (number of respondents)
    Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta, Central Alaskan Yup’ik;
    core breeding (spring, summer, fall)
    Bethel (1), Kwethluk (1), Chevak (1), Hooper Bay (1), Toksook Bay (1), Tuntutuliak (1), Quinhagak (4), Platinum (1)
    Bristol Bay, Central Alaskan Yup’ik;
    migration (spring, fall)
    Togiak (4), Dillingham (2)
    Saint Lawrence Island, Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik;
    breeding and migration (spring, summer, fall)
    Gambell (1), Savoonga (2)
    Northwest Arctic, Iñupiaq;
    migration (spring, fall)
    Kotzebue (1)
    Aleutian-Pribilof Islands, Aleut/Unangam;
    wintering (fall, winter)
    Saint George (1), Sand Point (4), False Pass (1), Akutan (3), Perryville (1)
    Kodiak Archipelago, Alutiiq/Sugpiaq;
    wintering (fall, winter)
    Kodiak City (5), Old Harbor (1)

    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    Emperor Goose; ethnotaxonomy; harvest comanagement; Indigenous and traditional knowledge; Knowledge integration; scientific knowledge; subsistence; ways of knowing

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 9 Research

    “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action

    Olsen, S., A. Cunsolo, J. Lammiman, and S. L. Harper. 2025. “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action. Ecology and Society 30(4):9. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16582-300409
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Stephanie OlsenORCIDcontact author, Stephanie Olsen
      University of Alberta
    • Ashlee CunsoloORCID, Ashlee Cunsolo
      Acadia University
    • Jodi Lammiman, Jodi Lammiman
      Refugia Retreats
    • Sherilee L. HarperORCIDSherilee L. Harper
      University of Alberta

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Olsen, S., A. Cunsolo, J. Lammiman, and S. L. Harper. 2025. “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action. Ecology and Society 30(4):9.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16582-300409

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • climate action; climate change; climate emotions; climate grief; ecological grief; emotional well-being; mental health
    “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16582.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Climate grief, including pain and sadness related to climate change and its impacts on life and society, is increasingly recognized in global discourse about climate change and mental health. However, research on coping practices that support well-being and/or galvanize climate action remains limited. This study characterized how recognizing and honoring climate grief improved well-being and connected participants’ to values that motivate climate action. Semi-structured, in-depth interviews were conducted with adults (n =15) who had attended group-based climate-mental-health programs by Refugia Retreats in Alberta, Canada focused on climate grief. Reflexive thematic analysis was used to develop themes from the interviews. Findings show that climate grief connected personal experiences of loss and vulnerability to broader social-ecological issues by emphasizing the impact of climate change on ecological, personal, and collective losses. Interviewees also described a multi-directional relationship between climate grief and positive emotions, wherein attending to grief led to positive emotions, and in some cases positive experiences were accompanied by grief. Interviewees emphasized the value of reframing distressing climate emotions as grief because doing so connected them to love for the world and their desire for positive change. This study deepens our understanding of the psychosocial impacts of climate change and highlights the mobilizing potential of climate grief to connect people with personal values that can inspire climate action.

    INTRODUCTION

    As the ongoing burning of fossil fuels accelerates the climate crisis (IPCC 2022), the emotional and mental health toll of ecological and biodiversity loss and their widespread impacts on personal, social, and collective life is significant (da Fonte et al. 2023). Ecological grief, including the pain and sadness related to “experienced or anticipated ecological losses, including the loss of species, ecosystems and meaningful landscapes due to acute or chronic environmental change” (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018: 275), is gaining attention both for its prevalence (Tschakert et al. 2019, Comtesse et al. 2021, Benham and Hoerst 2024) and its potential to galvanize action on behalf of the ecological world (Head 2016, Cunsolo and Ellis 2018).

    Whereas ecological grief describes emotional pain arising from many forms of environmental loss and destabilization, climate grief describes grief for losses specifically tied to climate change (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Cianconi et al. 2023, Pihkala 2024). Although people with close relationships with land—Indigenous Peoples, rural communities, nature-based workers, climate scientists, and environmental activists are among those most affected (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Middleton et al. 2020, Benham and Hoerst 2024)—climate grief also impacts people who worry about the future and the existential threat climate change poses to life and societies (Head 2016, Comtesse et al. 2021, Ojala et al. 2021). As the burning of fossil fuels continues unabated, grief for the multitude of losses associated with the destabilization of ecological, social, economic, and political conditions is expected to grow (Head 2016, Tschakert et al. 2019, da Fonte et al. 2023).

    Although grief is a difficult experience, it is also a reasonable and adaptive response to the magnitude of loss produced by climate change (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Comtesse et al. 2021). Grief studies have long argued that grief is an expression of love and attachment (Attig 2004, Weller 2015, Breen et al. 2022). Although there is ongoing debate about how best to apply bereavement theories to ecological loss (Randall 2009, Pihkala 2022a), there is broad agreement that facing and integrating climate grief plays a role in sustaining mental health (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Comtesse et al. 2021). Beyond the individual benefits to mental health, scholars have theorized that climate grief may be fertile ground for inspiring individual and collective action by illuminating shared vulnerabilities and common interests that unite individuals with both human and more-than-human communities made vulnerable by the forces driving climate change (Barnett 2022, Varutti 2024).

    However, those experiencing climate or ecological grief often lack support and opportunities to legitimize their grief, as dominant culture, shaped by anthropocentrism and colonial values, fails to recognize the more-than-human world as “grievable” (Butler 2003, Cunsolo-Willox 2012). The resulting “disenfranchisement” (Doka 2002) of ecological and climate grief can leave grievers without cultural scripts, rituals, or community support to process climate-related losses (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Ojala et al. 2021, Pihkala 2024).

    Bereavement studies show that disenfranchised grief can overwhelm and manifest as chronic mental health difficulties, avoidance behaviors, numbness, diminished well-being, and a stifled sense of personal agency and efficacy (Doka 2002, Turner and Stauffer 2023), all of which diminish personal well-being and the ability to respond to the climate crisis (Lertzman 2015, Albrecht 2019, Chapman and Peters 2024). What’s more, the disenfranchisement of climate and ecological grief also contributes to the erasure of the inherent value of human and more-than human life threatened by climate change. It follows that supporting people to grieve, that is, internally process feelings of loss, and to mourn, externally recognize and honor what has been lost, serves not only to support mental health, but also affirms the value of what and who is a stake. In this way, grief and mourning are critical practices for bringing those threatened by climate change into the fore of ethical concern (Cunsolo-Willox 2012, Barnett 2022, Varutti 2024).

    Despite the pervasiveness of climate grief and theoretical interest in its potential to inspire climate action (Comtesse et al. 2021, Walpole and Hadwen 2022, Pihkala 2024), academic research investigating the relationship between lived experiences of climate grief and mobilization is nascent. There are no established best practices for supporting mental health or harnessing climate grief’s generative potential. To help fill this gap, we investigated the experience of adults who had accessed a climate-mental health program in Alberta, Canada for addressing climate grief and other difficult emotions related to climate change. Specifically, we characterized the lived experience of ecological and climate grief; explored how ecological and climate grief connected to personal values; and examined how ecological and climate grief shaped engagement with the climate crisis.

    METHODS

    Refugia Retreats: community programing to process ecological and climate grief

    This qualitative study was developed and conducted with Refugia Retreats, an Alberta-based organization that has provided community programming on ecological grief and other emotional impacts from planetary crises since 2016. Refugia Retreats’ programming invites participants to explore the emotional, personal, and political dimensions of overlapping ecological, climate, and social crises. Their programs range from psycho-educational workshops to multi-day experiential programs, and they engage a wide variety of groups, including grassroots organizers, community members, and people working in a variety of professional fields.

    Data collection

    We invited people who completed past Refugia Retreats’ programs to participate in in-depth interviews about ecological and climate grief. All interviewees had voluntarily participated in Refugia’s more immersive or ongoing programs focusing on the emotional toll of climate change and related issues. In these programs, participants had engaged in varied experiential practices for processing emotions related to climate change and associated issues, such as meditative practices, arts-based activities, somatic exercises, rituals, and varied opportunities for structured sharing.

    The in-depth “life-world” interviews (Brinkmann and Kvale 2018) focused on experiences of grief for ecological loss, the emotional impacts of climate change, and how interviewees have honored and processed these feelings. The interview guide can be found in Appendix 1.

    In total, 15 adults (n = 15) were interviewed between November 2023 and January 2024. Interviewees ranged in age from early 20s to 50s. The gender makeup of the interviewees reflects the typical gender makeup of Refugia Retreats participants (J. Lammiman, personal communication, November 2023), with the majority identifying as women (n = 13), one identifying as non-binary (n = 1), and one as a man (n = 1). Three interviewees identified as people of color. Interviewees were a mix of parents, prospective parents, and people choosing not to have children. Although it was not a selection criterion, all interviewees were relatively engaged with the issue of climate change and its impact on social and ecological justice. All interviewees had experience working, organizing, advocating, or volunteering in climate, environmental, or social justice fields. Roughly half the interviewees approached climate change from a social lens while the other half approached it from an environmental or science lens. However, all interviewees saw environmental and social justice as fundamentally linked. All interviewees also engaged in personal practices in response to their concerns about the ecological crisis, such as teaching pro-environmental values to their children, personal practices for connecting with the more-than-human world, personal sustainability practices, and engaging with climate change related news and issues.

    All interviewees lived in either Edmonton (n = 2) or Calgary (n = 13; Alberta, Canada) at the time of their participation in Refugia programs, though one participant had moved by the time of the interviews. Most interviewees were affected by extreme climate events that had taken place in the province, including the Calgary flood of 2013 (Lalani and Drolet 2019), the heat dome of 2022 (Jain et al. 2024a), and progressively worsening wildfire seasons (Jain et al. 2024b). The summer prior to the interviews (2023) shattered regional climate records, with wildfires 10 times more severe than recent averages and many weeks of extremely poor air quality (Jain et al. 2024b). Interviewees’ experiences of ecological grief were also shaped by Alberta’s oil and gas-dependent economy and relatively conservative mainstream political culture (Adkin 2016). Interviews were conducted in-person or remotely and ranged from 40 minutes to 2 hours, with most interviews being around 80 minutes. All interviews were audio recorded and transcribed verbatim.

    Although the participant pool skewed female, climate-engaged, and emotionally reflective, their high level of engagement and ability to articulate complex emotions offered uncommon depth and richness to the data. The gender imbalance typical of Refugia participants might reflect women’s disproportionate experience of climate grief (Aylward et al. 2022), and gendered social norms that stigmatize emotional vulnerability in men (Benham and Hoerst 2024).

    Data analysis

    Data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clark 2022) to identify patterns across interviewees’ experiences of ecological and climate grief. Analysis started with intensive review of the interviews via repeated listening and verbatim transcription. Each interview was summarized, reflected upon, and key quotes that reflected the main themes were highlighted. Through this familiarization process, an initial set of codes was generated. Those codes were considered against the full data set and refined and revised in a recursive and iterative analysis cycle that included review by the research team and member checking with interviewees. To promote self-reflexivity and help identify bias, the first-author also kept a reflection journal to track her own emotional and psychological experience throughout the process. A reflexivity and positionality statement (Levitt et al. 2018, Braun and Clark 2024) outlining some of the first author’s relevant experiences in relation to the study’s subject matter is provided in Appendix 2. The final manuscript was shared with participants prior to submission for publication, and all participants were invited to a presentation about the study findings. All participants gave informed written and oral consent to participate in the study, and this research was approved by the University of Alberta Human Research Ethics Boards (Pro00135174).

    RESULTS

    Results overview

    Interviewees shared stories about both ecological grief and climate grief. In both cases, grief was a complex emotional response to ecological loss and destabilization and its far-reaching impacts on their lives, relationships, communities, and identity. Their grief included often interconnected emotions of “sadness,” “anger,” “anxiety,” “rage,” “despair,” “frustration,” “immobilization,” “numbness,” “hopelessness,” “loneliness,” “betrayal,” “love,” “awe,” and “longing.” Far from being a single emotion, interviewees described ecological and climate grief as the affective experience of living during times of unprecedented ecological loss and planetary instability.

    Ecological and climate grief as a site of personal, ecological, and collective entanglement

    For most interviewees, climate grief intersected with personal, ecological, and collective forms of loss and difficulty. They felt grief on behalf of human and more-than-human communities harmed or endangered by the climate crisis and ecological destruction, as well as grief for the varied ways the climate crisis directly impacted their personal lives, relationships, and communities. Interviewees often described these different realms of impact as intimately intertwined, recognizing that “all oppression is connected” and that “human rights [are] deeply connected to the environment.”

    Grief for ecological loss

    All interviewees placed immense value on their relationship with the more-than-human world, describing it as “meaningful,” “humbling,” “grounding,” “medicine,” “sacred,” “holy,” “freeing,” “healing,” a “huge source of support,” an “anchor” for their activism, a place to “feel held,” and as generating “awe.” Land was described as an important source of support that nourished interviewees’ mental health and well-being and helped them sustain their engagement with larger social, climate, and ecological issues.

    This deep connection to land meant that its destruction and degradation elicited profound distress and grief. One interviewee, while working in the backcountry, experienced a “spiritual crisis” as she witnessed the beauty and richness of land threatened by climate change:

    Being on this land, wondering what was going to happen to it because of climate change. I was canoeing every evening on these inlets and bays that were just teeming with life. There were birds everywhere, and muskrats and insects and deer. It was incredible. And for the first time I realized what was at stake, in terms of the complexity of life and the beauty of it. Yeah, I had a lot of grief and then more of a spiritual crisis.

    For her, recognizing the preciousness and complexity of biodiversity while understanding the severe threats it faces led to profound emotional turmoil, underscored by the term “spiritual crisis.”

    Interviewees were often surprised by the intensity of grief they felt on behalf of the more-than-human world. An environmental scientist recalled the “devastating” emotional impact of being in a forest slated for clear-cutting. Until that moment, she had considered ecological grief from an intellectual perspective, but “being in a forest for the last time” triggered her first emotional encounter with it:

    I got back in my car and ... I just bawled ... Like, it was actually more devastating to be in a forest that was going to be clear-cut than being in a clear-cut ... Even now, that brings up a lot of emotions.

    Similarly, an environmental consultant who had previously worked for oil and gas companies recalled the “visceral” feeling of being “in the remote forest, walking in crude oil up to our boots ... Dead animals and species you have to document ... That was heavy.” In both accounts, interviewees described embodied distress as they “saw with [their] own eyes” the environmental devastation caused by industry.

    Interviewees described a creeping sense of melancholy as incremental and chronic environmental change disrupted their sense of home, personal history, and beloved land-based activities. An environmental scientist recalled admiring the newly blooming crocuses on her first date with her husband. Ten years later, the unpredictable spring rarely aligns with their anniversary, representing “things not being normal.” Similarly, a climate organizer shared how warming winters disrupted precious memories of “skating on the canal” with her father, who had since fallen ill. An avid camper expressed loss over how the constant threat of wildfire smoke and extreme heat had disrupted the ease of summer, saying, “It’s just getting smokier and smokier ... Summer used to be so fun and carefree. It’s not anymore.” In these accounts, interviewees described how shifting seasons, extreme weather, and environmental changes estranged them from the environmental context that had shaped their lives.

    Environmental changes caused by climate change also led to dangerous weather conditions that further hindered interviewees’ ability to connect with the natural world. Interviewees reported feelings of “sadness,” “fear,” “intense anxiety,” “anxiety in my body,” “despair,” and sleeplessness due to the worsening wildfire smoke and poor air quality that have recently characterized Alberta summers. A climate organizer whose relationship to land represented a tremendous source of strength and resilience reflected:

    It’s not even just disconnection [from nature], but all of a sudden having the feeling of like, danger ... Days where it’s so smoky it’s actively harmful for me to spend much time outside. And that imposed strain on the relationship ... What that does to kind of like, toxify a relationship that means so much to you.

    As the ecological crisis disrupts interviewees’ access to the richness and fulfillment that comes from environmental connection, they described grief not only for individual ecological losses, but also for their lost ability to relate to the natural world as a place of ease, familiarity, and secure attachment.

    Grief for personal loss

    Because the climate crisis and ecological instability formed the backdrop of interviewees’ experiences, many noted that exploring ecological and climate grief also surfaced grief for personal loss and difficulty. Sometimes personal grief was produced or intensified by ecological loss, while in other cases, climate grief and personal grief triggered each other even when not directly connected.

    Grief for personal losses intensified by the climate crisis

    The intertwining of ecological and personal grief was especially pronounced for parents. As a mother to a young child said, “being a parent” is what brought the climate crisis “into the emotional space of no longer just thinking about what this future looks like for me, but what does this future look like for my son?” Another mother brought a photo album of her family to illustrate how love and concern for her family was intimately connected to her ecological grief: “When it comes to ecological grief ... [it’s] like, what do I love? ... This is what I love. And this is what’s at risk ... I have kids of my own. What is their life going to look like?” Parents described their ecological grief as including both concern for their children’s lives and well-being in the face of a climatically and socially unstable world, and a sense of vulnerability about the personal toll these concerns take on their own well-being.

    For prospective parents, the emotional complexity of parenthood was also a significant feature of ecological grief. A climate organizer described the question of whether to have children as “so full of grief either way—If we don’t have a child, or if we do have a child. There’ll be a lot of loss, and lots of things to confront.” Prospective parents described deep personal grief at the “heartbreaking” possibility of missing out on the love that animates a parent-child relationship, while also sharing concerns over the heightened vulnerability of loving a child in a world where life feels increasingly precarious.

    Another climate organizer who wrestled with the ethics of having children in a climatically unstable world explained how climate change compounded grief from pregnancy loss:

    It’s like, okay, we made the decision before. We’re gonna try to get pregnant. We’re gonna go ahead and have this baby. And then a pregnancy loss happens and it’s like, okay, now we have to decide again. And then again.

    Pregnancy loss is a difficult experience in its own right, but because of the moral weight that the climate crisis added to their decision, she and her partner faced the additional burden of deciding whether to try again.

    The background existential insecurity that the climate crisis casts over life also affected how interviewees experienced losing loved ones. An environmental educator recalled processing ecological disruption alongside her mother’s dementia and the death of someone she considered a mother-figure during an ecological grief ritual. She explained,

    I remember ... recognizing that, we’ll all lose our mothers ... It’s the nature of being human, that we love and we lose. And there’s something almost comforting in knowing that’s the cycle ... But [because of] climate disruption ... All these beautiful cycles of however many millions of years of this earth’s evolution are being disrupted ... Where’s the wisdom for this?

    The disruption of natural cycles made the prospect of losing her mother feel less like a painful rite of passage that others have weathered, and more like a loss without precedent.

    Grief for personal losses triggered by climate grief

    Many interviewees also noticed that exploring and processing ecological grief in programs like Refugia often triggered personal grief, even when there was no clear link between the two. A full-time climate organizer shared that she was initially surprised by how much her personal grief comes to the surface when participating in spaces for processing climate grief. She explained:

    Oftentimes I’ve gone [in] being like—okay, I’m gonna feel the weight of the climate crisis ... And the grief that comes up for me first and foremost isn’t directly environmental or climate grief. It’s like, you pull on one thread of grief and there’s so much underneath it. And there’s so much else that it pulls on. And they’re all, you know, deeply connected.

    Several interviewees shared a similar experience about opening themselves up to “the weight of the climate crisis” only to encounter personal grief for divorce, family estrangement, or illness.

    Just as ecological grief sometimes evoked personal pain, processing personal loss also led some interviewees to ecological grief. An environmental scientist recognized a direct link between their positive experience grieving their father’s death in a hospice program as a teenager and their willingness to seek out community with which to process climate grief. For them, “climate grief” is deeply intertwined with “many other kinds of grief because a lot of these issues are interconnected and part of a larger system.” An environmental educator with adult children echoed the observation that her relationship between personal grief and ecological grief goes “both ways.” She explained that “it’s not just about going into the darkness and the difficulty [of] our ecological crisis, but also of my personal, emotional ups and downs.” For her, addressing both personal and ecological grief is important because “whatever we don’t become conscious of can silently govern us.” By bringing these emotions to the surface in “wise and compassionate ways,” she avoids being immobilized by unresolved grief.

    A climate organizer, initially surprised by the personal grief that emerged alongside ecological grief, questioned whether treating ecological grief as a separate category obscures its recognition. She noted that this approach might create “the assumption that somewhere, there’s a specific bucket of ecological grief,” rather than seeing it as an “interwoven web” where many types of grief and loss are entangled. Her observation reflects the experiences of most interviewees, who found great value in exploring, sharing, and processing ecological grief and climate grief in a holistic way that acknowledges its connection to their personal lives and relationships.

    Grief for collective loss

    Interviewees frequently described how climate and ecological grief intertwined with grief and loss for other socio-political injustices, including war, genocide, colonization, forced migration, inequitable impacts of the covid pandemic, and racial injustice. A doula described how the overlapping ecological and social crises during the pandemic, which included wide-spread protests over racial injustice and police brutality, led to “constant” grief that nearly “overwhelmed” her ability to cope.

    With everything that happened around like, police brutality, and white supremacy ... [and] the polarization that came with the pandemic—the loss of relationships and the fragmenting of community ... My own personal health issues ... All of these things just felt like they were falling apart ... And I was falling apart too.

    Interviewees recognized the various ways “marginalized people face the largest impacts” from the climate crisis at local, national, and international scales. A community health worker described grappling with the injustice of being able to protect herself from dangerous weather while the houseless community members she works with cannot: “When it’s really smoky out, I have a place to go indoors and breathe air that’s cleaner. I can be out of the sun, or I can be out of the cold.” Similarly, an international development practitioner’s first encounter with climate grief coincided with learning about “the disparity between how people were approaching flooding” in different parts of the world. While her own community was erecting walls along the river, in the Global South where people are far more endangered by storms and rising sea levels “people were literally learning how to swim.”

    Others expressed grief and anger over how the political, economic, and industrial systems driving the climate crisis continue to disproportionately harm marginalized communities. An environmental consultant spoke of witnessing “things that were really disturbing in terms of how the oil and gas community impacts Indigenous communities. There are environmental and social impacts too.” Similarly, a social worker lamented the focus on technical solutions to climate change, pointing out how they neglect and often exacerbate social inequities and are “tied to my climate grief because ... it just seems like more injustice.” A climate organizer echoed this frustration when she described how her activism is often fuelled by “rage at the disproportionate power that corporations and a small capitalist elite hold over our communities and our planet.” Interviewees’ accounts highlight how ecological grief was often an expression of the intolerability of injustice.

    Although grief for the impacts of ecological destabilization on social injustice left many interviewees feeling angry and, at times, despairing, the intersections between social, environmental, and climate issues was also a source of motivation that allowed interviewees a wide scope for interventions. An interviewee who had lived in both the Global North and the Global South said “I don’t see any disconnection from all of the problems. It all comes back to our approach to the environment and thinking that we can own it, instead of being able to work with it and each other.”

    The relationship between climate grief, love, and capacity for action

    As is demonstrated by interviewees’ stories, their experiences of ecological grief were often expressions of love for that which was threatened by the climate crisis: cherished ecological relationships, children and loved ones, fulfilling experiences, and justice. Some interviewees described a multi-directional relationship between grief and love. A former climate organizer described how “falling in love and getting married” brought forward new dimensions of ecological grief as she reckoned with all of the love and hopes for the future she may not get to express because of climate change.

    I have a totally different relationship with the future ... I just had so much grief before meeting her about feeling alone and isolated ... And now, I have less grief around that, and all this grief around ... the future that we want with each other. Everything we want to experience together and everything we feel like we’re capable of in terms of raising a child. And then knowing it’ll just be so full of grief either way.

    Similarly, an environmental scientist shared that the first time they “felt a deep emotional connection to the natural world and started becoming concerned about climate change” coincided with their “first time falling in love.” This “powerful emotion” made them realize that “we have to take care of so much to be able to have this experience of love” and undermining the ecological basis of what sustains human life threatened this possibility. Both interviewees described how expanding their capacity for love, richness, and fulfillment sensitized them to climate grief by raising the stakes on what the climate crisis threatens.

    The symmetry between love and grief that these accounts suggest was also evident in other areas of interviewees’ emotional lives. Several interviewees noticed that neglecting difficult emotions related to climate grief disconnected them from joy, presence, and aliveness. A mother who works in social housing described that the cost of “numbing or dissociating” from her difficult emotions to “cope” is:

    ... not enjoying the things that are joyful, you know? Those things are harder to feel joyful about if you’re not fully engaged. So I guess if you numb yourself to the bad, sometimes it’s also numbing yourself to the good.

    An environmental educator agreed that “stuffing down” grief and sadness for the troubled times we are living through can be “immobilizing” and leave her “feeling so bad and not realizing that all that stuff [grief and pain] just needs to come out some way or another.” She described how “dealing with” her difficult emotions through meditative practices and Refugia programs helps her feel “more freedom and ability to be energized to work on behalf of the greater good.” Interviewees described how facing and processing ecological and climate grief helped them inhabit the full spectrum of their emotional lives, including positive feelings.

    Several interviewees also noticed that honoring ecological grief “generates more self-compassion.” An interviewee, whose ecological grief intensified her mental health challenges explained that she has become more “kind and gentle” with herself because participating in spaces for honoring ecological grief reminded her that “we are all trying our best, and you don’t need to feel guilt.” A climate justice organizer explained that the “systemic element” of ecological grief “brings you to this place of recognizing the entanglement of all things.” Viewing her struggles within this broader context “makes it easier to extend compassion to yourself and others.” Because ecological grief frames difficult experiences within a wider social-ecological context, interviewees were able to view personal difficulties as part of a larger, collective experience, leading to greater self-compassion.

    The cost of numbing ecological grief was not only joy, self-compassion, and fulfillment, but also interviewees’ capacity to identify the better world that they long for. Interviewees noticed that, with support, getting in touch with ecological grief disrupted social norms that encourage people to “distract and bury” their emotions and authentic experience to “keep going with business as usual.” As one interviewee put it, acknowledging and honoring climate grief reminds her that “it doesn’t have to be like this. So what does that look like for me to not just numb myself to it so that I can keep going in a way that is socially acceptable?” Interviewees described how being in touch with climate grief helped them recognize the interplay between their personal lives and broader, ecological, and collective conditions that helped them imagine alternate possibilities for life and society.

    The value of framing difficult climate emotions as grief

    Many interviewees shared stories of receiving pathologizing messages about their sensitivity to ecological and social injustice with people in their life suggesting that their emotional responses were inappropriate or disproportionate. Interviewees described being “made fun of for being too sensitive,” feeling “embarrassed” and “naive” for caring about the environment, and feeling “incredibly alone” and “isolated” when expressing their pain over ecological loss and climate change.

    Finding the language of climate and ecological grief destigmatized often painful emotions by reframing them as an “expression of deep love” for the world. Interviewees’ stories about ecological grief demonstrated that it was a complex emotion with many different sides: anxiety, sadness, fear, anger, mental health difficulties, love, longing. Many interviewees did not initially recognize their emotional response to climate change and connected social injustices as a form of grief. An interviewee recovering from burnout described the value of reframing her emotional experience of climate change and related injustices as an expression of “collective grief”:

    I used to think grief is just what happens if someone dies. [But] I’m like a highly sensitive person and I feel like I’m grieving all the time, just because of the state of our world and I never felt that that was valid ... So this idea of collective grief was very helpful in affirming those feelings ... and having language for it.

    Another interviewee with mental health challenges no longer uses the term “climate anxiety” to describe the emotional and psychological impacts of the climate crisis. For her, “recontextualizing” her distress as a form of grief recognizes something that terms like “anxiety” miss: that she is “losing something” of fundamental importance, “[her] connection to the earth.” A counselor agreed that reframing emotional pain about the climate crisis as grief is destigmatizing and helps people see their pain as meaningful and informative. She explained:

    With people coming into therapy, I’ve had to say like, when it comes to ecological grief, you can’t do therapy. Because there’s nothing to fix. What people are experiencing is absolutely real. And it’s a sign of deep love and connection. If you’re angry, if you’re hurt, if you’re terrified—that fits. Those are absolutely appropriate responses.

    Framing the emotional impacts of the climate crisis as grief helped interviewees reclaim difficult emotional experiences as “a form of resistance.” As one interviewee put it, “It’s so much easier to become desensitized or to just turn away from all of the pain and suffering” but doing so costs her capacity to feel love for and interdependence with a precious and vulnerable world. Interviewees explained how reframing emotional pain about ecological destabilization and associated issues was an important step toward destigmatizing a capacity that should be nurtured instead of shut down: a felt-sense of love for and interconnection with a vulnerable world.

    Results summary

    Taken together, our results demonstrate that climate grief is best understood not as a discrete form of grief, but as cumulative grief for overlapping ecological, personal, and collective losses shaped by climate change. Holistically processing and honoring climate grief unlocked emotions and values associated with both well-being and capacity for climate action, like love, self compassion, solidarity, and longing for a better world. Understanding their climate distress as a form of grief was key to reframing interviewees’ painful emotions as sources of love and personal values that guided participants’ unique contribution to the better world they long for. Figure 1 illustrates how honoring and processing the ecological, personal, and collective dimensions of climate grief led to improved well-being and strengthened interviewees’ capacity for values-aligned climate action.

    DISCUSSION

    The study demonstrates that grief for the impacts of ecological destabilization is felt in the most personal and immediate realms of life; ecological grief is not an abstraction felt on behalf of distant places, people, or species. Similar to prior research, we found that climate change impacted relationships to place and the more-than-human world (Albrecht 2019, Middleton et al. 2020, Borish et al. 2021), as well as interpersonal relationships (Hogett and Randall 2018, Budziszewska and Głód 2021), future prospects (Ágoston et al. 2022, Wray 2022, Pihkala 2024), physical and mental health (Ebi et al. 2021, Aylward et al. 2022, da Fonte et al. 2023), personal stressors (Tschakert et al. 2019, Ebi and Hess 2020, Lawrance et al. 2022), and political and ethical life (Benham and Hoerst 2024).

    Our findings expand on previous research by showing how these scales of climate grief reflect powerful emotions that connect individuals to ecological, personal, and collective vulnerabilities shaped by the climate crisis. Even for those relatively shielded from the worst impacts of climate change, climate grief heightened social and ecological consciousness by revealing shared vulnerabilities across human and more-than-human communities.

    Understanding the interconnected scales of loss and vulnerability that emerge in climate grief may help people grasp a feature of the climate crisis so confounding it is labelled a “wickedness” (Incropera 2015), that its complex, cascading, and interrelated causes and effects reflect the interdependent nature of ecological and social life (Sellers et al. 2019, Redvers et al. 2022, Alook et al. 2023). Experiences of climate grief could play a role in awakening a relational perspective, long advocated by Indigenous climate leaders (Redvers et al. 2020, Alook et al. 2023), that understands humans as fundamentally interdependent with the environment. Supporting people to face the layers of loss and vulnerability that arise in climate grief could accelerate the systems transformation necessary for survival (IPCC 2022, Walpole and Hadwen 2022).

    Interviewees’ accounts demonstrate the mobilizing potential of ecological grief. Those grieving injustice engaged in solidarity work; others grappling with climate-mental health struggles facilitated climate cafes and grief circles; a concerned parent led environmental education for children; and those angered by corporate greed organized against fossil fuel lobbies. The way grief clarified interviewees’ values and guided meaningful action reinforces research showing that emotional pathways often motivate behavior more effectively than facts alone (Davidson and Kecinski 2022). Emotions shape how people appraise risks, interpret relevance, and decide whether to act (Davidson and Kecinski 2022). Thus, emotions are central to the psycho-behavioral processes between perceiving climate change, comprehending its significance, and acting. Importantly, grief is not just an emotion but a relational process of valuing and making meaning from loss (Butler 2003, Cunsolo-Willox 2012, Weller 2015). This makes grief a powerful framework for transforming emotional pain into fuel for pro-social and pro-environmental engagement with climate change that aligns with personal values.

    Our findings suggest grieving and mourning practices played a key role in improving well-being and transforming distressing emotions into motivation for values-aligned climate action. This has important implications for how to support psychological resilience alongside engagement with the climate crisis. Drawing on diverse grief theories (Boss 1999, Stroebe and Schut 1999, Doka 2002, Kübler-Ross and Kessler 2007), climate emotion research, and coping literature, Pihkala’s (2022a) “The Process Model of Eco-Anxiety and Ecological Grief” identified three key tasks for developing psychological resilience to climate change: emotional processing, values-aligned action, and psychological distancing. The model also outlines three stages of coming to terms with the climate crisis: (1) limited awareness; (2) psychological turmoil marked by oscillation between distress, action, and avoidance; and (3) a more integrated phase characterized by ongoing emotional processing, more sustainable action, and self-care. A key question that arises from this model is how to support people awakening to the climate crisis to move from the turmoil of phase two into the more integrated resilience of phase three. Many of the interviewees in our study appeared to be in, or on their way to, the third phase of integration because of their longer-term engagement with climate change and holistic coping practices. Their accounts suggests that grieving and mourning practices may support this shift by energizing a reciprocal relationship between emotional processing and values-aligned action. Additionally, although the model emphasizes individual coping, our findings highlight the critical role of community-based emotional processing in building resilience.

    Understanding climate distress as grief also helped move interviewees toward “meaning-focused coping” (Ojala 2013), which is shown to sustain mental health and climate engagement by reappraising adversity as an opportunity to live one’s values and find purpose in the struggle (Folkman 2008, Ojala 2013). By highlighting the love and values that underpin interviewees’ climate distress, the vocabulary of ecological grief reframed personal pain as a compass pointing toward what participants value most. This promoted well-being and revealed motivations for climate action (Gillespie 2019, Schwartz et al. 2023, Wamsler et al. 2023).

    In addition to its connection to values and meaning, climate and ecological grief also shared territory with emotions associated with both well-being and climate action, like love, joy, self-compassion, agency, and longing for a better world. Grief and bereavement studies have long established that grief is an expression of love (Attig 2004, Breen et al. 2022, Weller 2015). Our findings support the idea that people’s concern about climate change increases when they see it as threatening their “objects of care” (Wang et al. 2018), such as beloved places, family, or personal values.

    More surprising was the way love and fulfillment sometimes heightened interviewee’s ecological grief by raising the stakes of what can be lost in the climate crisis, and what can be gained under conditions for human and ecological flourishing. Interviewee accounts revealed an overall symmetry between not only love and grief, but also pleasurable and painful emotions more generally. This finding echoes a large body of trauma research that suggests healing is not about feeling “better” so much as feeling more (Fosha et al. 2009, Van der Kolk 2015). Coping with climate grief appeared to expand interviewees’ emotional “window of tolerance” (Siegel 1999), allowing them to stay present with both distress and life-affirming emotions like love, purpose, and agency.

    In this way, climate grief shares characteristics with what Audre Lorde (2000) calls “the erotic,” an embodied source of knowing and power accessed through one’s deepest feelings, that uncovers not only pain and dissatisfaction from living under unjust conditions, but also the potential for fulfillment, and desires for a better world. Ecological grief, like the erotic, may awaken a deep yearning for a world that nurtures the flourishing of personal, ecological, and collective life. This parallel expands ecological grief’s conceptual lineage into social movements that have long histories of leveraging embodied feelings to raise sociopolitical consciousness (Ward 2023, Gumbs 2024).

    The relationship between difficult emotions associated with grief and positive emotions associated with well-being highlights a possible path between ecological grief and post-traumatic growth. Tedeschi and Calhoun (2004) define post-traumatic growth as “positive psychological change experienced as a result of the struggle with highly challenging life circumstances” (p. 1). Facing and processing ecological grief with adequate support may awaken new depths of love, joy, and purpose. Our results also highlight the critical role of social support in climate-related post-traumatic growth (Cruwys et al. 2024, Tito et al. 2024), as interviewees’ ability to honor grief and re-engage positive emotions happened in the context of supportive group spaces.

    Overall, a key insight from this study is how framing climate-related distress as climate grief helped interviewees make meaning of their difficult emotions, supporting both well-being and climate action. Recent years have seen a proliferation of terms to describe the emotional impacts of climate change (Albrecht 2019, Pihkala 2022b, Cianconi et al. 2023), yet many of these terms overlap and lack clear distinctions (Pihkala 2022b). Scholars (Kałwak and Weihgold 2022, Qiu and Qiu 2024) have also worried that individualized, psychological language risks pathologizing legitimate distress about structural injustice.

    Rather than emphasizing semantics we may be better served by recognizing that emotions are not merely objective internal states but also socially and politically constructed by the language we use to describe them (Ahmed 2014). Considering how language shapes interpretation of emotions is especially important given the ambivalent impacts of climate distress (González-Hidalgo 2021, Martiskainen and Sovacool 2021), which has been linked to climate action, denial, and disengagement (Davidson and Kecinski 2022, Lertzman 2015), and is increasingly co-opted by bad actors for harmful ideologies like eco-fascism (Conversi 2024, Hartman 2024).

    As our study shows, grief is not a single, static emotion, it is a complex, multi-dimensional, affective experience connected to meaning making (Weller 2015, Turner and Stauffer 2023). Understanding their experience as grief destigmatized interviewees’ emotional responses by shifting the focus from individual pathology to the social-ecological context of the climate crisis (Kałwak and Weihgold 2022).

    Additionally, framing climate emotions as grief invokes familiar cultural scripts and social norms associated with collective care, such as community support and rituals. Collective support is essential for maintaining well-being during the psychological and spiritual challenges posed by climate change (Hamilton 2022, Cruwys et al. 2024, Tito et al. 2024). Activating social norms that recognize the importance of community care helps build individual and community resilience (Pihkala 2024, Turner and Stauffer 2023).

    The synergy between honoring ecological grief and connecting with values and emotions that inspire climate action such as love, solidarity, and longing for a better world has implications for the mental health field and for political movements. This research highlights the need to integrate ecological and climate grief into broader understandings of mental health, acknowledging how the climate crisis not only produces ecological, personal, and collective loss, but also amplifies other grief and stressors (Tschakert et al. 2019, Lawrance et al. 2022, Benham and Hoerst 2024). Mental health practitioners must develop the skills to support individuals experiencing ecological grief while acknowledging how the structural nature of the climate crisis shapes individual mental health. Investment in spaces that facilitate emotional processing and teach coping practices is also needed to destigmatize and socialize the reasonable distress that people feel as they comprehend the implications of climate change (Doppelt 2016).

    At the same time, political mobilization efforts should be grief literate (Breen et al. 2022, Cooke et al. 2024) and understand attending to grief and pain from personal, ecological, and social losses tied to climate change is part of “the work” of creating transformative social change. This aligns with research on the emotional dimensions of environmental justice activism, where grief work helps prevent burnout, preserves sensitivity to injustice, and enables values-based resistance (Hoggett and Randall 2018, Nairn 2019, González-Hidalgo et al. 2022). Developing emotional coping and social support systems helps build the “transformational resilience” (Doppelt 2016) needed to turn climate distress into meaningful action. Building widespread capacity to cope with ecological and climate grief may play a critical role in sparking self-reinforcing feedback loops where well-being and capacity for collective action grow together (Doppelt 2016, Schwartz et al. 2023).

    CONCLUSION

    Climate grief provides a valuable lens for understanding the complex emotions tied to the climate crisis as the affective intersection between individual and collective experiences of loss and vulnerability. By illuminating the personal impact of ecological and collective loss, ecological grief challenges individualist and neoliberal ideas of the human as separate from nature and one another. Recognizing ecological grief in this way is crucial for preserving its political potential as a source of inner wisdom, one that can guide us toward creating a world where all life can flourish.

    This study contributes to a deeper understanding of the psychosocial impacts of climate change and the capacity of climate grief to raise ecological and social consciousness, and inspire solidarity and climate action. Our results suggest that supporting mental health and mobilizing people to protect the world they love and the future they long for are goals best pursued together.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The depth and richness of this research is thanks to the generosity of our participants. Thank you for sharing your time and experiences. It was an honor to hear each of your stories, and a pleasure to immerse in the insights and wisdom you shared. We also thank Alex Sawatzky for her time and talents helping develop the figure. This work was supported by Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council, the University of Alberta, New Frontiers in Research Fund, and Canadian Research Chairs program.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI-assisted technologies were not used in the drafting of this manuscript.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data from this study are confidential to protect the privacy of research participants and adhere to the requirements of our ethics approval. This research was approved by the University of Alberta Human Research Ethics Boards (Pro00135174). All participants gave informed written and oral consent to participate in the study. All procedures were performed in compliance with relevant laws and guidelines.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Adkin, L. 2016. First world petro-politics: the political ecology and governance of Alberta. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442699410

    Ágoston, C., B. Csaba, B. Nagy, Z. Kőváry, A. Dúll, J. Rácz, and Z. Demetrovics. 2022. Identifying types of eco-anxiety, eco-guilt, eco-grief, and eco-coping in a climate-sensitive population: a qualitative study. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19(4):2461. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19042461

    Ahmed, S. 2014. The cultural politics of emotion. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, UK.

    Albrecht, G. 2019. Earth emotions: new words for a new world. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.7591/cornell/9781501715228.001.0001

    Alook, A., E. Eaton, D. Gray-Donald, J. Laforest, C. Lameman, and B. Tucker. 2023. The end of this world: climate justice in so-called Canada. Between the Lines, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

    Attig, T. 2004. Disenfranchised grief revisited: discounting hope and love. Omega: Journal of Death and Dying 49(3):197-215. https://doi.org/10.2190/P4TT-J3BF-KFDR-5JB1

    Aylward, B., A. Cunsolo, R. Vriezen, and S. L. Harper. 2022. Climate change is impacting mental health in North America: a systematic scoping review of the hazards, exposures, vulnerabilities, risks and responses. International Review of Psychiatry 34(1):34-50. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540261.2022.2029368

    Barnett, J. T. 2022. Mourning in the anthropocene: ecological grief and earthly coexistence. Michigan State University Press, East Lansing, Michigan, USA. https://doi.org/10.14321/j.ctv2npq91p

    Benham, C., and D. Hoerst. 2024. What role do social-ecological factors play in ecological grief?: Insights from a global scoping review. Journal of Environmental Psychology 93:102184. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2023.102184

    Borish, D., A. Cunsolo, J. Snook, I. Shiwak, M. Wood, HERD Caribou Project Steering Committee, I. Mauro, C. Dewey, and S. L. Harper. 2021. “Caribou was the reason, and everything else happened after”: effects of caribou declines on Inuit in Labrador, Canada. Global Environmental Change 68:102268. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2021.102268

    Boss, P. 1999. Ambiguous loss: learning to live with unresolved grief. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA.

    Braun, V., and V. Clarke. 2022. Everything changes ... well some things do: reflections on, and resources for, reflexive thematic analysis. QMiP Bulletin 1(33):21-29. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsqmip.2022.1.33.21

    Braun, V., and V. Clarke. 2024. A critical review of the reporting of reflexive thematic analysis in Health Promotion International. Health Promotion International 39(3):daae049. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daae049

    Breen, L. J., D. Kawashima, K. Joy, S. Cadell, D. Roth, A. Chow, and M. E. Macdonald. 2022. Grief literacy: a call to action for compassionate communities. Death Studies 46(2):425-433. https://doi.org/10.1080/07481187.2020.1739780

    Brinkmann, S., and S. Kvale. 2018. Doing interviews. SAGE, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529716665

    Budziszewska, M., and Z. Głód. 2021. “These are the very small things that lead us to that goal”: youth climate strike organizers talk about activism empowering and taxing experiences. Sustainability 13(19):11119. https://doi.org/10.3390/su131911119

    Butler, J. 2003. Violence, mourning, politics. Studies in Gender & Sexuality 4(1):9-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/15240650409349213

    Chapman, D. A., and E. Peters. 2024. Examining the (non-linear) relationships between climate change anxiety, information seeking, and pro-environmental behavioral intentions. Journal of Environmental Psychology 99:102440. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2024.102440

    Cianconi, P., B. Hanife, F. Grillo, S. Betro, C. B. J. Lesmana, and L. Janiri. 2023. Eco-emotions and psychoterratic syndromes: reshaping mental health assessment under climate change. Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine 96(2):211-226. https://doi.org/10.59249/EARX2427

    Comtesse, H., V. Ertl, S. M. C. Hengst, R. Rosner, and G. E. Smid. 2021. Ecological grief as a response to environmental change: a mental health risk or functional response? International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 18(2):734. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18020734

    Conversi, D. 2024. Eco-fascism: an oxymoron? Far-right nationalism, history, and the climate emergency. Frontiers in Human Dynamics 6:1373872. https://doi.org/10.3389/fhumd.2024.1373872

    Cooke, A., C. Benham, N. Butt, and J. Dean. 2024. Ecological grief literacy: approaches for responding to environmental loss. Conservation Letters 17(3):e13018. https://doi.org/10.1111/conl.13018

    Cruwys, T., E. Macleod, T. Heffernan, I. Walker, S. K. Stanley, T. Kurz, L.-M. Greenwood, O. Evans, and A. L. Calear. 2024. Social group connections support mental health following wildfire. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology 59(6):957-967. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-023-02519-8

    Cunsolo, A., and N. R. Ellis. 2018. Ecological grief as a mental health response to climate change-related loss. Nature Climate Change 8(4):275-281. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-018-0092-2

    Cunsolo-Willox, A. 2012. Climate change as the work of mourning. Ethics and the Environment 17(2):137-164. https://doi.org/10.2979/ethicsenviro.17.2.137

    da Fonte, C. A. M., S. M. M. Caridade, and M. A. P. Dinis. 2023. Mental health, well-being and climate change: scope and challenges. Pages 41-55 in W. Leal Filho, D. G. Vidal, and M. A. P. Dinis, editors. Climate change and health hazards: addressing hazards to human and environmental health from a changing climate. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-26592-1_3

    Davidson, D. J., and M. Kecinski. 2022. Emotional pathways to climate change responses. WIREs: Climate Change 13(2):e751. https://doi.org/10.1002/wcc.751

    Doka, K. J. 2002. Disenfranchised grief: new directions, challenges, and strategies for practice. Research Press, Champaign, Illinois, USA.

    Doppelt, B. 2016. Transformational resilience: how building human resilience to climate disruption can safeguard society and increase wellbeing. First edition. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351283885

    Ebi, K. L., C. Boyer, N. Ogden, S. Paz, P. Berry, D. Campbell-Lendrum, J. J. Hess, and A. Woodward. 2021. Burning embers: synthesis of the health risks of climate change. Environmental Research Letters 16(4):044042. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/abeadd

    Ebi, K. L., and J. J. Hess. 2020. Health risks due to climate change: inequity in causes and consequences. Health Affairs 39(12):2056-2062. https://doi.org/10.1377/hlthaff.2020.01125

    Folkman, S. 2008. The case for positive emotions in the stress process. Anxiety, Stress, & Coping 21(1):3-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/10615800701740457

    Fosha, D., D. J. Siegel, and M. F. Solomon. 2009. The healing power of emotion: affective neuroscience, development, & clinical practice. W.W. Norton & Co, New York, New York, USA.

    Gillespie, S. 2019. Climate crisis and consciousness: re-imagining our world and ourselves. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429346811

    González-Hidalgo, M. 2021. The ambivalent political work of emotions in the defence of territory, life and the commons. Environment & Planning E: Nature & Space 4(4):1291-1312. https://doi.org/10.1177/2514848620961737

    González-Hidalgo, M., D. Del Bene, I. Iniesta-Arandia, and C. Piñeiro. 2022. Emotional healing as part of environmental and climate justice processes: frameworks and community-based experiences in times of environmental suffering. Political Geography 98:102721. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polgeo.2022.102721

    Gumbs, A. P. 2024. Survival is a promise: the eternal life of Audre Lorde. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, New York, New York, USA.

    Hamilton, J. 2022. “Alchemizing sorrow into deep determination”: emotional reflexivity and climate change engagement. Frontiers in Climate 4:786631. https://doi.org/10.3389/fclim.2022.786631

    Hartman, M. R. 2024. Beyond climate denial: white supremacy and the growth of nationalist environmentalism on the right. Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and Culture 18(3):376-392. https://doi.org/10.1558/jsrnc.23634

    Head, L. 2016. Hope and grief in the Anthropocene: re-conceptualising human-nature relations. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315739335

    Hoggett, P., and R. Randall. 2018. Engaging with climate change: comparing the cultures of science and activism. Environmental Values 27(3):223-243. https://doi.org/10.3197/096327118X15217309300813

    Incropera, F. P. 2015. Climate change: a wicked problem: complexity and uncertainty at the intersection of science, economics, politics, and human behavior. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316266274

    Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2022. Climate change 2022: impacts, adaptation and vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. H.-O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, M. Tignor, E. S. Poloczanska, K. Mintenbeck, A. Alegría, M. Craig, S. Langsdorf, S. Löschke, V. Möller, A. Okem, and B. Rama, editors. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009325844

    Jain, P., Q. E. Barber, S. W. Taylor, E. Whitman, D. Castellanos Acuna, Y. Boulanger, R. D. Chavardès, J. Chen, P. Englefield, M. Flannigan, M. P. Girardin, C. C. Hanes, J. Little, K. Morrison, R. S. Skakun, D. K. Thompson, X. Wang, and M.-A. Parisien. 2024b. Drivers and impacts of the record-breaking 2023 wildfire season in Canada. Nature Communications 15(1):6764. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-51154-7

    Jain, P., A. R. Sharma, D. C. Acuna, J. T. Abatzoglou, and M. Flannigan. 2024a. Record-breaking fire weather in North America in 2021 was initiated by the Pacific Northwest heat dome. Communications Earth & Environment 5(1):1-10. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43247-024-01346-2

    Kałwak, W., and V. Weihgold. 2022. The relationality of ecological emotions: an interdisciplinary critique of individual resilience as psychology’s response to the climate crisis. Frontiers in Psychology 13:823620. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.823620

    Kübler-Ross, E., and D. Kessler. 2007. On grief and grieving: finding the meaning of grief through the five stages of loss. Scribner, New York, New York, USA.

    Lalani, N., and J. Drolet. 2019. Impacts of the 2013 floods on families’ mental health in Alberta: perspectives of community influencers and service providers in rural communities. Best Practice in Mental Health 15(2):74-92. https://doi.org/10.70256/361228lrwyji

    Lawrance, E. L., R. Thompson, J. Newberry Le Vay, L. Page, and N. Jennings. 2022. The impact of climate change on mental health and emotional wellbeing: a narrative review of current evidence, and its implications. International Review of Psychiatry 34(5):443-498. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540261.2022.2128725

    Lertzman, R. 2015. Environmental melancholia: psychoanalytic dimensions of engagement. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315851853

    Levitt, H. M., M. Bamberg, J. W. Creswell, D. M. Frost, R. Josselson, and C. Suárez-Orozco. 2018. Journal article reporting standards for qualitative primary, qualitative meta-analytic, and mixed methods research in psychology: the APA Publications and Communications Board Task Force report. American Psychologist 73(1):26-46. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000151

    Lorde, A. 2000. Uses of the erotic: the erotic as power. Pages 569-574 in D. Cornell, editor. Feminism and pornography. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198782506.003.0032

    Martiskainen, M., and B. K. Sovacool. 2021. Mixed feelings: a rearview and research agenda for emotions in sustainability transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions 40:609-624. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eist.2021.10.023

    Middleton, J., A. Cunsolo, A. Jones-Bitton, C. J. Wright, and S. L. Harper. 2020. Indigenous mental health in a changing climate: a systematic scoping review of the global literature. Environmental Research Letters 15(5):053001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/ab68a9

    Nairn, K. 2019. Learning from young people engaged in climate activism: the potential of collectivizing despair and hope. Young 27(5):435-450. https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308818817603

    Ojala, M. 2013. Coping with climate change among adolescents: implications for subjective well-being and environmental engagement. Sustainability 5(5):2191-2209. https://doi.org/10.3390/su5052191

    Ojala, M., A. Cunsolo, C. A. Ogunbode, and J. Middleton. 2021. Anxiety, worry, and grief in a time of environmental and climate crisis: a narrative review. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 46(1):35-58. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-012220-022716

    Pihkala, P. 2022a. The process of eco-anxiety and ecological grief: a narrative review and a new proposal. Sustainability 14(24):16628. https://doi.org/10.3390/su142416628

    Pihkala, P. 2022b. Toward a taxonomy of climate emotions. Frontiers in Climate 3:738154. https://doi.org/10.3389/fclim.2021.738154

    Pihkala, P. 2024. Ecological sorrow: types of grief and loss in ecological grief. Sustainability 16(2):849. https://doi.org/10.3390/su16020849

    Qiu, S., and J. Qiu. 2024. From individual resilience to collective response: reframing ecological emotions as catalysts for holistic environmental engagement. Frontiers in Psychology 15:1363418. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1363418

    Randall, R. 2009. Loss and climate change: the cost of parallel narratives. Ecopsychology 1(3):118-129. https://doi.org/10.1089/eco.2009.0034

    Redvers, N., Y. Celidwen, C. Schultz, O. Horn, C. Githaiga, M. Vera, M. Perdrisat, L. Mad Plume, D. Kobei, M. C. Kain, A. Poelina, J. N. Rojas, and B. Blondin. 2022. The determinants of planetary health: an Indigenous consensus perspective. Lancet Planetary Health 6(2):e156-e163. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00354-5

    Redvers, N., A. Poelina, C. Schultz, D. M. Kobei, C. Githaiga, M. Perdrisat, D. Prince, and B. Blondin. 2020. Indigenous natural and first law in planetary health. Challenges 11(2):29. https://doi.org/10.3390/challe11020029

    Schwartz, S. E. O., L. Benoit, S. Clayton, M. F. Parnes, L. Swenson, and S. R. Lowe. 2023. Climate change anxiety and mental health: environmental activism as buffer. Current Psychology 42:16708-16721. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-022-02735-6

    Sellers, S., K. L. Ebi, and J. Hess. 2019. Climate change, human health, and social stability: addressing interlinkages. Environmental Health Perspectives 127(4):045002. https://doi.org/10.1289/EHP4534

    Siegel, D. J. 1999. The developing mind: toward a neurobiology of interpersonal experience. Guilford, New York, New York, USA.

    Stroebe, M., and H. Schut. 1999. The dual process model of coping with bereavement: rationale and description. Death Studies 23(3):197-224. https://doi.org/10.1080/074811899201046

    Tedeschi, R. G., and L. G. Calhoun. 2004. Posttraumatic growth: conceptual foundations and empirical evidence. Psychological Inquiry 15(1):1-18. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327965pli1501_01

    Tito, V. R., H. Kazem, S.-O. Kadia, and B. Paquito. 2024. A systematic review of mental health and climate change in the Philippines. Asian Journal of Psychiatry 101:104191. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajp.2024.104191

    Tschakert, P., N. R. Ellis, C. Anderson, A. Kelly, and J. Obeng. 2019. One thousand ways to experience loss: a systematic analysis of climate-related intangible harm from around the world. Global Environmental Change 55:58-72. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2018.11.006

    Turner, R. B., and S. D. Stauffer. 2023. Disenfranchised grief: the complicated interweave of death and non-death losses. Chapter 1 in R. B. Turner and S. D. Stauffer, editors. Disenfranchised grief: examining social, cultural, and relational impacts. Routledge, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003292890

    Van der Kolk, B. A. 2015. The body keeps the score. Brain, mind, and body in the healing of trauma. Penguin Books, New York, New York, USA.

    Varutti, M. 2024. Claiming ecological grief: Why are we not mourning (more and more publicly) for ecological destruction? Ambio 53(4):552-564. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-023-01962-w

    Walpole, L. C., and W. L. Hadwen. 2022. Extreme events, loss, and grief—an evaluation of the evolving management of climate change threats on the Great Barrier Reef. Ecology and Society 27(1):37. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-12964-270137

    Wamsler, C., G. Osberg, A. Panagiotou, B. Smith, P. Stanbridge, W. Osika, and L. Mundaca. 2023. Meaning-making in a context of climate change: supporting agency and political engagement. Climate Policy 23(7):829-844. https://doi.org/10.1080/14693062.2022.2121254

    Wang, S., Z. Leviston, M. Hurlstone, C. Lawrence, and I. Walker. 2018. Emotions predict policy support: why it matters how people feel about climate change. Global Environmental Change 50:25-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2018.03.002

    Ward, C. 2023. Audre Lorde’s erotic as epistemic and political practice. Hypatia 38(4):896-917. https://doi.org/10.1017/hyp.2023.76

    Weller, F. 2015. The wild edge of sorrow: rituals of renewal and the sacred work of grief. North Atlantic Books, Berkeley, California, USA.

    Wray, B. 2022. Generation dread: finding purpose in an age of climate crisis. Alfred A. Knopf Canada, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

    Corresponding author:
    Stephanie Olsen
    solsen1@ualberta.ca
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Diagram illustrating how interviewees’ experiences of climate grief arose from ecological, personal, and collective losses related to climate change. Honoring and processing these losses as climate grief improved interviewee well-being while connecting their personal experiences to larger social-ecological issues. This, in turn, improved their capacity for values-aligned climate action.

    Fig. 1. Diagram illustrating how interviewees’ experiences of climate grief arose from ecological, personal, and collective losses related to climate change. Honoring and processing these losses as climate grief improved interviewee well-being while connecting their personal experiences to larger social-ecological issues. This, in turn, improved their capacity for values-aligned climate action.

    Fig. 1
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    climate action; climate change; climate emotions; climate grief; ecological grief; emotional well-being; mental health

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 8 Research

    Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries

    Witt, N., M. Graversgaard, and M. Hvarregaard Thorsøe. 2025. Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries. Ecology and Society 30(4):8. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16485-300408
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Niklas WittORCIDcontact author, Niklas Witt
      Aarhus University - Department of Agroecology, Denmark
    • Morten GraversgaardORCID, Morten Graversgaard
      Aarhus University - Department of Agroecology, Denmark
    • Martin Hvarregaard ThorsøeORCIDMartin Hvarregaard Thorsøe
      Aarhus University - Department of Agroecology, Denmark

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Witt, N., M. Graversgaard, and M. Hvarregaard Thorsøe. 2025. Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries. Ecology and Society 30(4):8.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16485-300408

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • agrifood; corporate sustainability; ESG; planetary boundaries; sustainability transition
    Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16485.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Agriculture significantly contributes to the transgression of several planetary boundaries. This content analysis of the sustainability statements from the world’s largest agrifood companies reveals that they largely overlook their most relevant negative environmental impacts. For example, biogeochemical flows, the most transgressed planetary boundary with agriculture as the largest contributor, receives minimal corporate attention. Climate change is the only boundary for which we identified numeric disclosures of negative impacts. We highlight that overlooking these significant environmental impacts (1) impedes the idea that market discipline can address such urgent topics, and (2) allows companies to shape the sector’s transition by presenting a narrative of sustainable agriculture that downplays its actual harm, thereby diverting focus from the deeper changes needed to reduce these impacts. Our results underscore the need for a “planetary materiality” approach, ensuring corporate reporting reflects scientifically assessed environmental impacts.

    INTRODUCTION

    First outlined by Rockström et al. (2009), the planetary boundaries (PBs) describe the safe operating space for human activity, while their transgression risks leaving the stability of the Holocene. The latest update on this framework from Richardson et al. (2023) encompasses nine PBs: climate change, biosphere integrity, novel entities, land system change, freshwater change, biogeochemical flows, ocean acidification, atmospheric aerosol loading, and stratospheric ozone depletion. According to the authors, the first six PBs out of this list have been transgressed (Richardson et al. 2023). Agriculture is the main contributor to the transgression of the PBs biosphere integrity, biogeochemical flows, land system change, and freshwater change, and a significant contributor to climate change (Campbell et al. 2017). Gerten et al. (2020) assess that half of current global food production depends on PB transgressions. The intensification of agricultural practices, including increased use of agrochemicals, has led to widespread biodiversity loss, habitat fragmentation, and the decline of pollinator populations, undermining biosphere integrity (Dudley and Alexander 2017, Sánchez-Bayo and Wyckhuys 2019, Cabernard et al. 2024). Excessive fertilizer use and intensive livestock production drive nitrogen and phosphorus pollution, disrupting biogeochemical cycles and contributing to eutrophication in freshwater and marine ecosystems (Galloway et al. 2008, Liu et al. 2010, Carpenter and Bennett 2011, Penuelas et al. 2023). Roughly half of the world’s habitable land is used for agriculture (Ellis et al. 2010), with further large-scale land conversion accelerating deforestation (Winkler et al. 2021) and soil degradation (Borrelli et al. 2017), undermining land-system stability. Agriculture is also responsible for high levels of freshwater extraction (Ritchie and Roser 2018), depleting water resources and reducing availability for other ecosystems and human uses (Ingrao et al. 2023). Additionally, greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from agricultural activities, including methane from livestock, nitrous oxide from fertilized soils, and soil organic carbon losses (O’Mara 2011, Crippa et al. 2021) contribute to climate change with estimates ranging between 26% (Poore and Nemecek 2018) and 34% (Crippa et al. 2021) of global anthropogenic emissions. Given the pressing need to secure future food supplies, it is imperative that the agrifood sector adopts more sustainable production methods (El Bilali 2020), especially as its negative environmental impacts are projected to increase by 50–90% by 2050 without serious mitigation efforts (Springmann et al. 2018).

    The agrifood sector is highly consolidated, with the top 10 food and beverage companies accounting for approximately 40% of the total sales among the world’s 100 largest companies in the sector (Clapp 2022). There is broad consensus that these multinational companies are powerful actors in global food supply chains, which are dominated by post-farmgate actors (Yi et al. 2021). As such, they play a critical role in the transition of the agrifood sector’s production-consumption systems. Not only do powerful firms develop products and business models that can drive transition, but they also “engage in broader institutional work as they shape societal discourses and problem framing, lobby for specific policies and regulations, develop industry standards, legitimize new technologies, or shape collective expectations” (Köhler et al. 2019:11).

    A relevant field in which such institutional work plays out is the corporate disclosure of environmental, social and governance (ESG) information. ESG reporting not only communicates corporations’ ostensible sustainable behavior to a wide range of stakeholders and demonstrates efforts to mitigate their environmental (and social) impacts, but it also shapes public and regulatory discourses on sustainability through underlying narratives and problem framing (Archer 2024).

    The disclosure of ESG information has become a standard practice among corporations (Conca et al. 2021). However, most of the existing academic literature on ESG reporting has centered on the financial implications of such disclosures, both in general (Dinh et al. 2023, Jain and Tripathi 2023) and also specifically within the agrifood sector (Leite De Almeida et al. 2024). Very limited attention has been paid to the potential of ESG reporting to contribute to the sector’s sustainable development (Witt et al. 2025).

    In this paper, we aim to address this critical research gap by analyzing the ESG reports of leading multinational agrifood companies from a PBs perspective. Our goal is to gain insight into how these companies assume responsibility for the sector’s sustainability transition, which topics they define as material, and whether these overlap with the sector’s actual contribution to the transgression of the PBs. This analysis ultimately presents implications for the agrifood sector’s transition toward more sustainable agricultural production, especially in relation to the question of “transition toward what?,” which is pivotal for the transitions of production-consumption systems (Geels et al. 2023). We focus on the reports of large multinational companies, as we argue that they hold significant potential to initiate and drive the agrifood sector away from unsustainable agricultural practices and toward an agrifood system that operates within PBs. Although we do not delve deeply into direct power dynamics (e.g., political lobbying), we view these dynamics as an underlying context influencing the narratives, framing, and self-disclosures made by these companies in their ESG reports. The conceptual framing in Figure 1 informs the remainder of this study.

    METHODS

    Scope of analysis

    We categorized companies’ environmental impact disclosures based on Campbell et al.’s (2017) assessment of agriculture’s contribution to the transgression of the PBs. The authors identified agriculture as the main driver of anthropogenic impacts on the PBs biosphere integrity, biogeochemical flows, land system change, freshwater change, as well as a significant contributor to climate change. As novel entities were not yet included in Campbell et al.’s (2017) assessment, we included them as a sixth category.

    To assess the transgression of the PBs, the framework defines control variables for each boundary. These describe the “most important anthropogenic influence at the planetary level of the boundary in focus” (Richardson et al. 2023). For example, the control variable for land system change is the area of forested land as the percentage of original forest cover. Given that the PBs have not yet been operationalized within any ESG reporting framework, we argue that focusing solely on direct reporting on control variables would likely give limited findings. Instead, we use the PBs as broader categories, assigning each piece of disclosed farm-level environmental impact information to one of six categories:

    1. Climate change: information on GHG mitigation with at least Scope 3 (upstream value chain) granularity, ensuring the inclusion of agricultural activities.
    2. Biosphere integrity: all disclosures related to the impact of agricultural activities on biodiversity.
    3. Biogeochemical flows: all disclosures concerning nitrogen, phosphorus, and other nutrient flows resulting from agricultural activities.
    4. Land system change: disclosures related to deforestation-free supply chains for agricultural commodities, as well as afforestation efforts on land previously used for agriculture.
    5. Freshwater change: all disclosures regarding the use of blue and green water in agricultural production.
    6. Novel entities: all disclosures concerning chemical substances used in agricultural production, such as herbicides and pesticides.

    In our analysis, we focus exclusively on the reported environmental impacts of agricultural production within the companies’ value chains. We exclude the companies’ own operations (e.g., impacts from energy use in production facilities and transportation) because our interest lies solely in the impacts of agricultural production. Our approach reflects an “inside-out” perspective, or, in the terminology of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS; European Commission 2023), an “impact materiality” perspective. Accordingly, we do not consider the “outside-in” or “financial materiality” perspective, which concerns the disclosure of financial risks to the company. An exhaustive study on this latter perspective for the agrifood sector has been conducted by Boiral et al. (2024).

    Data collection

    We collected data from the publicly available ESG reports of the 51 largest global agrifood companies by sales with operations in the EU (FoodDrinkEurope 2023). The list initially included 53 companies. We excluded one company whose sales are only partially related to agrifood products and another for which no ESG report could be identified. The range of global agrifood sales for the 51 companies was between 1.7 and 169.5 billion € in the 2022 fiscal year (FoodDrinkEurope 2023). We focused on firms with operations in Europe (with a processing plant in at least one member state) because of the region’s increasingly stringent sustainability governance landscape, demonstrated through, amongst others, the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD; European Union 2022) and the EU Regulation on Deforestation-free Products (EUDR; European Union 2023). For each company, we retrieved the most recent sustainability report available on their website. The reports were downloaded in March and April 2024, and the latest available reports at that time covered either the 2023 or 2022 financial year. The dataset includes companies that were subject to the EU Directive 2014/95/EU (NFRD) as well as companies that reported voluntarily. Albeit not implemented yet at the financial year of the analysis, several companies already followed the structure and key characteristics of the CSRD, such as the double materiality assessment. We do not state company names because we do not aim to single out individual organizations but want to highlight structural tendencies within the sector.

    Data analysis

    We analyzed the data from the companies’ ESG reports using a qualitative content analysis approach (Mayring 2022). First, we systematically reviewed the reports and extracted all available numeric disclosures related to environmental impacts, which were recorded in an MS Excel file. We then categorized all data entries according to the six categories previously defined. Given the limited results of this initial step, we revisited the reports and decided to expand the scope of the analysis by also including qualitative acknowledgements of negative environmental impacts. These were added as quotes to our existing database. To better present the different qualitative and quantitative disclosures within each PBs category, we structured them into four different disclosure types:

    (A) Reported numeric impacts: All disclosures related to environmental impacts associated with the farming activities in the companies’ value chains. These impacts typically include a reported numeric status, often linked to a quantified target.

    (B) Numeric disclosures without reported impact: Instances where a target is mentioned or quantified, but no status is disclosed regarding progress toward the target. Even if no impact is reported in this category, the disclosure of an environmental reduction target inherently acknowledges the existence of a negative impact that must be reduced. We also included “positive” environmental targets, i.e., those aiming to have a positive environmental impact (e.g., planting pollinator flower strips), intensity disclosures (e.g., information pertaining to the GHG intensity of a kg of milk), and “sustainable sourcing” targets clearly linked to a PB (e.g., “% of palm oil sourced certified by RSPO”). Although these targets do not specify a negative impact to be reduced, they nonetheless indicate the company’s ambitions to improve environmental conditions within the agricultural supply chain.

    (C) Company-specific qualitative acknowledgements: This includes qualitative descriptions of companies’ negative environmental impacts through agricultural production in their value chains. For example, a company might state, “as the world’s largest dairy producer, we are partly responsible for the eutrophication of freshwater ecosystems.”

    (D) Sector-generic qualitative acknowledgements: Instances where a general qualitative acknowledgement of agriculture’s negative environmental impact is disclosed (e.g., “food production is a major contributor to climate change”).

    Because not every quantitative or qualitative acknowledgment could be clearly attributed to a PB, we added a category for “unclassified” impacts.

    RESULTS

    In total, we identified 148 disclosures that acknowledge an impact on the PBs under one of the A, B, C, or D categories (Table 1). Most disclosures relate to climate change and the fewest relate to novel entities. Most disclosures were of type B, and least of type C.

    Climate change

    Out of the 51 companies analyzed, 47 reported on climate change, with a total of 73 disclosures identified. These disclosures were categorized into four types:

    Type A (Quantitative impact): Thirty-five disclosures, for example: “Our company’s Scope 3 emissions account for 30% of our total emissions, with agriculture representing the largest portion.”

    Type B (Numeric targets without reported impact): Twenty-two disclosures, including commitments such as: “We aim to reduce Scope 3 emissions by 20% by 2030” but without disclosing a status on this target. The level of granularity in Type A and B disclosures varies: 14% cover Scope 1–3 emissions, 50% focus on Scope 3 emissions, 4% report on Scope 1–3 FLAG emissions, 5% on Scope 3 FLAG emissions, and 18% address agricultural emissions specifically.

    Type C (Qualitative acknowledgments): Four disclosures qualitatively acknowledged the company’s impact on climate change. A typical statement was: “As one of the largest dairy producers, we recognize our responsibility in mitigating climate change through reduced emissions from agriculture.”

    Type D (Sector-generic acknowledgments): Twelve disclosures included general industry-wide acknowledgments, such as: “Agriculture accounts for 25% of global GHG emissions, which must be reduced to address the climate crisis.”

    Biosphere integrity

    Twenty-one disclosures by 13 companies in three categories:

    Type B: Two disclosures that report positive impacts, “% of cultivated area using pollinator protection” and “total size of flower strips across beet growing countries.”

    Type C: Five disclosures acknowledge the reporting company’s negative impacts. For example, “(Our company) has a material impact on biodiversity loss, on the number of species and on the conditions of ecosystems. (Our company’s) impact on biodiversity materializes through the land use of our farmers.”

    Type D: Fourteen statements acknowledge either agriculture’s general, or commodity-specific (e.g., dairy, palm oil, soy, etc.) negative impacts, typically relating to biodiversity loss and land degradation. For example: “Today’s farming and food systems are accelerating the biodiversity loss that is threatening the health of the planet.”

    Land system change

    Forty-eight disclosures by 25 companies in two categories:

    Type B: Thirty-seven disclosures, of which 18 pertain to deforestation/conversion-free supply chain targets, 17 to certification targets that are directly associated with deforestation and conversion free sourcing of a commodity, and two relating to afforestation targets. Most disclosures are limited to a specific commodity, such as soy, palm oil, cocoa or coffee.

    Type D: Eleven disclosures, most of which relate to soy and palm oil. For example: “the significant global increase in demand for palm oil and soya has resulted in the clearing of land, sometimes illegally.”

    Biogeochemical flows

    Eight disclosures by six companies in three categories:

    Type B: Two disclosures, describing the “reduction of nitrogen pollution in water stressed areas through value chain activities (t N-eq),” and the “% of cultivated area on which nitrogen fertilization is reasonable.”

    Type C: Three disclosures, such as “as an agricultural company, we are depleting some crucial non-renewable resources, for example phosphorus through our land use.”

    Type D: Three disclosures, such as “Poor management of N & P contributes to GHG emissions and water contamination” and “Agricultural inputs can also affect the quality of water resources.”

    Freshwater change

    Fourteen disclosures by 14 companies in three categories:

    Type B: Two disclosures, describing the “improvement in irrigation efficiency,” and the “improvement in water use efficiency in water stressed regions.”

    Type C: Four disclosures, including examples such as “making our products requires large amounts of water, including water consumption in the agricultural supply chain.”

    Type D: Eight disclosures, for example: “On average, more than 70% of global freshwater use is associated with agriculture,” or “a substantial amount of water is used in food production.”

    Novel entities

    One disclosure:

    Type B: One disclosure of a positive target, “% of cultivated area on which at least one alternative method to synthetic pesticides is used.”

    Unclassified

    We identified 59 Type B disclosures that cannot be attributed to a specific PB but acknowledge negative environmental impacts through the disclosure of environmental targets. Thirty-three of these state that a commodity has been sourced “sustainably” or “responsibly,” without specifying what negative environmental impact this certified commodity is addressing.

    Further, 26 Type B disclosures relate to “sustainable agricultural management and regenerative agriculture,” including disclosures of areas under regenerative or sustainable production, shares of regeneratively farmed crops, farmer engagement, and adaptation of specific sustainable agronomic measures. Without specifying the problems that a sustainably sourced crop, certified commodity, or a regeneratively managed area aim to tackle, the quantitative disclosure of these indicators holds limited informative value in terms of acknowledging corporate impacts.

    Key findings

    Numeric impact disclosures (Type A) are only found in the climate change category. The highest disclosures are of Type B, expressing numeric environmental targets without disclosing any underlying environmental impact that is to be addressed. Climate change and land system change receive disproportionately higher attention in corporate ESG disclosures compared to other PBs, such as novel entities or freshwater change.

    DISCUSSION

    Our results show a misalignment between the reported and the sector’s actual impacts on the PBs. This trend may reflect both the maturity of different reporting frameworks and the institutional pressures that have historically centered around different environmental topics. In the following, we provide potential reasons for overlooking PB impacts in reporting practices. We do not claim that this is an exhaustive list of all relevant elements, but rather an overview of what can influence the (lack of) disclosure. We then proceed to discuss the broader implications of our findings for the sustainability transition of the agrifood sector.

    Landscape influences on reporting

    Frameworks

    The topics of climate change and land system change are covered in the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) standards, which combined are by far the most used standards in our dataset. Corporate Scope 3 GHG disclosure has further matured under the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi), under which over 7000 businesses have set emission reduction targets of which 96% cover Scope 3 emissions (SBTi 2023). Widely used carbon accounting frameworks, such as the GHG Protocol and SBTi, offer companies standardized tools for disclosure, further pushed by a global increase in mandatory corporate GHG disclosure (Amel-Zadeh and Tang 2025). Similar standards exist for corporate zero-deforestation commitments, especially regarding commodities linked to deforestation. The use of such frameworks has steadily increased in popularity (Newton and Benzeev 2018) and the EU Regulation on Deforestation-free Products (EUDR) now mandates that every company that places commodities associated with a deforestation risk on the EU market must prove that these “products do not originate from recently deforested land or have contributed to forest degradation” (European Union 2023).

    In contrast, disclosures on freshwater change, biosphere integrity, novel entities, and biogeochemical flows remain limited. Although freshwater use and biodiversity are also addressed in, for example, the GRI and SASB, these PBs are inherently more complex and less standardized in impact measurement. Freshwater use, for instance, varies widely by geography and crop type, and its impact depends not only on quantity but also on local water stress. Likewise, the category of novel entities, including pesticides, plastics, and other synthetic compounds, lacks consistent frameworks for corporate-level measurement or reporting. As such, these categories are often either ignored or reported at a minimal narrative level (Type C and D). More attention to these topics might be given in the future because of regulatory changes, such as the introduction of GRI’s agriculture-specific standards or the ESRS. The latter is seen by many as the most ambitious reporting framework to date (Baks 2024), covering the environmental topics climate change, pollution, water and marine resources, biodiversity and ecosystems, and resource use and circular economy. However, for these topics to mature to the same level as GHG disclosure will likely take time, because of difficulties in data collection and a scientific knowledge-practice divide.

    Materiality

    The reporting of these topics further depends on companies’ materiality assessments, which are a key feature of ESG frameworks to identify and prioritize the topics that a company should report on (Bellantuono et al. 2018). There are significant differences in how materiality is defined, thereby influencing the type of information disclosed (Jørgensen et al. 2022). By only looking at the financial effects of a given topic on the company’s “financial condition or operating performance” (SASB), the financial materiality approach inherently neglects the disclosure of environmental impacts.

    The impact materiality perspective aims to identify topics that represent the organization’s most significant impacts on the economy, environment, and people (Global Reporting Initiative 2021) and actual and potential negative impacts of companies and their value chains on people and the environment (European Commission 2023). However, this approach does not seem to sufficiently cause disclosure of actual PB impacts, as illustrated by the limited disclosure of impacts on biogeochemical flows. For example, a dairy company in our dataset that operates in a country where dairy production is strongly associated with eutrophication of water bodies, uses the ESRS’ double materiality assessment but defined pollution (including water pollution) as an immaterial topic. This exemplifies that even under the ESRS with its double materiality perspective, there is a risk of a misalignment between corporate disclosure of negative environmental impacts and their actual impacts, as also stressed by Wassénius et al. (2024).

    Stakeholder focus and legitimacy

    In addition to the regulatory elements and the design of reporting frameworks, previous literature has shown that ESG reporting behavior, including in the agrifood sector (Witt et al. 2025), is influenced by an interplay of mechanisms beyond regulatory factors, such as mimetic and normative pressures (Aureli et al. 2020, Zampone et al. 2023, Wukich et al. 2024) and efforts to maintain legitimacy (Baldini et al. 2018, Del Gesso and Lodhi 2025). The strong focus on climate could thereby be explained by its high presence in public sustainability discourses, while overlooking other important environmental issues, a phenomenon referred to as “carbon tunnel vision” (Achakulwisut et al. 2022). However, this does not sufficiently explain the disclosure gap of other negative environmental impacts. As an example, the topic of agrochemicals receives high public attention, displayed in consumer demands for organic products, concerns about pesticide residues (Koch et al. 2017), and lawsuits against producers of these products (Centner 2020). Nitrogen pollution also receives significant public attention and is addressed by several public policies, such as the EU Water Framework Directive (European Union 2000), but neither topic is extensively covered in the reports, suggesting a perception bias.

    Implications for the sustainability transition

    The implications of our findings for the sustainability transition of the agrifood sector are twofold. First, it matters from a classical market perspective on ESG reporting. A popular term in management studies is “what gets measured gets managed,” thus, “measuring the wrong thing matters” (Barnett 2015:5). Our results suggest that the non-disclosure of many of the sector’s most significant impacts hinders various stakeholders in their decision-making processes (e.g., investors, financial institutions, and business partners) to include the actual environmental impacts of the disclosing companies. This is also relevant from a financial risk perspective, as several of the financial risks disclosed by agrifood companies (Boiral et al. 2024) are direct consequences of their environmental impacts on ecosystems (Díaz et al. 2006). To sufficiently assess the financial risks that, for example, droughts have on the production of wheat within a food company’s value chain, one would need to know the actual water use (and thereby also dependency) that is needed to produce this commodity. This “cognitive disconnect” of not linking corporates’ own contributions to the very risks they try to manage can drive a systemic failure in risk assessments (Crona et al. 2021).

    Second, we argue that through the way these powerful agrifood companies disclose their environmental impact information, they shape and inform what is considered “sustainable agriculture.” Thereby, they influence the question of “transition toward what” (Geels et al. 2023) and consequently the possible pathways toward more sustainable agricultural production methods. Highly critical of ESG disclosure, Archer (2024) highlights how the practice of ESG reporting and the technical discussions surrounding it are often an exercise of corporate power that distracts from a focus on root causes of the Anthropocene crises and narrows discussions around alternative sustainable futures. We align with this perspective to elucidate how the limited disclosure of negative environmental impacts shapes the discussion on sustainable agriculture more broadly.

    We found that companies often disclose targets and ambitions that highlight a positive contribution to the environment, such as regenerative agricultural practices, without mentioning what specific negative impacts they address. When these impacts are mentioned, they are typically framed in abstract terms (Type B) or attributed to the sector at large (Type D), thereby deflecting responsibility from the individual company. Through leaving out this crucial information, the disclosure of positive targets can quickly turn into cherry-picking, with a pathway to a sustainable agricultural future guided by different trends, rather than being informed by actual negative planetary impacts. This is not to say that having these positive targets and strategies, such as for regenerative agriculture, is not worthwhile. In several instances and approaches to regenerative agriculture, these positive strategies might (coincidentally) align with the actual planetary impacts. However, by omitting specific information about which negative impacts should be addressed, companies can present a one-sided picture of their “doing-good.” This shifts the focus away from unsustainable agricultural production methods and distracts from more fundamental changes needed to reduce environmental harm, thereby ultimately helping to maintain the unsustainable status quo.

    We acknowledge the challenge of data collection from a vast number of suppliers to be able to disclose Type A information for all PB impacts. Setting up internal structures to enable sufficient reporting can be very resource intensive both for agrifood companies and farmers in their upstream value chain (Witt et al. 2025). Our point is not to criticize these companies for ignoring value chain data collection and reporting, but rather to highlight the implications of the structural negligence of the sector’s most relevant impacts on the PBs, as even Type C and D disclosures were limited for most categories. Because mimetic behavior is common in corporate ESG reporting (Herold 2018), the reporting practices of the analyzed multinational companies can significantly influence sector-wide practices.

    CONCLUSION

    Our findings show that many environmental topics are overlooked by large agrifood companies and are not aligned with the sector’s overall negative impacts on the PBs. Following Cambell’s (2017) assessment, agriculture’s contribution to climate change is relatively small compared to its significant impacts on other PBs. However, climate change was the most dominant category in terms of disclosure quantity, and it was the only category for which we found numeric impact disclosures (Type A). In stark contrast, despite biogeochemical flows being the most transgressed PB (driven largely by agricultural activities), we found only eight disclosures addressing this. This discrepancy can be attributed to several factors, including different maturity levels of data collection for different PB impacts, a lack of clear guidance in current ESG reporting standards, and a strong bias toward financial materiality.

    We emphasize that this underreporting of the sector’s most significant negative impacts is problematic for two key reasons. First, from a market perspective, it hinders the efficiency of channeling financial flows toward more sustainable activities. Second, by omitting disclosures on their most significant negative impacts, large agrifood companies can shape discussions and narratives of sustainable agriculture in ways that downplay the urgency of system-wide transformation.

    These findings have significant implications for researchers, practitioners, and policy makers within the domain of sustainability reporting, as they show that current ways of reporting are insufficient to capture the agrifood sector’s most pressing impacts. Scholars have therefore raised the need for a “planetary materiality” perspective, i.e., grounding the reporting of corporations’ environmental impacts in natural scientific assessments (Wassénius et al. 2024). Considering recent ESG simplification efforts in the EU under the so-called Omnibus-Act, our results emphasize that reporting focus should be given to these few but urgent actual environmental impacts. Finally, to fully understand how corporate actions contribute to the transgression of PBs, the need to incorporate sustainability thresholds has been highlighted (McElroy and Van Engelen 2012, Bjørn et al. 2017), a concept also referred to as “absolute sustainability” (Hauschild et al. 2020) and reflected in recent attempts to translate the PBs framework for businesses (Bai et al. 2024). We emphasize that, as a first step, actual negative impacts should be assessed before they are compared against such thresholds.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    Funding: This work was funded by the MARVIC project, which has received funding from the Horizon Europe Soil Mission, Grant agreement No 101112942 and the European Joint Program for SOIL (EJP SOIL), which has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme: Grant agreement No 862695.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    None used.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data that support the findings of this study are available in Zenodo at https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15222650. The ESG reports from which the disclosed data were retrieved are publicly available and were downloaded from the companies’ respective websites.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Achakulwisut, P., P. C. Almeida, and E. Arond. 2022. It’s time to move beyond “carbon tunnel vision.” SEI Perspectives. https://www.sei.org/perspectives/move-beyond-carbon-tunnel-vision/

    Amel-Zadeh, A., and Q. Tang. 2025. Managing the shift from voluntary to mandatory climate disclosure: the role of carbon accounting. British Accounting Review 57(2):101594. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bar.2025.101594

    Archer, M. 2024. Unsustainable: measurement, reporting, and the limits of corporate sustainability. New York University Press, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.18574/nyu/9781479822034.001.0001

    Aureli, S., M. Del Baldo, R. Lombardi, and F. Nappo. 2020. Nonfinancial reporting regulation and challenges in sustainability disclosure and corporate governance practices. Business Strategy and the Environment 29(6):2392-2403. https://doi.org/10.1002/bse.2509

    Bai, X., S. Hasan, L. S. Andersen, A. Bjørn, Ş. Kilkiş, D. Ospina, J. Liu, S. E. Cornell, O. Sabag Muñoz, A. De Bremond, B. Crona, F. Declerck, J. Gupta, H. Hoff, N. Nakicenovic, D. Obura, G. Whiteman, W. Broadgate, S. J. Lade, J. Rocha, J. Rockström, B. Stewart-Koster, D. Van Vuuren, and C. Zimm. 2024. Translating Earth system boundaries for cities and businesses. Nature Sustainability 7:108-119. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-023-01255-w

    Baks, M. 2024. The potential impact of the CSRD and other sustainability legislation on listed companies. European Company Law 21(1):23-29. https://doi.org/10.54648/EUCL2024003

    Baldini, M., L. D. Maso, G. Liberatore, F. Mazzi, and S. Terzani. 2018. Role of country- and firm-level determinants in environmental, social, and governance disclosure. Journal of Business Ethics 150(1):79-98. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10551-016-3139-1

    Barnett, P. 2015. If what gets measured gets managed, measuring the wrong thing matters. Corporate Finance Review 19(4):5-10.

    Bellantuono, N., P. Pontrandolfo, and B. Scozzi. 2018. Guiding materiality analysis for sustainability reporting: the case of agri-food sector. International Journal of Technology, Policy and Management 18:4. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJTPM.2018.096181

    Bjørn, A., N. Bey, S. Georg, I. Røpke, and M. Z. Hauschild. 2017. Is earth recognized as a finite system in corporate responsibility reporting? Journal of Cleaner Production 163:106-117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.12.095

    Boiral, O., M. C. Brotherton, D. Talbot, and L. Guillaumie. 2024. Assessing and managing environmental, social, and governance risks in agri-food companies. Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management 31(6):5690-5708. https://doi.org/10.1002/csr.2884

    Borrelli, P., D. A. Robinson, L. R. Fleischer, E. Lugato, C. Ballabio, C. Alewell, K. Meusburger, S. Modugno, B. Schütt, V. Ferro, V. Bagarello, K. V. Oost, L. Montanarella, and P. Panagos. 2017. An assessment of the global impact of 21st century land use change on soil erosion. Nature Communications 8:2013. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-017-02142-7

    Cabernard, L., S. Pfister, and S. Hellweg. 2024. Biodiversity impacts of recent land-use change driven by increases in agri-food imports. Nature Sustainability 7(11):1512-1524. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-024-01433-4

    Campbell, B. M., D. J. Beare, E. M. Bennett, J. M. Hall-Spencer, J. S. I. Ingram, F. Jaramillo, R. Ortiz, N. Ramankutty, J. A. Sayer, and D. Shindell. 2017. Agriculture production as a major driver of the Earth system exceeding planetary boundaries. Ecology and Society 22(4):8. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09595-220408

    Carpenter, S. R., and E. M. Bennett. 2011. Reconsideration of the planetary boundary for phosphorus. Environmental Research Letters 6(1):014009. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/6/1/014009

    Centner, T. J. 2020. Monsanto’s Roundup verdicts portend liability for some pesticide health damages. Agronomy Journal 112(5):4519-4528. https://doi.org/10.1002/agj2.20366

    Clapp, J. 2022. The rise of big food and agriculture: corporate influence in the food system. Pages 45-66 in C. Sage, editor. A research agenda for food systems. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781800880269.00011

    Conca, L., F. Manta, D. Morrone, and P. Toma. 2021. The impact of direct environmental, social, and governance reporting: empirical evidence in European-listed companies in the agri-food sector. Business Strategy and the Environment 30(2):1080-1093. https://doi.org/10.1002/bse.2672

    Crippa, M., E. Solazzo, D. Guizzardi, F. Monforti-Ferrario, F. N. Tubiello, and A. Leip. 2021. Food systems are responsible for a third of global anthropogenic ghg emissions. Nature Food 2(3):198-209. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43016-021-00225-9

    Crona, B., C. Folke, and V. Galaz. 2021. The Anthropocene reality of financial risk. One Earth 4(5):618-628. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2021.04.016

    Del Gesso, C., and R. N. Lodhi. 2025. Theories underlying environmental, social and governance (ESG) disclosure: a systematic review of accounting studies. Journal of Accounting Literature 47(2):433-461. https://doi.org/10.1108/JAL-08-2023-0143

    Díaz, S., J. Fargione, F. S. Chapin III, and D. Tilman. 2006. Biodiversity loss threatens human well-being. PLoS Biology 4(8):e277. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.0040277

    Dinh, T., A. Husmann, and G. Melloni. 2023. Corporate sustainability reporting in Europe: a scoping review. Accounting in Europe 20(1):1-29. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449480.2022.2149345

    Dudley, N., and S. Alexander. 2017. Agriculture and biodiversity: a review. Biodiversity 18(2-3):45-49. https://doi.org/10.1080/14888386.2017.1351892

    El Bilali, H. 2020. Transition heuristic frameworks in research on agro-food sustainability transitions. Environment, Development and Sustainability 22(3):1693-1728. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-018-0290-0

    Ellis, E. C., K. Klein Goldewijk, S. Siebert, D. Lightman, and N. Ramankutty. 2010. Anthropogenic transformation of the biomes, 1700 to 2000. Global Ecology and Biogeography 19(5):589-606. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1466-8238.2010.00540.x

    European Commission. 2023. Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023 supplementing Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards sustainability reporting standards. Annex i. European sustainability reporting standards (ESRS). European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Union. 2000. Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a framework for Community action in the field of water policy. European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Union. 2022. Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 amending Regulation (EU) No 537/2014, Directive 2004/109/EC, Directive 2006/43/EC and Directive 2013/34/EU, as regards corporate sustainability reporting. European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Union. 2023. Regulation (EU) 2023/1115 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2023 on the making available on the Union market and the export from the Union of certain commodities and products associated with deforestation and forest degradation and repealing Regulation (EU) No 995/2010. European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    FoodDrinkEurope. 2023. Data & trends: EU food and drink industry 2023. FoodDrinkEurope, Brussels, Belgium. https://www.fooddrinkeurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/FoodDrinkEurope-Data-Trends-Report-2023-digital.pdf

    Galloway, J. N., A. R. Townsend, J. W. Erisman, M. Bekunda, Z. Cai, J. R. Freney, L. A. Martinelli, S. P. Seitzinger, and M. A. Sutton. 2008. Transformation of the nitrogen cycle: recent trends, questions, and potential solutions. Science 320(5878):889-892. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1136674

    Geels, F. W., F. Kern, and W. C. Clark. 2023. Sustainability transitions in consumption-production systems. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 120(47):e2310070120. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2310070120

    Gerten, D., V. Heck, J. Jägermeyr, B. L. Bodirsky, I. Fetzer, M. Jalava, M. Kummu, W. Lucht, J. Rockström, S. Schaphoff, and H. J. Schellnhuber. 2020. Feeding ten billion people is possible within four terrestrial planetary boundaries. Nature Sustainability 3(3):200-208. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0465-1

    Global Reporting Initiative. 2021. Gri 3: Material topics 2021. GRI Standards, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

    Hauschild, M. Z., S. Kara, and I. Røpke. 2020. Absolute sustainability: challenges to life cycle engineering. CIRP Annals 69(2):533-553. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cirp.2020.05.004

    Herold, D. 2018. Demystifying the link between institutional theory and stakeholder theory in sustainability reporting. Economics, Management and Sustainability 3(2):6-19. https://doi.org/10.14254/jems.2018.3-2.1

    Ingrao, C., R. Strippoli, G. Lagioia, and D. Huisingh. 2023. Water scarcity in agriculture: an overview of causes, impacts and approaches for reducing the risks. Heliyon 9(8):e18507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e18507

    Jain, K., and P. S. Tripathi. 2023. Mapping the environmental, social and governance literature: a bibliometric and content analysis. Journal of Strategy and Management 16(3):397-428. https://doi.org/10.1108/JSMA-05-2022-0092

    Jørgensen, S., A. Mjøs, and L. J. T. Pedersen. 2022. Sustainability reporting and approaches to materiality: tensions and potential resolutions. Sustainability Accounting, Management and Policy Journal 13(2):341-361. https://doi.org/10.1108/SAMPJ-01-2021-0009

    Koch, S., A. Epp, M. Lohmann, and G. F. Böl. 2017. Pesticide residues in food: attitudes, beliefs, and misconceptions among conventional and organic consumers. Journal of Food Protection 80(12):2083-2089. https://doi.org/10.4315/0362-028X.JFP-17-104

    Köhler, J., F. W. Geels, F. Kern, J. Markard, E. Onsongo, A. Wieczorek, F. Alkemade, F. Avelino, A. Bergek, F. Boons, L. Fünfschilling, D. Hess, G. Holtz, S. Hyysalo, K. Jenkins, P. Kivimaa, M. Martiskainen, A. McMeekin, M. S. Mühlemeier, B. Nykvist, B. Pel, R. Raven, H. Rohracher, B. Sandén, J. Schot, B. Sovacool, B. Turnheim, D. Welch, and P. Wells. 2019. An agenda for sustainability transitions research: state of the art and future directions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions 31:1-32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eist.2019.01.004

    Leite De Almeida, A. C., A. Dale, R. Hay, Y. Everingham, and S. Lockie. 2024. Environmental, social and governance (ESG) in agriculture: trends and gaps on research. Australasian Journal of Environmental Management 1-30. https://doi.org/10.1080/14486563.2024.2430313

    Liu, J., L. You, M. Amini, M. Obersteiner, M. Herrero, A. J. B. Zehnder, and H. Yang. 2010. A high-resolution assessment on global nitrogen flows in cropland. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107(17):8035-8040. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0913658107

    Mayring, P. 2022. Qualitative content analysis: a step-by-step guide. A. Owen, editor. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA.

    McElroy, M. W., and J. M. L. Van Engelen. 2012. Corporate sustainability management: the art and science of managing non-financial performance. Routledge, London, UK.

    Newton, P., and R. Benzeev. 2018. The role of zero-deforestation commitments in protecting and enhancing rural livelihoods. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 32:126-133. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.05.023

    O’Mara, F. P. 2011. The significance of livestock as a contributor to global greenhouse gas emissions today and in the near future. Animal Feed Science and Technology 166-167:7-15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.anifeedsci.2011.04.074

    Penuelas, J., F. Coello, and J. Sardans. 2023. A better use of fertilizers is needed for global food security and environmental sustainability. Agriculture & Food Security 12:5. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40066-023-00409-5

    Poore, J., and T. Nemecek. 2018. Reducing food’s environmental impacts through producers and consumers. Science 360(6392):987-992. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaq0216

    Richardson, K., W. Steffen, W. Lucht, J. Bendtsen, S. E. Cornell, J. F. Donges, M. Drüke, I. Fetzer, G. Bala, W. Von Bloh, G. Feulner, S. Fiedler, D. Gerten, T. Gleeson, M. Hofmann, W. Huiskamp, M. Kummu, C. Mohan, D. Nogués-Bravo, S. Petri, M. Porkka, S. Rahmstorf, S. Schaphoff, K. Thonicke, A. Tobian, V. Virkki, L. Wang-Erlandsson, L. Weber, and J. Rockström. 2023. Earth beyond six of nine planetary boundaries. Science Advances 9(37):eadh2458. https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.adh2458

    Ritchie, H., and M. Roser. 2018. Water use and stress. OurWorldinData.org. https://ourworldindata.org/water-use-stress

    Rockström, J., W. Steffen, K. Noone, Å. Persson, F. S. Chapin III, E. F. Lambin, T. M. Lenton, M. Scheffer, C. Folke, H. J. Schellnhuber, B. Nykvist, C. A. De Wit, T. Hughes, S. Van Der Leeuw, H. Rodhe, S. Sörlin, P. K. Snyder, R. Costanza, U. Svedin, M. Falkenmark, L. Karlberg, R. W. Corell, V. J. Fabry, J. Hansen, B. Walker, D. Liverman, K. Richardson, P. Crutzen, and J. A. Foley. 2009. A safe operating space for humanity. Nature 461(7263):472-475. https://doi.org/10.1038/461472a

    Sánchez-Bayo, F., and K. A. G. Wyckhuys. 2019. Worldwide decline of the entomofauna: a review of its drivers. Biological Conservation 232:8-27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.01.020

    Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi). 2023. Scope 3: Stepping up science-based action. SBTi, London, UK. https://sciencebasedtargets.org/blog/scope-3-stepping-up-science-based-action

    Springmann, M., M. Clark, D. Mason-D’Croz, K. Wiebe, B. L. Bodirsky, L. Lassaletta, W. De Vries, S. J. Vermeulen, M. Herrero, K. M. Carlson, M. Jonell, M. Troell, F. Declerck, L. J. Gordon, R. Zurayk, P. Scarborough, M. Rayner, B. Loken, J. Fanzo, H. C. J. Godfray, D. Tilman, J. Rockström, and W. Willett. 2018. Options for keeping the food system within environmental limits. Nature 562(7728):519-525. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-018-0594-0

    Wassénius, E., B. Crona, and S. Quahe. 2024. Essential environmental impact variables: a means for transparent corporate sustainability reporting aligned with planetary boundaries. One Earth 7(2):211-225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2024.01.014

    Winkler, K., R. Fuchs, M. Rounsevell, and M. Herold. 2021. Global land use changes are four times greater than previously estimated. Nature Communications 12:2501. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-021-22702-2

    Witt, N., M. Hvarregaard Thorsøe, and M. Graversgaard. 2025. ESG reporting meets farmer - implications of the European corporate sustainability reporting directive for the agrifood sector. British Food Journal 127(13):264-283. https://doi.org/10.1108/BFJ-01-2024-0110

    Wukich, J. J., E. L. Neuman, and T. J. Fogarty. 2024. Show me? Inspire me? Make me? An institutional theory exploration of social and environmental reporting practices. Journal of Accounting & Organizational Change 20(4):673-701. https://doi.org/10.1108/JAOC-01-2023-0013

    Yi, J., E.-M. Meemken, V. Mazariegos-Anastassiou, J. Liu, E. Kim, M. I. Gómez, P. Canning, and C. B. Barrett. 2021. Post-farmgate food value chains make up most of consumer food expenditures globally. Nature Food 2(6):417-425. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43016-021-00279-9

    Zampone, G., G. Sannino, and I.-M. García-Sánchez. 2023. Exploring the moderating effects of corporate social responsibility performance under mimetic pressures. An international analysis. Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management 30(1):53-65. https://doi.org/10.1002/csr.2338

    Corresponding author:
    Niklas Witt
    niklaswitt@agro.au.dk
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Agriculture's impacts on the planetary boundaries, their relation to firms’ environmental impact disclosure, and the landscape being informed by and shaping this disclosure.

    Fig. 1. Agriculture's impacts on the planetary boundaries, their relation to firms’ environmental impact disclosure, and the landscape being informed by and shaping this disclosure.

    Fig. 1
    Table 1
    Table 1. Summary of disclosures.

    Table 1. Summary of disclosures.

    A B C D Total %
    Climate change 35 22 4 12 73 44%
    Biosphere integrity 0 2 5 14 21 13%
    Land system change 0 37 0 11 48 29%
    Biogeochemical flows 0 2 3 3 8 5%
    Freshwater change 0 2 4 8 14 8%
    Novel entities 0 1 0 0 1 1%
    Total 35 66 16 48 165 100%
    % 21% 40% 10% 29% 100%
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    agrifood; corporate sustainability; ESG; planetary boundaries; sustainability transition

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 7 Guest Editorial

    Meaningful transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainability: local, artistic, and scientific knowledge

    Mesa-Jurado, M. A., P. Novo, R. Calderón-Contreras, L. M. Pereira, V. Bisht, L. Boffi, C. Dalla Torre, I. Gianelli, C. Gutiérrez Sánchez, H. Österblom, M. Strand, M. Tengö, J. M. Vervoort, and P. Balvanera. 2025. Meaningful transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainability: local, artistic, and scientific knowledge. Ecology and Society 30(4):7. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16491-300407
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • M. Azahara Mesa-JuradoORCIDcontact author, M. Azahara Mesa-Jurado
      Departamento Ciencias de la Sustentabilidad, El Colegio de la Frontera Sur, Unidad Villahermosa, Tabasco, México
    • Paula NovoORCID, Paula Novo
      Sustainability Research Institute, University of Leeds, UK; Centre for Development and Environment, University of Bern, Switzerland
    • Rafael Calderón-ContrerasORCID, Rafael Calderón-Contreras
      Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana, Unidad Cuajimalpa, Ciudad de México, México; Helmholtz-Centre for Environmental Research (UFZ), Germany
    • Laura M. PereiraORCID, Laura M. Pereira
      University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa; Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Sweden
    • Vanya BishtORCIDcontact author, Vanya Bisht
      University of Waterloo, Canada
    • Laura BoffiORCIDcontact author, Laura Boffi
      Research La.B., Italy
    • Cristina Dalla TorreORCIDcontact author, Cristina Dalla Torre
      Eurac Research, Italy
    • Ignacio GianelliORCIDcontact author, Ignacio Gianelli
      South American Institute for Resilience and Sustainability Studies (SARAS), Uruguay; National Center for Scientific Research, PSL Université Paris, CRIOBE, CNRS-EPHE-UPVD, France
    • Carolina Gutiérrez SánchezORCIDcontact author, Carolina Gutiérrez Sánchez
      Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, México
    • Henrik ÖsterblomORCIDcontact author, Henrik Österblom
      The Anthropocene Laboratory, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Sweden; Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Sweden
    • Mia StrandORCIDcontact author, Mia Strand
      NF Ocean Nexus, Institute for Coastal and Marine Research, Nelson Mandela University, South Africa
    • Maria TengöORCID, Maria Tengö
      Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Sweden; Forest and Nature Conservation Policy Group, Wageningen University, Wageningen, The Netherlands
    • Joost M. VervoortORCIDcontact author, Joost M. Vervoort
      Copernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Utrecht University, The Netherlands
    • Patricia BalvaneraORCIDcontact authorPatricia Balvanera
      Instituto de Investigaciones en Ecosistemas y Sustentabilidad, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México (UNAM), Morelia, México

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Mesa-Jurado, M. A., P. Novo, R. Calderón-Contreras, L. M. Pereira, V. Bisht, L. Boffi, C. Dalla Torre, I. Gianelli, C. Gutiérrez Sánchez, H. Österblom, M. Strand, M. Tengö, J. M. Vervoort, and P. Balvanera. 2025. Meaningful transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainability: local, artistic, and scientific knowledge. Ecology and Society 30(4):7.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16491-300407

  • Why Art-Science Transdisciplinarity Collaborations?
  • Where and Why Do Art-Science Transdisciplinarity Collaborations Emerge?
  • Innovations Resulting from Art-Science Transdisciplinary Collaborations
  • Art-Science Transdisciplinarity Collaborations: Challenges and opportunities
  • Monitoring and Evaluating Art-Science Transdisciplinarity Collaborations
  • Perspective for Art-Science Transdisciplinarity Collaborations
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • art-science; epistemological pluralism; local knowledge; transdisciplinary collaborations; transformative change
    Meaningful transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainability: local, artistic, and scientific knowledge
    Copyright © 2025 by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16491.pdf
    Guest Editorial, part of a special feature on Meaningful Transdisciplinary Collaborations for Sustainability: Local, Artistic, and Scientific Knowledge

    ABSTRACT

    Meaningful transdisciplinary collaborations that weave diverse ways of knowing, doing, and feeling are increasingly recognized as central for enabling just and sustainable transformations. This Special Feature explores the unique contributions of art-science transdisciplinary collaborations in addressing complex social-ecological challenges. Drawing from a series of transdisciplinary projects, we examine how co-created processes between scientists, artists, and local knowledge holders foster new relational dynamics, challenge entrenched power structures, and expand the space for transformative action. The collaborations documented here highlight innovative approaches that emphasize local identities, shared values, emotional and aesthetic engagement, and long-term, caring relationships. We identify key mechanisms, such as participatory visioning, storytelling, material deliberation, and arts-based boundary objects, that facilitate individual and collective agency and deepen connection with place and community. Despite significant challenges, such as time constraints, power imbalances, and institutional inertia, these experiences illustrate the transformative potential of art-science collaborations when designed ethically, reflexively, and with epistemological pluralism. This editorial offers critical insights into the practices, conditions, and innovations that support meaningful art-science engagement, providing guidance for evaluating their impacts. As planetary crises intensify, such collaborations offer hopeful, grounded, and imaginative pathways toward more just and sustainable futures.

    WHY ART-SCIENCE TRANSDISCIPLINARITY COLLABORATIONS?

    Transdisciplinary approaches, which explicitly recognize and weave together multiple ways of knowing, doing, and feeling, are increasingly considered crucial for unlocking opportunities toward more just and sustainable future trajectories (Moore et al. 2014, Ayala-Orozco et al. 2018, Ely et al. 2020, Norström et al. 2022). These approaches transcend traditional disciplinary boundaries by bridging diverse epistemologies and practices. Fully engaging in long-term transformations (Lang et al. 2012, Schneider et al. 2019, IPBES 2024) requires an approach to science that is more participatory, collaborative, and action-oriented. Such an approach relies on embracing complexity and uncertainty, fully acknowledging the roles of diverse knowledge holders’ values and interests and integrating a plurality of perspectives in accordance with each specific context (Funtowicz and Ravetz 1993, Mobjörk 2010, Bennett and Reyers 2024). This paradigm shift involves reimagining the role of researchers and academia in society (Pohl et al. 2010, Trencher et al. 2014, König 2015, Leal Filho et al. 2023), moving away from the perception of scientists as distant, independent, objective, and superior knowledge holders (Nowotny et al. 2003, Nogueira et al. 2021), toward roles as socially engaged “informed agitators” (Clark and Harley 2020) or facilitative leaders (Chambers et al. 2022).

    The conceptual and methodological tools for undertaking transdisciplinary transformation that promote learning for collective action are increasingly being developed (Schneider et al. 2019). Working with knowledge holders who understand different dimensions of the issues at stake and those disproportionately affected by environmental issues and being disenfranchised is becoming more common (Agyeman et al. 2016, Anand 2017). Indigenous Peoples and local communities, for instance, hold, nurture, and continually transform knowledge systems, practices, and customary governance systems, and are increasingly recognized as critical to building jointly alternative future pathways (Brondizio and Tourneau 2016, Chilisa 2017, Díaz et al. 2019, Tengö et al. 2021, Huambachano 2024).

    Despite the growing recognition of the importance of transdisciplinary collaboration, academia and researchers often fail to engage citizens and knowledge holders in meaningful ways. This limitation hinders progress toward more equitable and sustainable futures and risks reinforcing power inequities (Egid et al. 2021, Strand et al. 2024, Turnhout 2024). A significant challenge lies in the dominance of onto-epistemological frameworks imposed by academia within co-production processes. These frameworks frequently fail to weave together the perspectives necessary for iterative planning, collective learning, and meaningful transformation (Elzinga 2008, Mobjörk 2010, Binder et al. 2015). To drive transformative change, academics and practitioners must prioritize an ethos of care, foster social learning, and promote collective agency by actively involving all participants in shaping transdisciplinary processes. This ensures their voices are valued, and their contributions are central to the endeavor (Benessaiah and Eakin 2021, Charli-Joseph et al. 2023, Strand 2024).

    Art and creative practices have the potential to address some limitations of current transdisciplinary practices and facilitate more inclusive, transformational changes (Galafassi et al. 2018, Moore and Milkoreit 2020, Olazabal et al. 2024, Strand 2024). Art can foster an emotional willingness to enact change, disrupt the dominance of the rational-discursive approach in science and its coloniality, democratize creativity, and challenge dominant habits and predispositions (Metzger 2011, Yusoff and Gabrys 2011, Galafassi et al. 2018, Trisos et al. 2021). However, it is essential to find ways to bridge the divide between scientists and artists that extend beyond superficial, short-term interactions, often based on the “service-providing role” of art (Scheffer et al. 2015, Belfiore 2021).

    This Special Feature highlights transdisciplinary collaborations co-designed by diverse teams, including those from arts, technology, design, architecture, social innovation, and gastronomy, to create more just and sustainable futures. In this editorial, we provide an overview of the insights emerging from these contributions. We examine the nature of the transdisciplinary processes developed through the art-science partnerships. We identify key conceptual and methodological innovations, explore tools that enhance more meaningful collaborations, evaluate these collaborations, and analyze the transformative changes that have been triggered. Although pressing social and environmental challenges demand immediate actions, transdisciplinary art-science collaborations thrive on slow, meaningful, and often deeply personal processes. Paradoxically, in a time of polycrisis and immediacy, the collaborations included in this Special Feature suggest that perhaps our best hope for addressing the interconnected challenges of people and nature may lie in slowing down to reflect, connect, inspire, and create spaces for shared meaning-making in an emotionally resonant way.

    WHERE AND WHY DO ART-SCIENCE TRANSDISCIPLINARITY COLLABORATIONS EMERGE?

    Transdisciplinary collaborations involving scientists, local knowledge holders, and artists are diverse in their focus, approaches, challenges, and outcomes. The contributions in this Special Feature explore a diverse range of topics, including local food systems, traditional and Indigenous knowledge systems, cultural identities, biodiversity conservation, ocean governance, commoning practices, and small-scale fisheries. The duration of these studies ranges from temporary co-design ventures (e.g., Boffi 2024, Dalla Torre et al. 2025) to long-term collaborative relationships spanning several years (e.g., Österblom et al. 2023, Balvanera et al. 2025, Bisht et al. 2025). Most case studies emphasize the importance of strengthening collective action as a pathway to innovative and transformative solutions for sustainability. Achieving these outcomes requires identifying and building shared values, mutual respect, and a commitment to meaningful outcomes, with diverse participants contributing unique perspectives and skills.

    Transdisciplinary collaborations have taken unique and creative strategies in tackling complex social-ecological challenges. For example, Gianelli et al. (2024) brought together diverse actors from different territories to collectively explore multiple pasts, presents, and desired futures for small-scale fisheries in Uruguay, resulting in a meta-vision to guide transformative action. Gutiérrez Sánchez et al. (2024) facilitated horizontal dialogues between women from the Kumiai community, researchers, and creatives, blending traditional and contemporary food knowledge with ecological insights. Similarly, Balvanera et al. (2025) used participatory art and design to reconcile biodiversity conservation with agricultural production and the livelihoods of smallholders in Mexico. Other collaborations addressed governance and policy-related challenges. For example, Strand et al. (2024) co-developed arts-based participatory research with Indigenous and local knowledge holders, presenting their work in exhibitions and workshops that fostered multi-actor dialogues on the role of Indigenous knowledge in ocean governance. Bisht et al. (2025) mobilized community assets through storytelling, music, and visual arts to guide pathways toward just transformations. Long-term collaborations, such as the decade-long collaboration described by Österblom et al. (2023), through the South American Institute for Resilience and Sustainability (SARAS), demonstrate the depth of insight that sustained engagement can generate. Boffi (2024) built up so-called “collaborative assemblages” among designers, scientists, artists, farmers, beekeepers, and citizens to co-create and prototype collaborative actions aimed at addressing pollinator decline. The intersections of art, community engagement, and ecological restoration were explored by Dalla Torre et al. (2025), who co-designed a participatory festival to make visible practices of collective care for needs and goods in rural contexts in the Italian Alps. These examples highlight how transdisciplinary approaches, grounded in shared values and creative practices, facilitate innovative responses to the interconnected challenges of sustainability.

    Contributions underscore the importance of science-art collaborations in addressing global challenges. Across all contributions there is a shared desire for deep engagement with social-ecological challenges. Österblom et al. (2023) enhance multisensory learning and expression to foster a deeper connection to the living world, addressing the human-nature disconnection and promoting more sustainable and empathetic ways of living. Vervoort et al. (2024) introduce a framework for transformative creative practices that engage actors from the arts, governance, and academia to address the global ecological crisis. Gianelli et al. (2024) highlight the potential of artistic boundary objects and transformative spaces as stepping stones in revitalizing neglected local food production systems that rely on small-scale fisheries for their sustainability and resilience. Gutiérrez Sánchez et al. (2024) emphasize the importance of documenting and sharing culturally significant food practices to reconnect communities with their culinary heritage and transforming food systems into more inclusive and sustainable models. Strand et al. (2024) emphasize the role of arts-based participatory research in facilitating more meaningful and equitable transdisciplinary research collaborations with Indigenous and local community members, thereby informing more inclusive ocean governance. Boffi (2024) addresses pollinator decline by showcasing how collaborative assemblages can drive participatory actions through a design-based approach. Dalla Torre et al. (2025) address social-ecological challenges by employing experiential and art-based approaches to amplify marginalized perspectives and transform complex issues into inclusive and actionable experiences. Together, these contributions demonstrate how creative collaborations can ground global challenges in local realities, combining scientific insight with imagination, empathy, and cultural relevance.

    INNOVATIONS RESULTING FROM ART-SCIENCE TRANSDISCIPLINARY COLLABORATIONS

    The transdisciplinary collaborations showcased in this Special Feature advance three key topics through conceptual and methodological innovations: (1) enhancing and promoting individual and collective agency, (2) prioritizing local identity and narratives, and (3) recognizing the affective, emotional, and relational dimensions of their collaborations. They do so through the following mechanisms (Fig. 1):

    • Arenas for exchange and experimentation: Balvanera et al. (2025) design and operationalize novel spaces, departing from the kitchen, a fundamental site of care, to foster inclusive and meaningful explorations. Shared activities in kitchens and agroecological plots enhance individual and collective agency, allowing diverse forms of knowledge to interact through the relationships created in these arenas.
    • A living community cookbook: Gutiérrez Sanchez et al. (2024) co-create a living community cookbook that enables broader reflections on traditional food and its associated biological and cultural diversity, as well as on how environmental changes and territorial conflicts affect the community and the availability and use of ingredients. The cookbook also serves as an empowering tool by recognizing women’s knowledge and the culinary heritage of the community, connecting recipes to personal and community narratives and histories.
    • Barrio innovation: Bisht et al. (2025) develop an asset- and justice-based approach that recognizes the existing strengths and talents individuals and communities possess. This approach places communities as the experts in their own lives and struggles, and their experiences and imaginings as the basis for transformative change. The projects involve understanding the past and the present, co-designing collective futures, and a call for action grounded in the connections between past, present, and future.
    • Visioning futures: Gianelli et al. (2024) use visioning exercises rooted in personal and place-based past images to co-create futures for small-scale fisheries. Co-created visions connect diverse knowledge, actors, and territories, fostering relationships that can overcome resistance to deeper transformations in the fishing system.
    • Pollinators’ path: Boffi (2024) employs a participatory design approach to experiment with pollinators and their connections to the territory. By focusing on material deliberation through three participatory actions, participants enacted new forms of human-pollinator relationships and collaborations. These actions helped to open the space for emotions, embodiment, and tacit knowledge, which were necessary for those new relationships to emerge.
    • Itinerant festival: Dalla Torre et al. (2025) illustrate how walks, workshops, and art-based performances revealed local stories and traditions of intertwined landscape care and food production, while exposing the challenges of community-led practices under exploitative land use and the exclusion of local communities. Inclusive co-creation, through design-based rituals such as COVID-19 health checks and a flag-passing ceremony, fostered connections and collective care, strengthening a sense of belonging and empowering participants to address local issues.
    • An exhibition of photostories: Strand et al. (2024) demonstrate how photography and storytelling, co-developed with Indigenous and local knowledge holders, foster meaningful engagement with multiple ways of knowing the ocean. Photostories conveyed experiences and feelings that are difficult to capture through the written word, and in doing so, provided a space for knowledge sharing and learning (or unlearning) about the oceans and ways of relating to them. They also helped bring to the forefront voices and experiences that are often excluded from decision-making.
    • 9 Dimensions tool: In contrast to the other innovations, Vervoort et al. (2024) focus on evaluating the link between creative practices and sustainability transformation processes through the 9 Dimensions tool. Organized into three categories of change, each covering three dimensions, changing meanings (embodying, learning, imagining), changing connections (caring, organizing, inspiring), and transforming power (co-creating, empowering, subverting), the tool emerged from a transdisciplinary process that fostered shared languages and mutual understanding. As such, the tool reconciles a desire for artistic openness, ambiguity, and pluralism with a need for comparative analysis, structure, and systems-based approaches.
    • To split a stone: Finally, Österblom et al. (2023) innovate through open dialogue to make visible how even potentially useless encounters lead to cementing strong art and science partnerships that stimulate and motivate transformative changes. They emphasize the importance of collaborations being context-based, pluralistic, and interactive, as noted by Norström et al. (2020), but not necessarily goal-oriented.

    The innovations described reflect a diversity of processes but share a key commonality for more meaningful collaborations: space and time to establish a conversation and build relationships from a position of shared commitment toward ontological and epistemological justice.

    ART-SCIENCE TRANSDISCIPLINARITY COLLABORATIONS: CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES

    Transdisciplinarity involves more than bringing together individuals with different types of knowledge and utilizing various techniques. The unique challenges associated with art-science collaborations have been highlighted in the articles in this Special Feature.

    Challenge 1: Involving artists and diverse knowledge holders early in the research project’s co-design and developing mechanisms to maintain such collaborations is complex and time-consuming. Co-designing a project with a highly diverse team necessitates identifying shared goals and creating a unified narrative and language for the project from its inception (Balvanera et al. 2025). One way to address this problem is by anchoring the project’s design to a specific place, the particular issues, and their significance to the diverse actors involved (see Bisht et al. 2025). Co-developing research projects in place requires researchers to step outside the comfort of university spaces and spend time in community spaces where local art, advocacy, and knowledge thrive (Bisht et al. 2025). Trustworthy collaborative relationships are critical but require time and a coherent strategy for managing expectations from different participants and expected outputs and outcomes (Österblom et al. 2023, Boffi 2024, Gianelli et al. 2024, Strand et al. 2024). This is particularly true when working with Indigenous and local communities, where particular attention is needed to empower and create spaces for knowledge and perspectives to be presented on their own terms (Strand et al. 2024). Time and financial resources are often limited by scarce budgets, which hinder support for cultural and artistic offerings. Dalla Torre et al. (2025) show that the celebratory and performative nature of the festival can be accompanied by a fear of failure and pressure to overperform, which reinforces the concurrent demands of ordinary life. Working with Indigenous food knowledge requires respect and horizontal dialogues to address challenges such as cultural appropriation amid global gastronomic development (Gutiérrez Sánchez et al. 2024). To ensure the advancement of comprehensive rather than partial transdisciplinarity, it is essential to collaboratively discuss expectations regarding impact and outputs from the outset (Strand et al. 2024).

    Challenge 2: Power and agency imbalances need to be addressed. The articles illustrate the disparities in power and agency among and across participants. Often, the primary goal of these projects is to address such imbalances, and art can play a crucial role in achieving this (see Österblom et al. 2023, Strand et al. 2024). Consciously alternating between power and process control, which is held by either artists or scientists, can be productive (Österblom et al. 2023). Enticing feelings, inner motivations, sensibilities, and emotions demonstrated a productive way of dealing with challenges (see Gutiérrez Sánchez et al. 2024). Moreover, the papers show that artistic approaches can facilitate the mobilization of community assets (see Bisht et al. 2025), ensure that non-academic co-researchers remain the owners of their own knowledge outputs (Strand et al. 2024), and allow all participants to be considered in the same positionality and equal participation within the co-construction process (Gianelli et al. 2024). Although early co-design facilitates trust-building and collaborative understanding, it also risks reinforcing existing path dependencies (Dalla Torre et al. 2025).

    Opportunity 1: Artistic tools can contribute to fostering and nurturing long-term, caring, and meaningful interpersonal bonds that support transdisciplinary collaborations. By revisiting their personal pasts and playfully composing future worlds through a democratic artistic practice, such as collage, participants felt closer to one another (Gianelli et al. 2024). They embodied their identities in co-created visions, paving the way for the continuity of the collaboration over time. Through in situ storytelling and conversations, co-researchers and co-facilitators in Strand et al. (2024) identified commonalities in their care and priorities for the ocean, developing strong relationships that often resulted in lasting friendships. Working with communities in South Phoenix, Bisht et al. (2025) found that art lies at the center of how communities self-organize and advocate for change. Boffi (2024) engaged with farmers through arts-based performances and workshops that served as boundary objects, facilitating the identification of shared interests and complementary knowledge. Interactions mediated by artistic practices blurred disciplinary boundaries, creating richer collaborative spaces and enabling participants to develop ideas with real-world applications while cultivating new awareness and reflexivity about collective practices that care for needs and goods in rural contexts (Balvanera et al. 2025, Dalla Torre et al. 2025).

    Opportunity 2: Artistic approaches enrich the transformative potential of transdisciplinary research. One of the primary objectives of transdisciplinarity in social-ecological research is to trigger transformative changes. Gianelli et al. (2024) co-created action-oriented visions that connect diverse knowledge systems, food system actors, and territories, which are flexible enough to resonate with and adapt to local realities. Strand et al. (2024) co-developed participatory arts-based research that proved valuable in moving from individual to collective visions of more equitable ocean futures. Gutiérrez Sánchez et al. (2024) co-prepared food as a participatory tool to promote dialogue and serve as a vehicle to unify cultures and perspectives on the challenges and opportunities related to local food sources and their future. Boffi (2024) prototyped actions that enabled participants to rehearse various possible relationships between humans and pollinating insects, aiming to trigger pollinator-positive futures. United by a common mission, while leveraging their specific expertise, participants in a festival co-creation contributed to a platform that celebrates plurality and showcases place-based practices and values that can inform other possible futures (Dalla Torre et al. 2025).

    Opportunity 3: Art-science collaborations mobilize deep leverage points. Radical shifts are necessary when ecological, social, cultural, technological, and economic structures render current systems unviable (Gunderson and Holling 2002, Walker et al. 2004, Folke et al. 2010). System-wide reorganizations entail shifts in paradigms, goals, and values related to how society interacts with nature, including the mobilization of leverage points where small changes can trigger significant impacts (IPBES 2024). Bisht et al. (2025) show how embracing an abundance mindset in transdisciplinary collaborations can leverage existing community assets as crucial leverage points for supporting meaningful and transformative change. Balvanera et al. (2025) underscore how art-science collaborations can mobilize deep leverage points within local food systems by transforming materials (e.g., ingredients, seeds), practices (such as culinary innovation and agroecology), rules (e.g., inviting men into kitchen spaces), and visions (e.g., questioning intensive agriculture and cultural homogenization) through collective processes rooted in biocultural diversity and equity. Strand et al. (2024) illustrate how visual storytelling can elevate often overlooked and silenced socio-cultural priorities, values, and knowledge, thereby shifting visions of how people care for, relate to, and interact with the ocean. In Dalla Torre et al. (2025), the festival co-creation mobilized deep leverage points by creating emotionally evocative and aesthetically powerful experiences, fostering active engagement with complex concepts, and transforming places from passive backdrops to active stakeholders. Similar long-term mindshift changes can be elicited through collaboration, as seen in Österblom et al. (2023).

    MONITORING AND EVALUATING ART-SCIENCE TRANSDISCIPLINARITY COLLABORATIONS

    Monitoring, reflection, and documentation are needed. Genuine collaborations that address climate equity and environmental justice and trigger political change (Pereira et al. 2018, Bennett and Satterfield 2018, Scoones et al. 2020) require careful documentation of the changes that are occurring. Being flexible and engaging with existing community initiatives, moving away from predetermined pathways and outcomes, and enabling intentional and emergent collaborations with diverse participants can create ripple effects that facilitate just system-wide transformations (Gianelli et al. 2024, Gutiérrez Sanchez et al. 2024, Strand et al. 2024, Bisht et al. 2025, Dalla Torre et al. 2025). Ongoing monitoring and reflection throughout the process are key to evaluating these unique collaborations more flexibly and continuously, rather than relying solely on outcomes at the end (Balvanera et al. 2025, Bisht et al. 2025). Tools to achieve this include films, eco-social maps, and digital storytelling, which document the personal stories of participants in transdisciplinary collaborations (Gianelli et al. 2024, Strand et al. 2024, Dalla Torre et al. 2025). This enables easier interaction across different communities and among co-researchers and is also critical for reporting to funders and testing our theories of change. Encouraging reflection throughout the transdisciplinary collaboration can enable individuals to learn (and unlearn) across various ontological and epistemological perspectives (Strand et al. 2024).

    Multiple dimensions of change can be monitored and assessed by the art-science transdisciplinary teams. Striving for balance between intrinsic (e.g., self-determination and alignment with participants’ values and beliefs) and extrinsic motivations (e.g., social reinforcement in the form of public visibility and tangible academic outcomes) may promote long-term engagement among all participants (Gianelli et al. 2024, Strand et al. 2024). Focusing on practical activities can lead to neglecting researchers’ roles as knowledge brokers. At the same time, creative outputs such as images, manufactured goods, art-based performances, and narratives, while used as boundary objects, may result in ambiguous interpretations and limited replicability across different contexts (Dalla Torre et al. 2025). Evaluation can also be organized across the different dimensions of change, as developed in Vervoort et al. (2024). Overall, the diversity of engagements and the wide range of methods and tools make evaluation difficult, but perhaps that is the point. Each case requires its own specific analysis and reflection to remain true to the unique convergence of artistic and scientific tools in the pursuit of social-ecological transformation. We can only respond to complexity by embracing complexity.

    PERSPECTIVE FOR ART-SCIENCE TRANSDISCIPLINARITY COLLABORATIONS

    The benefits of art-science collaborations as creative methods are increasingly being documented (Segal and Meroz 2023, Morgan and Castle 2024). However, the role of art-science collaborations in providing unique foundations for transformative change toward sustainability remains understudied (Moore and Milkoreit 2020). Art-science collaborations can contribute to addressing exploitative “parachute science,” the colonial extraction of local biocultural diversity and knowledge, and instead engage in the search for solutions targeted at addressing the needs and interests of those who directly manage and depend on local ecosystems for their livelihoods (Strand et al. 2022, Huambachano 2024). This Special Feature highlights a wide range of approaches that employ different steps to achieve this goal. Stronger art-science collaborations are necessary to co-produce interactions that stimulate a reconnection with the biosphere and promote caring approaches aligned with sustainability (Martin et al. 2024). Such endeavors are rarely undertaken because they can be considered inefficient and a waste of time and money. These risky ventures are particularly challenging for researchers studying or working in academic environments that do not support transdisciplinary and transformative collaborations. Yet, in the long term, collaborative projects between artists, local communities, and scientists that are open, exploratory, uncertain, and safe to fail are needed to further activate their potential and support more just and sustainable future pathways, as this Special Feature has highlighted.

    A critical component of successful art-science collaborations is ensuring ethical relations with non-academic actors. Fundamental questions about free, prior, and informed consent, as well as the sharing of Indigenous and local knowledge systems beyond Indigenous groups themselves need to be carefully taken into account (Hanna and Vanclay 2013, Papillon and Rodon 2020) to ensure that research is upholding and strengthening Indigenous rights and human rights (Ignace et al. 2023). This is particularly critical for research that engages with transformations toward sustainability because transformations, by definition, require radical reconfigurations of the status quo and will have winners and losers (Pereira et al. 2024). All transdisciplinary endeavors have an ethical obligation to confront questions about what collaborators will gain from the interaction and to be transparent about the outcomes. It is essential to recognize that transformative change is an ongoing, messy process with intricate dynamics that cannot be achieved through a single intervention (IPBES 2024).

    As the environmental and societal crises deepen alongside rising fear and authoritarianism, art-science collaborations are needed more than ever. Meaningfully bonding with each other, challenging the status quo and power imbalances, and collectively imagining alternative futures while also enjoying ourselves and fulfilling our deepest longings contribute uniquely to building more just and sustainable pathways for future generations. The papers in this Special Feature offer concrete examples of how such collaborative efforts can be realized in practice and serve as inspiration for future endeavors to be undertaken and funded.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The authors would like to thank their institutions for facilitating their participation in the different pieces of work presented as part of this Special Feature. We would also like to extend our gratitude to all the humans and non-humans who made these transdisciplinary endeavors possible. Special thanks to Magdalena Hernández Chávez from Laboratorio Transdisciplinario para la Sustentabilidad (El Colegio de la Frontera Sur) for her careful review and valuable corrections to the text.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    During the preparation of this manuscript, two AI-assisted tools were used for language improvement exclusively: ChatGPT (OpenAI, GPT-4, May 2024 version) and Grammarly (Grammarly Inc., 2024). ChatGPT was used to enhance clarity, consistency in language, and refine the academic writing style. Grammarly was employed to support grammar checking and spelling correction. All outputs from these tools were critically reviewed, edited, and approved by the authors to ensure accuracy, integrity, and originality.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Because this manuscript is a Guest Editorial, it does not include original empirical analyses or code. Consequently, no data or code are applicable to this submission.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Agyeman, J., D. Schlosberg, L. Craven, and C. Matthews. 2016. Trends and directions in environmental justice: from inequity to everyday life, community, and just sustainabilities. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 41:321-340. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-110615-090052

    Anand, R. 2017. International environmental justice: a north-south dimension. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315252049

    Ayala-Orozco, B., J. A. Rosell, J. Merçon, I. Bueno, G. Alatorre-Frenk, A. Langle-Flores, and A. Lobato. 2018. Challenges and strategies in place-based multi-stakeholder collaboration for sustainability: learning from experiences in the Global South. Sustainability 10(9):3217. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10093217

    Balvanera, P., M. Martinez Balvanera, M. A. Mesa-Jurado, L. Pérez-Volkow, A. Cadena Roa, R. Dominguez-Yescas, E. Guerrero Molina, E. Hernandez Martínez, D. Hernández-Muciño, G. A. Morales Valdelamar, N. Roldán-Rueda, R. Lombera, P. M. García, I. N. Flores-Abreu, F. Arreola Villa, L. Rentería, C. Heindorf, P. Ortiz Antoranz, L. Equihua Zamora, and L. O. Almeida Leñero. 2025. Cocina Colaboratorio: cooking transdisciplinary transformations of local food systems. Ecology and Society 30(1):17. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15829-300117

    Belfiore, E. 2021. Is it really about the evidence? Argument, persuasion, and the power of ideas in cultural policy. Cultural Trends 31(4):293-310. https://doi.org/10.1080/09548963.2021.1991230

    Benessaiah, K., and H. Eakin. 2021. Crisis, transformation, and agency: why are people going back-to-the-land in Greece? Sustainability Science 16(6):1841-1858. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-021-01043-5

    Bennett, E. M., and B. Reyers. 2024. Disentangling the complexity of human-nature interactions. People and Nature 6(2):402-409. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10611

    Bennett, N. J., and T. Satterfield. 2018. Environmental governance: a practical framework to guide design, evaluation, and analysis. Conservation Letters 11(6):e12600. https://doi.org/10.1111/conl.12600

    Binder, C. R., I. Absenger-Helmli, and T. Schilling. 2015. The reality of transdisciplinarity: a framework-based self-reflection from science and practice leaders. Sustainability Science 10:545-562. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-015-0328-2

    Bisht, V., R. Carrillo, M. Franco, V. Angeles-Wann, J.-B. Rosales Chavez, S. Gomez, J. Hess, A. Kuhn, P. Mollen, J. Morales-Guerrero, J. Wann-Ángeles, C. Cheng, and M. Berbés-Blázquez. 2025. Enabling “barrio” innovation: a grassroots approach for centering community initiatives in just sustainability transformations. Ecology and Society 30(1):8. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15749-300108

    Boffi, L. 2024. Tracing a pollinator’s path. Ecology and Society 29(3):28. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15360-290328

    Brondizio, E. S., and F. M. L. Tourneau. 2016. Environmental governance for all. Science 352(6291):1272-1273. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaf5122

    Chambers, J. M., C. Wyborn, N. L. Klenk, M. Ryan, A. Serban, N. J. Bennett, R. Brennan, L. Charli-Joseph, M. E. Fernández-Giménez, K. A. Galvin, B. E. Goldstein, T. Haller, R. Hill, C. Munera, J. L. Nel, H. Österblom, R. S. Reid, M. Riechers, M. Spierenburg, M. Tengö, E. Bennet, A. Brandeis, P. Chatterton, J. J. Cockburn, C. Cvitanovic, P. Dumrongrojwatthana, A. Paz Durán, J. D. Gerber, J. M. H. Green, R. Gruby, A. M. Guerrero, A. I. Horcea-Milcu, J. Montana, P. Steyaert, J. G. Zaehringer, A. T. Bednarek, K. Curran, S. J. Fada, J. Hutton, B. Leimona, T. Pickering, and R. Rondeau. 2022. Co-productive agility and four collaborative pathways to sustainability transformations. Global Environmental Change 72:102422. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2021.102422

    Charli-Joseph, L., J. M. Siqueiros-García, H. Eakin, D. Manuel-Navarrete, M. Mazari-Hiriart, R. Shelton, P. Pérez-Belmont, and B. Ruizpalacios. 2023. Enabling collective agency for sustainability transformations through reframing in the Xochimilco social-ecological system. Sustainability Science 18(3):1215-1233. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01224-w

    Chilisa, B. 2017. Decolonizing transdisciplinary research approaches: an African perspective for enhancing knowledge integration in sustainability science. Sustainability Science 12(5):813-827. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-017-0461-1

    Clark, W. C., and A. G. Harley. 2020. Sustainability science: toward a synthesis. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 45(1):331-386. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-012420-043621

    Dalla Torre, C., A. Moriggi, B. Elzenbaumer, S. Favargiotti, and M. Ferretti. 2025. Co-creating a festival with and for rural commoning initiatives: a transdisciplinary place-based process. Ecology and Society 30(3):8. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16095-300308

    Díaz, S., U. Pascual, M. Stenseke, B. Martín-López, R. T. Watson, Z. Molnár, R. Hill, K. M. A. Chan, I. A. Baste, K. A. Brauman, S. Polasky, A. Church, M. Lonsdale, A. Larigauderie, P. W. Leadley, A. P. E. van Oudenhoven, F. van der Plaat, M. Schröter, S. Lavorel, Y. Aumeeruddy-Thomas, E. Bukvareva, K. Davies, S. Demissew, G. Erpul, P. Failler, C. A. Guerra, C. L. Hewitt, H. Keune, S. Lindley, and Y. Shirayama. 2019. Assessing nature’s contributions to people. Science 359(6373):270-272. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aap8826

    Egid, A., M. Roura, and M. Sidat. 2021. Beyond tokenism: meaningful community engagement in global health research. Lancet Global Health 9(5):e593-e594.

    Ely, A., A. Marin, L. Charli-Joseph, D. Abrol, M. Apgar, J. Atela, B. Ayre, R. Byrne, B. K. Choudhary, V. Chengo, A. Cremaschi, R. Davis, P. Desai, H. Eakin, P. Kushwaha, F. Marshall, K. Mbeva, N. Ndege, C. Ochieng, D. Ockwell, P. Olsson, N. Oxley, L. Pereira, R. Priya, A. Tigabu, P. Van Zwanenberg, and L. Yang. 2020. Structured collaboration across a transformative knowledge network—learning across disciplines, cultures and contexts? Sustainability 12(6):2499. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12062499

    Elzinga, A. 2008. Participation. Pages 345-359 in G. H. Hadorn, H. Hoffmann-Riem, S. Biber-Klemm, W. Grossenbacher-Mansuy, D. Joye, C. Pohl, U. Wiesmann, and E. Zemp, editors. Handbook of transdisciplinary research. Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6699-3_22

    Folke, C., S. R. Carpenter, B. Walker, M. Scheffer, T. Chapin, and J. Rockström. 2010. Resilience thinking: integrating resilience, adaptability and transformability. Ecology and Society 15(4):20. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-03610-150420

    Funtowicz, S. O., and J. R. Ravetz. 1993. Science for the post-normal age. Futures 25(7):739-755. https://doi.org/10.1016/0016-3287(93)90022-L

    Galafassi, D., S. Kagan, M. Milkoreit, M. Heras, C. Bilodeau, S. J. Bourke, A. Merrie, L. Guerrero, G. Pétursdóttir, and J. D. Tàbara. 2018. ‘Raising the temperature’: the arts on a warming planet. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 31:71-79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2017.12.010

    Gianelli, I., M. Trimble, S. Juri, N. A. Beretta, D. Torena, M. Acosta, R. Acosta, M. Del Bó, J. A. Fuster, V. González, D. Kurta, M. Kurta, T. López, M. E. Marfetán, P. Montes de Oca, A. Morales, V. Pardo, J. Sandoval, N. Schuch, C. Taroco, A. V. Norström, L. M. Pereira, and S. Villasante. 2024. Envisioning desirable futures in small-scale fisheries: a transdisciplinary arts-based co-creation process. Ecology and Society 29(1):20. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-14869-290120

    Gunderson, L. H., and C. S. Holling. 2002. Panarchy: understanding transformations in human and natural systems. Island, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Gutiérrez Sánchez, C., C. Leyva Aguilera, R. Moreno-Santoyo, L. Pedrín Rivera, S. Montes Carrillo, and L. Dorantes Herrera. 2024. Living community cookbook: transdisciplinary collaboration for constructing recipes with biocultural value. Ecology and Society 29(4):12. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15387-290412

    Hanna, P., and F. Vanclay. 2013. Human rights, Indigenous peoples and the concept of Free, Prior and Informed Consent. Impact Assessment and Project Appraisal 31(2):146-157. https://doi.org/10.1080/14615517.2013.780373

    Huambachano, M. A. 2024. Recovering our ancestral foodways: indigenous traditions as a recipe for living well. University of California Press, Berkeley, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.1525/9780520396173

    Ignace, L., L. Burton, S. Mynott, M. Meehan, E. Olson, J. Steel, J. Ojeda, S. Harper, L. Ramirez, D. Baker, L. Sleigh, C. Frenkel, C. Rhodes, and N. C. Ban. 2023. Researchers’ responsibility to uphold Indigenous rights. Science 381(6654):129-131. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.adh4470

    Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 2024. Summary for policymakers of the Thematic Assessment Report on the Underlying Causes of Biodiversity Loss and the Determinants of Transformative Change and Options for Achieving the 2050 Vision for Biodiversity of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. In K. O’Brien, L. Garibaldi, A. Agrawal, E. Bennett, O. Biggs, R. Calderón-Contreras, E. Carr, N. Frantzeskaki, H. Gosnell, J. Gurung, S. Lambertucci, J. Leventon, C. Liao, V. Reyes García, L. Shannon, S. Villasante, F. Wickson, Y. Zinngrebe, and L. Perianin, editors. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.11382230

    König, A. 2015. Changing requisites to universities in the 21st century: organizing for transformative sustainability science for systemic change. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 16:105-111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2015.08.011

    Lang, D. J., A. Wiek, M. Bergmann, M. Stauffacher, P. Martens, P. Moll, M. Swilling, and C. J. Thomas. 2012. Transdisciplinary research in sustainability science: practice, principles, and challenges. Sustainability Science 7(Suppl 1):25-43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-011-0149-x

    Leal Filho, W., Y. A. Aina, M. A. P. Dinis, W. Purcell, and G. J. Nagy. 2023. Climate change: why higher education matters? Science of The Total Environment 892:164819. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2023.164819

    Martin, A., P. Balvanera, C. M. Raymond, E. Gómez-Baggethun, U. Eser, R. K. Gould, L. Guibrunet, Z. V. Harmáčková, A. I. Horcea-Milcu, A. K. Koessler, R. Kumar, D. Lenzi, J. Merçon, A. Nthenge, P. J. O'Farrell, U. Pascual, J. Rode, Y. Yoshida, and N. Zafra-Calvo. 2024. Sustainability-aligned values: exploring the concept, evidence, and practice. Ecology and Society 29(4):18. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15498-290418

    Metzger, J. 2011. Strange spaces: a rationale for bringing art and artists into the planning process. Planning Theory 10(3):213-238. https://doi.org/10.1177/1473095210389653

    Mobjörk, M. 2010. Consulting versus participatory transdisciplinarity: a refined classification of transdisciplinary research. Futures 42(8):866-873. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2010.03.003

    Moore, M.-L., and M. Milkoreit. 2020. Imagination and transformations to sustainable and just futures. Elementa: Science of the Antropocene 8(1):081. https://doi.org/10.1525/elementa.2020.081

    Moore, M.-L., O. Tjornbo, E. Enfors, C. Knapp, J. Hodbod, J. A. Baggio, A. Norström, P. Olsson and D. Biggs. 2014. Studying the complexity of change: toward an analytical framework for understanding deliberate social-ecological transformations. Ecology and Society 19(4):54. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-06966-190454

    Morgan, J., and S. Castle. 2024. Arts-research collaboration: reflections on collaboration as creative method. Qualitative Inquiry 30(3-4):291-300. https://doi.org/10.1177/10778004231176280

    Nogueira, L. A., M. Bjørkan, and B. Dale. 2021. Conducting research in a post-normal paradigm: practical guidance for applying co-production of knowledge. Frontiers in Environmental Science 9:699397. https://doi.org/10.3389/fenvs.2021.699397

    Norström, A. V., B. Agarwal, P. Balvanera, B. Baptiste, E. M. Bennett, E. Brondízio, R. Biggs, B. Campbell, S. R. Carpenter, J. C. Castilla, A. J. Castro, W. Cramer, G. S. Cumming, M. Felipe-Lucía, J. Fischer, C. Folke, R. DeFries, S. Gelcich, J. Groth, C. I. Speranza, S. Jacobs, J. Hoffmann, T. P. Hughes, D. P. M. Lam, J. Loos, A. Manyani, B. Martín-López, M. Meacham, H. Moersberger, H. Nagendra, L. Pereira, S. Polasky, M. Schoon, L. Schultz, O. Selomane, and M. Spierenburg. 2022. The programme on ecosystem change and society (PECS) - a decade of deepening social-ecological research through a place-based focus. Ecosystems and People 18(1):598-608. https://doi.org/10.1080/26395916.2022.2133173

    Norström, A. V., C. Cvitanovic, M. F. Löf, S. West, C. Wyborn, P. Balvanera, A. T. Bednarek, E. M. Bennet, R. Biggs, A. de Bremond, B. M. Campbell, J. G. Canadell, S. R. Carpenter, C. Folke, E. A. Fulton, O. Gaffney, S. Gelcich, J. B. Jouffray, M. Leach, M. Le Tissier, B. Martín-López, E. Louder, M. F. Loutre, A. M. Meadow, H. Nagendra, D. Payne, G. D. Peterson, B. Reyers, R. Scholes, C. I. Speranza, M. Spierenburg, M. Stafford-Smith, M. Tengö, S. van der Hel, I. van Putten, and H. Österblom. 2020. Principles for knowledge co-production in sustainability research. Nature Sustainability 3(3):182-190. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0448-2

    Nowotny, H., P. Scott, and M. Gibbons. 2003. Introduction: ‘Mode 2’ revisited: the new production of knowledge. Minerva 41(3):179-194. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1025505528250

    Olazabal, M., M. Loroño-Leturiondo, A. T. Amorim-Maia, W. Lewis, and J. Urrutia. 2024. Integrating science and the arts to deglobalise climate change adaptation. Nature Communications 15:2971. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-47400-7

    Österblom, H., F. Gazitúa, and A. Leible. 2023. To split a stone. Ecology and Society 28(3):11. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-14270-280311

    Papillon, M., and T. Rodon. 2020. The transformative potential of Indigenous-driven approaches to implementing Free, Prior and Informed Consent: lessons from two Canadian cases. International Journal on Minority and Group Rights 27(2):314-335. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718115-02702009

    Pereira, L. M., I. Gianelli, T. Achieng, D. Amon, S. Archibald, S. Arif, A. Castro, T. P. Chimbadzwa, K. Coetzer, T. L. Field, O. Selomane, N. Sitas, N. Stevens, S. Villasante, M. Armani, D. M. Kimuyu, I. J. Adewumi, D. M. Lapola, D. Obura, P. Pinho, F. Roa-Clavijo, J. Rocha, and U. R. Sumaila. 2024. Equity and justice should underpin the discourse on tipping points. Earth System Dynamics 15(2):341-366. https://doi.org/10.5194/esd-15-341-2024

    Pereira, L., T. Hichert, M. Hamann, R. Preiser, and R. Biggs. 2018. Using futures methods to create transformative spaces: visions of a good Anthropocene in southern Africa. Ecology and Society 23(1):19. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09907-230119

    Pohl, C., S. Rist, A. Zimmermann, P. Fry, G. S. Gurung, F. Schneider, C. I. Speranza, B. Kiteme, S. Boillat, E. Serrano, G. H. Hadorn, and U. Wiesmann. 2010. Researchers’ roles in knowledge co-production: experience from sustainability research in Kenya, Switzerland, Bolivia and Nepal. Science and Public Policy 37(4):267-281. https://doi.org/10.3152/030234210X496628

    Scheffer, M., J. Bascompte, T. K. Bjordam, S. R. Carpenter, L. B. Clarke, C. Folke, P. Marquet, N. Mazzeo, M. Meerhoff, O. Sala, and F. R. Westley. 2015. Dual thinking for scientists. Ecology and Society 20(2):3. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-07434-200203

    Schneider, F., M. Giger, N. Harari, S. Moser, C. Oberlack, I. Providoli, L. Schmid, T. Tribaldos, and A. Zimmermann. 2019. Transdisciplinary co-production of knowledge and sustainability transformations: three generic mechanisms of impact generation. Environmental Science & Policy 102:26-35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2019.08.017

    Scoones, I., A. Stirling, D. Abrol, J. Atela, L. Charli-Joseph, H. Eakin, A. Ely, P. Olsson, L. Pereira, R. Priya, P. Van Zwanenberg, and L. Yang. 2020. Transformations to sustainability: combining structural, systemic and enabling approaches. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 42:65-75. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2019.12.004

    Segal, L., and Y. Meroz. 2023. Art-science collaborations: generators of new ideas and serendipitous events. Quantitative Plant Biology 4:e9. https://doi.org/10.1017/qpb.2023.7

    Strand, M. 2024. Advancing transdisciplinarity as an epistemology for more ethical engagements with fishing communities. ICES Journal of Marine Science 8(6):fsae148. https://doi.org/10.1093/icesjms/fsae148

    Strand, M., Y. Albany, M. N. L. Buthelezi, N. Hambaze, A. Lemahieu, F. M. Magwaza, N. Rivers, T. T. B. Swartbooi, H. van Vught, and B. Snow. 2024. Reflecting on arts-based participatory research: considerations for more equitable transdisciplinary collaborations. Ecology and Society 29(4):29. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15563-290429

    Strand, M., N. Rivers, and B. Snow. 2022. Reimagining ocean stewardship: arts-based methods to ‘hear’ and ‘see’ Indigenous and local knowledge in ocean management. Frontiers in Marine Science 9:886632. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2022.886632

    Tengö, M., R. Hill, P. Malmer, C. M. Raymond, M. Spierenburg, F. Danielsen, T. Elmqvist, and C. Folke. 2021. Weaving knowledge systems in IPBES, CBD and beyond—lessons learned for sustainability. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 49:232-239.

    Trencher, G., X. Bai, J. Evans, K. McCormick, and M. Yarime. 2014. University partnerships for co-designing and co-producing urban sustainability. Global Environmental Change 28:153-165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2014.06.009

    Trisos, C. H., J. Auerbach, and M. Katti. 2021. Decoloniality and anti-oppressive practices for a more ethical ecology. Nature Ecology & Evolution 5(9):1205-1212. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41559-021-01460-w

    Turnhout, E. 2024. A better knowledge is possible: transforming environmental science for justice and pluralism. Environmental Science & Policy 155:103729. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2024.103729

    Vervoort, J. M., T. Smeenk, I. Zamuruieva, L. L. Reichelt, M. van Veldhoven, L. Rutting, A. Light, L. Houston, R. Wolstenholm, M. Dolejšová, A. Jain, J. Ardern, R. Catlow, K. Vaajakallio, Z. F. von Flittner, J. Putrle-Srdić, J. C. Lohmann, C. Moossdorff, T. Mattelmäki, C. Ampatzidou, J. H.-j. Choi, A. Botero, K. A. Thompson, J. Torrens, R. Lane, and A. C. Mangnus. 2024. 9 Dimensions for evaluating how art and creative practice stimulate societal transformations. Ecology and Society 29(1):29. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-14739-290129

    Walker, B., C. S. Holling, S. R. Carpenter, and A. Kinzig. 2004. Resilience, adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 9(2):5. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-00650-090205

    Yusoff, K., and J. Gabrys. 2011. Climate change and the imagination. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Climate Change 2(4):516-534. https://doi.org/10.1002/wcc.117

    Corresponding author:
    M. Azahara Mesa-Jurado
    mmesa@ecosur.mx
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Innovations resulting from art-science transdisciplinary collaborations.

    Fig. 1. Innovations resulting from art-science transdisciplinary collaborations.

    Fig. 1
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    Meaningful Transdisciplinary Collaborations for Sustainability: Local, Artistic, and Scientific Knowledge

    Co-creating a festival with and for rural commoning initiatives: a transdisciplinary place-based process
    Angela Moriggi, Bianca Elzenbaumer, Cristina Dalla Torre, Maddalena Ferretti, Sara Favargiotti
    Cocina Colaboratorio: cooking transdisciplinary transformations of local food systems
    Adriana Cadena Roa, Claudia Heindorf, Diego Hernández-Muciño, Elizabeth Guerrero Molina, Emilio Hernandez Martínez, Felipe Arreola Villa, Gabriela Alejandra Morales Valdelamar, I. Nuri Flores-Abreu, Lucía Oralia Almeida Leñero, Lucía Pérez-Volkow, Luis Equihua Zamora, Lyliana Rentería, M. Azahara Mesa-Jurado, Mariana Martinez Balvanera, Nicolás Roldán-Rueda, Paola Miguel García, Patricia Balvanera, Pedro Ortiz Antoranz, Rafael Lombera, Reyna Dominguez-Yescas
    Enabling “barrio” innovation: a grassroots approach for centering community initiatives in just sustainability transformations
    Amanda Kuhn, Chingwen Cheng, Jessica Hess, John Wann-Ángeles, Jorge Morales-Guerrero, Jose-Benito Rosales Chavez, Marta Berbés-Blázquez, Monique Franco, Paige Mollen, Regional Carrillo, Samuel Gomez, Vanya Bisht, Virginia Angeles-Wann
    Reflecting on arts-based participatory research: considerations for more equitable transdisciplinary collaborations
    Anne Lemahieu, Bernadette Snow, Fanelesibonge M. Magwaza, Haseline van Vught, Mandisa Nonhlanhla Lulama Buthelezi, Mia Strand, Nina Rivers, Nozipiwo Hambaze, Tarryn TB Swartbooi, Yaseen Albany
    Living community cookbook: transdisciplinary collaboration for constructing recipes with biocultural value
    Carolina Gutiérrez Sánchez, Claudia Leyva Aguilera, Lluvia Dorantes Herrera, Lorena Pedrín Rivera, Rebeca Moreno-Santoyo, Sandra Montes Carrillo
    Tracing a pollinator’s path
    Laura Boffi
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 6 Research

    Turning the tide in estuary governance through collaboration? A systematic review, meta-synthesis, and conceptual framework

    Schick, E., M. Döring, J. Knieling, B. M. W. Ratter, J. Pein, and K. Dähnke. 2025. Turning the tide in estuary governance through collaboration? A systematic review, meta-synthesis, and conceptual framework. Ecology and Society 30(4):6. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16321-300406
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Eva SchickORCIDcontact author, Eva Schick
      Institute of Urban Planning and Regional Development, HafenCity University Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany
    • Martin DöringORCID, Martin Döring
      Institute of Geography, University of Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany
    • Jörg KnielingORCID, Jörg Knieling
      Institute of Urban Planning and Regional Development, HafenCity University Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany
    • Beate MW RatterORCID, Beate MW Ratter
      Institute of Geography, University of Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany; Institute of Coastal Systems - Analysis and Modelling, Helmholtz-Zentrum Hereon, Geesthacht, Germany
    • Johannes Pein, Johannes Pein
      Institute of Coastal Systems - Analysis and Modelling, Helmholtz-Zentrum Hereon, Geesthacht, Germany
    • Kirstin DähnkeKirstin Dähnke
      Institute of Carbon Cycles, Helmholtz-Zentrum Hereon, Geesthacht, Germany

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Schick, E., M. Döring, J. Knieling, B. M. W. Ratter, J. Pein, and K. Dähnke. 2025. Turning the tide in estuary governance through collaboration? A systematic review, meta-synthesis, and conceptual framework. Ecology and Society 30(4):6.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16321-300406

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Characterizing Research on Estuary Governance
  • A Framework for Collaborative Estuary Governance
  • Conclusion
  • Responses to this Article
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • collaborative governance; environmental conflicts; estuary governance; estuary region; systematic literature review
    Turning the tide in estuary governance through collaboration? A systematic review, meta-synthesis, and conceptual framework
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16321.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Estuaries are contested spaces and subject to highly variable environmental conditions and increasing human and climate change impacts. This leads to socio-economic and environmental conflicts and raises the question of how to achieve effective estuary governance that is capable of dealing with existing and future challenges. This article presents a systematic literature review and meta-synthesis of estuary governance using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) 2020 protocol. The review shows that, starting in 2010, research on estuary governance has slowly developed since then in various scientific disciplines, such as the environmental sciences, social sciences, and studies dealing with environmental governance. In recent years, this research has gained momentum, although it continues to exhibit notable terminological and conceptual ambiguity. In the context of this ambiguity, collaborative governance, a theory-based approach, provides both a conceptual foundation and an analytical lens to address and structure key aspects identified in the review. Conceptually seen, collaborative governance presents an approach in which state and non-state stakeholders work together to balance competing interests and try to achieve a common goal. Although some aspects, such as stakeholder engagement and knowledge integration, have—albeit mostly unintentionally—already been incorporated into the approach of estuary governance studies, there still exists a lack of studies applying collaborative governance in the field. To fill this gap, the paper proposes a conceptual framework for collaborative estuary governance informed by already existing approaches. We thus expand the “system context” of current approaches for estuarine realities by including concepts such as “environmental context” and “conflict context.” In brief, the paper suggests a structural re-conceptualization of estuary governance, as seen through a collaborative governance lens.

    INTRODUCTION

    Estuary regions are some of the most contested spaces on the planet. The continuous interaction between sea, river, and land creates highly dynamic environments that support a diverse and endemic range of flora and fauna (Lonsdale et al. 2022), contain high levels of biodiversity (Paalvast and van der Velde 2014), and play an immeasurable role in nutrient cycling and climate regulation (Martinetto et al. 2020). In the coming decades, these coastal and transitional ecosystems will be increasingly exposed to environmental change, primarily due to intensifying industrialization, urban development, and the expansion of agriculture, aquaculture, and climate change (Elliott et al. 2019, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 2019).

    Their appeal for various human activities and resulting pressures give rise to a multitude of conflicts in these highly dynamic environments (Fidélis et al. 2019). Conflicts among estuarine actors and stakeholders arise due to competing uses, such as shipping, coastal protection, renewable energy development (e.g., wind power or ground-mounted photovoltaics), agriculture, housing, ecosystem preservation, and recreation needs. The interconnections among these sectors characterize estuaries not only as purely natural or economic spaces, but also as cultural landscapes and places (Barrett et al. 2021). Thus, estuary regions are shaped by natural, social, economic, cultural, and historical developments. Their multifaceted but yet not systematized character results in a lack of estuary governance approaches, making it challenging to manage them effectively.

    Scholars have recently begun to engage with estuary governance arrangements and interventions in order to improve conflict resolution and environmental conditions (Dawson et al. 2011). Perspectives and concepts range from addressing the relations between human and non-human entities (Truchet et al. 2022), by applying integrative ecosystem management services (Sousa and Alves 2020), to future-oriented climate change adaptation planning (van der Voorn et al. 2017). All these approaches converge in the fact that they call for an implementation of governance arrangements at multiple levels while demanding a serious and active actor or stakeholder engagement (e.g., Boyes and Elliott 2015, Lonsdale et al. 2015).

    Establishing appropriate governance arrangements in estuary regions is, however, difficult (Dawson et al. 2011, Daniell et al. 2020) as their fragmentation and segmentation results in and is the product of a lack of comprehensive estuary governance. Structurally seen, estuary governance is conceived as being characterized by multiple administrative boundaries and bodies dealing with the sea, rivers, and land at the same time and in the same place. This results in a multi-layered puzzle of legal and institutional boundary conditions consisting of multiple authorities with overlapping jurisdictions and distinct powers, responsibilities, laws, and management tools (Carvalho and Fidélis 2013). Fuzziness or so-called governance “silos” emerge in this context, with their sea-, river-, and land-related parts managed separately by limited politico-administrative institutions.

    Historically seen, estuary governance has been a subject of study since the 1980s (Hennessey and Robadue 1987, Imperial et al. 1993) and witnessed growing awareness and uptake among scholars in the areas of public administration and management and the environmental sciences since 2010. Here, a notable terminological and conceptual ambiguity evolved that characterizes the field until today. Furthermore, it has also been recognized that the field could conceptually and practically benefit from collaborative governance (Dorcey 2004) while its systematic application and conceptual advancement in estuarine contexts remains limited. Besides these limitations, collaborative governance still represents a prominent approach to policy making that aims to be more innovative, transparent, flexible, need-oriented, and socially inclusive than earlier and more conventional approaches (Gash 2022). Existing collaborative frameworks thus tend to subsume environmental and conflict dimensions under a broader system context, which, as our review will demonstrate, does not adequately reflect their central role in estuary governance. Furthermore and going beyond its normative aspirations, collaborative governance also holds an analytical potential as it examines the structures, processes, and outcomes of cooperative arrangements, reflecting both a narrow focus on institutionalized collaboration and a broader understanding of governance as multi-stakeholder interaction. It is defined as “the processes and structures of public policy decision making and management that engage people constructively across [...] spheres to carry out a public purpose that could not otherwise be accomplished” (Emerson et al. 2012:3).

    Against this background, we propose that exploring the potential of collaborative modes of governance may provide valuable perspectives for addressing the persistent governance challenges of estuary regions, particularly by enhancing conflict negotiation, supporting system adaptation, and strengthening responses to environmental change. However, the general question of how this topic should conceptually be developed remains unresolved (Scott 2015). To engage with this question, this article elaborates and compares both the concept of estuary governance and the concept of collaborative governance (Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson et al. 2012, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). We systematically analyze the existing literature on estuary governance with a focus on its concepts, thematic strands, and trends. Current scientific discourse is summarized and provides a conceptual overview of the current state of the art that results in a meta-synthesis that uses these findings, develops thematic clusters, and integrates them into the concept of collaborative governance. The aim consists in sketching out a conceptual framework for “collaborative estuary governance.”

    This endeavor appears to be beneficial for two reasons: (1) research on collaborative estuary governance holds the potential to contribute new perspectives to estuary governance and (2), with the anticipated impacts of global and climate change, our framework can help to re-focus the to-date neglected separated “environmental” and “conflict” dimensions within collaborative governance (e.g., Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson et al. 2012, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a).

    The article is structured as follows: we first report on the methodological approach of our systematic literature review of estuary governance. Here, emphasis is put on the concepts, themes, and trends to unpack the structuring notions of estuary governance and bring greater clarity to the field. Second, we develop a framework for collaborative estuary governance based on a literature meta-synthesis and discuss the resulting collaborative dimensions, aspects, and analytical foci for our framework to be developed. Third, we conclude by reflecting on the potentials and limitations of our framework for collaborative estuary governance.

    METHODS

    Although recent evidence indicates that collaborative governance holds the potential to resolve conflicts and support environmental development (Berardo et al. 2014, Newig et al. 2018), we would like to draw attention to the fact that it has not been applied to the concept of estuary regions. For this gap to be closed, a systematic literature review appears to be an appropriate way to reveal research needs to improve or develop conceptual frameworks. A meta-synthesis, an expansion of systematic synthesis findings across qualitative studies, aims to identify key metaphors, ideas, and concepts by generating consensus and new interpretations within a particular field to be integrated into an existing theory. It provides an interpretative approach for an evolving research field such as estuary governance (Jabareen 2009, Booth 2016) and contributes to reflection upon its conceptual structure, and the resulting implications and requirements for improvement.

    Based on this approach, we conducted a systematic review to identify core characteristics of estuary governance studies to explore their intersections with collaborative governance. More specifically, the objective of our systematic literature review consisted in identifying and summarizing elements and applications of governance, the use of various theories, thematic clusters, and recent trends. Taking these elements to a meta-analytical level, we integrated the empirical findings into our conceptual framing of collaborative governance (Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson et al. 2012, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a).

    A literature review following the widely established Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) 2020 Protocol (Page et al. 2021) was conducted. Given that the initial search by using the terms “estuar*” and “collaborative governance” revealed only seven articles, we decided to semantically broaden our search and split it into two search strings: search string 1 (“estuar*” AND “governance”) and to expand our literature exploration with search string 2 (“estuar*” AND “management”), (“estuar*” AND “sustainable development”), (“coastal” AND “collaborative governance”), and (“environmental conflict” AND “governance”). This progression of terminology was developed during an evaluation of the keywords, synonyms, and conceptually close and overlapping research fields, such coastal governance, of search string 1.

    The search was limited to English-language peer-reviewed journal papers, including all results from “all years” for search string 1 and “2010” up to “November 2022” for search string 2. A total of 229 papers was included in the first search string and 1082 in the second. During a first screening of titles and abstracts, we excluded those articles that were not related to the notions of estuar* governance or nature science records. This resulted in a database of 148 in the first and 30 articles in the second search string. Then, the full text of each of the 178 relevant articles was analyzed. Here, inclusion/exclusion criteria were defined such as: (1) explicit topical link to the governance of estuaries, (2) reference to and uptake of social science perspectives (qualitative, quantitative, mixed methods). Finally, a total of 43 articles fulfilled the criteria developed and were deemed eligible for further inspection and examination. Figure 1 presents the systematic review flow diagram that synthesizes the literature search methodology.

    During the examination of the articles, we inductively developed thematic clusters from three main categories: theoretical and conceptual approaches of estuary governance, spatial and thematic approaches, and trends of estuary governance. Within these main and sometimes intersecting categories, thematic clusters were formed, whereby all clusters were differentiated and newly developed. This procedure was carried out in feedback loops with the concept of collaborative governance to identify focal points and overlaps of the concept as found in the literature (Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson et al. 2012, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). The procedure consisted of analyzing the intersections between literature and theory and ensuring the practical usefulness and applicability of the framework. Here, seven thematic clusters emerged: elements and applications of governance, application of theories, legal and institutional boundary conditions, understanding of space and place, scope of conflicts and challenges, climate change and future outlook, and stakeholder engagement.¹ These findings were conceptually inspected and then used to construct the framework with regard to the idea of a collaborative estuary governance while bearing in mind that all clusters were not mapped 1:1 to the framework, but rather used as a comprehensive, accurate, and credible grounding to develop the framework.

    CHARACTERIZING RESEARCH ON ESTUARY GOVERNANCE

    Despite the long-standing focus on estuary management in literature, estuary governance itself has received surprisingly little to almost no scholarly attention (with Fidélis 2019 as a positive exception). The earliest research using the term “estuary governance” was published in 1987 (Hennessey and Robadue 1987). However, since 2010, the number of publications has grown, but conceptual and theoretical dimensions and aspects in the debate on estuary governance remain underexplored. This is mirrored in our analysis, which reveals that the majority of studies on governance are driven by practical concerns, which makes it difficult to identify a well-established and theoretically defined field. This result clearly stands in contrast to other recently evolving governance fields emerging within social-ecological systems, where a more explicit and deeper engagement with and application of environmental governance theories can be found. For instance, in debates on coastal governance, Partelow et al. (2020) discuss different theories in the context of coastal systems. They examine the advantages and disadvantages of different environmental governance approaches, such as polycentric governance, network governance, multi-level governance, collective action, governmentality, adaptive governance, and evolutionary governance, and conclude that no consolidated theory has emerged. Instead, a variety of governance concepts have been applied and debated, and this diversity reflects the differentiated and context-dependent nature of coastal governance and highlights the potential for similarly nuanced approaches to be systematically explored and applied in estuary governance.

    The review, moreover, shows that only a small number of the studies reviewed in this study use governance as a theoretical concept, and among them, some conceive estuary governance and multi-level governance as conceptually interlinked (Rambonilaza et al. 2015, Sayles and Baggio 2017, Buitenhuis and Dieperink 2019, Restemeyer et al. 2019, Barrett et al. 2021). Others apply concepts such as evolutionary governance theory (Daniell et al. 2020), adaptive management (van der Voorn et al. 2017), reflexive governance (Barrett et al. 2021), or social-ecological network analysis (Sayles and Baggio 2017). Thus, governance, to be conceptualized as an analytical approach rather than a descriptive umbrella term, remains an under-explored issue with theoretical applications currently beginning to emerge.

    This contrasts with highly specialized governance fields, such as coastal landscape governance, where a distinction between concepts of operationalization and conceptualization appears to be already possible (Gonçalves and Pinho 2022). Social science research on estuary governance, on the contrary, is mostly characterized by practical applications and investigations that attempt to empirically uncover regional conditions of singular estuaries through case studies or comparative analyses of different places. Such efforts do not contribute to conceptual clarity as they are tied to empirical cases and often lack theoretical reflection. However, recent comparative studies suggest a common research direction emphasizing the need to further knowledge and conceptual exchange for a theoretically sound and empirically feasible development of estuarine areas and estuary governance (e.g., Vanderlinden et al. 2017, Pinto et al. 2018b, Daniell et al. 2020, Kuenzer et al. 2020). Natural science research, which is developing models and modifications at a higher theoretical level, are here conceived as being used to integrate and consolidate its concepts. What is often missing, though, is an interdisciplinary, process-oriented approach that in many cases lacks an effective transfer and theoretical reflection of these concepts into governance studies.

    One notable observation, furthermore, is that a common conceptual definition of governance or spatial demarcation does not exist within the field. This appears to be in line with Kooimann (1999, as cited in Gailing and Röhring 2016), who argues that governance often serves as a rather vague umbrella term that primarily describes “how things are” in a descriptive way. Similarly, Ansell et al. (2022:2) state that governance is “a popular but notoriously slippery term.” This imprecision is also apparent for the use of the term “estuary governance,” which is reflected in empirical-descriptive commonalities and recurring themes such as priorities, chains of rules, policies, institutions and their dynamic interactions with society, policy, and actors. As it stands, research on estuary governance primarily aims at defining and implementing the management of the estuary and its natural resources by decision-making processes (Fidélis et al. 2019, Daniell et al. 2020) although it often lacks Kooimann’s (1999) aspect to combine descriptive “stock-tacking” with a normative evaluation of legitimacy and effectiveness.

    Against this background, we rely on Fidélis et al. (2019), who were among the first to conduct a more detailed literature review on estuary governance. They showed that the term “estuary governance” is used either as an explanation for existing problems or as a potential solution in empirical fields like fisheries, water management, or climate change impacts. Moreover, they address conceptual issues such as adaptive management, integrated planning, stakeholder engagement, and legal frameworks. Using these insights as our starting point, we refined Fidélis et al.’s analysis (2019) by demonstrating that studies dealing with estuary governance use the term and/or concept of governance with varying degrees of semantic and conceptual consistency: governance is presented as (1) a relevant factor in the discourse, but remains conceptually vague; (2) an integrative or interdisciplinary approach while it holds the potential to become (3) its own research field with greater conceptual clarity.

    To recapitulate:

    First, most studies use the term “governance” as a background context, a surrounding condition, or an underlying prerequisite in the estuary region. Estuary governance is usually framed as a minor subject within studies and referred to as a supplementary construct of the system context or state of its existence. Here, estuary governance is mainly framed as an influencing factor of the system context and mostly relegated to decision-making processes. The current lack in research consists in the fact that it frames governance in a descriptive way, but does not conceptually or theoretically explain why governance is part of the system context and what this perspective entails. For instance, Adams (2014:461) emphasizes that “strong governance structures are [...] needed,” while Sayles (2018:73) underlines the need for “enhancing governance network[s].” However, it is not clear how these aims could be achieved while the system context of estuary governance is informed by concepts such as hierarchical, polycentric, collaborative, and network governance (Eger and Courtenay 2021).

    Second, integrative and interdisciplinary approaches frame the concept of governance as a component of decision-making processes or decision-support tools. For example, in decision-support tools, ecosystem services—or in adaptive management, scientific knowledge—are integrated into or inform governance principles and processes with the aim to improve decision making in estuary management (e.g., Sousa and Alves 2020, Dapilah et al. 2021, Urlich and Hodder-Swain 2022). As a result, research focuses on developing strategic solutions and achieving goals, or refers simply to enhancing estuary governance. Thus, governance is functionally seen as an integrative approach but conceptually lacking interdisciplinary integration in various disciplines (Zaucha et al. 2016).

    Third, there is a growing but still limited body of research that focuses on establishing estuary governance as an independent object or field of research (e.g., Carvalho and Fidélis 2013, Fidélis and Carvalho 2015, Fidélis et al. 2019). Daniell et al. (2020), estimate that “as the effects of climate change unfold, the call for estuary governance theory will only get stronger.” They developed an analytical framework to improve estuary governance by using a combination of theories, such as evolutionary governance theory, risk governance theory, and territorial intelligence theory, possibly contributing to alternative governance models of estuarine areas. Whether this development contributes to establishing estuary governance as an independent field of research remains open.

    In sum, our systematic review indicates that research on estuary governance is still in its infancy. It was first introduced in 1987 (Hennessey and Robadue 1987) and has since then conceptually remained unspecified. However, there has been a noticeable increase in its conceptual exploration since 2010, showing that scholars have recognized the relevance of understanding and improving governance mechanisms specifically tailored to estuary environments. A lack of clarity adds to a fuzziness that can be attributed to the limited number of scholars addressing conceptual issues revolving around estuary governance and the vague umbrella term “governance” itself. Yet, we were able to identify some common trends despite the relatively limited body of theoretical work in the scientific literature: (1) estuary governance is closely associated with multi-level governance (MLG); (2) the field is generally characterized by an applied rationale and a lack of conceptual issues; and (3) estuary governance does not to date represent an independent field of research.

    A FRAMEWORK FOR COLLABORATIVE ESTUARY GOVERNANCE

    As based on our systematic review, we address the gaps identified in research and provide a more structured perspective on the discussion. Estuary governance needs to be combined with a different approach that enables it to better deal with the intricacies of estuaries. Thus, we propose and argue that collaborative governance holds a vital potential for improvement as it foregrounds environmental and conflict dimensions, reveals governance blind spots through a structured analytical approach, and prioritizes stakeholder engagement, an aspect of particular relevance for transboundary estuary governance. However, it represents an approach that is a widely used term in academic literature, but at the same time encompasses many concepts, leading to confusion (Batory and Svensson 2019). To deal with this fuzziness, researchers have developed several analytical frameworks based on literature reviews to provide structure (Bryson et al. 2006, Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson et al. 2012, Bingham and O’Leary. 2015). Of these frameworks, Ansell and Gash (2008), Emerson et al. (2012), and Emerson and Nabatchi (2015a) were selected as they combine and synthesize theoretical frameworks and research findings with practical implications, providing a promising conceptual basis for application in estuary governance. Specifically, Ansell and Gash (2008) define collaborative governance more structure-oriented than process-oriented, as a formal consensus-oriented process involving public agencies while including non-state stakeholders in decision making to create or implement public policy or manage public programs. Broadening the definition, Emerson et al. (2012) embrace processes within structures with a focus on human activity, as collaboration of people engages across spheres to achieve public purposes. This resulted in introducing a comprehensive framework for collaborative governance regimes (CGRs) (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a) that is characterized by long-term, cross-boundary collaboration among autonomous participants aiming for collective goals.

    Building on Emerson et al.’s (2012, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a) considerations, we aim to provide elements for a collaborative governance estuary regime. We strive to design a framework inclusive enough to encompass not only institutionalized governance arrangements (e.g., CGRs), but also less formalized collaborative approaches, short-term collaborations, and cooperation that does not lead to (legitimized) decision making in estuarine contexts. To cover these different types, we stick in general to the term “collaboration” and to Emerson et al.’s (2012, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a) empirically and theoretically grounded framework as its goal is to “identify general components and elements of collaborative governance” (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a:22). In line with Ansell and Gash (2008), Emerson et al. (2012) and Emerson and Nabatchi (2015a), our systematic literature research has considered the most important dimensions and elements of collaboration. This necessitates exploring when, where, why, how, and under which circumstances collaborations can effectively be applied in estuarine contexts and has led us to expand Emerson and Nabatchi’s (2015a) system context to include the two aspects of environment and conflict. Within collaboration itself, we highlight the relevance of elements such as stakeholder engagement, knowledge integration, structures and processes, and leadership, as they play a central role in estuary governance. In sum, we combine the concept of collaborative governance with the most relevant aspects identified in the estuary governance literature to develop conceptual building blocks for an integrated collaborative estuary governance framework.

    Our framework for collaborative estuary governance, as shown in Fig. 2, includes contexts in which collaboration takes place and elements of operationalizing collaboration are displayed. The environmental context, the system context, and conflict dimensions are conceived as interlinked, and a variation where one of the dimensions can influence the other and vice versa can lead to feedback loops. In addition, temporal or contextual perspectives and dynamics that distinguish between historical, current, and expected future changes (with an awareness of their uncertainty, particularly with climate change-related aspects) bear an influence on the dimensions. Through their interactions, these three dimensions catalyze the starting condition(s) for a collaborative dynamic to emerge that could be a CGR or a less formalized collaborative governance arrangement, while within collaboration, participants engage in collaborative dynamics. Based on our meta-synthesis, the collaborative dynamics in the estuary region are conceptualized as the combination of four elements: stakeholder engagement, structures and processes, knowledge integration, and leadership. The institutional design comprises the organizational structures to normalize interactions. Through stakeholder participation in collaborative dynamics, outputs and outcomes may emerge, and intermediate or final outcomes of collaboration can generate adaptation or adaptive responses within the CGR and the surrounding context (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015b). Collaboration can thus lead to “(non-)response” in the environmental context, to “(mal-)adaption” in the system context, and ideally to “negotiation” of conflicts.

    Although we build on the contributions of existing frameworks of collaborative governance, our emphasis is motivated by the specific characteristics and needs of estuarine systems. It is based on the thematic blocks we developed in our systematic analysis and which are summarized as dimensions/elements, aspects, and analytical foci as shown in Table 1.

    The environmental context dimension

    The environmental context dimension significantly shapes collaborative estuary governance, serving not only as “environmental influences that affect and are affected by the CGR” (Emerson et al. 2012:5), but also as a key context in conjunction with the system and conflicts context. The focus on the environmental context dimension is inspired by scholars of environmental governance, who have emphasized the need to understand its dynamics and outcomes in specific contexts (Koontz and Newig 2014, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a, Clement et al. 2020), and to which particular attention should be paid (Ostrom 2009, Bodin 2017). By environmental context, we refer to all environmental conditions, the current state, and the changes that were and are specific to and present in the ecological shape of estuaries.

    Moreover, the meta-synthesis reveals that environmental aspects have typically been assigned a peripheral role and were treated as isolated components of sea, river, or land issues in single-estuary studies, rather than being framed as conceptually linked factors. Given the absence of a comprehensive perspective and superordinate conceptual approaches, as well as the topical segmentation of environmental concerns within the debate on estuary governance, the question arises: how can the environmental context be analyzed in its full scope?

    Within the existing scientific literature, environmental protection represents a primary goal (Hein and Thomsen 2022). This can include, for example, protecting unique ecological characteristics of flora and fauna, promoting biodiversity conservation, or establishing processes, such as environmental flows (Adams 2014). Thus, nature conservation and ecological restoration represent the most commonly discussed objectives in estuary governance literature (Carvalho and Fidélis 2013, Root-Bernstein and Frascaroli 2016, Buitenhuis and Dieperink 2019, Elliott et al. 2019, Truchet et al. 2022).

    Direct or indirect challenges to deal with in environmental contexts are often referred to as environmental problems (Scott 2015) directly affecting the estuarine environment and its environmental conditions (Sayles and Baggio 2017, Sayles 2018), including crucial ecosystem condition indicators, such as temperature, salinity, oxygen levels, and chemical and nutrient pollution (eutrophication). Indirect pressures on the environmental system, such as nutrient overloading excesses (Pinto and Marques 2015), result from a variety of human activities, such as agriculture, fisheries, urban and industrial development (Ballinger and Stojanovic 2010), leisure activities, and regional and local recreation (Hein and Thomsen 2022).

    Further challenges arise from current and anticipated environmental changes due to climate change, which have gained growing recognition in estuaries regions (Dawson et al. 2011, Peirson et al. 2015, van der Voorn et al. 2017, Pinto et al. 2018a). Drawing on the natural science literature, environmental change appears to raise challenging questions for estuary governance: how should it address and deal with increasing environmental impacts (Hoegh-Guldberg and Bruno 2010, Rybczyk et al. 2012, Dapilah et al. 2021, Biguino et al. 2023)? This question is mirrored in the calls for a shift toward a more inclusive, deliberative, and adaptive governance to deal with the impacts of climate change (Turner et al. 2016, Liski et al. 2019b, Sousa and Alves 2020), whereas studies generally show that understanding the impacts of climate change is important for developing and improving sustainable management strategies (Lonsdale et al. 2022).

    The lack of an integrated perspective is also acknowledged. For example, Sayles and Baggio (2017) note that environmental problems are often conceptually separated from their ecological and social context, leading to a governance of environmental problems by networks of people and organizations that are only loosely or hardly related to the underlying ecological system. Furthermore, a mismatch often exists between timescales of environmental change and human management responses, particularly with regard to political election cycles (Thomas and Koontz 2011). So, to effectively address estuarine challenges and to better depict the full environmental context of estuaries with regard to environmental concerns, it is essential to consider institutional and political frameworks² such as the European, national, and local policy levels (Dawson et al. 2011). This would include building an understanding of the existing linkages between human and physical systems (Ballinger and Stojanovic 2010).

    Although environmental aspects are dominant themes in estuary governance literature, this should not lead to the conclusion that a focused debate on the concept of the entire estuarine system exists. Instead, the current discussion is characterized by a wide and sometimes unspecific array of thematic or spatial components of the estuary such as water, land, and sea, along with their ecological aspects, functions, and problems due to institutional rationales and inflexible structures. Following Daniell et al. (2020), it is important to raise awareness of the spatial and functional interactions within the estuarine environmental system itself.

    To overcome the fragmentation of the current debate in estuary governance, interdisciplinary research is key in developing integrated and effective approaches for collaboration in estuary governance. As individual disciplines are unable to comprehensively and cooperatively analyze the environmental context of an estuary, trustworthy interdisciplinary research is paramount. A basic level of mutual understanding across disciplines would be a starting point to enable analyses that draw on existing social and natural science studies to develop interdisciplinary and integrative cooperation. This would, for example, include targeted social science field studies that could reveal and sensitize natural science and engineering disciplines for stakeholder knowledge, local perceptions, and regional practices of dealing with or solving problems. Although this is sometimes a difficult process and seems like a fundamental task, recognizing the commitment to collaborative decision making is essential for developing sustainable management strategies and dealing with the various impacts of climate change on estuaries.

    In sum, effective collaborative governance requires not only the understanding of the environmental context and the local specificities of each estuary, but also its relationship between the different contexts. On this note, our framework (Fig. 1) helps to understand the dimensions and nuances of environmental contexts in interaction and non-interaction with the system context, and the existing conflicts. By understanding the multifaceted nature of the socio-conflictual-environmental estuary contexts and prioritizing governance actions based on their potential environmental impacts, governance efforts hold the potential to more effectively address the challenges caused by global environmental change and human activities.

    The system context dimension

    The system context in which a collaborative governance arrangement operates can both facilitate and hinder collaboration dynamics and efficiency (Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). Like the environmental context, the system context of estuary regions is multifaceted as it operates at multiple scales, involves multi-resort responsibilities, is embedded in highly political-administrative structures, is affected by overlapping jurisdictions, has a diverse actor constellation, and is subject to policy priorities and decision-making frameworks. The meta-analysis clearly reveals that the system context is characterized by existing institutional constraints and competing interests lacking awareness of horizontal and vertical governance processes. The complicated situation in estuaries often obfuscates or even discourages system context analyses in existing research (Daniell et al. 2020), resulting in a focus on addressing practical, isolated, and confined governance challenges.

    The concept of collaborative governance provides here a basis for analyzing the system context. As outlined by Emerson and Nabatchi (2015a), the system context is classified into political (e.g., political structures, decision-making processes, political interests), social (e.g., communities, population, social interactions, cultural factors), and economic (e.g., economic activities, resource management, economic interests) dimensions. The system context of collaborative governance can also be characterized in terms of multi-level governance (MLG), spanning public and private sectors (Emerson et al. 2012). Crucial are here the following questions: what are the specifics of each estuary’s systemic context? And within which horizontal and vertical governance structures should collaboration be embedded?

    The current debate on estuary governance acknowledges influences from the global to the local level. At the global and supranational level, international treaties and conventions set at least minimum environmental protection standards, whereas at the national level, government policies regulate marine, coastal, and federal waterways. At the regional and local levels, estuarine specifics are addressed through laws and regulations (Lonsdale et al. 2022). However, although higher-level legislative instruments and obligations primarily set implementation goals without specifying how to achieve them, they induce but also enable, different and localized interpretations and implementations by local estuary governments (Daniell et al. 2020, Sousa and Alves 2020).

    Estuary regions—framed in terms of administrative boundaries—rarely align with ecosystem boundaries, reflecting the fragmented nature of estuary governance systems, which are made up of isolated components such as land-use planning, marine planning, economic development, and natural resource management (Daniell et al. 2020). Due to their varying characteristics, these subsystems are already in conflict within each other and with politics, economics, law, and sectoral views. Defining and analyzing appropriate scales and levels for governance arrangements is challenging, and estuaries are in many cases not considered as a multifaceted entity by decision makers (Daniell et al. 2020).

    The spatial–scale mismatch, which describes the misalignment of governing bodies with environmental systems, represents another challenge (Sayles and Baggio 2017). Examples, such as urban and rural upstream community members being unaware of their impact on downstream fishing and aquaculture industries, exhibit the discrepancy between different stakeholder priorities and the resulting need for overarching governance approaches (Daniell et al. 2020). However, positive examples illustrate that awareness of these interdependencies is increasing: fishery managers collaborate to manage migratory fish populations, and municipal park managers cooperate with other land managers within pollination distance of the park (Sayles and Baggio 2017).

    Institutional challenges represent a further barrier for effective estuary governance. For example, issues such as problems of coordination between agencies are a hindering point (Carvalho and Fidélis 2013), and time constraints for the development of studies, plans, and comprehensive evaluations represent vital barriers as well (Sousa and Alves 2020). Additionally, high transaction costs due to geographical distribution of agencies (Sayles 2018) lead to a reluctance to engage with issues, such as for example flood protection in England, where flood risk management responsibilities are divided among a variety of stakeholders (Restemeyer et al. 2019). In general, governance processes are shaped at the regional and local level, and the historically generated path-dependencies at both state and local levels. Overlapping laws and procedures, along with persistent historical influences of various kinds, influence the administrative and socio-political processes that impact on horizontal governance development in estuary regions (Boschet and Rambonilaza 2018).

    Another challenge for estuary governance consists in building a common understanding of the interaction between social and political aspects within ecological systems (Root-Bernstein and Frascaroli 2016). Urlich and Hodder-Swain (2022), for example, discuss the importance of cultural values and religious aspects for inhabitants of estuaries, such as the Maori of New Zealand, who are spiritually connected to their estuary.

    So far, the debate on the estuary system context has mainly focused on the ability of divided and segregated management approaches on a regional or local level to operationalize their respective governance conceptualization. This also concerns small-scale management arrangements that take place in a larger context, and it is not discussed how exactly these efforts have a horizontal and vertical effect. We found that estuary governance often occurs in “silos,” with the sea, the river, and the land being managed separately, whereas interactions between upstream and downstream communities are intricately interwoven. This is exacerbated by the fact that estuaries do not spatially align with the legally and culturally defined categories of land and sea, which makes the process of defining, understanding, or developing their system context tricky (Daniell et al. 2020).

    To conclude, clarifying the horizontal and vertical governance interrelations is paramount to ensure consistent and effective collaborative arrangements across all levels and administrative boundaries. The system context is crucial for estuary governance, comprehensively including structures, rules, power dynamics, and stakeholders, and reproduced on a smaller scale within collaborations. Identifying potential barriers supports the effectiveness of any governance modi.

    The conflict context dimension

    The ongoing discourse on collaborative governance in the literature has repeatedly emphasized the benefit of conflict resolution through collaboration (Berardo et al. 2014; see also: studies of environmental conflict research by Scarff et al. 2015, Hileman and Bodin 2019). As the meta-analysis exhibited, conflicts are core topics in social sciences studies on estuary governance, identifying a high potential for and diversity of conflicts across various levels and scales in estuary regions (for overviews, see Carvalho and Fidélis 2013, Fidélis and Carvalho 2015). We identified the conflict context as a stand-alone dimension with the need to clearly define estuarine conflicts within conflict research streams as based on Stepanova and Bruckmeier (2013) and Kuhn et al. (2023), who have been working intensively on coastal and environmental conflicts.

    The existing literature on estuary governance reveals different types of conflicts such as socio-environmental conflicts (Truchet et al. 2022), use conflicts (Carvalho and Fidélis 2013), or land-use conflicts (Pinto et al. 2018a). Research on these topics shows that conflicts tend to be historically embedded, long-standing (Barrett et al. 2021), deeply rooted among local actors (Root-Bernstein and Frascaroli 2016), and/or arising from competing objectives in different sectors, such as environmental protection, agriculture, or industry (Peirson et al. 2015).

    Ballinger and Stojanovic (2010) argue that conflicts in estuary regions are mainly caused by existing interconnections of human and physical systems, ranging from global perspectives, such as global environmental change and sea level rise (Pinto et al. 2018b) to more regional and local issues, such as pollution and habitat degradation (Pinto and Marques 2015). External and internal threats can be distinguished as potentials for conflict (Kuenzer et al. 2020). External factors include climate change, environmental pollution, and political conflicts, whereas internal factors may for example include oil or industrial pollution and land subsidence. As well, decision making often prioritizes socio-economic interests over ecological ones (Atkins et al. 2011, Truchet et al. 2022).

    As seen in our review, conflicts in estuary regions increasingly have environmental roots and “outside conflicts” driven by estuarine factors often lead to “inner governance and institutional conflicts” such as litigation, deadlock, or stakeholder disagreements. Consequently, a comprehensive consideration of the three dimensions (environmental context, system context, and conflict context) and their interaction is pivotal because conflicts do not arise overnight, but are significantly influenced and shaped by already existing as well as newly emerging factors. In our view, it is important that estuary governance will develop further by emphasizing that conflict negotiation and mediation can only be successful through an integrative socio-environmental understanding of estuary regions.

    Starting condition element

    Whereas the previous three dimensions provide the contextual backdrop, the starting condition element emerges from their interactions, thereby marking a transition from these contexts into the institutionalization and operationalization of the collaboration. The rationale for initiating a collaboration in estuary regions depends, to a considerable extent, on the starting condition “which can either facilitate or discourage cooperation between stakeholders and between agencies and stakeholders” (Ansell and Gash 2008:550), with Emerson et al. (2015a) identifying four key drivers for collaboration: uncertainty (e.g., individual or collective uncertainty about the nature, scope, or consequences of an issue), interdependence (e.g., actors can not achieve goals independently), consequential incentives (e.g., internal needs such as resource needs, interests, or opportunities, and external pressures, such as crises, threats, or opportunities), and initiating leadership (e.g., a recognized actor who can mobilize support and resources).

    For collaboration within an estuary region, very few studies provide insights into drivers. Increasing awareness of the interdependence of stakeholders’ interests and socio-environmental risks affecting estuaries has been shown as one example (Carvalho and Fidélis 2013). Conflicts (Truchet et al. 2022) can be conceived as the primary driver as collaborative governance is primarily site specific and closely tied to specific issues within an estuary region (Emerson et al. 2003, as cited in Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). Such drivers can stem from a variety of reasons: uncertainty in dealing with “turbulence” (Bryson et al. 2006, as cited in Emerson 2015a) and “wicked” problems, such as climate change, which are currently gaining momentum in the estuary governance debate (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a, Voets et al. 2014). Furthermore, stimuli, both negative (e.g., extreme weather events) and positive (e.g., environmental funding), also have the potential to serve as a motivational force for collaboration.

    To conclude, the starting condition element functions as the catalyst among the three dimensions. Understanding the starting conditions and drivers enables identifying potential impediments for collaboration, including mistrust among stakeholders or historically established objections, which may impede collaboration dynamics. Overall, the state, its institutions, and its representatives hold the primary responsibility and power for initiating collaboration.

    Institutional design element

    The institutional design element refers to those arrangements that have to be established both at the intra- and the inter-organizational level (Emerson et al. 2012). In addition, constitutive decision-making processes are considered to require (re-)design and establishment (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). Effective collaborative governance prioritizes the principles of openness and inclusiveness (Ansell and Gash 2008), procedural transparency, legitimacy (Bryson et al. 2006, Dapilah et al. 2021), and well-balanced accountability (Ulibarri et al. 2023).

    Taking these aspects as a starting point for collaboration in estuary regions, the exploration of estuarine-specific institutional design requirements depends on the respective system context. As estuary regions are characterized by a multitude of stakeholders and may span multiple nations, regions, and governance sectors at different governance levels, the implementation of a robust collaborative governance arrangement is particularly challenging. Collaboration processes are time consuming and highly dependent on interests and the political environment (Gash 2022). Yet, they hold the potential to enable the sharing and leveraging of scarce resources (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a).

    A critical step in institutional design is a well-defined and collaboratively developed set of goals, as the absence of clear goals can lead to difficulties in reaching and assessing outcomes, leading to stagnation and impasses (Gash 2022). As higher-level visions are seen as a key factor in the development of estuary regions in the scientific literature, developing them is conceived as a first and foremost goal (Pinto et al. 2018b, Buitenhuis and Dieperink 2019, Lonsdale et al. 2022). Thus, the more diverse and conflicting interests are, the more essential it is to implement clear and robust institutional design arrangements to ensure effective collaborative outputs and outcomes.

    Output and outcome element

    Implementing actions of collaboration dynamics hold the potential to lead to outputs and outcomes (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). Outputs are short-term and direct results, such as the concrete identification of recommendations for and the implementation of actions, whereas outcomes are long-term and indirect results, such as trust built between stakeholders, established democracy in practice, increased transparency of processes and conflicts, reduced litigations, or extended perception of environmental change. Nevertheless, Emerson and Nabatchi (2015a) remark that even if collaboration fails to achieve formal outputs, the emergence of social benefits and potentially positive outcomes is still possible.

    Despite the lack of information on collaborative outputs and outcomes in estuary regions, the scientific literature reveals a need to improve environmental aspects in estuary regions with regard to sustainability (Barrett et al. 2021), restoration (Root-Bernstein and Frascaroli 2016), and ecological outcomes (Sayles 2018). Recent studies on collaborative governance, however, indicate that environmental outcomes often do not align with political agendas, although collaborative processes have beneficial effects on them (Biddle and Koontz 2014). Whether the effectiveness of these outputs and outcomes in fragmented estuary regions can lead to environmentally friendly policy decisions, their subsequent implementation, or result in implementation gaps remains to be proven.

    Structures and processes aspect

    Collaborative estuary governance arrangements can vary, depending on factors like affordability, initiators, leadership, participants, and goals. These structures and processes must operate within the constraints of legal and institutional frameworks and decision-making authorities while defining roles, competencies ,and goals of the collaboration that also ensure transparency. These structural aspects are essential for guiding iterative interactions among multiple participants over time (Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). As collaborative estuary governance regimes are likely large, interdependent, and long lasting, they share similar requirements to those of other governance areas: establishing clear ground rules, maintaining transparency of processes, formalizing governance structures of expectations, processes, and outcomes, and adhering to formal deadlines within the organizational structure (Ansell and Gash 2008).

    Stakeholder engagement aspect

    Within the discourse on estuary governance, stakeholder engagement has been identified as one of the key topics (e.g., Zaucha et al. 2016). All studies identify stakeholder engagement as a key factor within the success and acceptance of effective estuary governance. Emerson et al. (2012:10) refer to stakeholder engagement as “principled engagement,” which aims to assess the level of trust and mutual respect between potential stakeholders before forming the collaborative governance arrangement. This is essential, as relationships are conceived as the foundation of collaborative governance (Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson et al. 2012). According to Ansell and Gash (2008), access should also be given to all stakeholders, including potentially conflicting interests. However, who the “right” or “adequate” stakeholders to be involved in the estuary governance are remains to be answered.

    Generally seen, the estuary governance literature discusses that a person or interest group qualifies as a stakeholder by representation, legitimacy, power, and knowledge (O’Toole et al. 2013). According to the systematic review, state and non-state stakeholders in estuary governance processes can originate from various entities, such as port authorities, scientific research centers, municipalities, industries, and user associations representing fishermen, salt producers, agriculturalists, hunters, and water sports enthusiasts (Lillebø et al. 2015). So-called stakeholders are often categorized or differentiated on the basis of their importance, role as mediators, and levels of dominance and power within the decision-making process (e.g., Liski et al. 2019a). Buitenhuis und Dieperink (2019) underscore the role of key stakeholders in influencing processes and outcomes.

    Shared goals, visions, long-term commitment, and pathway development of estuarine stakeholders are seen as a basic requirement for effective and long-lasting management and adaptation strategies to climate change (van der Voorn et al. 2017, Liski et al. 2019a, Sousa and Alves 2020). A key advantage of stakeholder engagement in estuary governance is that it leads to decisions that are more closely aligned with community values and needs, incorporate local knowledge, reduce mistrust (Vanderlinden et al. 2017), and foster effective mediation of interests, social learning, and negotiation across scales (Sousa and Alves 2020).

    However, stakeholder behavior may also hinder collaborative governance or even cause it to fail. Research indicates that there is not always sufficient representation and integration of stakeholders in estuarine governance processes (Root-Bernstein and Frascaroli 2016). This failure can result in regional resistance (Buitenhuis and Dieperink 2019). Also, there often exists a lack of sufficient resources within the participating organizations for coordination and collaboration, as well as the effect of mutual influences between higher- and lower-level organizations (Sayles 2018).

    In sum, an estuary collaboration has much to gain and also much to lose from successful or unsuccessful involvement of stakeholders. Finding the right balance seems to be a challenge, given the conflicting perspectives and the need to promote democratic and equitable processes in estuary regions. The tendency to use stakeholder engagement as a panacea aiming to quickly satisfy the needs of various interest groups can have negative impacts if it is not done properly or in earnest, as individuals feel that they are only allowed to collaborate for the sake of formal participation without having sufficient influence or impact. The scientific debate on estuary governance shows that its importance has already been recognized, but we suggest taking a step back and examining the current and future purpose of engagement and what it actually is: stakeholder engagement should be reflected from a more conceptual perspective to avoid fallacies of the practical side.

    Knowledge integration aspect

    The knowledge integration element is one of the elements of Emerson et al.’s (2012) attributed capacity for joining action. According to them (Emerson et al. 2012:16), “knowledge is the currency of collaboration,” and collaboration requires the generation and sharing of new knowledge. This aspect has been outlined in studies that explicitly address the role of knowledge management for collaboration in networks (Agranoff 2007 and Cross and Parker 2004 as cited in Emerson et al. 2012).

    Despite the multiple meanings and interpretations of the notion of knowledge, the literature on estuary governance recognizes the benefits of integrating various types of knowledge into governance processes. Scholars in the field of estuary governance generally agree that local knowledge plays an important role (Sousa and Alves 2020, Barrett et al. 2021) and that it can contribute to reduce regional resistance (Buitenhuis and Dieperink 2019), whereas local ecological knowledge (Truchet et al. 2022) and expert knowledge are valuable for developing and assessing (extreme) future scenarios (Dawson et al. 2011). This can, for example, be seen in the ecological knowledge of fishermen about the impacts of climate change on fish populations or the long-term changes in the maritime environments (Truchet et al. 2022).

    Climate change, especially, requires the integration of different types of knowledge and a transdisciplinary approach for a more comprehensive understanding of the multifaceted relationships in estuarine ecosystems (Sousa and Alves 2020). Buitenhuis and Dieperink (2019) propose so-called knowledge brokers for managing “knowledges” because scientific knowledge does not represent a panacea and its incorporation into decision making is currently limited (Vanderlinden et al. 2017).

    So far, research on knowledge and knowledge integration mostly remains on a descriptive level without explaining how to successfully implement them in estuary governance. It remains unclear how knowledge is generated and used within collaboration, the impact it bears on participants and their ability to understand and apply it, and its strategic influence on conflicts. However, local estuarine knowledge, the acceptance of different forms of knowledge (tested knowledge, experience-based knowledge, informal, formal, and lay knowledge), and the fostering of a common understanding of the estuarine system are pivotal for the envisioned collaboration.

    However, with the impending climate-induced environmental changes and the increasing scientification of governance processes (Bogner 2021), the necessity of required knowledge and its limitations in the face of uncertainties becomes evident. Also, scientific knowledge and findings cannot be used as the sole basis or justification for decisions to be made. Thus, after an analysis of what types of knowledge are available, used, or needed, there should also be a reflection on the extent to which knowledge should or can be used by policy makers, administrative staff, and other actors. Generally, a need for further research on methodological, theoretical, and empirical aspects emerges from our analysis, suggesting that a deep understanding of the estuarine system is required for a more effective governance.

    Leadership aspect

    The aspect of leadership is increasing in significance as a driver of collaborative governance, a development also reflected in the growing body of literature on the subject (O’Leary et al. 2012, Linden 2010, Morse et al. 2007 as cited in Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a). The task of an effective leadership consists in adequately representing all interests, building trust to keep stakeholders engaged and ideally trying to minimize conflicts (Ansell and Gash 2008).

    As it stands today, a limited focus on the topic and concept of leadership is prevalent in the scientific literature on estuary governance. However, research undertaken in estuary regions indicates that individuals are important (Buitenhuis and Dieperink 2019), that interests and political leadership are necessary for the implementation of legislation (Liski et al. 2019a), that leadership can come from a superior-level of government (Wang and Gong 2022), that powerful actors matter (Daniell et al. 2020), and that regions are often dominated by economic sectors (Pinto and Marques 2015). Although collaborative leadership is of crucial relevance when power and resources are “asymmetrically distributed” (Ansell and Gash 2008), as it is often the case in estuary regions, effective leadership must bring together a multitude of overlapping entities, institutions, economic sectors, and stakeholders who share resources and hold varying degrees of power (Carvalho and Fidélis 2013, Huang and Xu 2017, Wang and Gong 2022).

    What is currently lacking is a theoretical debate about and a clear notion of leadership in estuary governance. This is not surprising as leadership represents a driver of collaborative governance rather than a feature of estuary governance and multi-level governance. Mainly, we see the need for estuarine leaders to act as science translators (Emerson et al. 2012), evaluating and mediating when natural scientists model so-called idealized scenarios of estuaries, and social scientists need to recognize that political decisions involve compromises and trade-offs. As it stands, it is only possible through the implementation of competent leadership and “leadring” (Stibbe 2024) to balance strategies and competing interests of estuarine stakeholders effectively.

    CONCLUSION

    Estuaries are contested spaces that face significant challenges due to global change, conflicting user demands, increasing human impacts, and climate-induced environmental change. All these factors contribute to the fact that effective estuary governance remains an ambitious endeavor. In line with Gash (2022:507), who stated that “collaborative governance is a high-risk, high-reward policy endeavour,” this paper argues that collaborative estuary governance holds potential for conflict negotiation, system adaptation, and as a response to environmental change. Based on our analysis of the status quo nestling within research, we offered an estuary-specific framework that links collaborative with estuary governance. The aim consisted in providing a more structured conceptual approach by comparing and merging current developments. In doing so, we aimed to productively contribute to the currently developing discourse of estuary governance.

    Our systematic inventory of publications on estuary governance captures both the bigger picture on the development of the notion “estuary” and features a meta-synthesis of main thematic clusters, also revealing topical issues. Research on estuary governance is, as it stands, at an early stage if not in its infancy, but it is also gaining more and more attention. Currently, it suffers from a lack of conceptual reflection and theoretical development, and so far, rather represents an object- or problem-oriented field characterized by a descriptive rationale. The “fuzziness” encountered is, as yet, not problematized, and trends to clarify and develop the concept are still scarce. Therefore, our framework of collaborative estuary governance maps out three dimensions (environmental context, system context, conflict context) and three elements (starting condition, institutional design, output and outcomes) as they are conceived as highly relevant in the scientific literature analyzed. Although we are not the first to develop such a framework of collaborative governance (Ansell and Gash 2008, Emerson et al. 2012, Emerson and Nabatchi 2015a), we reveal the use and emphasize the relevance of the to-date neglected, separate dimensions of environmental and conflict context as depicted alongside the system context dimension. Thus, as our analysis is in line with the current state of knowledge, we would like to instigate a reflection on the limits and risks of estuary collaborative governance from our perspective as outlined below:

    • Collaborative processes are high risk and time consuming and may be made on the basis of the lowest common denominator. This does not allow for effective or large-scale changes. There is a general risk that processes and their outputs will be blocked at an early stage by private interest groups, actors, or the public, a potential barrier that could be particularly relevant in multi-stakeholder estuary regions.
    • Path dependency, representing the historically established routines of institutional problem solving, lack of knowledge about contact partners and institutions, and (non-)action in estuary regions, shaped by their often unclear horizontal and vertical personal–institutional linkages, make fast and large development steps considerably difficult. The so-called “human factor” often leads (state-)actors to adhere to established institutional practices, even in the face of new evidence and insights, until a prevailing consensus emerges to support the “new reality”—even though the decision/action initiated may come too late (climate change).
    • The integration of knowledge and the management of uncertainties both social and environmental often lack a strategic approach, leading to decision-making dilemmas, especially under economic constraints. Although uncertainty may initially encourage collaboration, unresolved issues impede practical action and can be deliberately exacerbated, for example, by selective or biased data release, modeling, and interpretation. This highlights the need for transparency, equitable access to data, and strategies to turn uncertainty into actionable steps of doing things.
    • Generational challenges and conflicting timescales with long-term solutions often clash with short-term political cycles and limited public resources. Incremental interventions, such as uncompensated river dredging, may seem small but accumulate over time, leaving future generations to deal with decades of maladaptation exacerbated by climate change. Increasing use pressures, particularly of megacities in estuary regions, exhibit this problem. Therefore, collaborative estuary governance should ideally be independent of or even detached from political cycles, allow for longer-term planning and management, have a cross-boundary or international framework, and focus on long-term visions and commitments. It can, however, be highly dependent on individuals or political parties if implemented and supported by elected or unelected representatives.

    Despite these limitations, we argue that top-down approaches, power imbalances, and the duration of legislation and established governance principles will reach their limits in the future. Following new research on the subject of robust governance (Ansell et al. 2022), we are convinced that effective estuary governance cannot be thought of separately from its surrounding environmental, societal, and cultural factors. This interconnection should be reflected in the level at which collaboration is implemented. A governance arena accurate for the environmental system functionality of a transnational or intermunicipal estuary—particularly the regional governance arena—could serve as an effective intermediary between local initiatives and broader national and global impacts, enabling project-specific developments at the local level without compromising larger-scale considerations.

    Generally seen, only continuous theoretical and empirical discussion, that builds on international comparative studies and interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary knowledge spanning scientific disciplines, sectors, and policy domains, will be able to contribute and build a suitable estuary governance theory. Although alternative approaches, such as adaptive governance (Chaffin et al. 2014) also hold a significant potential, collaborative governance is a flexible approach to effectively address impacts and effects of human interventions and climate change in estuarine environments.

    Embracing collaborative estuary governance as a framework can thus provide better understanding of how estuary regions could be sustainably managed, be more resilient to (climate-induced) environmental challenges, as well as just and more equitable for all stakeholders to be involved. In the end, collaboration is about the willingness of estuarine actors and stakeholder to engage in conflict negotiation and mediation, to share knowledge and power, to accept change and to grapple with future development. Whether this will take place remains a challenge for estuary regions in the future.

    __________

    [1] For an overview of the seven thematic clusters developed during the systematic literature review, see Appendix 1.
    [2] We are aware that our approach is influenced by our European background, which may pose constraints to the transferability of the framework in other geographical, political, institutional, and cultural contexts.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The author(s) disclose receipt of the following financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article: We would like to thank the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG, German Research Foundation) under Germany’s Excellence Strategy – EXC 2037 ‘CLICCS - Climate, Climatic Change, and Society’ – (Project Number: 390683824) for funding the original research. We would like to thank all our colleagues at the Institute of Urban Planning and Regional Development, HafenCity University Hamburg, for supporting this article along the way. Special thanks to Kimberly Tatum, Alexander Stanley, Alessandro Arlati, Andreas Obersteg, Donald Alimi, and Lea Schwab.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    The article was checked for grammar and spelling using AI.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Data/code sharing is not applicable to this article because no data and code were analyzed in this study.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Adams, J. B. 2014. A review of methods and frameworks used to determine the environmental water requirements of estuaries. Hydrological Sciences Journal 59(3-4):451-465. https://doi.org/10.1080/02626667.2013.816426

    Ansell, C., and A. Gash. 2008. Collaborative governance in theory and practice. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 18(4):543-571. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopart/mum032

    Ansell, C., E. Sørensen, and J. Torfing. 2022. Public administration and politics meet turbulence: the search for robust governance responses. Public Administration 101(1):3-22. https://doi.org/10.1111/padm.12874

    Atkins, J. P., D. Burdon, M. Elliott, and A. J. Gregory. 2011. Management of the marine environment: integrating ecosystem services and societal benefits with the DPSIR framework in a systems approach. Marine Pollution Bulletin 62(2):215-226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2010.12.012

    Ballinger, R., and T. Stojanovic. 2010. Policy development and the estuary environment: a Severn Estuary case study. Marine Pollution Bulletin 61(1-3):132-145. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2009.12.020

    Barrett, P., P. Kurian, N. Simmonds, and R. Cretney. 2021. Explaining reflexive governance through discursive institutionalism: estuarine restoration in Aotearoa New Zealand. Journal of Environmental Policy and Planning 23(3):332-344. https://doi.org/10.1080/1523908X.2021.1885358

    Batory, A., and S. Svensson. 2019. The fuzzy concept of collaborative governance: a systematic review of the state of the art. Central European Journal of Public Policy 13(2):28-39. https://doi.org/10.2478/cejpp-2019-0008

    Berardo, R., T. Heikkila, and A. K. Gerlak. 2014. Interorganizational engagement in collaborative environmental management: evidence from the South Florida Ecosystem Restoration Task Force. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 24(3):697-719. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopart/muu003

    Biddle, J. C., and T. M. Koontz. 2014. Goal specificity: a proxy measure for improvements in environmental outcomes in collaborative governance. Journal of Environmental Management 145:268-276. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2014.06.029

    Biguino, B., I. D. Haigh, J. M. Dias, and A. C. Brito. 2023. Climate change in estuarine systems: patterns and gaps using a meta-analysis approach. Science of the Total Environment 858(1):159742. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2022.159742

    Bingham, L. B., and R. O’Leary, editors. 2015. Big ideas in collaborative public management. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315706146

    Bodin, Ö. 2017. Collaborative environmental governance: achieving collective action in social-ecological systems. Science 357(6352):aan1114. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aan1114

    Bogner, A. 2021. Die Epistemisierung des Politischen. Wie die Macht des Wissens die Demokratie gefährdet: [Was bedeutet das alles?]. Reclam Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany.

    Booth, A. 2016. Searching for qualitative research for inclusion in systematic reviews: a structured methodological review. Systematic Reviews 5(74):1-23. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-016-0249-x

    Boschet, C., and T. Rambonilaza. 2018. Collaborative environmental governance and transaction costs in partnerships: evidence from a social network approach to water management in France. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 61(1):105-123. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2017.1290589

    Boyes, S. J., and M. Elliott. 2015. The excessive complexity of national marine governance systems—has this decreased in England since the introduction of the Marine and Coastal Access Act 2009? Marine Policy 51:57-65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2014.07.019

    Bryson, J. M., B. C. Crosby, and M. M. Stone. 2006. The design and implementation of cross-sector collaborations: propositions from the literature. Public Administration Review 66(S1):44-55. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6210.2006.00665.x

    Buitenhuis, Y., and C. Dieperink. 2019. Governance conditions for successful ecological restoration of estuaries: lessons from the Dutch Haringvliet case. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 62(11):1990-2009. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2018.1529556

    Carvalho, T. M., and T. Fidélis. 2013. The relevance of governance models for estuary management plans. Land Use Policy 34:134-145. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2013.02.007

    Chaffin, B. C., H. Gosnell, and B. A. Cosens. 2014. A decade of adaptive governance scholarship: synthesis and future directions. Ecology and Society 19(3):56. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-06824-190356

    Clement, S., A. G. Guerrero Gonzalez, and C. Wyborn. 2020. Understanding effectiveness in its broader context: assessing case study methodologies for evaluating collaborative conservation governance. Society and Natural Resources 33(4):462-483. https://doi.org/10.1080/08941920.2018.1556761

    Daniell, K. A., R. Plant, V. Pilbeam, C. Sabinot, N. Paget, K. Astles, R. Steffens, O. Barreteau, S. Bouard, P. Coad, A. Gordon, N. Ferrand, P.-Y. Le Meur, C. Lejars, P. Maurel, A. Rubio, J.-E. Rougier, and I. White. 2020. Evolutions in estuary governance? Reflections and lessons from Australia, France and New Caledonia. Marine Policy 112:1-15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2019.103704

    Dapilah, F., J. Ø. Nielsen, K. Lebek, and S. A. L. D’haen. 2021. He who pays the piper calls the tune: understanding collaborative governance and climate change adaptation in northern Ghana. Climate Risk Management 32:100306. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crm.2021.100306

    Dawson, R. J., T. Ball, J. Werritty, A. Werritty, J. W. Hall, and N. Roche. 2011. Assessing the effectiveness of non-structural flood management measures in the Thames Estuary under conditions of socio-economic and environmental change. Global Environmental Change 21(2):628-646. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2011.01.013

    Dorcey, A. H. J. 2004. Evolution of estuarine governance in a metropolitan region: Collaborating for sustainability in the Fraser River estuary. Bulletin of the Geological Survey of Canada 567:247-263 https://doi.org/10.4095/215812

    Eger, S. L., and S. C. Courtenay. 2021. Integrated coastal and marine management: insights from lived experiences in the Bay of Fundy, Atlantic Canada. Ocean and Coastal Management 204:105457. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2020.105457

    Elliott, M., J. W. Day, R. Ramachandran, and E. Wolanski. 2019. A synthesis: what is the future for coasts, estuaries, deltas and other transitional habitats in 2050 and beyond? Pages 1-28 in E. Wolanski, J. W. Day, M. Elliott, and R. Ramachandran, editors. Coasts and estuaries. The future. Elsevier, Amsterdam, Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-814003-1.00001-0

    Emerson, K., and T. Nabatchi. 2015a. Collaborative governance regimes. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Emerson, K., and T. Nabatchi. 2015b. Evaluating the productivity of collaborative governance regimes: a performance matrix. Public Performance and Management Review 38(4):717-747. https://doi.org/10.1080/15309576.2015.1031016

    Emerson, K., T. Nabatchi, and S. Balogh. 2012. An integrative framework for collaborative governance. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 22(1):1-29. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopart/mur011

    Fidélis, T., and T. Carvalho. 2015. Estuary planning and management: the case of Vouga Estuary (Ria de Aveiro), Portugal. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 58(7):1173-1195. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2014.918874

    Fidélis, T., F. Teles, P. Roebeling, and F. Riazi. 2019. Governance for sustainability of estuarine areas—assessing alternative models using the case of Ria de Aveiro, Portugal. Water 11(4):846. https://doi.org/10.3390/w11040846

    Gailing, L., and A. Röhring. 2016. Is it all about collaborative governance? Alternative ways of understanding the success of energy regions. Utilities Policy 41:237-245. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jup.2016.02.009

    Gash, A. 2022. Collaborative governance. Pages 497-509 in C. Ansell and J. Torfing, editors. Handbook on theories of governance. Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK, and Northampton, Massachusetts, USA.

    Gonçalves, C., and P. Pinho. 2022. In search of coastal landscape governance: a review of its conceptualisation, operationalisation and research needs. Sustainability Science 17(3):2093-2111. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01147-6

    Hein, J., and J. Thomsen. 2022. Contested estuary ontologies: the conflict over the fairway adaptation of the Elbe River, Germany. Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 6(1):153-177. https://doi.org/10.1177/25148486221098825

    Hennessey, T., and D. Robadue, editors. 1987. Lessons from the experiment in estuarine governance: establishing evaluative criteria. Pages 1685-1690 in P. Seligman, R. Williams, M. Waldock, E. Brainard, L. Hall, R. Coates, W. Johnson, A. Valkirs, J. Keeley, R. Huggett, P. Stang, M. Stephenson, C. Goudy, J. Irish, R. Macnab, T. Carter, S. Smith, R. Abel, K. Manchester, M. Kumar, N. Saxena, I. Townsend-Galt, F. Cantelmo, J. Summers, and G. Kontopidis, editors. Proceedings of OCEANS’87, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada, 28 September 1987–1 October 1987. IEEE, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1109/OCEANS.1987.1160587

    Hileman, J., and Ö. Bodin. 2019. Balancing costs and benefits of collaboration in an ecology of games. Policy Studies Journal 47(1):138-158. https://doi.org/10.1111/psj.12292

    Hoegh-Guldberg, O., and J. F. Bruno. 2010. The impact of climate change on the world’s marine ecosystems. Science 328(5985):1523-1528. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1189930

    Huang, Q., and J. Xu. 2017. Scales of power in water governance in China: examples from the Yangtze River Basin. Society and Natural Resources 30(4):421-435. https://doi.org/10.1080/08941920.2016.1268657

    Imperial, M. T., T. Hennessey, and D. Robadue, Jr. 1993. The evolution of adaptive management for estuarine ecosystems: the National Estuary Program and its precursors. Ocean and Coastal Management 20(2):147-168. https://doi.org/10.1016/0964-5691(93)90056-5

    Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2019. The ocean and cryosphere in a changing climate. Special report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, and New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009157964

    Jabareen, Y. 2009. Building a conceptual framework: philosophy, definitions, and procedure. International Journal of Qualitative Methods 8(4):49-62. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690900800406

    Kooiman, J. 1999. Social-political governance: overview, reflections, and design. Public Management: An International Journal of Research and Theory 1(1):67-92. https://doi.org/10.1080/14719037800000005

    Koontz, T. M., and J. Newig. 2014. From planning to implementation: top-down and bottom-up approaches for collaborative watershed management. Policy Studies Journal 42(3):416-436. https://doi.org/10.1111/psj.12067

    Kuenzer, C., V. Heimhuber, J. W. Day, O. Varis, T. Bucx, F. Renaud, G. Liu, V. Q. Tuan, T. Schlurmann, and W. Glamore. 2020. Profiling resilience and adaptation in mega deltas: a comparative assessment of the Mekong, Yellow, Yangtze, and Rhine deltas. Ocean and Coastal Management 198:105362. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2020.105362

    Kuhn, D., T. Fickel, M. Rauchecker, D. Hummel, K. Brinkmann, S. Burkhart, F. Frick-Trzebitzky, T. Friedrich, and L. Nitschke. 2023. Natur im Konflikt: Konzeptualisierungen des Nichtmenschlichen in der Forschung zu Umweltkonflikten. ISOE-Diskussionspapiere 48. https://www.isoe.de/uploads/downloads/Publikationen/Reihen/ISOE-Diskussionspapiere/dp-48-isoe-2023.pdf

    Lillebø, A. I., P. Stålnacke, and G. D. Gooch, editors. 2015. Coastal lagoons in Europe: integrated water resource strategies. International Water Association (IWA) Publishing, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.2166/9781780406299

    Liski, A. H., P. Ambros, M. J. Metzger, K. A. Nicholas, A. M. W. Wilson, and T. Krause. 2019a. Governance and stakeholder perspectives of managed re-alignment: adapting to sea level rise in the Inner Forth estuary, Scotland. Regional Environmental Change 19(8):2231-2243. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-019-01505-8

    Liski, A. H., M. J. Koetse, and M. J. Metzger. 2019b. Addressing awareness gaps in environmental valuation: choice experiments with citizens in the Inner Forth, Scotland. Regional Environmental Change 19(8):2217-2229. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-018-01458-4

    Lonsdale, J.-A., C. Leach, D. Parsons, A. Barkwith, S. Manson, and M. Elliott. 2022. Managing estuaries under a changing climate: a case study of the Humber Estuary, UK. Environmental Science and Policy 134(1):75-84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2022.04.001

    Lonsdale, J.-A., K. Weston, S. Barnard, S. J. Boyes, and M. Elliott. 2015. Integrating management tools and concepts to develop an estuarine planning support system: a case study of the Humber Estuary, Eastern England. Marine Pollution Bulletin 100(1):393-405. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2015.08.017

    Martinetto, P., D. Alemany, F. Botto, M. Mastrángelo, V. Falabella, E. M. Acha, G. Antó, A. Bianchi, C. Campagna, G. Cañete, P. Filippo, O. Iribarne, P. Laterra, P. Martínez, R. Negri, A. R. Piola, S. I. Romero, D. Santos, and M. Saraceno. 2020. Linking the scientific knowledge on marine frontal systems with ecosystem services. Ambio 49(2):541-556. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-019-01222-w

    Newig, J., E. Challies, N. W. Jager, E. Kochskämper, and A. Adzersen. 2018. The environmental performance of participatory and collaborative governance: a framework of causal mechanisms. Policy Studies Journal 46(2):269-297. https://doi.org/10.1111/psj.12209

    O’Toole, K., M. Keneley, and B. Coffey. 2013. The participatory logic of coastal management under the project state: insights from the Estuary Entrance Management Support System (EEMSS) in Victoria, Australia. Environmental Science and Policy 27:206-214. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2012.12.011

    Ostrom, E. 2009. A general framework for analyzing sustainability of social-ecological systems. Science 325(5939):419-422. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1172133

    Paalvast, P., and G. van der Velde. 2014. Long term anthropogenic changes and ecosystem service consequences in the northern part of the complex Rhine-Meuse estuarine system. Ocean and Coastal Management 92:50-64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2014.02.005

    Page, M. J., J. E. McKenzie, P. M. Bossuyt, I. Boutron, T. C. Hoffmann, C. D. Mulrow, L. Shamseer, J. M. Tetzlaff, E. A. Akl, S. E. Brennan, R. Chou, J. Glanville, J. M. Grimshaw, A. Hróbjartsson, M. M. Lalu, T. Li, E. W. Loder, E. Mayo-Wilson, S. McDonald, L. A. McGuinness, L. A. Stewart, J. Thomas, A. C. Tricco, V. A. Welch, P. Whiting, and D. Moher. 2021. The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Systematic Reviews 10(1):89. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-021-01626-4

    Partelow, S., A. Schlüter, D. Armitage, M. Bavinck, K. Carlisle, R. L. Gruby, A. K. Hornidge, M. Le Tissier, J. B. Pittman, A. M. Song, L. P. Sousa, N. Văidianu, and K. van Assche. 2020. Environmental governance theories: a review and application to coastal systems. Ecology and Society 25(4):19. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-12067-250419

    Peirson, W., E. Davey, A. Jones, W. Hadwen, K. Bishop, M. Beger, S. Capon, P. Fairweather, B. Creese, T. F. Smith, L. Gray, and R. Tomlinson. 2015. Opportunistic management of estuaries under climate change: a new adaptive decision-making framework and its practical application. Journal of Environmental Management 163:214-223. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2015.08.021

    Pinto, P. J., G. M. Kondolf, and P. L. R. Wong. 2018a. Adapting to sea level rise: emerging governance issues in the San Francisco Bay region. Environmental Science and Policy 90:28-37. https://doi.org/10.31230/osf.io/mjkcu

    Pinto, P., R. Wong, J. Curley, R. Johnson, L. Xu, L. Materman, M. Avalon, G. Saraiva, A. Serra-Llobet, and G. M. Kondolf. 2018b. Managing floods in Mediterranean-climate urban catchments: experiences in the San Francisco Bay Area (California, USA) and the Tagus estuary (Portugal). Pages 93-133 in A. Serra-Llobet, editor. Managing flood risk. Innovative approaches from big floodplain rivers and urban streams. Palgrave Macmillan US, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-71673-2_5

    Pinto, R., and J. C. Marques. 2015. Ecosystem services in estuarine systems: implications for management. Pages 319-341 in L. Chicharo, F. Müller, N. Fohrer, editors. Ecosystem services and river basin ecohydrology. Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9846-4_16

    Rambonilaza, T., C. Boschet, and E. Brahic. 2015. Moving towards multilevel governance of wetland resources: local water organisations and institutional changes in France. Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 33(2):393-411. https://doi.org/10.1068/c12299

    Restemeyer, B., M. van den Brink, and J. Woltjer. 2019. Decentralized implementation of flood resilience measures—a blessing or a curse? Lessons from the Thames Estuary 2100 plan and the Royal Docks regeneration. Planning Practice and Research 34(1):62-83. https://doi.org/10.1080/02697459.2018.1546918

    Root-Bernstein, M., and F. Frascaroli. 2016. Where the fish swim above the birds: configurations and challenges of wetland restoration in the Po Delta, Italy. Restoration Ecology 24(6):773-784. https://doi.org/10.1111/rec.12369

    Rybczyk, J. M., J. W. Day, A. Yanez-Arancibia, and J. H. Cowan. 2012. Global climate change and estuarine systems. Pages 497-518 in J. W. Day, B. C. Crump, W. M. Kemp, A. Yáñez-Arancibia, editors. Estuarine ecology. Wiley, Hoboken, New Jersey, USA. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118412787.ch20

    Sayles, J. S. 2018. Effects of social-ecological scale mismatches on estuary restoration at the project and landscape level in Puget Sound, USA. Ecological Restoration 36(1):62-75. https://doi.org/10.3368/er.36.1.62

    Sayles, J. S., and J. A. Baggio. 2017. Social-ecological network analysis of scale mismatches in estuary watershed restoration. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114(10):E1776-E1785. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1604405114

    Scarff, G., C. Fitzsimmons, and T. Gray. 2015. The new mode of marine planning in the UK: aspirations and challenges. Marine Policy 51:96-102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2014.07.026

    Scott, T. 2015. Does collaboration make any difference? Linking collaborative governance to environmental outcomes. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 34(3):537-566. https://doi.org/10.1002/pam.21836

    Sousa, L. P., and F. L. Alves. 2020. A model to integrate ecosystem services into spatial planning: Ria de Aveiro coastal lagoon study. Ocean and Coastal Management 195:1-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2020.105280

    Stepanova, O., and K. Bruckmeier. 2013. The relevance of environmental conflict research for coastal management. A review of concepts, approaches and methods with a focus on Europe. Ocean and Coastal Management 75:20-32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2013.01.007

    Stibbe, A. 2024. Ecolinguistics for ethical leadership. Pages 147-167 in S.-V. Steffensen, M. Döring, and S. J. Cowley, editors. Language as an ecological phenomenon: languaging and bioecologies in human–environmental relationships. Bloomsbury, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350304512.ch-007

    Thomas, C. W., and T. M. Koontz. 2011. Research designs for evaluating the impact of community-based management on natural resource conservation. Journal of Natural Resources Policy Research 3(2):97-111. https://doi.org/10.1080/19390459.2011.557877

    Truchet, D. M., B. M. Noceti, D. M. Villagran, and R. M. Truchet. 2022. Alternative conservation paradigms and ecological knowledge of small-scale artisanal fishers in a changing marine scenario in Argentina. Human Ecology 50(2):209-225. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10745-022-00309-5

    Turner, R. K., M. G. Palmieri, and T. Luisetti. 2016. Lessons from the construction of a climate change adaptation plan: a Broads wetland case study. Integrated Environmental Assessment and Management 12(4):719-725. https://doi.org/10.1002/ieam.1774

    Ulibarri, N., M. T. Imperial, S. Siddiki, and H. Henderson. 2023. Drivers and dynamics of collaborative governance in environmental management. Environmental Management 71(3):495-504. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-022-01769-7

    Urlich, S. C., and J. L. Hodder-Swain. 2022. Untangling the Gordian knot: estuary survival under sea-level rise and catchment pollution requires a new policy and governance approach. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 56(3):312-332. https://doi.org/10.1080/00288330.2022.2069131

    van der Voorn, T., J. Quist, C. Pahl-Wostl, and M. Haasnoot. 2017. Envisioning robust climate change adaptation futures for coastal regions: a comparative evaluation of cases in three continents. Mitigation and Adaptation Strategies for Global Change 22(3):519-546. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11027-015-9686-4

    Vanderlinden, J.-P., J. Baztan, N. Touili, I. O. Kane, B. Rulleau, P. D. Simal, L. Pietrantoni, G. Prati, and F. Zagonar. 2017. Coastal flooding, uncertainty and climate change: science as a solution to (mis)perceptions? A qualitative enquiry in three coastal European settings. Journal of Coastal Research 77:127-133. https://doi.org/10.2112/SI77-013.1

    Voets, J., T. Brandsen, C. Koliba, and B. Verschuere. 2014. Oxford research encyclopedia of politics. Oxford University Press, New York, New York, USA.

    Wang, W., and H. Gong. 2022. Formation mechanism of a coastal zone environment collaborative governance relationship: a qualitative comparative analysis based on fsQCA. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19(17):11081. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph191711081

    Zaucha, J., S. Davoudi, A. Slob, G. Bouma, I. van Meerkerk, A. M. P. Oen, and G. D. Breedveld. 2016. State-of-the-lagoon reports as vehicles of cross-disciplinary integration. Integrated Environmental Assessment and Management 12(4):690-700. https://doi.org/10.1002/ieam.1802

    Corresponding author:
    Eva Schick
    eva.schick@hcu-hamburg.de
    Appendix 1
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Synthesis of the literature search methodology based on the PRISMA 2020 flow diagram for new systematic reviews.

    Fig. 1. Synthesis of the literature search methodology based on the PRISMA 2020 flow diagram for new systematic reviews.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Conceptual framework for collaborative estuary governance (adapted from Ansell and Gash [2008], Emerson et al. [2012], Emerson and Nabatchi [2015a]).

    Fig. 2. Conceptual framework for collaborative estuary governance (adapted from Ansell and Gash [2008], Emerson et al. [2012], Emerson and Nabatchi [2015a]).

    Fig. 2
    Table 1
    Table 1. Dimensions, aspects, and analytical foci in collaborative estuary governance (own compilation).

    Table 1. Dimensions, aspects, and analytical foci in collaborative estuary governance (own compilation).

    Aspect Analytical foci
    Dimension
     Environmental context Environmental aspects and conditions What are the environmental aspects and conditions?
    What role do environmental conditions play in shaping governance and collaboration?
    Environmental change How are environmental conditions affected by human impacts and climate change?
    How will these impacts develop in the future?
     System context Legal and institutional boundary conditions What are the legal and institutional boundary conditions?
    What roles do international, national, regional, and local politics, laws, and frameworks play?
    Multi-level governance Which vertical and horizontal authorities are involved? How can the relationships between these authorities be characterized? What overlapping responsibilities can be identified?
    Financial situation What is the financial situation, and how are responsibilities distributed across all levels?
    How are funding processes and opportunities for collaboration structured?
    Social aspects
    Cultural aspects
    Economic aspects
    Political aspects
    Which social, cultural, economic, and political aspects are relevant for the estuary region? How do they interact?
    Understanding of space and place How do the population and stakeholders understand place and space?
    Human-related values Which values are important to stakeholders and inhabitants?
     Conflict context Conflicts
    Regional challenges
    What conflicts exist? What regional challenges are prevalent?
    What strategies can be applied for overcoming these conflicts?
    Element
     Starting condition of collaboration Drivers What motivations drive the collaboration?
     Institutional design Collaborative arrangement / CGR What financial, technical, and human resources are available?
    How is the collaboration embedded in the system context?
    Stakeholder engagement What role does stakeholder engagement play? Can key stakeholders or impediments be identified? How are the relationships among stakeholders characterized? How satisfied are the participants with processes and outcomes? Who has access to the collaboration and who does not? Which barriers prevent stakeholders from participating? What are the incentives to participate?
    Structures and processes What are the structures, roles, competencies, and goals of the collaboration?
    How is the process organized? What formats and methods of collaboration are applied?
    How transparent are internal procedures and processes?
    Knowledge integration What role does a shared scientific understanding and terminology play? What role do scientific and lay-knowledge play and how can they be integrated?
    Leadership How is the collaboration managed? Who holds decision-making power?
     Output and outcomes Output and outcomes What are the outputs of the collaboration?
    What are the outcomes?
    Were the goals achieved?
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    collaborative governance; environmental conflicts; estuary governance; estuary region; systematic literature review

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 5 Research

    Teaching agroecology through play: a board game on companion planting using agroecological principles

    Das, A., J. Capito-Hernández, and E. Jiménez-Soto. 2025. Teaching agroecology through play: a board game on companion planting using agroecological principles. Ecology and Society 30(4):5. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16522-300405
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Ashmita DasORCID, Ashmita Das
      SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry
    • Julie Capito-HernándezORCID, Julie Capito-Hernández
      SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry
    • Estelí Jiménez-SotoORCIDcontact authorEstelí Jiménez-Soto
      Geography, Environmental Science and Policy, School of Geosciences, University of South Florida

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Das, A., J. Capito-Hernández, and E. Jiménez-Soto. 2025. Teaching agroecology through play: a board game on companion planting using agroecological principles. Ecology and Society 30(4):5.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16522-300405

  • Introduction
  • Background
  • Methods
  • Results and Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • agroecology; board games; companion planting; transformative learning
    Teaching agroecology through play: a board game on companion planting using agroecological principles
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16522.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Board games themed around environmental topics are promising tools for promoting awareness of complex sustainability issues, as the materiality, sociality, and multidimensionality of gameplay can help overcome some of the inherent limitations of more traditional learning formats. To explore the potential relevance of board games for communicating about agrifood system topics in particular, we designed and tested a game called Companion: An Agroecological Adventure, in which players take on the role of community gardeners who must apply both social and ecological principles of agroecology to cultivate a thriving garden plot. In this paper, we present the results of a study in which a group of 50 undergraduate students in an introductory agroecology course at Syracuse University learned, played, and provided qualitative feedback on the game. Our analysis of student comments demonstrates that by immersing players in a simulated environment and providing them with the agency to make and reflect on decisions, playing Companion effectively stimulated student learning about the characteristics of small-scale sustainable agroecosystems. At the same time, the process of playing the game also promoted the development of a variety of relevant skills and competencies, especially students’ ability to think critically, contextually, and holistically about local agrifood systems and their place within them. These results demonstrate that by bringing the spirit of experiential education into the classroom, playing agroecology games can facilitate the type of transformative learning that is critical for promoting meaningful food system reform.

    INTRODUCTION

    Agroecology is increasingly recognized as a sustainable and socially responsible alternative to modern industrial agriculture (Ong et al. 2024). As a holistic, integrative approach, agroecology simultaneously applies both social and ecological principles to the design and management of agricultural systems, elevating knowledge-intensive practices that support agrobiodiversity, promote synergies between plants, and reduce the need for external inputs (Wezel et al. 2020, Gliessman et al. 2022). In emphasizing equity, participatory processes, and cultural autonomy, agroecology also actively seeks to go beyond technical fixes and fundamentally challenge the underlying social, economic, and political systems that contribute to environmental degradation and social injustice in food systems, making it a transformative approach to working toward more just agrifood futures (Gliessman 2014, Mier y Terán Giménez Cacho et al. 2018, Anderson et al. 2021).

    The last two decades have seen a global emergence of agroecological institutes and courses for undergraduates and graduate students across the social and natural sciences, highlighting the increasing momentum to engage students in higher education in this movement (Francis et al. 2011, Wezel et al. 2018, Ong et al. 2024). The effectiveness of these programs in leveraging education to catalyze food system transformation largely depends on the types of learning experiences they provide to students. A range of scholarship on agroecological education, for example, has highlighted the benefits of pedagogical approaches that center systems thinking, participation, knowledge sharing, and transdisciplinarity (Lieblein and Francis 2007, Code 2017, David and Bell 2018, Anderson et al. 2019). These process-based teaching practices enable what Horner et al. (2021) describe as “transformative learning,” in which educational experiences not only enhance content knowledge but also fundamentally shift students’ perspectives regarding their own identities and efficacy within the food system. In other words, transformative learning experiences help students develop a sense of agency in addressing food system issues (Horner et al. 2021).

    Active, experiential learning that integrates theory with action is a core element of transformative agroecological education. Many agroecology programs achieve this by incorporating immersive field components into their curricula, such as on-farm research experiences or collaborative projects with community partners (Francis et al. 2011). At the same time, active learning can and should be brought into the classroom to effectively promote integrative and contextualized thinking among students (David and Bell 2018). One challenge of doing so, however, is that traditional lecture-based education tends to prioritize the communication of specialized, disciplinary knowledge, an approach that does not fully capture agroecological complexity and often fails to sufficiently acknowledge the social and political dimensions of the field (Lieblein and Francis 2007). In addition, communicating to students how they can actively engage in the tangible, site-specific processes essential for fostering agroecological transitions is particularly challenging because of the inherently abstract nature of many agroecological concepts when divorced from real-world applications (Code 2017). These challenges demand the development of innovative pedagogical tools that overcome disciplinary boundaries, prioritize peer-to-peer learning, and incorporate reflexive practice (Horner et al. 2021).

    To bring experiential learning into the classroom as a means of supporting transformative agroecology, we developed a board game called “Companion: An Agroecological Adventure”[1], which can be played by students studying agroecology and sustainable food systems as well as part of curricula in farm apprenticeship programs. A number of on-farm agroecology training programs have emerged over the years that use educational materials that are accessible and pedagogically transformative, such as the apprenticeship program at The Center for Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems (CASFS) at the University of California Santa Cruz, and Soul Fire Farm’s Farmer Immersion Program.

    The board game focuses on companion planting, understood as an agroecological practice rooted in the principle of biodiversity[2] that maximizes the use of garden space while enhancing a variety of ecosystem services such as pest control, pollination, water retention, nutrient provisioning, and providing habitat for beneficial organisms (Wezel et al. 2020). Through participatory learning, the game provides an opportunity for students to explore 10 agroecological principles that emerge during play and that define agroecology: biodiversity, co-creation and sharing of knowledge, synergies, recycling, efficiency, resilience, human and social values, culture and food traditions, responsible governance and decision making, and circular and solidarity economy (Wezel et al. 2020). The board game also provides an avenue for educators to explore a range of topics in relation to food system transformation.

    In this paper, we describe the development of Companion and explain how the game was designed to promote student engagement with assorted topics in agroecology while nurturing their capacity to think critically and holistically about agrifood systems and their place within them. We then present findings from a participatory study with a group of undergraduate agroecology students who play-tested a pilot version of the game. We use open-ended survey data and participant observation notes to examine Companion’s effectiveness as a pedagogical tool for facilitating agroecological thinking and communicating about how particular principles can be applied at small scales. We also assess the game’s capacity to positively impact student attitudes toward their own agency and efficacy in supporting broader food system transformation. Finally, we use these insights to explore the broader relevance of interdisciplinary, participatory games in both formal and non-formal agroecological education.

    BACKGROUND

    Board games as innovative pedagogical tools for agroecological transformation

    In recent years, board games have surged in popularity as educational and experiential tools across various disciplines, including the health sciences, mathematics, agronomy, entomology, and broader environmental sciences (Speelman et al. 2019, Bayeck 2020, Campo and Dangles 2020, Robinson et al. 2021, Rodela and Speelman 2023). They offer a unique avenue for acquiring skills and knowledge, encouraging players to engage in sustainable resource management, empathy, problem-solving, communication, environmental literacy, and strategic thinking (Bayeck 2020). Moreover, board games facilitate diverse forms of learning, making educational settings more inclusive and fostering interactive classrooms (Campo and Dangles 2020).

    Although recent research has recognized that board games are a promising pedagogical tool, they remain underutilized for communicating about complex sustainability issues (Fjællingsdal and Klöckner 2020). The effectiveness of board games as curriculum-aligned instructional resources stems in part from their materiality, which makes complicated topics more easily accessible and understandable by providing concrete visualizations of abstract concepts (Castranova and Knowles 2015). As a student-centered and participatory pedagogical approach, playing board games also provides students with agency, allowing them to make complex decisions, safely experiment with different approaches, and observe and reflect on the impact of their actions (Despeisse 2018). The critical and systemic thinking that the resulting sense of efficacy promotes both improves learning outcomes and helps build students’ capacities to apply gained knowledge to later activities or real-life situations (Douglas and Brauer 2021). Board games have been successfully utilized as a means of communicating about environmental topics such as evolution (Muell et al. 2020), urban planning (King and Cazessus 2014, Robinson et al. 2021), and climate change (Castranova and Knowles 2015, Wu and Lee 2015, Chappin et al. 2017) in both formal and informal settings.

    Various characteristics of board games make them an ideal tool for teaching about sustainable food systems and agroecology specifically. Scholarship on agroecological pedagogy has acknowledged that the process by which students engage with course content matters just as much as the material that is covered (Østergaard et al. 2010, David and Bell 2018). As an inherently interactive method of learning that immerses students in a simulated environment, playing board games can emulate the type of experiential learning that has been widely acknowledged as critical for effective agroecological education (Francis et al. 2011). Because themed board games tend to represent environmental complexity in an accessible way, they can also be used to synthesize concepts from several different subject areas, making them particularly useful tools for interdisciplinary learning and communication (Eisenack 2013). This approach can facilitate teaching about how different agroecological principles, both social and biological, interact and reinforce one another in a particular scenario. Furthermore, the strategic thinking required to play many board games teaches students how to make effective choices in the future (Fjællingsdal and Klöckner 2020), which could be helpful in developing their decision-making skills related to how to practically apply agroecological principles to new situations.

    The sociality of game play can also promote the development of various other “soft skills” that are essential for supporting agroecological thinking, such as patience, communication, teamwork, and intercultural competence (Bellotti et al. 2013, Bayeck 2020). For example, although many games are competitive, ongoing cooperation is required to fully understand the game state and maintain rules of play (Rogerson et al. 2018). This aspect of playing board games could thus be particularly helpful for overcoming the individualistic ideals that characterize much lecture-based sustainable food systems education, particularly in the United States (David and Bell 2018).

    The potential of games for facilitating agroecological education has already been demonstrated in various contexts. Complex interactive online simulation games designed specifically for use in university-level agroecology programs, such as “SEGAE” (Jouan et al. 2020) and “Agrodiversity” (Speelman and Garcia-Barrios 2010), have been shown to improve students’ learning outcomes, particularly their understanding of issues related to fertility management and interactions among species in an agroecosystem. Similar simulations also exist specifically for producer education purposes; for example, Farrie et al. (2015) developed a game called “Rangeland Rummy” to promote discussion and knowledge exchange among livestock farmers about best practices for addressing contextual challenges like weather variability. Similarly, the “Azteca Chess” board game has been used to communicate complex ecological interactions and biological pest control among agroecological farmers in Latin America (Garcia-Barrios et al. 2016). By gamifying the implementation of agroecological practices, these tools have helped agricultural professionals develop their adaptive capacities and gain a more integrative understanding of on-farm sustainability.

    We developed Companion: An Agroecological Adventure to provide a highly accessible option for game-based learning that could appeal to a broader audience than the games described above, ranging from casual players with little experience in the field to upper-level students in agroecology programs and long-time practitioners. Companion differs from existing agroecology games in that it explores how core principles can be applied at hyper-local scales, such as that of a community garden, highlighting players’ agency in taking actions that support transformative agroecology close to home.

    METHODS

    Description of the board game

    Overview and development process

    Companion: An Agroecological Adventure is a moderately complex, spatial reasoning board game developed by the authors in which players arrange crops in small, raised beds in a community garden based on the principles of companion planting. The game can be played by individual players or by small teams of 2–3 people competing against each other. The competitive team mode was playtested for this study, as research has shown that friendly competition promotes more thorough engagement with the game material as players are motivated to apply learned concepts more effectively than their opponents (Burguillo 2010). However, playing the competitive version of the game successfully still requires a degree of intergroup cooperation. A non-competitive, fully co-operative version of the game is also available for educators to use to emphasize cooperation or as an activity in polyculture garden planning.

    The overall objective when playing Companion is to cultivate a thriving garden ecosystem by applying agroecological principles to its design and upkeep. Throughout the game, players make decisions about which plants to select from a shared market, and where to place the chosen plants in their gardens to maximize beneficial interactions, such as pest deterrence and improved soil fertility. Points can be scored in many different ways, a feature that intends to encourage players to think critically about trade-offs and synergies as well as the different metrics of measuring success in sustainable agroecosystems.

    Although Companion’s target audience is not exclusively students, the game was designed with use in both formal and informal education settings in mind. An early version of the game was originally developed and piloted by two of the co-authors (Das and Capito) as a component of an extension workshop about companion planting directed at amateur gardeners. During this initial workshop, we provided a background on the companion planting concept and then led participants through an earlier version of the game that involved individually planting a garden based on ideal plant pairings. Following the game’s positive reception in this context, it was expanded and modified based on a review of literature on educational board game design and play-tester feedback, with major changes including the introduction of competition, the development of a more structured set of rules, and the inclusion of unique objective, challenge, and event cards. The information about plant characteristics and companion planting that informed the game’s design was obtained from educational materials published on various university cooperative extension websites.

    Playing the game

    Companion is played over 10 rounds, during which players work toward achieving a set of general gardening goals that illustrate different elements of a sustainable production system (see Appendix 1 for full rulebook). For example, one of the general goals is to design a plot that contains five or more pollinator-friendly plants that exemplify the benefits of garden diversity. The generalized goals of the game include managing your garden for diversity by having a plot containing five or more pollinator-friendly plants, supporting resilience by having ground cover crops in your garden, building synergies by having a plant be protected from an insect pest because of a companion planting, and supporting human and social values by trading three or more cards with fellow players during the game. Each player or team also has an individual objective card (Fig. 1) that provides a unique scoring condition and further guides their decision making regarding which crops to plant. Many of these objectives highlight how sociocultural preferences shape food systems and how the crops that form the basis of culturally appropriate diets can also complement each other nutritionally and ecologically.

    Each round, players first choose two crops to add to their “seed storage” (hand of cards) from a “market” of 10 face-up plant cards, which are replenished from the larger plant card deck at the end of each player’s or team’s turn. Forty different plant cards, featuring a mix of ornamental plants, used for decorative and ceremonial purposes, and edible crops, are available to choose from in total. All plants in the deck are common home garden cultivars in the Northeastern United States, where the game was developed. Each card features a stylized drawing of the plant, its common and scientific names, a set of symbols that depict its classification (i.e., brassica, nightshade, or leafy green), lists of its ideal and non-ideal companions, and information about the pests it deters and/or is susceptible to (Fig. 2). Each card also includes a short blurb, with information about the plant’s preferred cultivation conditions and why the ideal companion pairings listed on the card are beneficial. At any time during a player’s turn, they may trade plant cards from their seed storage with other players. Plant cards can be traded as many times as desired, as long as both parties agree to the exchange.

    After drawing their cards, players “plant” up to two crops from their hands by shading and labeling the appropriate number of grid squares on the garden beds on their game boards (Fig. 3). Each bed contains 40 grid spaces, with each representing 1 square foot of soil. Players make decisions about where to place their crops based on the information provided on the plant card, including ideal/non-ideal companions and pest susceptibilities. Because space is limited, players must make strategic decisions about how to maximize beneficial interactions within the confines of their garden beds, applying a range of agroecological principles including diversification and synergies.

    After planting their crops, each player or team during their turn rolls a game die and completes the action listed on the face that it lands on. Two of the listed actions on the die, “draw an extra plant card” and “plant an extra crop,” each provide players with a small advantage, provided that they utilize their bonus actions strategically. The other potential outcomes of the die roll require players to draw “life” or “challenge” cards, (both listed twice on the die), which represent chance events that might occur during a gardening season and affect the plot’s management and growth. Each of these cards includes a description of the event, followed by a description of how the card will affect in-game actions and/or scores. Depending on the card, either the player who drew it or all players at the table may be affected. Cards in the “challenge” deck describe a variety of social and ecological shocks that may impact gardeners, including pest attacks, seed shortages, and extreme weather events (Fig. 4a). The inclusion of this feature intends to reiterate the game’s central theme of companion planting for agricultural sustainability and to promote adaptive thinking and creative solving among players. “Life” cards describe a variety of beneficial events that may provide players with a gardening advantage (Fig. 4b). The wide range of in-game activities and approaches that life cards reward is intended to demonstrate that gardening success is multifaceted, encompassing many factors beyond crop yield, and can be achieved through the application of a wide variety of agroecological principles, including those centered around the social dimensions of food system sustainability. Some life cards allow players to add to their seed storage or plant extra crops, while others generate points based on what players have already planted. Other cards in this deck emphasize how community building can help your own garden thrive, allowing players to gain points or other benefits by choosing to help other gardeners.

    Scoring

    Players keep track of the points they gain or lose from life and challenge cards using a score track printed along the outside of their game boards. At the end of the game, players score additional points based on the final arrangement of crops in their garden beds. Each crop scores a “base” number of points, printed on the plant card itself (between 1-5 points). The point value of each crop goes up if planted next to ideal companions, or down if non-ideal companions are planted next to each other. A point is also lost per “lonely” plant (completely separated from other crops). Finally, players are awarded additional points for successfully meeting general or personal objectives. Although objective and companion planting points are officially awarded after the game’s ten rounds are completed, players may at any time assess their own board, as well as the boards of their opponents, in order to calculate current scores and standings.

    Data collection

    Companion was playtested in April 2023 with a group of approximately 50 undergraduate students in an introductory agroecology course at Syracuse University in Syracuse, New York in the Northeastern United States. The class is a required core course within the university’s Food Studies program, which takes a multi-level, holistic approach to examining the food system and prepares students for careers in diverse fields, including the non-profit sector, public policy, and communications. Students from other programs may also choose to take the course as an elective.

    The goals of the playtest were to observe the effectiveness of the game as a general teaching tool, to validate whether it successfully reiterated various agroecological principles and their interactive effects, and to solicit feedback on potential areas for improvement from participants who had moderate prior knowledge of the game’s subject matter. The session took place at the end of the semester, so all students had a shared level of understanding of agroecology prior to playing.

    We, the authors, administered the playtest and began by giving a short presentation that introduced the game to the students and provided an overview of its structure, objectives, and rules. Students were then randomly divided into 4 groups of about 10–12 students each, then further subdivided themselves into teams of 2–3. Students then played a “walk-through” round of the game as the instructors went through each step of a turn to ensure consistent understanding of the rules. After this tutorial round, students played the game autonomously for 45 minutes. Although we were available to answer questions during gameplay, students were encouraged to attempt to resolve questions by consulting with their classmates before requesting external clarification, which promoted intragroup collaboration and peer-to-peer knowledge sharing. We observed the students closely during this free play time, focusing on player engagement, team dynamics, and any points of confusion that arose.

    After students had the opportunity to play through 4–5 rounds of the game (fewer than suggested because of time restraints and larger group size) the instructors walked individual groups through the end-of-game scoring process. Students were then given a few minutes to reflect in their small groups about how the strategies they utilized had affected the game’s outcomes. Instructors prompted each team to discuss what worked in their approaches and what they would do differently if they were to play the game again.

    The playtesting session ended with a short in-class debriefing session facilitated by the instructors that focused on students’ gaming experiences and learning outcomes, including sharing reflections on the effectiveness of different strategies with the full class. We also solicited feedback about what students enjoyed most about the game, their perspectives on its effectiveness as a teaching tool, and any potential areas for improvement.

    After class, students were also asked to complete a short online survey about their experience and reflections. The survey included questions about what students perceived to be the game’s strengths and weaknesses, how playing the game influenced students’ learning, and what agroecological principles the students identified as key aspects of gameplay. These questions allowed students to further critically reflect on their experiences as well as share feedback anonymously. Of the approximately 50 students who took part in the session, 33 responded to the survey.

    Data analysis

    We used directed content analysis to analyze students’ in-class comments about the game, their responses to the open-ended survey questions, and our notes from conducting participant observation during the playtesting session. Directed content analysis involves coding data into predetermined categories derived from the literature while simultaneously allowing new themes to inductively emerge (Assarroudi et al. 2018). Using this approach, we identified three overarching themes that students emphasized in their reflections: the general usefulness of game-based learning as an educational approach, Companion’s perceived efficacy in facilitating learning specifically about agroecology and sustainable garden management, and potential limitations of the game or perceived areas for improvement. Under each of these overarching themes, we grouped together a set of sub-themes, each of which captured a different aspect of the larger topic at hand (see Appendix 2 for list of sub-themes, descriptions, and examples from survey data). In our interpretation of each sub-theme, we placed a particularly strong analytical focus on examining how students’ comments reflected the types of knowledge, skills, and dispositions that have been identified as necessary for effectively addressing complex challenges in the food system. We also assessed how often different agroecological principles and practices were organically mentioned in survey responses in order to get a better understanding of which concepts students felt the game most successfully communicated.

    RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

    We present results that illustrate how students’ experiences and discussions while playing Companion provide opportunities for transformative agroecological learning, reflecting strategic, contextual, systems-based thinking, and demonstrate a nuanced understanding of specific agroecological principles (Table 1). We explore how these outcomes help address the “learning-doing gap” that characterizes lecture-based and theory dominant approaches to agroecological education (Code 2017), making games a useful component of more action-oriented pedagogies that can help build important competencies for supporting food system transformation among a broad range of students and professionals. Finally, we discuss strategies for maximizing the benefits of game-based learning, along with a few potential limitations of this approach.

    Companion as an innovative tool for teaching and practicing transformative agroecology

    The results of our study show that incorporating themed games like Companion into food studies and agroecology curricula can bring the spirit of active, experiential learning into the classroom, an approach that has been described as vitally important for effective sustainable food systems education (David and Bell 2018). Research on agroecological pedagogy has shown that students are more highly motivated and engaged when they are given opportunities to put previous knowledge and experiences to use (Lieblein and Francis 2007). In their survey responses, students consistently reported that playing Companion provided such an opportunity to put content into context by simulating a field experience within the confines of the classroom. Students particularly appreciated Companion’s integrative representation of an agroecosystem, describing the diversity of available actions, scoring pathways, and cards as key factors that made the game engaging and helped students “visualize how [agroecological] interactions and principles actually take place.” Several students emphasized that they found the hands-on nature of the game especially helpful in this regard because the course’s format did not allow for many opportunities for active engagement with the subject matter, such as visiting farms. For example, one student noted:

    [Playing Companion] could help bring a “field” component to a class where sessions are too short to actually get outside. We can’t get into the garden during class, but an activity like this shows how principles would be applied to an actual farming situation.

    By allowing students to apply agroecological principles to a “real-world” scenario, this approach merged theory with practice, encouraging students to connect ideas and engage in active problem solving to create a sustainable garden, rather than simply memorizing facts out of context.

    This experience, some students emphasized, helped reiterate specific agroecological concepts and principles that they had previously learned about in a manner that they felt would make the content “more likely to stick with them” and “easier to connect to the real world.” For example, one student expressed the perspective that “this kind of teaching tool is a more effective way to communicate the specific properties of certain plants and disturbance events than slideshow lectures.” Survey responses suggest that stronger comprehension of the principles of agricultural diversification and synergies was a particularly prevalent learning outcome, with one student, for example, stating that playing the game made them realize companion planting is “not just about complementary nutrients in the soil” and that there are “more elements to it than that.” Students felt that these concepts were well illustrated through “the different plant cards and how they interacted and relied on one another,” with the game’s mechanisms encouraging them to “[make] gardening choices based on having a diverse array of plant species that work together to reduce reliance on chemicals.” Other students mentioned that the game’s depiction of non-ideal companions effectively “show[ed] how some plants do not work well with others,” helping them understand that more biodiversity is not always inherently good because negative interactions can occur between specific plants. Overall, students’ consistent recognition “that [players] actually had to consider all factors in creating a garden” demonstrates the game’s potential for fostering contextual thinking and a deeper understanding of agroecosystem complexity.

    Many students also recognized various social principles of agroecology that the game highlighted through life and objective cards, such as responsible governance and human and social values. For example, one student drew attention to the “Compost Sharing” card (Fig. 2) in their survey response, describing the way they felt it drew attention to concepts of connectivity and fairness within the food system. During the post-game debrief, another student mentioned that they liked that the game demonstrated how these broad social principles, which often seem abstract when presented in lecture format, can be tangibly applied at hyper-local scales such as a community garden to simultaneously achieve positive social and ecological outcomes.

    Despite the competitive nature of the game, playing effectively also required students to practice utilizing various interpersonal skills that are not always central in lecture-based education, such as teamwork, verbal communication, active listening, negotiation, and patience. The task of planting a new crop each turn, for example, prompted respectful discussions about viable strategies as students working together debated what their next move ought to be. Because this process sometimes required compromise, students were encouraged to exercise humility and practice appreciating the value of alternative perspectives. Trading cards also required inter-team cooperation, which prompted students to consider how collaboration can result in improved outcomes for multiple stakeholders. This element of gameplay also simulated acts of community seed saving and sharing, which are key characteristics of socioeconomically sustainable agricultural systems (Andersen et al. 2019). Negotiating also keeps the game engaging for students by increasing interactivity and encouraging players to set their own terms (Rogerson et al. 2018). Many students reported appreciating this inherently social nature of gameplay, with one writing in their survey response that they felt “interacting with peers allows for better comprehension of topics and connections inside the classroom.” During the playtesting session, we also observed students working together to understand the game’s rules as well as sharing relevant real-world local knowledge about gardening amongst themselves. Many students pointed out that the collaborative process of “actively learning and working with others” exemplified the agroecological principle of co-creation and sharing of knowledge. In addition to deepening content knowledge, developing and practicing these interpersonal skills can help students succeed when working in future inter- and transdisciplinary contexts (David and Bell 2018).

    In addition to the learning opportunities offered by the agroecological themes of the board game, we identified three aspects of game mechanics, i.e., how the rules and actions that define how the game is played, that allow students to engage in deeper learning. First, continuous score keeping throughout the game allows players to practice self-evaluation, which is important for autonomous learning using games, as it allows students to monitor how different decisions impact in-game success (Adipat et al. 2021). Second, although losing points as a result of challenge cards may be frustrating for players, it also encourages them to learn from failures and persevere in achieving their objectives despite roadblocks. This type of experience, which has been described as “productive negativity,” plays an important role in helping players identify misconceptions and expand their knowledge horizons (Gauthier and Jenkinson 2018). For example, because the negative impacts of some challenge card events can be mitigated by how players decide to arrange crops in their garden bed (i.e., planting a crop susceptible to a certain pest next to a crop that deters that pest), players who lose part of their harvest because of non-ideal plant arrangements are able to learn and adjust their strategies in future rounds or game sessions to improve their garden’s resilience. Third, receiving intermittent rewards through Life Cards keeps gameplay engaging and counteracts the frustrations or negativity that players may feel from challenges in gameplay. Additionally, introducing uncertainty about future aspects of gameplay by incorporating such elements of chance has been shown to create a sense of suspense that enhances student motivation and engagement (Wang and Tahir 2020). Effectively dealing with unpredictability has also been identified as a key competency for future agroecologists to develop (Francis et al. 2011).

    Collectively, these different aspects of gameplay facilitated what Horner et al. (2021) describe as “transformative learning” by helping to shift students’ frames of reference regarding what sustainable agriculture can and should look like. For example, many students explicitly acknowledged having a greater appreciation of the importance of social dimensions of agroecology, such as knowledge sharing and maintaining culture and food traditions, after playing the game, demonstrating an expanded understanding of the field’s transdisciplinarity. Survey responses and in-class observation also suggest that playing Companion promoted a stronger understanding of agroecology as something that is participatory and action-oriented, with many students expressing a newfound recognition of their own agency and self-efficacy in community food systems. One student who had little prior experience with growing food wrote the following:

    I feel as though [the game] would be really helpful to me this summer when I can go out to my own garden at home and oversee what my parents have planted. I’ll know about each crop, and if I wanted to add to the garden, I’d know which plants I could add.

    Several others expressed during in-class discussions that playing the game had inspired them to join or volunteer at a community garden so they could put what they had just learned into practice. This increased recognition of oneself as being or having the ability to be an active participant in the food system has been recognized as an important first step toward catalyzing collective action that supports agrifood system reform and transformation (Lieblein and Francis 2007). Thus, although game-based learning is not a replacement for hands-on farming or other community-based experiences, it can encourage transformative ways of thinking that students apply to future practice.

    Indeed, one way in which transformative learning through play could directly benefit agroecology students is by making their simultaneous or future field experiences more meaningful. For example, one student specifically drew attention to the fact that “introducing a new game to the class allows students to feel more comfortable in making errors and asking questions,” which helps clarify misconceptions in a productive way. In other words, playing games allows students to make mistakes and challenge previously held assumptions in low-stakes scenarios, which lets them test alternative approaches without experiencing significant negative consequences. Students who have had an opportunity to exercise agency and experience challenges within the safe confines of a game before encountering similar issues in the real world may benefit from their learned insights and feel empowered to explore a wider variety of approaches in the field (Lieblen and Francis 2007). A notable benefit of using games to supplement field-based learning in this way is that students can continue learning through repeat plays outside the classroom without the need for further instructional time, which is often limited in highly interdisciplinary courses that cover a broad range of topics. This also makes Companion and similar games ideal tools to utilize in other agricultural education contexts where the target audience consists mainly of practitioners, such as extension workshops or gardening programs.

    Game-based learning beyond the agroecology classroom

    Learning about agroecology through play can be useful for students pursuing production-oriented or food systems related careers, both in traditional contexts and non-traditional settings, such as beginner farmer programs. However, we do not discard the possibility for playing Companion outside of a food and agriculture-related context. For example, survey responses demonstrate that playing Companion made local agricultural contexts more salient and understandable for students who were previously unfamiliar with them, which can catalyze broader participation in these spaces in the future. One student, for example, mentioned that “Playing this game helps inform you on what's happening in your background and makes you want to get involved.” This makes games like Companion valuable tools that can be utilized in introductory level or general education courses (i.e. general ecology and environmental science.).

    Further, Companion’s simplicity may appeal to a much broader, non-academic audience. Many students noted the game’s accessibility, with one writing that its mechanics “made agroecology fun and accessible for a beginner.” The game’s attractive aesthetics, materiality, sociality, and accessible representation of a complex topic are also key characteristics of successful popular science board games (Fjællingsdal and Klöckner 2020). As students noted the practical applicability of what they learned through gameplay, one of Companion’s strengths is its capacity to bridge the “simulation gap” between in-game experiences and their real-world application (Bogost 2010). Unlike many environmentally themed games where players act as empowered actors and decision makers on major issues, Companion focuses on small-scale agroecosystems that players could realistically engage with, making learning outcomes more relevant and actionable.

    By enlarging the educational community for agroecology, this broader reach can have meaningful impacts on food system reform. Board games can generate public awareness and positive action (Fjællingsdal and Klöckner 2022), as well as promote stronger positive attitudes toward sustainability (Chappin et al. 2017). Together, games themed around agroecology can encourage players to experience complexities, confront commonly accepted assumptions, and envision alternative futures.

    Specific strategies for facilitating transformative learning through games

    Our findings show that certain practices common in game-based learning can maximize this approach’s contributions to innovative and radical agroecological pedagogy in particular. The first of these practices is post-game debriefing, which is an essential practice that helps players organize their thoughts and meaningfully process their in-game experiences. As we confirmed while observing the playtesting session, providing time for small group discussions after scoring had concluded encouraged students to critically reflect on their strategies and think about how what they learned could be applied outside of the classroom. Because people often learn different things from the same activities (Schell 2008), both as a result of varying in-game experiences and personal attitudes, values, and beliefs (Fjællingsdal and Klöckner 2017), the process of debriefing can itself support co-creation of knowledge and help foster interdisciplinarity. Peer sharing can also help to clarify any misconceptions that emerged during gameplay, as we observed in students’ post-scoring discussions. For example, when one student in a group conflated the benefits of ground cover and cover crops in gardening, their classmate jumped in to respectfully explain the difference between the two. In the context of this playtest, post-game debriefing also allowed for constructive criticism of the game’s shortcomings or discrepancies with students’ prior experiences, which offers educational benefits in and of itself. For example, because games are necessarily simplifications of complex realities, encouraging students to reflect on how gameplay differs from a real-world scenario can motivate further critical thinking about sustainable agroecosystems and one’s role within them. This type of reflection and peer-to-peer learning is a crucial component of the transformative learning process described throughout this paper (Horner et al. 2021).

    A second strategy for facilitating transformative learning using games is to extend student engagement with the game material. During the playtest, we observed that students became more comfortable with the game’s rules as the session progressed and were thus able to make more strategic decisions in later rounds. Multiple playthroughs would reinforce these benefits while also allowing players to learn from past experiences and become more familiar with the cards in the deck. Over time, this would lead to a stronger understanding among players of how different plant arrangements shape their ability to respond to challenges and take advantage of opportunities. Playing Companion multiple times throughout the semester and having students reflect on their changing strategies and scores could thus provide important insights into the impacts of strengthening adaptive capacity on agroecosystem resilience to social and ecological shocks. Instructors could also consider incorporating a “legacy” element to games they utilize in their curricula, such that the choices that players make during each playthrough permanently affect the parameters of future games. For example, planting combinations of crops that help build soil health in one game could make all plants worth more points in the future because of yield increases associated with greater fertility. Modifying agroecology games to include this type of mechanic could help reinforce learning outcomes related to the time dimension of improving food system sustainability and resilience.

    Limitations of and future directions for game-based agroecological learning

    Although the results of our study suggest that incorporating board games into sustainable food systems curricula can support transformative learning, it is important to consider the following limitations and recommendations. First, an inherent limitation of board games as a pedagogical tool is that they must simplify complex concepts to increase accessibility. As such, Companion makes generalizations about ecosystem functions that do not always capture real-world agroecosystem complexity (Fjællingsdal and Klöckner 2020). For Companion and similar games, encouraging students to critically reflect on how real-world complexity could have altered agroecosystem interactions could help avoid misconceptions. One option is to have students modify the base game to increase its scientific accuracy and educational value, a creative process with great learning potential (Muell et al. 2020).

    Second, place-based practices and social principles are difficult to express in the micro-scale agroecosystem of the game. This made it challenging for some social dimensions of agroecology to come through in gameplay, such as “solidarity economy,” and to fully address the relevance of context-dependency in agroecology. To address the former, the game could be modified to include a cooperative play mode in which players must play collectively on a larger shared garden bed, working together to collaboratively manage resources, maximize beneficial interactions, and address a known set of gardening challenges. To address the latter, we plan to collaborate with regional partners to develop locally adapted plant cards for Companion.

    Finally, determining whether game-based learning helps students achieve specific learning outcomes can be complicated (Bellotti et al. 2013). In-game success does not always reflect actual learning (Fjællingsdal and Klöckner 2022); therefore, including external assessments can help instructors better understand how a game impacts students’ learning. We addressed this issue by evaluating learning outcomes indirectly, relying on students’ open-ended, subjective reflections about how and what they learned as a measure of Companion’s success in teaching agroecological principles. This approach provided a nuanced assessment, showing the game effectively promoted learning about garden biodiversity, synergies, and input reduction. However, because self-reported learning is difficult to validate (Suskie 2018), we recommend pairing reflective assessments with more systematic evaluations, such as pre- and post-activity comparisons (Speelman and Garcia Barrios 2010, Garcia-Barrios et al. 2017).

    CONCLUSION

    In this study, we examined how playing a board game themed around companion planting shaped the learning experiences of a group of students enrolled in an interdisciplinary food studies program. Our results demonstrate that teaching agroecology through play can help introduce real world context to lecture-based education, making this pedagogical approach an effective component of an action-oriented learning landscape. In particular, playing Companion: An Agroecological Adventure both fostered a stronger understanding of how to apply specific agroecological principles such as diversification in a particular context and encouraged holistic thinking about food systems among students who tested the game for this study. Although games like Companion are by no means perfect simulators of the social-ecological complexity of sustainable agroecosystems, the participatory and experiential learning that they foster makes them a particularly useful tool for nurturing important competencies such as adaptive, collaborative, and systems-based thinking that students can then apply to future practice.

    The ultimate goal of radical and innovative agroecological pedagogies is to overcome disciplinary boundaries, promote contextualized solutions, and shift students’ frames of reference regarding what sustainable agriculture can and should look like. By supporting these outcomes, integrating agroecology-themed games into sustainable food systems curricula can be one catalyst for fostering the transformative learning that is more crucial than ever for supporting locally relevant and inclusive agroecological transition processes. Promoting critical reflection and encouraging student-driven innovation can further increase the educational value of these tools, contributing to a more holistic approach to sustainable food systems education.

    __________

    [1] A trial version of this game is available for free download at the following website: https://www.livingagroecology.com/course-materials
    [2] Biodiversity as a fundamental principle in agroecology emphasizes the enhancement and preservation of biodiversity across species, functional traits, and genetic resources as crucial for sustaining agroecosystems. This principle aims to maintain a diverse array of organisms, ensuring the resilience and productivity of agricultural landscapes at various scales, from individual fields to entire farms and landscapes, both presently and in the future (Wezel et al. 2020).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    N/A

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data that support the findings of this study can be found in Appendices 1 and 2.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Adipat, S., K. Laksana, K. Busayanon, A. Asawasowan, and B. Adipat. 2021. Engaging students in the learning process with game-based learning: the fundamental concepts. International Journal of Technology in Education 4(3):542-552. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijte.169

    Anderson, C. R., J. Bruil, M. J. Chappell, C. Kiss, and M. P. Pimbert. 2019. From transition to domains of transformation: getting to sustainable and just food systems through agroecology. Sustainability 11(19):5272. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11195272

    Anderson, C. R., J. Bruil, M. J. Chappell, C. Kiss, and M. P. Pimbert. 2021. Agroecology now! Transformations towards more just and sustainable food systems. Palgrave Macmillan, Gland, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61315-0

    Assarroudi, A., F. Heshmati Nabavi, M. R. Armat, A. Ebadi, and M. Vaismoradi. 2018. Directed qualitative content analysis: the description and elaboration of its underpinning methods and data analysis process. Journal of Research in Nursing 23(1):42-55. https://doi.org/10.1177/1744987117741667

    Bayeck, R. Y. 2020. Examining board gameplay and learning: a multidisciplinary review of recent research. Simulation & Gaming 51(4):411-431. https://doi.org/10.1177/1046878119901286

    Bellotti, F., B. Kapralos, K. Lee, P. M. Ger, and R. Berta. 2013. Assessment in and of serious games: an overview. Advances in Human-Computer Interaction. https://doi.org/10.1155/2013/136864

    Bogost, I. 2010. Persuasive games: the expressive power of videogames. MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/5334.001.0001

    Burguillo, J. C. 2010. Using game theory and competition-based learning to stimulate student motivation and performance. Computers & Education 55(2):566-575. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2010.02.018

    Campo, P., and O. Dangles. 2020. An overview of games for entomological literacy in support of sustainable development. Current Opinion in Insect Science 40:104-110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cois.2020.05.018

    Castronova, E., and I. Knowles. 2015. A model of climate policy using board game mechanics. International Journal of Serious Games 2(3). https://doi.org/10.17083/ijsg.v2i3.77

    Chappin, E. J. L., X. Bijvoet, and A. Oei. 2017. Teaching sustainability to a broad audience through an entertainment game - the effect of Catan: oil springs. Journal of Cleaner Production 156:556-568. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.04.069

    Code, J. M. 2017. Innovations in agroecology education: from bicycles to blended learning. Journal of Education 197(3):34-45. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022057418782353

    David, C., and M. M. Bell. 2018. New challenges for education in agroecology. Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems 42:612-619. https://doi.org/10.1080/21683565.2018.1426670

    Despeisse, M. 2018. Teaching sustainability leadership in manufacturing: a reflection on the educational benefits of the board game factory heroes. Procedia CIRP 69:621-626. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2017.11.130

    Douglas, B. D., and M. Brauer. 2021. Gamification to prevent climate change: a review of games and apps for sustainability. Current Opinion in Psychology 42:89-94. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2021.04.008

    Eisenack, K. 2013. A climate change board game for interdisciplinary communication and education. Simulation & Gaming 44(2-3):328-348. https://doi.org/10.1177/1046878112452639

    Farrié, B., M. Jouven, F. Launay, J. C. Moreau, C. H. Moulin, M. Piquet, M. Taverne, E. Tchakérian, V. Thénard, and G. Martin. 2015. Rangeland rummy - a board game to support adaptive management of rangeland-based livestock systems. Journal of Environmental Management 147:236-245. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2014.08.018

    Fjællingsdal, K. S., and C. A. Klöckner. 2017. ENED-GEM: a conceptual framework model for psychological enjoyment factors and learning mechanisms in educational games about the environment. Frontiers in Psychology 8:1085. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01085

    Fjællingsdal, K. S., and C. A. Klöckner. 2020. Green across the board: board games as tools for dialogue and simplified environmental communication. Simulation & Gaming 51(5):632-652. https://doi.org/10.1177/1046878120925133

    Fjællingsdal, K. S., and C. A. Klöckner. 2022. Can we be entertained to change our lives?: An introduction to games for increasing environmental awareness. Pages 75-89 in C. A. Klöckner and E. Löfström, editors. Disruptive environmental communication. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-17165-9_5

    Francis, C. A., N. Jordan, P. Porter, T. A. Breland, G. Lieblein, L. Salomonsson, N. Sriskandarajah, M. Wiedenhoeft, R. DeHaan, I. Braden, and V. Langer. 2011. Innovative education in agroecology: experiential learning for a sustainable agriculture. Critical Reviews in Plant Sciences 30(1-2):226-237. https://doi.org/10.1080/07352689.2011.554497

    García-Barrios, L., J. Cruz-Morales, J. Vandermeer, and I. Perfecto. 2017. The Azteca Chess experience: learning how to share concepts of ecological complexity with small coffee farmers. Ecology and Society 22(2):37. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09184-220237

    García-Barrios, L., I. Perfecto, and J. Vandermeer. 2016. Azteca chess: gamifying a complex ecological process of autonomous pest control in shade coffee. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 232:190-198. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2016.08.014

    Gauthier, A., and J. Jenkinson. 2018. Designing productively negative experiences with serious game mechanics: qualitative analysis of game-play and game design in a randomized trial. Computers & Education 127:66-89. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.08.017

    Gliessman, S. 2014. Agroecology and social transformation. Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems 38(10):1125-1126. https://doi.org/10.1080/21683565.2014.951904

    Gliessman, S. R., V. E. Méndez, V. M. Izzo, and E. W. Engles. 2022. Agroecology: leading the transformation to a just and sustainable food system. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, USA. https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003304043

    Horner, C. E., C. Morse, N. Carpenter, K. L. Nordstrom, J. W. Faulkner, T. Mares, E. Kinnebrew, M. Caswell, V. Izzo, V. E. Méndez, S. A. Lewins, and N. McCune. 2021. Cultivating pedagogy for transformative learning: a decade of undergraduate agroecology education. Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems 5:751115. https://doi.org/10.3389/fsufs.2021.751115

    Jouan, J., M. De Graeuwe, M. Carof, R. Baccar, N. Bareille, S. Bastian, D. Brogna, G. Burgio, S. Couvreur, M. Cupiał, et al. 2020. Learning interdisciplinarity and systems approaches in agroecology: experience with the serious game SEGAE. Sustainability 12(11):4351. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12114351

    King, C., and M. Cazessus. 2014. Teaching with AudaCity: a board game for urban studies. Pages 272-278 in Proceedings of the 8th European Conference on Games Based Learning: ECGBL2014, Berlin, Germany. Academic Conferences and Publishing International Limited, Reading, UK. https://vc.bridgew.edu/sociology_fac/23

    Lieblein, G., and C. Francis. 2007. Towards responsible action through agroecological education. Italian Journal of Agronomy 2(2):83-90. https://doi.org/10.4081/ija.2007.73

    Mier y Terán Giménez Cacho, M., O. F. Giraldo, M. Aldasoro, H., Morales, B. G. Ferguson, P. Rosset, A. Khadse, and C. Campos. 2018. Bringing agroecology to scale: key drivers and emblematic cases. Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems 42(6):637-665. https://doi.org/10.1080/21683565.2018.1443313

    Muell, M. R., W. X. Guillory, A. Kellerman, A. O. Rubio, A. Scott-Elliston, O. Morales, K. Eckhoff, D. Barfknecht, J. A. Hartsock, J. J. Weber, and J. L. Brown. 2020. Gaming natural selection: using board games as simulations to teach evolution. Evolution 74(3):681-685. https://doi.org/10.1111/evo.13924

    Ong, T. W., A. Roman-Alcalá, E. Jiménez-Soto, E. Jackson, I. Perfecto, and H. Duff. 2024. Momentum for agroecology in the USA. Nature Food 5:539-541. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43016-024-01006-w

    Østergaard, E., G. Lieblein, T. A. Breland, and C. Francis. 2010. Students learning agroecology: phenomenon-based education for responsible action. Journal of Agricultural Education and Extension 16(1):23-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/13892240903533053

    Robinson, G. M., M. Hardman, and R. J. Matley. 2021. Using games in geographical and planning-related teaching: serious games, edutainment, board games and role-play. Social Sciences & Humanities Open 4(1):100208. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2021.100208

    Rodela, R., and E. N. Speelman. 2023. Serious games in natural resource management: steps toward assessment of their contextualized impacts. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 65:101375. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2023.101375

    Rogerson, M. J., M. R. Gibbs, and W. Smith. 2018. Cooperating to compete: the mutuality of cooperation and competition in boardgame play. Pages 1-13 in Proceedings of the 2018 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems. CHI ’18. Association for Computing Machinery, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1145/3173574.3173767

    Schell, J. 2008. The art of game design: a book of lenses. First edition. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

    Speelman, E. N., and L. E. García-Barrios. 2010. Agrodiversity v. 2: an educational simulation tool to address some challenges for sustaining functional agrodiversity in agro-ecosystems. Ecological Modelling 221(6):911-918. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2009.12.007

    Speelman, E. N., R. Rodela, M. Doddema, and A. Ligtenberg. 2019. Serious gaming as a tool to facilitate inclusive business; a review of untapped potential. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 41:31-37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2019.09.010

    Suskie, L. 2018. Assessing student learning: a common sense guide. Third edition. Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, California, USA.

    Wang, A. I., and R. Tahir. 2020. The effect of using Kahoot! for learning - a literature review. Computers & Education 149:103818. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.103818

    Wezel, A., J. Goette, E. Lagneaux, G. Passuello, E. Reisman, C. Rodier, and G. Turpin. 2018. Agroecology in Europe: research, education, collective action networks, and alternative food systems. Sustainability 10(4):1214. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10041214

    Wezel, A., B. G. Herren, R. B. Kerr, E. Barrios, A. L. Rodrigues Gonçalves, and F. Sinclair. 2020. Agroecological principles and elements and their implications for transitioning to sustainable food systems. A review. Agronomy for Sustainable Development 40(6):40. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13593-020-00646-z

    Wu, J. S., and J. J. Lee. 2015. Climate change games as tools for education and engagement. Nature Climate Change 5:413-418. https://doi.org/10.1038/nclimate2566

    Corresponding author:
    Estelí Jiménez-Soto
    jimenezsoto@usf.edu
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Examples of objective cards that are available for players to choose from at the beginning of the game. Eight different objective cards are included with the game.

    Fig. 1. Examples of objective cards that are available for players to choose from at the beginning of the game. Eight different objective cards are included with the game.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Examples of plant cards available for players to choose from during the game.

    Fig. 2. Examples of plant cards available for players to choose from during the game.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Example of a player’s filled garden bed board at the end of the game.

    Fig. 3. Example of a player’s filled garden bed board at the end of the game.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Examples of challenge (top row) and life (bottom row) cards that players may draw. Twenty-four challenge cards and 20 life cards are included in the game.

    Fig. 4. Examples of challenge (top row) and life (bottom row) cards that players may draw. Twenty-four challenge cards and 20 life cards are included in the game.

    Fig. 4
    Table 1
    Table 1. In the game Companion: An Agroecological Adventure, the process of learning agroecological principles emerges through game-play as players engage in decision making around companion planting. The game is centered on integrating three axes of agroecology: Science, Practice, and Movement.

    Table 1. In the game Companion: An Agroecological Adventure, the process of learning agroecological principles emerges through game-play as players engage in decision making around companion planting. The game is centered on integrating three axes of agroecology: Science, Practice, and Movement.

    Agroecological principles How principles are learned through game play Axis of agroecology
    Biodiversity Players strategically select and arrange diverse plant species that complement each other, while considering potential inter and intra-species competition and interference. Functional diversity is reflected in the roles different species play, e.g., nitrogen fixation, attracting pollinators, and repelling pests. Science and practice
    Co-creation of knowledge Players engage in collaborative decision making, peer learning, and teamwork to diversify their agroecosystems. They learn characteristics of plant groups encouraging reflection and collaboration by actively testing and refining companion planting techniques. Life cards teach positive effects of co-learning during collective activities, such as a gardening workshop offered to the community. Practice and movement
    Synergies Positive ecological interactions are the basis of companion planting. Players make decisions to potentialize integration and complementarity among system elements. Science, practice, and movement
    Recycling Players interact with life cards related to local renewable resources, such as compost use. Science and practice
    Fairness Players trade cards, negotiate different interests being met at the same time, and engage respectfully while pursuing both individual and collective goals. The cooperative mode of game playing further emphasizes this principle. Practice and movement
    Animal health Players’ plant choices promote pollination and pollinator habitat. Informational blurbs on cards foster learning about this topic. Science, practice, and movement
    Social values and diets Players work toward achieving cultural goals in goal cards and cooperate among team members to define cultural values to rule the design of agroecosystems. Practice and movement
    Land and natural resource governance This game is set at community gardens, which are access points to land and natural resources and are collectively governed by members who care for the space. Practice and movement
    Participation The act of playing the game brings awareness to and encourages participation in decisions surrounding our food systems. Science, practice, and movement
    Connectivity Use of shared/communal seed/plant market where all players need to interact. Players are also connected through collaborative goals of planting that can be defined at the beginning of the game. Science, practice, and movement
    Input reduction Players make companion planting decisions that use biodiversity in place of external inputs. Science, practice, and movement
    Soil health Players receive points for making decisions that promote both long- and short-term soil health, such as companion planting for nutrient cycling or having more ground cover. Science and practice
    Economic diversification The game emphasizes polyculture planting and thus diverse production. Additionally, each team has a different goal at the beginning of the game that also lends to diverse products and practices. Practice and movement
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    agroecology; board games; companion planting; transformative learning

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 4 Research

    Connecting wildfire risk reduction and land stewardship: social learning through adaptation pathways in Montseny, Catalonia (Spain)

    Uyttewaal, K. A., C. R. Stoof, M. del Pozo Garcia, E. R. (L.) Langer, F. Ludwig, and N. Prat-Guitart. 2025. Connecting wildfire risk reduction and land stewardship: social learning through adaptation pathways in Montseny, Catalonia (Spain). Ecology and Society 30(4):4. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16422-300404
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Kathleen A. UyttewaalORCIDcontact author, Kathleen A. Uyttewaal
      Wageningen University & Research; Pau Costa Foundation
    • Cathelijne R. StoofORCID, Cathelijne R. Stoof
      Wageningen University & Research
    • Maria del Pozo GarciaORCID, Maria del Pozo Garcia
      Wageningen University & Research
    • E. R. (Lisa) LangerORCID, E. R. (Lisa) Langer
      Scion Group, Bioeconomy Science Institute, New Zealand
    • Fulco LudwigORCID, Fulco Ludwig
      Wageningen University & Research
    • Núria Prat-GuitartORCIDNúria Prat-Guitart
      Pau Costa Foundation

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Uyttewaal, K. A., C. R. Stoof, M. del Pozo Garcia, E. R. (L.) Langer, F. Ludwig, and N. Prat-Guitart. 2025. Connecting wildfire risk reduction and land stewardship: social learning through adaptation pathways in Montseny, Catalonia (Spain). Ecology and Society 30(4):4.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16422-300404

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • adaptation pathways; Co-production; social learning; wildfire risk
    Connecting wildfire risk reduction and land stewardship: social learning through adaptation pathways in Montseny, Catalonia (Spain)
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16422.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Wildfire management is becoming an increasingly complex issue that requires collaboration of diverse sectors. In addition, it is important to empower local communities to contribute to the decision-making processes. Social learning (individuals changing their understanding of an issue and furthering relationships) is a key ingredient in transdisciplinary collaborations aiming at complex social-ecological systems change. However, few studies in wildfire management consider social learning outcomes. This paper addresses this gap through a transdisciplinary case study: we explore how an adaptation pathways process has supported social learning outcomes for reducing wildfire risk in the Montseny and Tordera River watershed in Catalonia, Spain. We assessed how an adaptation pathways approach facilitated social learning outcomes (systems thinking, shared understanding, relational aspects, and substantive outcomes), and how this can benefit wildfire risk reduction efforts. Our findings show that the adaptation pathways process encouraged complex systems thinking among participants while addressing power relations in the territory, and provided creative ways to consider feasible local actions beyond administrative changes. We also observed how increased informal networks among participants play a role in achieving deeper social cohesion and land stewardship goals beyond wildfire risk reduction. Additionally, our social learning outcomes form part of longer-term processes of boundary-spanning work by local entities. Finally, the adaptation pathways provided an opportunity for innovative local wildfire governance that can be replicated in other areas of the world seeking more polycentric and anticipatory approaches that embrace complexity and encourage cross-sector synergies.

    INTRODUCTION

    Wildfire management faces increasingly challenging and uncertain conditions under global change. These challenges can be deemed a social-ecological pathology: interrelated social and ecological conditions that create adverse effects in coupled human and natural systems (Fischer et al. 2016). Some of these conditions leading to hazardous vegetation accumulation include practices of fire exclusion and suppression, often through prohibiting Indigenous fire management (Eriksen and Hankins 2014, Norgaard 2014), a lack of land management activities due to the exodus of rural populations (Viedma et al. 2015, Chergui et al. 2018), and a warming climate that exacerbates drought conditions and affects plant succession dynamics (Brotons et al. 2013). Further, human population changes such as increased urban development in forested areas and the emergence of new social values related to land use (for conservation, tourism and recreation, declining agricultural and forestry activities) have resulted in increasing global wildfire risk (Fischer et al. 2016).

    In order to address these intersecting factors influencing wildfire risk, varied sectors (e.g., emergency management, forestry, agriculture, tourism, urban development, and conservation) and disciplines (e.g., fire ecology, political and social science, atmospheric and soil science), need to collaborate and learn from each other. Essen et al. (2023:920) wrote about wildfires: “instead of trying to reduce the complexity inherent in the system, a more realistic approach would be to account for it.” Fire managers and researchers agree that wildfire issues require both top down and bottom up approaches, demanding inclusive and empowering engagement strategies to encourage social learning processes: a broad range of private and public actors must interact to find common understandings and values, creating pathways to more desirable and feasible improvements in wildfire management (Essen et al. 2023, Kelly et al. 2023). These approaches can be considered transdisciplinary: research that is embedded within wider knowledge systems beyond academia in order to address real world challenges (Pohl et al. 2017). Such transdisciplinary approaches aim to produce research that is societally relevant and readily integrated into different sectors, while promoting reflexive learning processes involving researchers and wider societal actors to address socioenvironmental issues (Mauser et al. 2013, Tedim et al. 2016, Wunder et al. 2021). These transdisciplinary approaches can aim to implement solutions to predefined complex problems through incremental approaches, and transformative approaches aim to question and reframe problems to spark fundamental system-wide reorganization (IPBES 2019, Chambers et al. 2021).

    Social learning has gained attention as a tool in natural resource management to address challenges related to complexity and uncertainty (Suškevičs et al. 2018). Although terms and concepts vary, including transformative learning, collaborative learning, policy learning, etc., we refer to social learning as a collaborative process that generates relational and substantive outcomes at individual and collective levels (Pahl-Wostl 2006, Reed et al. 2010, Suškevičs et al. 2018). This involves multiple “loops” of learning: single loop learning (individually or experimentally based and incremental in nature), double loop learning (encouraging awareness of assumptions and values, capacity to shift frames of reference), and triple loop learning (questioning underlying purposes and principles; Argyris 2002, Armitage et al. 2008, Pahl-Wostl 2009, Reed et al. 2010, Tosey et al. 2012). Although there is ongoing debate on the meaning and magnitude of change inherent in each of these “levels” of learning, they nevertheless provide a useful structure when considering the transformative potential of different processes and organizations (Tosey et al. 2012, Kwon and Nicolaides 2017). Social learning settings can provide an opportunity for critical mutual reflection, awareness and modification of assumptions, recognizing interdependencies and interactions in social and ecological networks, and active engagement in collective decision making with diverse individuals (Tabara and Pahl-Wostl 2007). As such, social learning can be considered a key ingredient in adaptive and transformative change, especially when bolstered by other factors like the mobilization of assets, flexibility, organization, socio-cognitive constructs, and agency (Barnes et al. 2020).

    Social learning has been observed in several wildfire management processes, including creating community wildfire preparedness plans in the USA (Jakes and Sturtevant 2013); participatory forest management workshops in Portugal (Marques et al. 2020); forest owners’ experience of wildfires in Spain (Rodríguez-Carreras et al. 2020); and collaborative bushfire governance research in Australia (Williams et al. 2020). These studies demonstrate that shared planning and participatory governance activities can help to build more trusting relationships and capacity, increased shared understanding of the social-ecological system and others’ values, and even contribute to varied actors’ change of opinion, all of which are critical foundations for more successful wildfire risk governance (Essen et al. 2023).

    These learning processes can be facilitated efficiently through boundary-spanning organizations, which include entities such as science consortiums, non-profit organizations, and cooperative extension programs linking science and management. These organizations allow varied groups to share diverse knowledge and perspectives, broaden researchers’ understandings of manager needs, co-produce research questions and approaches, and develop long-term evolving relationships (Cash 2001, Grimm et al. 2022). Indeed, boundary spanning organizations have been key in facilitating wildfire science-management networks in several countries like the USA and Australia (Butler and Goldstein 2010, Kocher et al. 2012). Many “boundaries” exist within wildfire issues and require skillful collaborations: from fragmented laws, policies, and regulations on land stewardship, wildfire risk management functions in prevention, mitigation and suppression, varying organizational cultures, scales of action and access to funding, to varied individuals’ assumptions and knowledge about wildfire risk (Davis et al. 2021, Tedim et al. 2021). Programs such as the Joint Fire Science Network and Fire Learning Network encouraged the development of innovative and multiscale approaches to managing fire adapted landscapes (Goldstein and Butler 2009, Toman et al. 2013). Within these organizations, learning occurs as a dynamic process facilitated over time, where deliberate knowledge exchanges and relationship-building are tailored to a regional approach (Kocher et al. 2012). This can have far-reaching effects in increasing trust in scientific information, improving its relevance and application (Kocher et al. 2012).

    Until now however, few wildfire studies have specifically explored the learning outcomes of collaborative processes. Indeed, while several of the studies discussed above examined social learning post-wildfire, the field lacks more anticipatory, future-oriented co-learning approaches to wildfire governance and land stewardship (Steelman 2016). For this, collaborative planning tools such as adaptation pathways provide a useful approach for researchers and practitioners. Adaptation pathways require multiple actors to collaboratively understand past development, consider future aspirations, and acknowledge climate risks (Werners et al. 2021). They explicitly address uncertainty and embed flexibility to identify “low-to-no regrets” interventions, avoid maladaptive consequences, and weigh possibilities for incremental adaptations as well as more transformative social change (Wise et al. 2014, Werners et al. 2021). These processes can be reflexive and help participants to reconsider the nature of the problem, making it about “learning to learn, and learning to adapt,” encouraging people to consider a problem from diverse perspectives and identify strategic actions beyond their own preferences, hence encouraging multiple-loop learning (Butler et al. 2016, Bosomworth et al. 2018). Skills fostered through this process such as interpersonal competence, systems-thinking, considering multiple scenarios, acting on local levels, imagining desirable changes, and incorporating local knowledges are all essential for addressing complex wildfire challenges (Roos et al. 2016, Steelman 2016). In this study we employ the concept of climate resilient development pathways, which consists of four non-exclusive categories: they are oriented to climate action, social-learning and co-creation, mainstreaming, and transformation (Werners et al. 2021).

    Policy and research call for more bottom-up wildfire management collaborations in Europe, a research field that remains largely untapped (Tedim et al. 2016, Otero and Nielsen 2017). Diverse sectors such as sustainable forestry, sustainable agriculture, sustainable tourism, education, rural development, nature conservation, integrated fire management, and integrated water management have multiple mutual interests when it comes to wildfire risk reduction, and concerted efforts to integrate learning and actionable synergies across these sectors is needed. This paper explores how an adaptation pathways process can support social learning outcomes to reduce wildfire risk in Mediterranean Europe, specifically in the Montseny and Tordera River watershed in Catalonia (Spain). For this, we consider the social learning outcomes that can be facilitated through an adaptation pathways approach, how these outcomes can benefit wildfire risk reduction efforts, and reflect upon how these processes can be facilitated by boundary spanning organizations forming part of longer-term change beyond our workshop series.

    METHODS

    Overview

    This paper considers a transdisciplinary process on developing adaptation pathways to reducing wildfire risk in the Montseny and Tordera River watershed, Catalonia, Spain, previously described in detail by Uyttewaal et al. (2024). The area is marked by large forested areas, biodiverse social-ecological landscapes, land abandonment, industrial development and repopulation, as well as historic and increasing fire risk (Uyttewaal et al. 2024). We organized three co-creative workshops in Catalan between July 2022 and March 2023. The purpose was twofold: to explore how local ecological knowledge (LEK) can contribute to reducing wildfire risk (Uyttewaal et al. 2024), and how social learning processes developed throughout the process (developed in this paper). A tailored recruitment process aimed to reach a range of actors in different land management and governance entities, considered as agents of change in the territory. The number of participants was limited to 26 to encourage deeper dialogue in focus groups and to build trust between participants (De Vries et al. 2017). Trust was built through facilitated inclusion techniques and collaborative group work during the adaptation pathways process itself. A relatively small number of participants allowed the trained observers to focus on small group discussions and accurately take notes on individual participants’ contributions.

    Facilitated inclusion techniques also ensured a collaborative atmosphere, mitigating potential conflicting personal dynamics between participants (Reed et al. 2009). The research received ethics approval before the start of the project, and participants provided informed consent. Workshop results were translated from Catalan to English, anonymized, and analyzed through qualitative thematic analysis: transcriptions of conversations between participants, observers’ notes, and physical workshop outputs (i.e., sticky notes, worksheets, and annotated pathways).

    Study area

    The Montseny and wider Tordera River watershed comprise two natural parks and several small cities and towns, 70 km north of Barcelona. Primary economic sectors are dedicated to tourism, agriculture, industry, and forestry (Garcia-Berthou et al. 2017, Panareda and Boccio 2017). Framing our issue around the watershed provided an opportunity to co-create knowledge with a wide range of engaged community actors, consider the effects of upstream and downstream land and water management, and acknowledge that social-ecological systems (SES) extend beyond administrative boundaries.

    Infrequent but severe wildfires characterize the watershed’s fire regime, where the last destructive wildfire affected approximately 11,000 ha in 1994 (GRAF 1994). Wildfire activity is expected to increase because of climate and land use change, and simultaneous wildfire events may cause civil emergencies as resources for response and capacity are limited (Castellnou et al. 2019). In 2020, extreme storms and floods heavily affected the region. The storm “Gloria” resulted in 41 million EUR in damage in the Tordera River basin alone (Nóblega-Carriquiry et al. 2022). The area was experiencing three years of consecutive drought at the time of our study (GenCat 2023). We acknowledged the context of recent climate and weather extremes beyond wildfires during our workshops, as participants’ lived experience in adapting to climate change was not limited to only the threat of increasing wildfires.

    Participant selection

    This research considered participants as agents of change: they held embodied knowledge through diverse life experiences, and their involvement formed part of a personal and collective transformative process (Westley et al. 2013, Charli-Joseph et al. 2018). When potential change agents participate in transdisciplinary work, they experiment, learn, and reflect together, developing capacities (skills, values, and knowledge) that can enable them to address challenges and opportunities in their own lives and sustainability transitions (Schneider et al. 2019). In our case these individuals possessed (a) broad social networks through their work in collectives or associations, education, and local administrations, (b) enthusiasm to participate and willingness to learn from others, (c) understanding of wider social-ecological processes, (d) a sense of place attachment, and (e) understanding of LEK in the area, as well as innovative approaches to managing the territory. Several participants were contacted through the Pau Costa Foundation, a local fire ecology non-profit foundation, that had established trusting working relationships with numerous local actors. Additional participants were contacted via the snowball technique (Leventon et al. 2016). Such participants included local associations of shepherds and forest owners, regional and local wildfire risk planners from provincial, county, and city councils, LEK holders (e.g., inhabitants of traditional Catalan farmhouses [masias], traditional agriculture and forestry practitioners), associations of forest defense (ADFs), sustainable and educational tourism initiatives, GRAF operatives (wildfire specialists in the Catalan Fire and Rescue Service), Montseny Natural Park employees, university researchers, and NGOs dedicated to agroecology and fire ecology knowledge exchange. Additional information on participants is detailed in Uyttewaal et al. (2024).

    The diversity of actor profiles gave rise to some commonalities and conflicts between their interests and forms of knowledge. This is especially apparent in the diversity of land management values: some parties (especially foresters, farmers, and fire managers) believe the landscape must be managed for social and ecological purposes including primary production (Verkerk et al. 2017, Otero et al. 2018). Meanwhile, other sectors (especially tourism and conservation) have aimed to limit human activity in protected areas while fostering recreational economies (Boada and Liz 1996, Bellaubi et al. 2021). Entangled in these dynamics are more rural populations with rich bases of local ecological knowledge (Otero et al. 2013), while other technical and administrative profiles possess in-depth knowledge of local policies and regulations that are sometimes at odds with one another (Uyttewaal et al. 2023). In order to foster productive dialogue between these groups holding varied forms of power and knowledge in the territory, facilitated inclusion techniques were needed, such as establishing ground rules for the adaptation pathways workshops, encouraging active listening, and managing group dynamics so that all participants were heard and valued (Uyttewaal et al. 2024).

    The positionality of the Pau Costa Foundation (PCF) and its main researchers helped shape the context of this transdisciplinary approach, and informs the bias of the research process (Lloro-Bidart and Finewood 2018). PCF is a local fire ecology non-profit foundation dedicated to knowledge exchange, and it has fostered relationships across the sectors of fire management, rural development, forestry, and varied administrations for over a decade. As such, it can be considered a boundary-spanning organization as it interacts with research, policy, varied industries, and community-centered action (Davis et al. 2021). In close collaboration with PCF’s research coordinator (N. Prat Guitart), the main researcher for this project (K. Uyttewaal) was positioned to develop the approach from an institution that integrates and expands on new methods and forms of knowledge exchange beyond academic confines (Kitch 2007). Further, the main researcher acted as the primary facilitator of the project because (1) she is a local resident of the study area while also providing new perspectives as an immigrant, (2) has familiarity with local land and fire management challenges, and (3) has built personal relationships and trust with actors prior to and after the workshop process. PCF’s position as an action-oriented local institution, paired with the dynamic identities of the PCF research team as both internal and external actors in the community, allowed us to build trust and accountability while providing outcomes beyond the research results (De Vries et al. 2017, Rasch and McCaffrey 2019).

    Workshop process

    Three Horizons

    A series of three workshops were developed to create the adaptation pathways and then provide a space for further reflection. To create our adaptation pathways, we used the Three Horizons approach (Fig. 1), which encourages actors with high agency to work with uncertain futures in creative and imaginative ways while also retaining important features from the present (Sharpe et al. 2016, Schaal et al. 2023). It represents key tenants of co-productive research: namely, embracing multiple perspectives and working with people’s aspirations and values (Sharpe et al. 2016, Chambers et al. 2022). The approach considers desirable futures and ways to get there: Horizon 1 represents a “business as usual” or current system that needs to change, Horizon 3 represents an ideal future system, and Horizon 2 represents a transformative middle zone that leverages change to get from Horizon 1 to Horizon 3 (Fig. 1; Sharpe et al. 2016). We asked participants (9 total) to imagine an ideal fire-resilient landscape in 2050, in spite of the risk of increased wildfires (Horizon 3). This workshop was tailored specifically toward local knowledge holders. Because of age, travel distance, and availability, the number of participants was limited. They focused on the categories of forest management, agriculture and extensive grazing, tourism and urban development, based on information that emerged from prior interviews on the local context (Uyttewaal et al. 2023). Two mixed subgroups were designed to encourage dialogue among different sectors, where they generated visual collages of their idealized futures. Each group was assigned trained facilitators and observers to ensure equal collaboration, understanding the content and adhering to the activity.

    The “visions” from this first workshop framed discussions for a second back-casting workshop, with 17 total contributors. As participants established where they would like to be, we focused on how to get there through specific action points in the mid-term (Horizon 2). Participants who were unable to attend the first workshop could contribute their own values to the visions if their ideas were not already represented. Participants also discussed existing good practices that need to be scaled up (part of Horizon 3), along with current malpractices that need to be phased out over time (part of Horizon 1) in 4 subgroups. Then, they discussed the transitions, innovations, and tensions that need to be addressed to make these more desirable landscapes possible (Horizon 2). After analysis, the research team generated 28 possible action points. After thematic coding, they were organized according to their sectors (who should be involved) and potential methods of implementation (how they should be applied) in the territory.

    Reflection workshop

    After the Three Horizons process, our final workshop was oriented explicitly on reflection and learning among the participants (15 total). This fluctuation in participant numbers is due to the volunteer nature of the workshops, the reasons for which are further detailed in Uyttewaal et al. 2024 and acknowledged in the limitations, below.

    Although learning can form an intrinsic part of adaptation pathways workshops (Pahl-Wostl 2006, Cundill and Fabricius 2009), we formulated this posterior workshop after generating the Three Horizons to better understand specific social learning outcomes of the process. We presented the 28 pathway actions (Fig. 2) and asked participants to “score” and discuss their interest in each action point according to the following reflection questions:

    1. Which actions do you think can be implemented in the short term (immediately or within the next 2 years)?
    2. Which actions do you think should be implemented in the longer term (5–10 years)?
    3. Do you think any actions could have potential negative impacts?
    4. In which of these actions do you see your own (or your entity’s) skills and capabilities represented?
    5. Which actions do you see as important, but beyond the scope of your skills and capabilities (needing to be implemented by others)?

    Participants reflected first individually, then in small group discussions: each person annotated a copy of the pathways to accompany the discussion. We used these scorings to guide the discussions, but given the natural flow of the discussion groups not all participants followed the guidelines while annotating their pathways, so these action points were not analyzed quantitatively. The questions listed above allowed participants to observe and reflect upon their own roles in change-making and how they can be further leveraged in the future. Whereas the first part of the transdisciplinary process analyzed how LEK was represented throughout this process (Uyttewaal et al. 2024), these five reflection questions considered the social learning outcomes of the process, the focus of the present paper. This activity of situating one’s own and others’ roles within a social-ecological system can guide participants toward multiple loop learning processes. For instance, increasing self-awareness of one’s own role in the system (especially question #4) can form part of single loop learning: participants generate knowledge drawing from their own skills and capabilities (Medema et al. 2014). Meanwhile, acknowledging and exploring others’ roles in the system (especially question #5) can lead participants to observe creatively from multiple perspectives, operate at a project level rather than personal level, and question or re-evaluate underlying norms, beliefs, and paradigms: this all forms part of double and triple loop learning. Our analysis was limited in untangling these higher loops of learning from one another given debated definitions in the literature and the time constraints of our study (Tabara and Pahl-Wostl 2007, Johannessen and Hahn 2013, Medema et al. 2014, Kwon and Nicolaides 2017, McClory et al. 2017). Several other social learning-based projects have struggled to measure social learning quantitatively (Collins and Ison 2010, Van Der Wal et al. 2013), and our research faced these limitations as well. Hence, we focus on the analysis of the rich qualitative data that was collected in this process.

    Analysis

    After each workshop, we transcribed the participants’ outputs (recorded conversations, notes from the vision collages, and sticky notes from the Three Horizons). Additional information that emerged during subgroup conversations and plenary sessions of the workshops was also recorded and transcribed. We then organized these entries, combined duplicate messages, and clarified inputs with observers of the workshops. Data were translated to English, analyzed through summary and tabulation methods, then underwent thematic analysis via clustering and coding themes, aided by NVivo data analysis software (Miles and Huberman 1984, Saldaña 2013). Additional data surfaced after the workshops ended. Because of existing working relationships, the Pau Costa Foundation continued personal communications with several participating entities once the workshop series ended, thus acquiring emerging information regarding substantive social learning outcomes via personal communications, even if they were not part of the original analysis design. The results are organized according to social learning outcomes, as defined in social learning frameworks specific to natural resource management issues (Muro and Jeffrey 2008, Reed et al. 2010).

    RESULTS

    The results are classified into the following groups based on prior research: (1) systemic thinking, (2) shared understandings or appreciation for different perspectives, (3) relational outcomes such as the creation of trust, or a change in network, and (4) substantive outcomes, such as new or changed actions, ongoing discussions beyond the participants involved, and initiation of new projects (Muro and Jeffrey 2008, Reed et al. 2010, Johnson et al. 2012, Nikkels et al. 2021).

    Quotes are labelled according to the general sector of the speaker in order to provide context while maintaining anonymity. The following labels include NP: non-profit organization; Ed: education; FM: forest management; FG: farming-grazing; Ad: administration; FiM: fire management; and ST: sustainable tourism. Note that 10 total sectors were represented in the adaptation pathways results (Fig. 2), but the sectors represented by participants in the workshop were limited to the 7 listed above.

    Systemic thinking

    Participants demonstrated understanding of the complex social-ecological system throughout the workshops. This was shown by the plural approaches from varied sectors that participants indicated can contribute to reducing wildfire risk while also encouraging sustainable rural development. As a result of the Three Horizons process, the participants’ pathways demonstrated the potential involvement of 10 different sectors, 28 action points, and 5 possible modes of implementing these actions (Fig. 2). Some sectors were represented more than others in the 28 action points. Four sectors were identified 15 times or more (> 54%): conservation and biodiversity, forest management, agriculture and extensive livestock, and education-research. Four sectors were identified 6–8 times (21–29%): governance, urban development, fire management, and water management. Two sectors were identified 2–3 times (7–10%): tourism and energy production.

    The pathways (Fig. 2) also highlighted the degree of interaction needed between sectors: some actions only require coordination between two sectors, while others include up to eight different sectors. For instance, participants indicated that facilitating more contact and collaboration between various producers in the area (#2) would require collaborations between the forestry and agriculture sectors, whereas participants considered that an action like evaluating and analyzing areas of high fire risk before creating more housing developments (#25) would require concerted interactions between the sectors of conservation and biodiversity, forestry, education-research, governance, urban development, and fire management.

    Participants also considered the complexity of many of the action points, discussing their various strengths and weaknesses or possible negative effects (maladaptations). For example, promoting locally produced renewable energy like firewood and derivatives, elicited distinct reactions from participants, whereas some felt that bolder actions need to be taken (see above for quote labels):

    ... biomass installations, minus the giant ones, I think work well ... we haven’t been brave enough yet ... It may not be necessary to build [a network] for a whole town, but maybe a suburb (FM).

    Others felt more conservative, such as this reflection on the change in social and environmental context:

    If we look back, [energy production was sustainable] because it was a different lifestyle. But with the current population, trying to implement a renewable energy system might not be that sustainable (NP).

    Still others believed that administrative scaffolding would assist the transition from fossil fuels to more locally sourced bioenergy:

    ... with creating proper rules and good vigilance, we don’t need to create more fear around [the topic] (Ed).

    In another potential maladaptive side effect, participants discussed how some efforts toward more facilitation from administrative sectors in agriculture and forestry could, ironically, create more bureaucratic complexity:

    I think that at different times we talk about creating new agents [or facilitators], and maybe sometimes it is not even necessary to create new agents, but to provide these functions to staff who are already working in the Administration agencies, right? Sometimes the tendency is to generate increasingly complex structures ... (NP).

    Shared understandings or appreciation for different perspectives

    Part of shared understandings requires exploring one’s own role and that of others within the system. Participants shared where they considered their (individual or organization’s) ability to enact changes (part of single-loop learning), and where they believed other actors could enact important changes that they were unequipped to do (part of double or triple-loop learning). The participants found themselves well represented within the pathways (Table 1): 12 out of 28 actions (43%) scored highly as actions they felt capable of enacting, according to their different interests and abilities. Many of these actions are already occurring or seem feasible, especially in the fields of knowledge exchange, collaboration, motivation/information, planning, education, and support for primary production:

    These are things I’ve been doing for years. As an association and on a personal level. Promote people who do management, create joint plans, go out there, make contacts, encourage folks ... we can do all this (FG).

    Participants considered 10 out of 28 actions (36%) as highly important to be taken on by other actors. These included reforms in renewable energy, water regulation, and improved integrated planning between conservation and forest management goals. As one forest manager (FM) voiced:

    I think that the administration would need to act as a bit of a regulator between the two forces ... conservation on the one hand doing its job and forest management and livestock ranching on the other ... we are getting further and further apart ... I think that a balance must be made ... I think we lose opportunities including at the level of large-scale fire prevention, when our hands are tied [for forest management]. And I see this as affecting me personally but ... as a more general problem too. (FM).

    Finally, five actions were considered ambiguously, seen as both something some participants felt personally capable of doing, while others felt they lacked the skills for. These actions were Facilitating better communication between existing formal and informal knowledge networks (#1); Accompanying the primary sector in bureaucratic and administrative issues (#10); Generating environmental education programs with field trips to get to know the local landscape (#21); Promoting labelling campaigns for local products (#23); and Improving forest planning at a higher than private property scale, coordinate between existing planning and administrations (e.g., fire management, forestry, water, biodiversity, etc.; #26; Table 1). Furthermore, constructive conflict occurred during the workshops, particularly between the sectors of sustainable tourism (ST) and forest management (FM).

    ST: I bring people that clearly see the impacts in the territory and they want to minimize theirs, and so they pay so that this territory should be how they want it ... I mean, seeing places that are totally transformed by [people] ... I can’t bring people who are willing to go to the Montseny, if I don’t have beautiful places to show ...
    FM: But in the case of the Montseny, it’s a mountain where human hands have always had a long-term impact ... So if we say ‘don’t touch it,’ hòstia [wow]!
    ST: No, I’m not saying ‘don’t touch it’ ... but we can’t manage the forest faster than nature needs ...
    FM: Okay yes, and we can help to do this. ..
    ST: ... Even though we have different points of view it doesn’t mean we can’t understand each other.
    FM: That’s why we’re here [laughs].

    Despite their differing points of view these participants were able to agree that human-led management can have positive effects on the ecosystem. Through dialogues, the participants reached a shared understanding of the positions of others.

    Relational outcomes

    Informal networks between participants increased as a result of the workshop. For instance, local volunteer collaborations emerged between an association of forest defense (ADF), and an association for traditional agriculture.

    We met each other in the workshops and after chatting and chatting, I proposed to set something up and we agreed right away (FiM).

    These participants subsequently organized an event serving as festivity, fundraiser, and educational demonstration (un aplec) in an ongoing effort to restore a small church and its surrounding terraces as a community gathering place. Several of the shepherds attending the workshops also deepened their participation with a project in the Pau Costa Foundation, called Fireflocks, to obtain guidance and benefits on strategic grazing for wildfire prevention with their herds.

    The pathways (Fig. 2) also demonstrated potential for deepened informal and formal relationships. They visualized points of potential connections and shared interest among different sectors. The pathways demonstrated that the sectors of conservation-biodiversity, forest management, agriculture-grazing, and education-research all share potential for cross-cutting collaborations, as they were represented 15 to 20 times (54–71%). Moreover, the pathways demonstrate diverse methods of implementation, which is key to broadening relational outcomes. Although participants identified some needed administrative changes (46%), other methods of implementing actions were also equally if not more valued, such as social-educational methods (75%) (which do not necessarily require formal partnerships), political movements (50%), direct land management (36%), and economic investments (32%).

    Substantive outcomes

    Substantive outcomes of this process included financial collaborations, tangible communication products, and signatories for future wider-scale actions. Specifically, collaborations to seek funding for varied projects occurred after the workshops between the Pau Costa Foundation and local shepherding associations. Participants in the workshop were also each given copies of the adaptation pathways they developed, to use as a communication and reflection tool. Furthermore, in another unrelated (but simultaneous) project, the Pau Costa Foundation led a national forum to create a cohesive Declaration on Wildfire Management needs in Spain based on scientific data, fire managers’ experience, and land stewardship needs (Pau Costa Foundation 2023). The aim was to achieve broad consensus across diverse sectors on providing integrative solutions for managing large wildfires in Spain. When presented nationally in June 2023, three months after the workshop series concluded, 14 of the adaptation pathways workshop participants and organizations (54%) publicly signed to the Declaration. Thus, the workshops helped acquire new contacts and broad community interest in PCF’s national Declaration project.

    DISCUSSION

    Engaging with complexity and power

    The adaptation pathways process allowed systems thinking and shared understanding to take place by embracing the complexity of the wildfire issue in the Montseny-Tordera watershed. Although our transdisciplinary process focused on reducing the risk of wildfires, we witnessed that most sectors favored more general (not necessarily fire-related) actions regarding education, social initiatives, and bolstering the primary sector through sustainable agriculture and forestry activities (Fig. 2). This opened up possibilities for alliances between many other sectors, not focused only on risk reduction. This broader cross-sectoral approach may be more attractive to participants, with more potential mutual wins and reduced costs to land management than merely approaching the issue from a narrow risk mitigation framework (Ascoli et al. 2023). Other adaptation pathways processes echo this, which enabled participants to “explore the multi-sector and multi-level nature of the adaptation challenge” (Bosomworth and Gaillard 2019).

    Moreover, the adaptation pathways process provided opportunities for multiple loop learning. Our discussions made space for complex dialogue concerning power dynamics in the area; and understanding diverse perspectives while questioning underlying paradigms forms part of this multiple loop learning. This is important because power dynamics inform discourse and policy toward sustainability transitions, and “learning is neither value free nor politically neutral” (Armitage et al. 2008:96, Avelino 2017). The authors argue that informal and formal relations can shape (and are shaped by) power relations, and learning is inherently linked to this context. In that sense, authors claim that social learning environments should also help capacity-building efforts: creating conditions that do not shy away from discussing power, culture, institutions, and diverse values (Armitage et al. 2008). These kinds of discussions took place in our workshops when participants discussed the implications of the tourism industry and the meaning of “nature” in a place that has been heavily managed by humans for over 5000 years. They discussed the challenges and opportunities of sustainable forest management and local energy production in the transition away from fossil fuels and they showed concern for linking integrated water management with fire risk reduction. The theme of water management particularly emerged in our second and third workshops, as many actors felt the acute effects of drought in their forests, agricultural activities, and residential areas (Table 1, Action 9). Furthermore, private water bottling companies hold considerable economic and administrative power in the area, supplying many local jobs, but with little transparency of their water use (Broekman and Sánchez 2016). Although many participants did not feel equipped to address widescale changes in the water sector, some underlying foundations were questioned during our workshops, and dialogue began connecting the dots between sustainable forest management, diminishing wildfire risk, and sustainable water management. This finding mirrors prior adaptive water management studies in the Montseny-Tordera area in 2016: most participants in that process also convened on a preferred method of adaptive forest management to increase both watershed and forest health (Verkerk et al. 2017). This demonstrates that the adaptation pathways process presents a viable learning tool that generates systems thinking and shared understanding, which are needed qualities in co-productive wildfire management.

    The importance of increasing networks

    Our workshops brought people together who, despite living within less than a 30 km radius, have few chances to interact. They shared dialogues and were able to see themselves poised as part of the change that is already happening and that needs to increase in the territory for reducing wildfire risk and strengthening sustainable rural development initiatives. Most of the pathway outcomes (Fig. 2) involved sectors not directly involved in wildfire management, especially nature conservation, forest management, agriculture, and education. It is clear that fire management-specific actions must be taken, such as updating fire risk plans in new developments and limiting access to areas in times of high risk (Fig. 2). But our results also demonstrate the importance of relational outcomes: collaborations with a wider pool of actors cannot be understated, as they add valuable local knowledge, contribute to social cohesion in the territory, and partake in earnest stewardship of the area. Indeed, community-based initiatives and social cohesion are key factors for confronting complex wildfire issues and reducing vulnerabilities (Prior and Eriksen 2013, Ottolini et al. 2023). Additionally, the pathways demonstrated that multiple methods are viable for implementing adaptation actions in the territory, 75% of which include social-educational efforts (Fig. 2). What is more, the participants found themselves highly represented and capable of 43% of the actions (12 total) described within the pathways (Fig. 2). This presents an important finding especially for Mediterranean European areas, where top-down and administration-driven fire management efforts have characterized the region for decades (Tedim et al. 2021). This finding helps to nuance and diversify this narrative, offering the perspective that wildfire risk reduction has the potential to come (and is already coming) from multiple sectors, actors, and methods. The climate resilient development pathways approach helped with this by offering plural perspectives to a complex problem, changing the frame of the problem to be wider than just wildfire risk reduction, and thereby encouraging a broader suite of local and regional actors to address intersecting issues together.

    Long-term learning and boundary-spanning organizations in wildfire

    Although our work demonstrates clear learning outcomes in systems thinking, shared understanding, and relational aspects, research suggests that longer-term processes of learning, collaboration, and change can help solidify sustainable transitions, especially to develop and monitor more substantive outcomes. For instance, a 3-year research and learning project in Australia found that, even with high levels of collaboration, it was insufficient to observe how feedback loops or “uneven” learning occurred, therefore reinforcing the need for longer-term research programs that observe substantial policy transitions (Williams et al. 2020). Our study focused on the short-term social learning outcomes of the adaptation pathways process. Future developments could include longer-term interventions to analyze multiple-years-long and non-linear dynamics, and to monitor the more substantive outcomes that just began emerging after the workshops, such as finding funding for local shepherding associations, observing how objectives from the Declaration on Wildfire Management are implemented, and monitoring local policy transitions.

    Longer processes of social learning leading to more substantive outcomes can be facilitated by boundary-spanning organizations. Co-productive research approaches can be embedded within longer collaborative dynamics that increase the salience, credibility, and legitimacy of boundary-spanning work (Kocher et al. 2012). In our research, the Pau Costa Foundation played a key role in facilitating these longer processes of change. Over the course of 13 years the entity has built community connections in the fire management sector, knowledge co-production, sustainable forestry and agriculture, and local administrations. Their ability to take swifter and more inclusive actions than traditional governance or research institutions puts them in an approachable position for diverse interested parties. For instance, their nationally established Declaration on Wildfire Management has helped connect sectors historically at odds (nature conservation, forestry, rural development, and wildfire), as it unites expert opinions in these fields calling for more integrated management initiatives and policies (Pau Costa Foundation 2023). The fact that the Declaration’s principles resonated with over half of our workshop participants (Section 3.4) demonstrates shared understanding of the complexity of the wildfire issue. Our research therefore represents a concentrated social learning effort that forms part of a much larger ongoing and non-linear process that the Pau Costa Foundation sparked. This boundary spanning work must continue to include more actors in the territory, now poised for more cohesive alliances thanks in part to the adaptation pathways process.

    Limitations and next steps

    Many participants voiced their desires to operationalize the results after the workshops. Although some substantive outcomes emerged from the project (such as seeking project funding for local shepherds and the signing of a national Declaration), a longer time period of analysis for non-linear learning as well as coordinated efforts between administrations, boundary-spanning organizations, and local associations could help increase these outcomes (such as larger grant applications, policy recommendations, etc.). A longer-term research process with more direct buy-in from powerful actors could influence more direct implementation of the adaptation pathways results (Haasnoot et al. 2013). Future iterations could focus on a wider and more economically or politically powerful (and hence, more controversial) group of territorial actors and planners, including the directors of the natural parks, directors of fire management operations, operators of water bottling plants, larger landowners, and the tourism industry. A longer-term process could also include a more robust blend of quantitative and qualitative data, allowing researchers to better distinguish the trajectories of multiple loops of learning throughout the process and monitor learning over time (Harrison et al. 2013, McClory et al. 2017, Verkerk et al. 2017). Prior to this study, we attempted to gather quantitative data by conducting two-part interviews with 19 contributors prior to the workshops, aiming to (1) describe the social networks of information and support concerning wildfire risk reduction, quantifying the frequency of contact (Owen et al. 2012), and (2) analyze people’s initial narratives and framing of the local wildfire issue through the Q-method (Ockwell 2008). However, these data remained incomplete for analysis as several of the interviewees were later unable to attend the workshops, meanwhile other workshop participants were unavailable for interviews prior to the workshops. Nevertheless, the results of our workshop series established impetus for further local implications and practical work in the area, including pursuing funding and actions with empowered local agents of change through local governance and land stewardship approaches.

    Although boundary-spanning organizations like the Pau Costa Foundation play a clear role in leading some of these initiatives, our collaborative process also encouraged participants to consider themselves already as active agents of change, since their everyday actions are already well-represented in the pathways. This finding is significant for future projects in other areas of the world aiming to implement similar co-productive processes; by dedicating time to define the complexity of social-ecological issues like wildfire and draw upon the knowledge and networks that already exist in an area, participants may achieve a sense of co-ownership and empowerment that is paramount for implementing local adaptive actions. In the case of climate resilient development pathways, such approaches are especially significant in under-resourced areas where key linkages between governance structures and economic development may be lacking. Indeed, similar approaches have taken place for issues such as food security in Ethiopia (Maru et al. 2017, O’Connell et al. 2019) and adaptive water management in India (Bhave et al. 2018).

    Finally, although the sector of conservation-biodiversity was clearly represented as a collaborator in the pathways, many actors from this sector were unable to join the workshops because of lack of availability, distance of travel, or conflicting dynamics between participants. There may not have been high buy-in from some actors because of the volunteer nature of the project, resulting in the variable numbers of participants throughout the workshops. After the workshops, however, participants seemed to feel better equipped to interface more with the conservation sector as well as with more administrative actors at higher levels of governance. Our study parallels other adaptation pathways studies in this sense: in settings of high complexity, high agency, and conflict, the adaptation pathways provide a tool for constructive and pluralistic dialogue that, although perhaps not producing immediately implementable plans, provide an important social learning space that help trigger future actions and projects (Brummel et al. 2010, Williams et al. 2012).

    Implications for wildfire governance

    Our results further exemplify opportunities in wildfire risk governance, especially in polycentric and anticipatory formats (Steelman 2016, Kirschner et al. 2023). In polycentric governance it is key to bridge and integrate local knowledge, values, and culture, especially where wildfires cross jurisdictional boundaries and land is stewarded by multiple owners or agencies (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2012). One of our pathway action points, Reform spatial plans so that the “protection” of a space is not always linked to the limitation of permitted activities (#27), illustrates a need of shared understanding and management goals between land managers and nature conservation policies. This is echoed in other local studies, where participants felt excessive administrative limitations on local agro-forestry practices hindered their ability to adapt to climate change, and reliance on EU subsidies decreased the financial autonomy of community initiatives (Campos et al. 2014, de Lucio and Seijo 2021). This finding demonstrates that some initiatives need to disrupt or work around the inertia of administrations that cannot change rapidly enough to meet the ecological and social transformations occurring.

    Furthermore, anticipatory wildfire governance aims to create systems based on social-ecological resilience, taking future thresholds and values into account and prioritizing learning between actors at different scales (Kirschner et al. 2023). Our study represents small-scale anticipatory wildfire governance in action, as future ecological conditions and social values were thoroughly debated, discussed, and agreed upon between diverse actors. Another prior study in the Montseny also reported that distributing responsibility in risk management across governments, communities, and the private sector should be expanded, enabling agency across wider social actors (Otero et al. 2018). Our approach responded to this call with the explicit goal of amplifying networks and learning between participants, and by specifically naming how knowledge and agency can be reframed and redistributed to achieve wildfire risk reduction goals as part of sustainable development pathways. Although our case study does not fall within specific administrative boundaries, our findings provide important policy-related reflections on wildfire governance approaches that uplift local ecological knowledge, encourage learning, and increase agency between actors.

    CONCLUSION

    The adaptation pathways process enabled social learning: it helped reframe who holds valuable knowledge, capacity, and agency in the territory, while increasing practices that both encourage sustainable rural development and help to reduce wildfire risk. In turn, this process of social learning can help reduce wildfire risk by broadening collaborations between sectors and exploring new modes of implementing meaningful actions. Through an engagement process using the Three Horizons framework and a reflection workshop, our case study findings demonstrate significant social learning outcomes, especially in systems thinking, shared understanding, and relational aspects. The richness of represented sectors (the who) and potential implementation methods (the how) of the adaptation pathway actions speak to the participants’ understanding of system complexity, and how land stewardship actions beyond the narrow goal of mitigating wildfire risk can create mutual benefits linking various sector goals. This also led to important reflections on varied values and forms of power in the territory, all of which influence social learning processes. An increase in relational networks observed in this study may assist in deepening social cohesion and participant empowerment for stewardship activities beyond mitigating wildfire risk. Our approach provided a local example of both polycentric and anticipatory wildfire governance, which is key for adaptive planning under climate change. Although we observed few substantive outcomes in our workshops, this research nevertheless represents a rich, concentrated short-term learning effort. More enduring substantive outcomes can be facilitated by longer-term, non-linear learning processes established by boundary-spanning organizations, such as the Pau Costa Foundation.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    KU and NP contributed to conceptualization, methodology, and investigation. KU performed primary authorship. MdP assisted in investigation and writing. NP, FL, and ERL contributed to study design. NP, FL, ERL, and CRS contributed to supervision. CRS acquired funding. All authors contributed to the original draft, review, and editing.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The authors would like to thank the local participants in this project as co-creators of the work and its future implications. Their volunteered time and dedication are what made this project possible. We express our gratitude to the staff and wider network of the Pau Costa Foundation, who opened many doors to trusting collaboration. Thank you to Prof. Dr. Carolien Kroeze for her valuable input in study design and supervision. This project was made possible through the PyroLife Innovative Training Network and has received funding from the European Union's Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie grant agreement No. 860787.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    None.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The qualitative data that support the findings of this study are available on request from the corresponding author, KU. None of the data and code are publicly available because they contain information that could compromise the privacy of research participants. Ethical approval of this research was obtained at Wageningen University through a proposal review committee in 2021. Participants were provided with informed consent forms compliant with GDPR guidelines, outlined by the Ethics Committee of the PyroLife Innovative Training Network (H2020 MSCA). Forms were signed in person with the authors conducting fieldwork. Transcripts were provided to individual participants upon request. All personal data has been kept anonymous.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Argyris, C. 2002. Double-loop learning, teaching, and research. Academy of Management Learning Education 1:206-218. https://doi.org/10.5465/amle.2002.8509400

    Armitage, D., M. Marschke, and R. Plummer. 2008. Adaptive co-management and the paradox of learning. Global Environmental Change 18:86-98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2007.07.002

    Ascoli, D., E. Plana, S. D. Oggioni, A. Tomao, M. Colonico, P. Corona, F. Giannino, M. Moreno, G. Xanthopoulos, K. Kaoukis, M. Athanasiou, M. C. Colaço, F. Rego, A. C. Sequeira, V. Acácio, M. Serra, and A. Barbati. 2023. Fire-smart solutions for sustainable wildfire risk prevention: bottom-up initiatives meet top-down policies under EU green deal. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction 92:103715. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijdrr.2023.103715

    Avelino, F. 2017. Power in sustainability transitions: analysing power and (dis)empowerment in transformative change towards sustainability. Environmental Policy and Governance 27:505-520. https://doi.org/10.1002/eet.1777

    Barnes, M. L., P. Wang, J. E. Cinner, N. A. J. Graham, A. M. Guerrero, L. Jasny, J. Lau, S. R. Sutcliffe, and J. Zamborain-Mason. 2020. Social determinants of adaptive and transformative responses to climate change. Nature Climate Change 10:823-828. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-020-0871-4

    Bellaubi, F., J. M. Mallarach, and R. Sardá. 2021. A geoethical approach to unlock a social-ecological governance problem: the case of the Tordera river (Catalonia, Spain). Sustainability 13(8):4253. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13084253

    Bhave, A. G., D. Conway, S. Dessai, and D. A. Stainforth. 2018. Water resource planning under future climate and socioeconomic uncertainty in the Cauvery River Basin in Karnataka, India. Water Resources Research 54:708-728. https://doi.org/10.1002/2017WR020970

    Boada, M., and J. Liz. 1996. El fenòmen de la metropolització al massís del Montseny. El cas de turisme escolar. Monografies del Montseny IX:139-155.

    Bosomworth, K., and E. Gaillard. 2019. Engaging with uncertainty and ambiguity through participatory “Adaptive Pathways” approaches : scoping the literature. Environmental Research Letters 14:093007. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/ab3095

    Bosomworth, K., H. Scott, J. Wilson, C. Pitfield, K. Brunt, G. Brown, and F. Johnson. 2018. Exploring ‘adaptation pathways’ planning through an NRM lens: a report of two exploratory case studies. RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia.

    Broekman, A., and A. Sánchez. 2016. Tordera River Basin Adaptation Plan. BeWater Project, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Cerdanyola del Vallès, Spain. https://www.ecologic.eu/sites/default/files/publication/2016/rbap_tordera_final.pdf

    Brotons, L., N. Aquilué, M de Cáceres, M. J. Fortin, and A. Fall. 2013. How fire history, fire suppression practices and climate change affect wildfire regimes in Mediterranean landscapes. PLoS ONE 8(5):e62392. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0062392

    Brummel, R. F., K. C. Nelson, S. G. Souter, P. J. Jakes, and D. R. Williams. 2010. Social learning in a policy-mandated collaboration: community wildfire protection planning in the eastern United States. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 53:681-699. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2010.488090

    Butler, J. R. A., E. L. Bohensky, W. Suadnya, Y. Yanuartati, T. Handayani, P. Habibi, K. Puspadi, T. D. Skewes, R. M. Wise, I. Suharto, S. E. Park, and Y. Sutaryono. 2016. Scenario planning to leap-frog the Sustainable Development Goals: an adaptation pathways approach. Climate Risk Management 12:83-99. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crm.2015.11.003

    Butler, W. H., and B. E. Goldstein. 2010. The US Fire Learning Network: springing a rigidity trap through multiscalar collaborative networks. Ecology and Society 15(3):21. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-03437-150321

    Campos, M., M. K. McCall, and M. González-Puente. 2014. Land-users’ perceptions and adaptations to climate change in Mexico and Spain: commonalities across cultural and geographical contexts. Regional Environmental Change 14:811-823. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-013-0542-3

    Cash, D. W. 2001. “In order to aid in diffusing useful and practical information”: agricultural extension and boundary organizations. Science, Technology, & Human Values 26:431-453. https://doi.org/10.1177/016224390102600403

    Castellnou, M., N. Prat-Guitart, E. Arilla, A. Larrañaga, E. Nebot, X. Castellarnau, J. Vendrell, J. Pallàs, J. Herrera, M. Monturiol, J. Cespedes, J. Pagès, C. Gallardo, and M. Miralles. 2019. Empowering strategic decision-making for wildfire management: avoiding the fear trap and creating a resilient landscape. Fire Ecology 15:31. https://doi.org/10.1186/s42408-019-0048-6

    Chambers, J., C. Wyborn, N. Klenk, M. Ryan, A. Serban, N. Bennett, R. Brennan, L. Charli-Joseph, M. Fernández-Giménez, K. Galvin, B. Goldstein, T. Haller, R. Hill, C. Munera, J. Nel, H. Österblom, R. Reid, M. Riechers, M. Spierenburg, M. Tengö, E. Bennett, A. Brandeis, P. Chatterton, J. Cockburn, C. Cvitanovic, P. Dumrongrojwatthana, A. Paz Durán, J. Gerber, J. Green, R. Gruby, A. Guerrero, A. I. Horcea-Milcu, J. Montana, P. Steyaert, J. Zaehringer, A. Bednarek, K. Curran, S. Fada, J. Hutton, B. Leimona, T. Pickering, and R. Rondeau. 2022. Co-productive agility and four collaborative pathways to sustainability transformations. Global Environmental Change 72:102422. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2021.102422

    Chambers, J., C. Wyborn, M. Ryan, R. Reid, M. Riechers, A. Serban, N. Bennett, C. Cvitanovic, M. Fernández-Giménez, K. Galvin, B. Goldstein, N. Klenk, M. Tengö, R. Brennan, J. J. Cockburn, R. Hill, C. Munera, J. Nel, H. Österblom, A. Bednarek, E. Bennett, A. Brandeis, L. Charli-Joseph, P. Chatterton, K. Curran, P. Dumrongrojwatthana, A. Paz Durán, S. J. Fada, J. D. Gerber, J. M. H. Green, A. M. Guerrero, T. Haller, A. I. Horcea-Milcu, B. Leimona, J. Montana, R. Rondeau, M. Spierenburg, P. Steyaert, J. G. Zaehringer, R. Gruby, J. Hutton, and T. Pickering. 2021. Six modes of co-production for sustainability. Nature Sustainability 4:983-996. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-021-00755-x

    Charli-Joseph, L., J. Siqueiros-Garcia, H. Eakin, D. Manuel-Navarrete, and R. Shelton. 2018. Promoting agency for social-ecological transformation: a transformation-lab in the Xochimilco social-ecological system. Ecology and Society 23(2):46. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-10214-230246

    Chergui, B., S. Fahd, X. Santos, and J. Pausas. 2018. Socioeconomic factors drive fire-regime variability in the Mediterranean Basin. Ecosystems 21:619-628. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10021-017-0172-6

    Collins, K. B., and R. L. Ison. 2010. Trusting emergence: some experiences of learning about integrated catchment science with the environment agency of England and Wales. Water Resources Management 24:669-688. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11269-009-9464-8

    Cundill, G., and C. Fabricius. 2009. Monitoring in adaptive co-management: toward a learning based approach. Journal of Environmental Management 90:3205-3211. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2009.05.012

    Davis, E. J., H. Huber-Stearns, A. S. Cheng, and M. Jacobson. 2021. Transcending parallel play: boundary spanning for collective action in wildfire management. Fire 4(3):41. https://doi.org/10.3390/fire4030041

    de Lucio, J., and F. Seijo. 2021. Do biosphere reserves bolster community resilience in coupled human and natural systems? Evidence from 5 case studies in Spain. Sustainability Science 16:2123-2136. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-021-01029-3

    De Vries, J. R., S. Van Bommel, C. Blackmore, and Y. Asano. 2017. Where there is no history: how to create trust and connection in learning for transformation in water governance. Water 9(2):130. https://doi.org/10.3390/w9020130

    Eriksen, C., and D. L. Hankins. 2014. The retention, revival, and subjugation of Indigenous fire knowledge through agency fire fighting in eastern Australia and California. Society & Natural Resources 27(12):1288-1303. https://doi.org/10.1080/08941920.2014.918226

    Essen, M., S. McCaffrey, J. Abrams, and T. Paveglio. 2023. Improving wildfire management outcomes: shifting the paradigm of wildfire from simple to complex risk. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 66:909-927. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2021.2007861

    Fischer, A. P., T. A. Spies, T. A. Steelman, C. Moseley, B. R. Johnson, J. D. Bailey, A. A. Ager, P. Bourgeron, S. Charnley, B. M. Collins, J. D. Kline, J. E. Leahy, J. S. Littell, J. D. A. Millington, M. Nielsen-Pincus, C. S. Olsen, T. B. Paveglio, C. I. Roos, M. M. Steen-Adams, F. R. Stevens, J. Vukomanovic, E. M. White, and D. M. J. S. Bowman. 2016. Wildfire risk as a socioecological pathology. Frontiers in Ecology and Environment 14:276-284. https://doi.org/10.1002/fee.1283

    Garcia-Berthou, E., J. Gomà, J. Mas-Pla, C. Barriocanal, J. Pujantell, S. Sànchez-Mateo, and G. Muñoa. 2017. Seguiment d’indicadors socioecològics a la conca de la Tordera: Memòria 2017.

    Generalitat de Catalunya (GenCat). 2023. L’ACA defineix l’entrada en l’escenari d’excepcionalitat de set noves àrees del territori de les conques internes. GenCat, Barcelona, Spain. https://aca.gencat.cat/ca/actualitat/nota-premsa/?id=516543

    Goldstein, B. E., and W. H. Butler. 2009. The network imaginary: coherence and creativity within a multiscalar collaborative effort to reform US fire management. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 52:1013-1033. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640560903327443

    GRAF (Grup d'Actuacions Forestals). 1994. Informe de l’incendi forestal de Gualba i Santa Coloma de Farners. Generalitat de Catalunya, Departament d’Interior, Barcelona, Spain. https://interior.gencat.cat/web/.content/home/030_arees_dactuacio/bombers/foc_forestal/consulta_incendis_forestals/informes_incendis_forestals/1990-1999/1994/19940810_REMN_REG_Gualba_StaColomaFarners.pdf

    Grimm, K. E., A. E. Thode, B. S. Wolfson, and L. E. Brown. 2022. Scientist engagement with boundary organizations and knowledge coproduction: a case study of the Southwest Fire Science Consortium. Fire 5(2):43. https://doi.org/10.3390/fire5020043

    Haasnoot, M., J. Kwakkel, W. Walker, and J. ter Maat. 2013. Dynamic adaptive policy pathways: a method for crafting robust decisions for a deeply uncertain world. Global Environmental Change 23:485-498. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2012.12.006

    Harrison, P. A., I. P. Holman, G. Cojocaru, K. Kok, A. Kontogianni, M. J. Metzger, and M. Gramberger. 2013. Combining qualitative and quantitative understanding for exploring cross-sectoral climate change impacts, adaptation and vulnerability in Europe. Regional Environmental Change 13:761-780. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-012-0361-y

    Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 2019. Summary for policymakers of the global assessment report on biodiversity and ecosystem services. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3553579

    Jakes, P. J., and V. Sturtevant. 2013. Trial by fire: community wildfire protection plans put to the test. International Journal of Wildland Fire 22:1134-1143. https://doi.org/10.1071/WF12156

    Johannessen, Å., and T. Hahn. 2013. Social learning towards a more adaptive paradigm? Reducing flood risk in Kristianstad municipality, Sweden. Global Environmental Change 23:372-381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2012.07.009

    Johnson, K. A., G. Dana, N. R. Jordan, K. J. Draeger, A. Kapuscinski, L. K. Schmitt Olabisi, and P. B. Reich. 2012. Using participatory scenarios to stimulate social learning for collaborative sustainable development. Ecology and Society 17(2):9. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-04780-170209

    Kelly, L. T., M. S. Fletcher, I. Oliveras Menor, A. F. A. Pellegrini, E. S. Plumanns-Pouton, P. Pons, G. J. Williamson, and D. M. J. S. Bowman. 2023. Understanding fire regimes for a better Anthropocene. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 48:207-235. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-120220-055357

    Kirschner, J., J. Clark, and G. Boustras. 2023. Governing wildfires: toward a systematic analytical framework. Ecology and Society 28(2):6. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-13920-280206

    Kitch, S. 2007. Feminist interdisciplinary approaches to knowledge building. Pages 123-139 in S. Nagy Hesse-Biber, editor. Handbook of feminist research. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA.

    Kocher, S. D., E. Toman, S. F. Trainor, V. Wright, J. S. Briggs, C. P. Goebel, E. M. Montblanc, A. Oxarart, D. L. Pepin, T. A. Steelman, A. Thode, and T. A. Waldrop. 2012. How can we span the boundaries between wildland fire science and management in the United States? Journal of Forestry 110:421-428. https://doi.org/10.5849/jof.11-085

    Kwon, C. K., and A. Nicolaides. 2017. Managing diversity through triple-loop learning: a call for paradigm shift. Human Resource Development Review 16:85-99. https://doi.org/10.1177/1534484317690053

    Leventon, J., L. Fleskens, H. Claringbould, G. Schwilch, and R. Hessel. 2016. An applied methodology for stakeholder identification in transdisciplinary research. Sustainability Science 11:763-775. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-016-0385-1

    Lloro-Bidart, T., and M. H. Finewood. 2018. Intersectional feminism for the environmental studies and sciences: looking inward and outward. Journal of Environmental Studies and Sciences 8:142-151. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13412-018-0468-7

    Marques, M., M. Oliveira, and J. G. Borges. 2020. An approach to assess actors’ preferences and social learning to enhance participatory forest management planning. Trees, Forests and People 2:100026. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tfp.2020.100026

    Maru, Y., D. O'Connell, N. Grigg, N. Abel, A. Cowie, S. Stone-Jovicich, J. Butler, R. Wise, B. Walker, M. Belay, A. Fleming, S. Meharg, and J. Meyers. 2017. Making “resilience”, “adaptation” and “transformation” real for the design of sustainable development projects. CSIRO, Canberra, Australia. https://doi.org/10.4225/08/5925d83b8a49e

    Mauser, W., G. Klepper, M. Rice, B. S. Schmalzbauer, H. Hackmann, R. Leemans, and H. Moore. 2013. Transdisciplinary global change research: the co-creation of knowledge for sustainability. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 5:420-431. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2013.07.001

    McClory, S., M. Read, and A. Labib. 2017. Conceptualising the lessons-learned process in project management: towards a triple-loop learning framework. International Journal of Project Management 35:1322-1335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijproman.2017.05.006

    Medema, W., A. Wals, and J. Adamowski. 2014. Multi-loop social learning for sustainable land and water governance: towards a research agenda on the potential of virtual learning platforms. NJAS - Wageningen Journal of Life Sciences 69:23-38. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.njas.2014.03.003

    Miles, M., and A. Huberman. 1984. An expanded sourcebook: qualitative data analysis. Second editor. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA.

    Muro, M., and P. Jeffrey. 2008. A critical review of the theory and application of social learning in participatory natural resource management processes. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 51:325-344. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640560801977190

    Nikkels, M. J., P. Leith, S. Kumar, N. Mendham, and A. Dewulf. 2021. The social learning potential of participatory water valuation workshops: a case study in Tasmania, Australia. Environmental Policy and Governance 31:474-491. https://doi.org/10.1002/eet.1939

    Nóblega-Carriquiry, A., H. March, and D. Sauri. 2022. Community acceptance of nature-based solutions in the delta of the Tordera River, Catalonia. Land 11(4):579. https://doi.org/10.3390/land11040579

    Norgaard, K. 2014. The politics of fire and the social impacts of fire exclusion on the Klamath. Humboldt Journal of Social Relations 1(36):77-101. https://doi.org/10.55671/0160-4341.1201

    Ockwell, D. G. 2008. “Opening up” policy to reflexive appraisal: a role for Q Methodology? A case study of fire management in Cape York, Australia. Policy Science 41:263-292. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11077-008-9066-y

    O’Connell, D., Y. Maru, N. Grigg, B. Walker, N. Abel, R. Wise, A. Cowie, J. Butler, S. Stone-Jovicich, M. Stafford-Smith, A. Ruhweza, M. Belay, L. Pearson, and S. Meharg. 2019. Resilience, adaptation pathways and transformation approach (RAPTA): a guide for designing, implementing and assessing interventions for sustainable futures (version 2). CSIRO, Canberra, Australia. https://research.csiro.au/eap/rapta/

    Otero, I., M. Boada, and J. Tàbara. 2013. Social-ecological heritage and the conservation of Mediterranean landscapes under global change: a case study in Olzinelles (Catalonia). Land Use Policy 30:25-37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2012.02.005

    Otero, I., M. Castellnou, I. González, E. Arilla, L. Castell, J. Castellví, F. Sánchez, and J Nielsen. 2018. Democratizing wildfire strategies. Do you realize what it means? Insights from a participatory process in the Montseny region (Catalonia, Spain). PLoS ONE 13(10):e0204806. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0204806

    Otero, I., and J. Ø. Nielsen. 2017. Coexisting with wildfire? Achievements and challenges for a radical social-ecological transformation in Catalonia (Spain). Geoforum 85:234-246. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2017.07.020

    Ottolini, I., M. Arenas Conejo, N. Prat-Guitart, K. Uyttewaal, P. Pandey, I. Rodríguez-Giralt, and M. Cifre Sabater. 2023. A toolkit for fostering co-creation and participative community engagement with vulnerable communities at risk. PyroLife Project, Wageningen University & Research, Wageningen, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/http://hdl.handle.net/10609/147845

    Owen, G., J., J. D. McLeod, C. A. Kolden, D. B. Ferguson, and T. J. Brown. 2012. Wildfire management and forecasting fire potential: the roles of climate information and social networks in the Southwest United States. Weather, Climate, and Society 4:90-102. https://doi.org/10.1175/WCAS-D-11-00038.1

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2006. The importance of social learning in restoring the multifunctionality of rivers and floodplains. Ecology & Society 11(1):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-01542-110110

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2009. A conceptual framework for analysing adaptive capacity and multi-level learning processes in resource governance regimes. Global Environmental Change 19:354-365. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2009.06.001

    Pahl-Wostl, C., L. Lebel, C. Knieper, and E. Nikitina. 2012. From applying panaceas to mastering complexity: toward adaptive water governance in river basins. Environmental Science and Policy 23:24-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2012.07.014

    Panareda, J. M., and M. Boccio. 2017. Dinámica de los acuíferos, cambios de uso y de percepción : el curso medio del río Tordera. Treballs de la Societat Catalana de Geografia 2190:277-289.

    Pau Costa Foundation. 2023. Join the Declaration on the Management of Large Wildfires in Spain. Pau Costa Foundation, Barcelona, Spain. https://www.paucostafoundation.org/en/statement-on-the-management-of-large-forest-fires-in-spain/#decl-adhesion

    Pohl, C., P. Krütli, and M. Stauffacher. 2017. Ten reflective steps for rendering research societally relevant. Gaia 26:43-51. https://doi.org/10.14512/gaia.26.1.10

    Prior, T., and C. Eriksen. 2013. Wildfire preparedness, community cohesion and social-ecological systems. Global Environmental Change 23:1575-1586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.09.016

    Rasch, R., and S. McCaffrey. 2019. Exploring wildfire-prone community trust in wildfire management agencies. Forest Science 65:652-663. https://doi.org/10.1093/forsci/fxz027

    Reed, M. S., A. C. Evely, G. Cundill, I. Fazey, J. Glass, A. Laing, J. Newig, B. Parrish, C. Prell, C. Raymond, and L. C. Stringer. 2010. What is social learning? Ecology and Society 15(4):r1. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-03564-1504r01

    Reed, M. S., A. Graves, N. Dandy, H. Posthumus, K. Hubacek, J. Morris, C. Prell, C. Quinn, and L. Stringer. 2009. Who’s in and why? A typology of stakeholder analysis methods for natural resource management. Journal of Environmental Management 90:1933-1949. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2009.01.001

    Rodríguez-Carreras, R., X. Úbeda, M. Francos, and C. Marco. 2020. After the wildfires: the processes of social learning of forest owners’ associations in Central Catalonia, Spain. Sustainability 12(15):6042. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12156042

    Roos, C. I., A. C. Scott, C. M. Belcher, G. Chaloner, J. Aylen, R. B. Bird, M. R. Coughlan, B. R. Johnson, F. H. Johnston, J. McMorrow, T. Steelman, and the Fire and Mankind Discussion Group. 2016. Living on a flammable planet: interdisciplinary, cross-scalar and varied cultural lessons, prospects and challenges. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B. 371:20150. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2015.0469

    Saldaña, J. 2013. The coding manual for qualitative researchers. Second edition. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA.

    Schaal, T., M. Mitchell, B. Scheele, P. Ryan, and J. Hanspach. 2023. Using the three horizons approach to explore pathways towards positive futures for agricultural landscapes with rich biodiversity. Sustainability Science 18:1271-1289. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01275-z

    Schneider, F., M. Giger, N. Harari, S. Moser, C. Oberlack, I. Providoli, L. Schmid, T. Tribaldos, and A. Zimmermann. 2019. Transdisciplinary co-production of knowledge and sustainability transformations: three generic mechanisms of impact generation. Environmental Science and Policy 102:26-35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2019.08.017

    Sharpe, B., A. Hodgson, G. Leicester, A. Lyon, and I. Fazey. 2016. Three horizons: a pathways practice for transformation. Ecology and Society 21(2):47. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-08388-210247

    Steelman, T. 2016. U.S. wildfire governance as social-ecological problem. Ecology and Society 21(4):3. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-08681-210403

    Suškevičs, M., T. Hahn, R. Rodela, B. Macura, and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2018. Learning for social-ecological change: a qualitative review of outcomes across empirical literature in natural resource management. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 61:1085-1112. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2017.1339594

    Tabara, J. D., and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2007. Sustainability learning in natural resource use and management. Ecology and Society 12(2):3. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-02063-120203

    Tedim, F., V. Leone, and G. Xanthopoulos. 2016. A wildfire risk management concept based on a social-ecological approach in the European Union: Fire Smart Territory. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction 18:138-153. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijdrr.2016.06.005

    Tedim, F., S. McCaffrey, V. Leone, C. Vazquez-Varela, Y. Depietri, P. Buergelt, and R. Lovreglio. 2021. Supporting a shift in wildfire management from fighting fires to thriving with fires: The need for translational wildfire science. Forest Policy and Economics 131. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.forpol.2021.102565

    Toman, E., M. Stidham, S. McCaffrey, and B. Shindler. 2013. Social science at the wildland-urban interface: a compendium of research results to create fire-adapted communities. General Technical Report NRS-111, U.S. Forest Service, Northern Research Station, Newtown Square, Pennsylvania, USA. https://doi.org/10.2737/NRS-GTR-111

    Tosey, P., M. Visser, and M. N. K. Saunders. 2012. The origins and conceptualizations of “triple-loop” learning: a critical review. Management Learning 43:291-307. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507611426239

    Uyttewaal, K., N. Prat-Guitart, F. Ludwig, C. Kroeze, and E. R. Langer. 2023. Territories in transition: how social contexts influence wildland fire adaptive capacity in rural Northwestern European Mediterranean areas. Fire Ecology 19:13. https://doi.org/10.1186/s42408-023-00168-5

    Uyttewaal, K., C. R. Stoof, G. Canaleta, M. Cifre Sabater, E. R. Langer, F. Ludwig, C. Kroeze, P. Moran, I. Ottolini, and N. Prat Guitart. 2024. Uplifting local ecological knowledge as part of adaptation pathways to wildfire risk reduction: a case study in Montseny, Catalonia (Spain). Ambio 53:1433-1453. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-024-02030-7

    Van Der Wal, M., J. De Kraker, A. Offermans, C. Kroeze, P. A. Kirschner, and M. Van Ittersum. 2013. Measuring social learning in participatory approaches to natural resource management. Environmental Policy and Governance 24(1):1-15. https://doi.org/10.1002/eet.1627

    Verkerk, P., A. Sánchez, S. Libbrecht, A. Broekman, A. Bruggeman, H. Daly-Hassen, E. Giannakis, S. Jebari, K. Kok, A. Krivograd Klemenčič, M. Magjar, I. Martinez de Arano, N. Robert, N. Smolar-Žvanut, E. Varela, and C. Zoumides. 2017. A participatory approach for adapting river basins to climate change. Water 9:958. https://doi.org/10.3390/w9120958

    Viedma, O., N. Moity, and J. M. Moreno. 2015. Changes in landscape fire-hazard during the second half of the 20th century: agriculture abandonment and the changing role of driving factors. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 207:126-140. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2015.04.011

    Werners, S., R. Wise, J. Butler, E. Totin, and K. Vincent. 2021. Adaptation pathways: a review of approaches and a learning framework. Environmental Science and Policy 116:266-275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2020.11.003

    Westley, F. R., O. Tjornbo, L. Schultz, P. Olsson, C. Folke, B. Crona, and Ö. Bodin. 2013. A theory of transformative agency in linked social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 18(3):27. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05072-180327

    Williams, D. R., P. J. Jakes, S. Burns, A. S. Cheng, K. C. Nelson, V. Sturtevant, R. F. Brummel, E. Staychock, and S. G. Souter. 2012. Community wildfire protection planning: the importance of framing, scale, and building sustainable capacity. Journal of Forestry 110:415-420. https://doi.org/10.5849/jof.12-001

    Williams, K. J. H., R. M. Ford, and A. Rawluk. 2020. The role of collaborative research in learning to incorporate values of the public in social-ecological system governance: case study of bushfire risk planning. Ecology and Society 25(4):31. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-11987-250431

    Wise, R. M., I. Fazey, M. Stafford Smith, S. E. Park, H. C. Eakin, E. R. M. A. Garderen, and B. Campbell. 2014. Reconceptualising adaptation to climate change as part of pathways of change and response. Global Environmental Change 28:325-336. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.12.002

    Wunder, S., D. Calkin, V. Charlton, S. Feder, I. Martínez de Arano, P. Moore, F. Rodríguez y Silva, L. Tacconi, and C. Vega-García. 2021. Resilient landscapes to prevent catastrophic forest fires: socioeconomic insights towards a new paradigm. Forest Policy and Economics 128:102458. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.forpol.2021.102458

    Corresponding author:
    Kathleen Uyttewaal
    kauyttewaal@paucostafoundation.org
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Representation of the Three Horizons Framework, adapted from Sharpe et al. 2016. Horizon 1 (H1, red) represents a “business as usual” or current system with current malpractices that need to be phased out over time; Horizon 3 (H3, green) represents an ideal future system along with current positive practices that need to increase over time; and Horizon 2 (H2, blue) represents a transformative middle zone that leverages change to get from Horizon 1 to Horizon 3. Yellow squares represent ideas (or sticky-notes) provided by workshop participants.

    Fig. 1. Representation of the Three Horizons Framework, adapted from Sharpe et al. 2016. Horizon 1 (H1, red) represents a “business as usual” or current system with current malpractices that need to be phased out over time; Horizon 3 (H3, green) represents an ideal future system along with current positive practices that need to increase over time; and Horizon 2 (H2, blue) represents a transformative middle zone that leverages change to get from Horizon 1 to Horizon 3. Yellow squares represent ideas (or sticky-notes) provided by workshop participants.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Representation of the adaptation pathways developed by workshop participants and analyzed by the research team. Actions are organized according to the frequency of varied sectors’ involvement in their implementation, as well as how many linkages across sectors they would require. They are further organized by possible methods of implementation.

    Fig. 2. Representation of the adaptation pathways developed by workshop participants and analyzed by the research team. Actions are organized according to the frequency of varied sectors’ involvement in their implementation, as well as how many linkages across sectors they would require. They are further organized by possible methods of implementation.

    Fig. 2
    Table 1
    Table 1. High-scoring actions from the adaptation pathways, depicting actors’ perceived individual agency (self-actionable), and consideration of important actions beyond their capabilities (others-actionable), supplemented with quotes. Quotes are represented according to sector in order to provide context but to also maintain anonymity. NP: non-profit organization; Ed: education; FM: forest management; FG: farming-grazing; Ad: administration; FiM: fire management.

    Table 1. High-scoring actions from the adaptation pathways, depicting actors’ perceived individual agency (self-actionable), and consideration of important actions beyond their capabilities (others-actionable), supplemented with quotes. Quotes are represented according to sector in order to provide context but to also maintain anonymity. NP: non-profit organization; Ed: education; FM: forest management; FG: farming-grazing; Ad: administration; FiM: fire management.

    High-Scoring Action Self-Actionable
    (single loop)
    Others-Actionable
    (double or triple loop)
    Quotes
    1: Facilitate better communication between existing formal and informal knowledge networks X X NP: My selections are very much related to the Foundation’s goals ... To connect scientific knowledge with end-users, the public. In the end, I think we can influence in the dissemination and visibility of producers and encourage local consumption, evaluating fire protection plans, biodiversity, all of that ...
    Ed: ... I think I can help balance the weight of scientific knowledge ... It needs to become much more open to more kinds of knowledge (local, indigenous, etc.) ...
    FM: The [current knowledge-sharing] system has brought us to this point [of polarization].
    2: Facilitate more contact and collaboration between different producers of various products in the area X FG: These are things I’ve been doing for years. As an association and on a personal level. Promote people who do management, create joint plans, go out there, make contacts, encourage folks ... we can do all this.
    FM: Associating and grouping solutions together, because otherwise there is no way. If you go farm by farm they are not doing well. The only way to move forward is to group together. I would like to continue working on this because I always have.
    NP: If there are people tied to the land working every day and that have their own voice, it is easier that things start working, that things start rolling ...
    6: Take advantage of climate change awareness to motivate small forest owners to manage their tracts X Ad: I think that as a local administration we are much closer to the population, to farmers. In other words, we can grasp the needs of each sector more quickly. And in this case, take advantage of the awareness of climate change to motivate small forest owners to manage their tracts.
    7: Promote locally produced renewable energy: firewood and derivatives X
    9: Regulate the extraction and overuse of groundwater (e.g., private bottling plants) X FM: ... I am not in favor of the bottling plants, but I think it should be taken advantage of, they are there and will continue to be ... so that they really do things for the territory rather than extracting and leaving them ... [currently] the supply companies are under no obligation to detect where leaks are or repair them ...
    NP: We came from a period of three years of drought, practically, so it can be understood why we have gone into these topics ...
    Ad: I think it’s clear that none of us feel capacitated to take on this subject ... but we acknowledge it’s an important piece of the puzzle.
    10: Accompany the primary sector in bureaucratic and administrative issues X X Ad: I think we also have a very clear supporting role as an administration ...They are still a certain kind of facilitator... a bit sui generis, without being named as such.
    FG: It’s important that there is a common discourse [among farmers], to raise awareness among more people as well. We have to be there for there to be a [common] voice.
    12: Increase services in isolated areas and “micro-villages”: schools, health, commerce X Ad: It does not depend on the local administration ... to increase, for example, services in isolated areas and micro-villages school, health, commerce. This would already be on a more supra-municipal scale.
    13: Support species in their adaptation: chestnuts, cork oaks, beech trees, etc. X
    15: Support education and a local training school based on traditional activities, livestock, forestry, and other land management aspects X Ed: We’ve got to increase people’s capability of understanding the whole ecosystem, incorporating a more open perspective ...
    Ad: We can make a certain contribution in terms of a training school, a contribution to the territory of our knowledge as forest managers or experts in the forestry sector.
    18: Create sustainable forest management plans: estimate harvests that can maintain production, conserve biodiversity, and limit CO2 emissions X
    20: Give more importance to open spaces (like pastures) in fire prevention plans X FM: Agroforestry services for fire prevention ... [we’re working on] how to put in the territory, in my own town ... they are working on a lot of things. It’s interesting that we made the plan together with the Association of Forest Owners of the Montseny.
    21: Generate environmental education programs with field trips to get to know the local landscape X X FiM: You really have to start from 0 to create a solid base [of understanding].
    FG: A lot of people should know a lot more. We need visits to schools. How can it be that a kid from the Batllòria [a local town] does not know how to distinguish trees? The more urban the population, the more they should get educated ...
    FM: People have no awareness. When we cut forest and even if we have all the permits ... [there is always conflict].
    22: Improve the availability of water for extensive livestock X
    23: Promote labelling campaigns for local products X X
    26: Improve forest planning at a higher than private property scale, coordinate between existing planning and administrations (e.g., fire management, forestry, water, biodiversity, etc.) X X Ad: We have the capacity as a forestry administration to make investments and to promote actions in points that are identified, which are key, and a result of the planning that can be done for fire prevention ...
    FM: I think that the administration would need to act as a bit of a regulator between the two forces ... conservation on the one hand doing its job and forest management and cattle ranching on the other ... we are getting further and further apart ... I think that a balance must be made ... I think we lose opportunities including at the level of large-scale fire prevention, when our hands are tied [for forest management]. And I see this as affecting me personally but ... as a more general problem too.
    27: Reform spatial plans, so that the “protection” of a space is not always linked to the limitation of permitted activities X FM: When we work on a firebreak to prevent forest fires, but we cannot work when there is fire risk, leaving only the nesting season ... One day the ornithologists come to do the census, that there were raptor nests and such, and you say great, have they come again this year? And he says no, that he hasn’t come for nine years ... In other words, with this, you can never touch that area again and you say hòstia [wow] ...
    Ad: Very often protection has served to somehow justify other shortcomings, hasn’t it? “I can’t regulate this, so draw a line here, and from there it will not be touched”. A bit of this imbalance ... there are always frictions, but here it is like Groundhog’s Day. We have been with this story for thirty years ...
    FM: I mean that of course my work affects [the ecosystem], but it has opportunities and that’s my general idea of forest management ... And we look at everything from the point of view that it’s bad and that I think that we have to make a better balance ...
    28: Facilitate access to work (payment for ecosystem services- water management, biodiversity, reducing wildfire risk, etc.) X
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    adaptation pathways; Co-production; social learning; wildfire risk

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 3 Research

    Relational values of nature—a global empirical study of environmental students in 37 countries

    Kleespies, M. W., M. Hahn-Klimroth, and P. W. Dierkes. 2025. Relational values of nature—a global empirical study of environmental students in 37 countries. Ecology and Society 30(4):3. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16513-300403
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Matthias W. KleespiesORCIDcontact author, Matthias W. Kleespies
      Goehte University, Frankfurt, Germany
    • Max Hahn-KlimrothORCID, Max Hahn-Klimroth
      Goehte University, Frankfurt, Germany
    • Paul W. DierkesORCIDPaul W. Dierkes
      Goehte University, Frankfurt, Germany

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Kleespies, M. W., M. Hahn-Klimroth, and P. W. Dierkes. 2025. Relational values of nature—a global empirical study of environmental students in 37 countries. Ecology and Society 30(4):3.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16513-300403

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Implications
  • Limitations
  • Conclusion
  • Responses to this Article
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • decision makers; environmental students; international survey; relational values; RVs; unsupervised learning; Ward’s clustering algorithm
    Relational values of nature—a global empirical study of environmental students in 37 countries
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16513.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    For decades, the question of why people want to protect nature was mostly answered from an instrumental or intrinsic perspective. However, in recent years, a new category of values has received attention: relational values (RVs). Relational values refer to meaningful relationships that people form with nature and with each other through nature, including ethical responsibilities, cultural significance, and identity. They go beyond the dichotomy of intrinsic and instrumental values by highlighting the role of care, stewardship, and responsibility in shaping human–nature relationships. Currently, there is a lack of quantitative empirical studies on the concept of RVs, especially in the international context. This study, therefore, surveyed 4571 environmental students in 37 countries to gain an overview of their RVs. A cluster analysis revealed that there are six overarching global evaluation patterns of RVs, so-called response types, that occur worldwide. The six response types show different characteristics and variations in the agreement of different elements of the RVs. These response types ranged from strong agreement with all relational value items (type 1), to selective endorsement (types 3–6), to broad rejection of RVs (type 2). The correlation of these response types with country-specific wealth indicators showed that the RVs are less pronounced in wealthy countries. This study is the first to carry out a large international comparison of RVs.

    INTRODUCTION

    At a time when environmental issues have already become major global problems, the question arises as to what influences people’s environmental behavior. The perception of the value of nature is seen as an important factor that can have a decisive influence on decision making (Pascual et al. 2023). In the past, a value dichotomy between the instrumental and intrinsic value of nature was often assumed (Tallis and Lubchenco 2014, Pascual et al. 2017). In the case of intrinsic value, nature and biodiversity are assigned a value simply because of their existence (Soulé 1985). This value is inalienable, i.e., it cannot be denied and is independent of any evaluation by humans. Nature should, therefore, be protected for its own sake (Soulé 1985, Sandler 2012). However, this view is often criticized: for example, protecting nature for its own sake is seen by some as outdated and impractical (Soulé 2014), and it is not clear whether this valuation of nature can really increase environmentally friendly behavior (Justus et al. 2009). Therefore, supporters of the instrumental view argue that the instrumental approach is easier for more people to understand than the intrinsic value of nature (Tallis and Lubchenco 2014). The instrumental perspective focuses on the benefits nature provides to humans rather than nature’s intrinsic worth (Bullock 2017). This perspective is closely linked to the ecosystem services from which humans benefit (Reyers et al. 2012). In the instrumental valuation of nature, a part of nature is replaceable if another or new part fulfils the same function (Sandler 2012). However, this view is also criticized by some as a sell-out of nature (McCauley 2006). It is also problematic that only parts of nature that have a benefit for humans are considered worthy of protection, which leaves out parts that have little or no obvious benefits (Tallis and Lubchenco 2014).

    Nowadays, value pluralism is increasingly discussed in environmental valuation as an approach to integrating diverse perspectives on nature’s worth. However, it remains an evolving and contested framework (Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) 2018, Pascual et al. 2023). Value pluralism refers to the idea that multiple values coexist that cannot be reduced to a single overarching metric (Chang 2015). Although some authors see value pluralism as an important step for sustainability and as a way to integrate diverse perspectives on nature’s contributions to people, others criticize that privileged actors may have greater influence on which values are recognized (Pascual et al. 2017, Jacobs et al. 2020, 2023).

    Besides instrumental and intrinsic values of nature, another type of environmental values has also attracted increasing attention in recent years: the concept of relational values (RVs), in which human–nature relationships and nature-centered human relationships play an important role (Díaz et al. 2015). Relational values refer to meaningful relationships people form with nature and with each other through nature, encompassing ethical responsibilities, cultural significance, and identity. They extend beyond the conventional dichotomy of intrinsic and instrumental values by emphasizing the importance of relationships themselves (Chan et al. 2016, Pascual et al. 2017). These values are grounded in notions of stewardship, care, identity, and social cohesion, shaping how individuals and communities interact with and assign meaning to nature (Chan et al. 2018, Pratson et al. 2023). However, the term “RVs” is constantly evolving and may be used with slightly different nuances by authors (Pratson et al. 2023, Himes et al. 2024). Relational values provide an important lens for conservation by recognizing why people form attachments to places/nature and how these connections influence decision making (Himes and Muraca 2018, Pratson et al. 2023).

    The concept of RVs has been further refined in recent years and aligned with well-known environmental value concepts such as assigned, moral, and held values: RVs include assigned values (values of objects) and moral values (what is right). However, held values, which describe higher ideals or principles (e.g., fairness, generosity) and are more abstract, differ from RVs because RVs are always linked to concrete relationships involving nature (Chan et al. 2018). Relational values are increasingly recognized as crucial for sustainability, as they encompass and promote a sense of responsibility, care, and stewardship toward nature, supporting long-term environmental commitments (Martin et al. 2024). Relational values also play a significant role in shaping environmental behavior (van den Born et al. 2018, Topp et al. 2022, Uehara et al. 2022). In addition, they can serve as the main drivers and key motivators for participation in conservation activities (Knippenberg et al. 2018, Mattijssen et al. 2020). Even before the term was introduced, RVs or parts of them were identified in the environmental education sector, without naming them as such (Britto dos Santos and Gould 2018). However, the boundaries between RVs and instrumental and intrinsic values of nature are often blurred, as different types of values can be ascribed to or derived from the same part of nature (Himes et al. 2024, Riechers et al. 2025).

    Due to this great importance of RVs, research has been conducted in different regions of the world and in various scientific disciplines, often using different methods and objectives (Pratson et al. 2023). Although these studies provide valuable insights, there is a lack of broader, comparative approaches to identify universal and culturally specific aspects of RVs. Furthermore, the majority of existing quantitative RV assessments are conducted at a national or local scale, thereby creating a knowledge gap about the global perception of RVs. Further quantitative studies are, therefore, needed: for example, to identify elements within RVs that occur in different cultures (Schulz and Martin-Ortega 2018). A particularly interesting group in this context are students in the environmental and sustainability field.

    Universities play an important role when it comes to the development of sustainability. They educate future decision makers, leaders (Alshuwaikhat and Abubakar 2008, Bellou et al. 2017), professionals (Kioupi and Voulvoulis 2020), and intellectuals in the academic field (Lozano 2006). Although important positions in society can be achieved without university education, university education favors the achievement of such positions, as skills and knowledge are taught there (Vicente-Molina et al. 2013).

    How these future decision makers in the environmental sector evaluate RVs is largely unknown. At the moment, such studies only exist in a national context, if at all (Feucht et al. 2023). Therefore, especially for this group, it would be beneficial to find out more about their perception of RVs, as they are likely to make environmentally relevant decisions later in their career. Conducting surveys among students provides valuable insights into the perspectives of future environmental decision makers. However, the survey population is not without its limitations. Students may not fully represent the broader population due to the influence of their academic background or socioeconomic status (Greenfield 2014, Hanel and Vione 2016).

    This study, therefore, aims to answer the question of how students in environmental and sustainability related fields worldwide evaluate RVs and whether global patterns in these perceptions can be identified. To provide initial explanations for the results and to check whether a country’s wealth plays a role in the assessment of RVs, the results were correlated with selected country-specific wealth indicators. These wealth indictors were chosen because previous international studies have already shown that a country’s wealth can influence the perception of nature and environmental problems (Inglehart 1995, Franzen and Meyer 2010, Franzen and Vogl 2013, Aral and López-Sintas 2023). A recently developed method was used to simplify the analysis and the comparison of different groups within this international data set.

    METHODS

    Data collection procedure and participants

    To assess the RVs in different regions, surveys were conducted in a total of 45 countries. The selection of the 45 study countries was guided by the objective of achieving a broad geographic representation across continents and diverse socio-economic contexts. Although no strict selection criteria were applied, the aim was to include a sufficient number of countries across Asia, Africa, Europe, North and South America, and Oceania to obtain a global perspective.

    An online questionnaire was created to reach students in the individual countries. To ensure the highest possible level of data protection, the survey platform of the Goethe University Frankfurt (Germany) was used. The survey was sent by e-mail to professors, laboratory managers, and research assistants in the selected countries with the invitation to distribute it among their students. As students in the environmental fields (ecology and conservation, environmental science, biology, natural resources management, etc.) were selected as the target group, only university staff with a focus on this subject area were contacted. Researchers were selected through academic networks and institutional directories. Although institutional differences were not systematically analyzed, the study tried to include at least two universities per country, ensuring diverse academic contexts for the examination. In a text accompanying the study, the students were informed about the objectives, the voluntary nature of participation, and data protection.

    To achieve a sufficiently large data set, at least 50 researchers in each country were contacted by e-mail and asked for their support. In the e-mail, the objectives of the study, data protection, and the voluntary nature of participation were briefly explained. The questionnaire was offered in at least one official national language of each country. The translations were carried out by native speakers and checked by a second person in each case.

    The minimum sample size per country was set at 30 students. This cut-off was reached by 37 countries. Data from the eight countries that did not reach this cut-off value were excluded from the analysis. Students from disciplines not related to the environmental field and Ph.D. students were excluded before the data analysis. Only students who were studying in their country of origin were included in the analysis. Participants who indicated a different country of origin than the country where they were enrolled were excluded to minimize potential bias from international mobility. A total of 4571 (33.46% male, 64.68% female, 0.96% diverse, 0.9% no answer) questionnaires were valid according to these criteria. On average, the respondents were 22.44 (± 4.59) years old and in the fourth semester of their studies. The survey period was from September 2020 to July 2021. The sample size broken down by survey country can be found in Table 1.

    The survey was approved by the ethics committee of the science didactic institutes and Departments of the Goethe University Frankfurt am Main under approval number 15-WLSD-2104.

    Measurement instrument

    At the beginning of the questionnaire, general demographic data such as age, gender, semester of study, course of studies, university, and which country the students originally came from were recorded.

    Measuring relational values (RVs)

    Because RVs are a relatively new construct, there are only a limited number of empirical studies on this topic and no established survey instrument is yet available. Some studies assessed RVs through open-ended questionnaires or interviews (Arias-Arévalo et al. 2017, Chapman 2017). However, quantitative instruments have also been applied in recent years (Klain et al. 2017, See et al. 2020, Uehara et al. 2020, Riechers et al. 2021). In this study, the seven questions of Klain et al. (2017) were used because, on the one hand, the scale covers the construct of RVs very well and, on the other hand, its applicability has already been demonstrated in other research (Kleespies and Dierkes 2020b). The seven items and the explanation of their content validity can be found in Table 2. The seven items were to be rated on a five-point Likert scale from strongly agree to strongly disagree.

    Analysis

    It is known that the RVs are highly context dependent (Himes and Muraca 2018), and it can be expected that the different components of the RVs were assessed differently in the countries surveyed. It is, therefore, difficult to compare the data using standard procedures, such as factor analysis, as it can be assumed that the results of the factor analyses differ considerably among the countries (Append. 1). Therefore, an unsupervised learning-based clustering approach recently developed by Hahn-Klimroth et al. (2024) was used to evaluate the data collected here, which is particularly suitable for analyzing and presenting data from different groups. The aim of this analysis was to explore patterns in RVs among environmental students across different countries and how these are distributed in the individual countries. The main advantage of this method compared with a factor analysis is that no structural simplification is carried out, and all items are used jointly throughout the analysis. This means that there is no generalization of items or groups of items, as would be the case if an overall factor analysis were to be carried out with all data and the result applied to all countries.

    The method used, proposed by Hahn-Klimroth et al. (2024), is based on a well-studied unsupervised learning method, highly present in the data science community. The current contribution does not intend to present the method in detail, but we refer to the original contribution for the discussion of the statistical foundations. The method is based on cluster analysis and allows distinguishing groups with the same “typical answer” but highly different levels of group homogeneity, in contrast to factor analysis. It proceeds in three steps.

    First, missing data in the questionnaires were imputed. Here, 8-nearest neighbor imputation was chosen as an imputation technique, as this takes the correlation between different items into account, in contrast to basic imputation methods like taking the row or column mean (Troyanskaya et al. 2001). Moreover, in this step, questionnaires per country were oversampled to the number of questionnaires in the country with most questionnaires. This means that, per country, randomly chosen questionnaires were duplicated until all countries had the same number of questionnaires. This is required to obtain a meaningful clustering in the next step (Hahn-Klimroth et al. 2024). As usual in oversampling, each item’s value is perturbed with independent additive Gaussian noise with mean zero and standard deviation 0.1. This increases the stability of the clustering algorithm and reduces potential side-effects of oversampling (Min et al. 2020). Second, the set of oversampled questionnaires is clustered. The centroid of each cluster class, the “typical questionnaire in this cluster,” is called “response type.” The optimal number of cluster classes found is determined by a heuristic argument based on the so-called gap statistic (Append. 2; Hahn-Klimroth et al. 2024). Third, for each country, the proportion of questionnaires belonging to each of the six cluster classes is calculated. This quantity is a point on the sixth dimensional simplex and is called “fingerprint” (Hahn-Klimroth et al. 2024). The fingerprint is a natural description of the distribution of response types in the different countries.

    To determine whether the distribution of the individual response types in the countries is related to the wealth of a country, the percentage distribution of the response types was correlated using Spearman’s correlation with two selected prosperity indicators, the Human Development Index (HDI) and the Legatum Prosperity Index (LPI) (Fig. 1).

    The HDI (United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) 2020a) is an index that reflects life expectancy, expected years of school attendance, and the standard of living. The index can take values between 1 and 0, with 1 being the highest value (UNDP 2020b). The LPI assesses the prosperity of a nation considering 300 individual indicators in 12 overarching topics. A high score represents a high level of prosperity (Legatum Institute 2021).

    RESULTS

    Based on the data, the questionnaires can be divided into six higher-level response types. In response type 1, all seven RVs items were rated highly, without much variation. In response type 2, there was only a low level of agreement with the seven items, and here too, the variation was relatively low. In type 3, the items were rated relatively high, with the exception of RV_iden and RV_kin, which were in the medium range. The variation is slightly higher in this type. Response type 4 shows very little agreement with item RV_wild, whereas all other items have high agreement values. Type 5 shows the highest variation, with the items RV_iden, RV_kin, and RV_wild being rated lower. In the last response type, 6, agreement with the item RV_comm is particularly low, but the item RV_wild is also rated slightly lower than the other items. The variation is also comparatively high in this type (Fig. 2, Table 3). The distribution of the individual response types in the countries surveyed can be found in Table 4 and Append. 3.

    The correlations between the proportion of individual response types in the countries and the country-specific wealth indicators show values in the low to high range (Table 5).

    DISCUSSION

    The results of the analysis show that there are six different response types in the evaluation of the RVs items, which occur globally and can be distinguished from each other. The approach of determining response types and then categorizing them into higher-level fingerprints within individual countries provides a robust method for identifying response patterns across diverse groups without requiring the strict assumptions of traditional multivariate techniques such as factor analysis or principal component analysis (Yong and Pearce 2013, Hahn-Klimroth et al. 2024). A key limitation of these conventional methods is that they assume a single, consistent factor structure across all groups (Putnick and Bornstein 2016), meaning that the same underlying dimensions must explain responses in every country. However, such a consistent structure is unlikely, as RVs are highly context dependent, and their components can be perceived differently across cultures (Himes and Muraca 2018). The fingerprint approach overcomes this issue by clustering individuals based on naturally emerging response patterns rather than forcing responses into a predefined factor model. Instead of assuming that RVs are structured the same way in all countries, this method allows response types to emerge freely, reflecting cultural and contextual differences. This approach also avoids the need to statistically test for measurement invariance, which is often required in traditional factor-based analyses to ensure comparability across groups (van de Schoot et al. 2015). Another advantage of the fingerprint approach is that it focuses on identifying distinct global response types rather than averaging responses at the country level. This reduces the risk of oversimplifying complex value structures by forcing them into a uniform framework. Instead, the method highlights how different response types can exist within and across countries, offering a more flexible way to study how RVs manifest in different contexts.

    Response type 1 occurs most frequently in almost all countries. In this type, all items of the scale were rated very high, which means that the students agree with the RVs. These results demonstrate that environmental students, as future decision makers of society, see nature not only as an instrumental asset, but also as a place of connection between people and nature, as a health resource, and as an entity for whose preservation there is a moral obligation. The widespread presence of response type 1 in all countries can, therefore, be interpreted positively from the perspective of protecting ecosystems and nature, as RVs can be seen as an important motivator for the protection of nature and as a driver for environmental conservation (Knippenberg et al. 2018, Mattijssen et al. 2020, Uehara et al. 2022). In addition, RVs are an important factor in promoting positive environmental behavior (van den Born et al. 2018, Topp et al. 2022) and also provide decision makers with a possible basis for argumentation to protect parts of nature, even if an instrumental value cannot be directly demonstrated (Schulz and Martin-Ortega 2018). Different studies have already shown that RVs are widespread internationally: they have been demonstrated in Europe (Feucht et al. 2023), Asia (Uehara et al. 2020, Saito et al. 2022), Africa (Cundill et al. 2017), North America (Klain et al. 2017), South America (Guerrero-Leiva et al. 2021), and Australia (Russell and Ens 2020). The study carried out here demonstrates in one data set and in a direct comparison among countries that RVs not only exist worldwide but are also widespread. In this context, it should be noted that the uniformly high agreement with all RVs items in response type 1 may reflect a potential ceiling effect, in which high values limit the ability to distinguish among respondents. The high occurrence of response type 1 may be partly influenced by the positive framing of the survey instrument, which primarily emphasized connections with and care for nature. Although this framing was designed to align with the theoretical foundation of RVs, it may have encouraged respondents to express more relational and stewardship-oriented views than they otherwise might have in an open-ended assessment. It would be worthwhile for future research to explore whether different framing would yield different response distributions.

    The appearance of response type 1 also shows a negative medium bordering on strong correlation with the wealth indices of the countries. This means that this type occurs less frequently in wealthier countries. One possible explanation for this could be that people in these countries in particular are becoming disconnected from nature. Especially for wealthier countries, it has been documented that a lot of time is spent outside of nature (Conrad et al. 2013, Matz et al. 2014, Bassett et al. 2015). This increasing loss of human–nature interactions (Soga and Gaston 2016) might lead to a declining relationship with nature and, therefore, a decline in RVs. Interestingly, this inverse relationship contrasts with findings from wildlife value orientation research, where higher wealth, education, and urbanization have been linked to a shift toward mutualist values rather than traditionalist or instrumentalist perspectives (Manfredo et al. 2009, 2020). This seeming contradiction with Manfredo and colleagues’ findings may be explained by the conceptual differences between RVs and mutualist wildlife value orientations. Although both concepts emphasize care for nature and wildlife, mutualist orientations assume wildlife has moral equality and should be granted rights that are similar to those of humans (Manfredo et al. 2009). Relational values are broader in scope and include social and cultural dimensions in addition to the personal relationship with nature. These conceptual distinctions may help to explain why our findings differ from the patterns described by Manfredo et al. (2020).

    Whether instrumental or intrinsic value systems are more predominant in the wealthier countries cannot be determined from this data set but would require further research.

    Response type 2 stands in direct contrast to response type 1, as it represents a complete rejection of RVs. As RVs are recognized as important factors in supporting nature conservation, a wider distribution of this response type could harm environmental protection. In cases where the instrumental value of nature is unclear or difficult to quantify, RVs can provide a key argument for conservation efforts, helping to justify protective measures (de Vos et al. 2018). If relational perspectives are not considered, conservation decisions may be based solely on economic or ecological arguments, which may not always be sufficient to justify protective measures. Relational values can help secure conservation support by highlighting the cultural, social, and ethical significance of ecosystems (Arias-Arévalo et al. 2017, van Noordwijk et al. 2023). If RVs are not recognized, these arguments are no longer available, potentially reducing public and policy support for nature protection.

    However, it should be noted that this response type only occurs rarely: in more than half of the countries surveyed, this type is not found at all, and in the remaining countries, it generally only occurs in the single-digit percentage range. In addition, this response type shows no significant correlation with the wealth of the nations surveyed. This provides evidence that this response type occurs regardless of a nation’s wealth.

    In the third response type, the two items RV_iden and RV_kin were rated lower than the other RV items. These two items reflect whether nature is seen as part of one’s own personality. This part of the RVs is, therefore, very similar to the concept of connection to nature. Connection to nature generally refers to the personal relationship someone has with nature (Schultz 2002, Mayer and Frantz 2004, Tam 2013). A whole range of different measurement instruments have been developed over the last few decades to measure connection to nature, for example, the Nature Connectedness Scale by Mayer and Frantz (2004), the Inclusion of Nature in Self Scale by Schultz (2002), the Nature Relatedness Scale by Nisbet et al. (2009), or the Nature Connection Index by Richardson et al. (2019). For the two items RV_iden and RV_kin, it has also been empirically shown that they are strongly related to the Nature Connectedness Scale (Kleespies and Dierkes 2020a).

    A low value for these items, as found in response type 3, indicates that the personal connection to nature is weaker than, for example, concern for nature or the moral obligation to protect it. The personal connection to nature has repeatedly been shown to be an important motivator for the protection of nature (Mayer and Frantz 2004, Frantz et al. 2005, Kaiser et al. 2008) and has a major influence on environmental behavior (Whitburn et al. 2020, Barragan-Jason et al. 2022). Even if this group only accounts for a small percentage in most countries, it could still influence environmental protection, particularly among future decision makers whose actions will shape sustainability policies. A lower connection to nature does not necessarily mean that individuals will stop engaging in pro-environmental behaviors, as moral obligation or social responsibility can still drive conservation actions. However, connection to nature remains an important factor for fostering pro-environmental behaviors, especially for individuals who lack other personal motivations for environmental engagement. If this connection declines, it could reduce intrinsic pro-environmental behaviors, potentially weakening long-term support for sustainability efforts.

    There is also a strong positive correlation between the occurrence of this response type in a country and the selected country-specific wealth indicators. This indicates that this type, in which there is a lower connection to nature, is particularly widespread in wealthier countries. The exact factors responsible for the lower connection to nature in wealthier countries are beyond the scope of this study. One possible explanation for this could be the decline in opportunities for contact with nature (Soga and Gaston 2016) or the increase in screen time (Schultz 2002, Larson et al. 2019). This finding is consistent with other international studies that have found a decline in the connection to nature, especially in wealthier countries (Richardson et al. 2022b, Kleespies and Dierkes 2023b)

    In response type 4, the item RV_wild, which describes concern for natural places, is rated particularly low, whereas all other items show high values. In the literature, concern or care for the environment is often understood as environmental attitudes (Gifford and Sussman 2012). Environmental attitudes are considered important factors influencing environmental behavior (Minton and Rose 1997, Levine and Strube 2012), even if there are different results on the strength of this relationship (Marcinkowski and Reid 2019). As this response type is common in some countries, it is of particular importance.

    At the same time, this type shows no significant correlation with the wealth indicators. This is partly consistent with findings from the literature. Some studies have found that environmental concerns and attitudes are positively correlated with a country’s wealth, i.e., people in wealthier countries are more concerned about environmental problems (Franzen and Meyer 2010, Franzen and Vogl 2013, Aral and López-Sintas 2023). However, there are also other studies that have been unable to show such a relationship between attitudes toward the environment and a country’s wealth (Boeve-de Pauw and van Petegem 2010). It should be noted at this point that the individual item RV_wild does not cover the entire spectrum of environmental attitudes but is at best an indicator of these. Moreover, RV_wild specifically reflects concern for natural places, which is more location based and tangible compared with the broader concept of environmental attitudes. Future research should explore additional measures to better understand the link between RVs and broader environmental attitudes.

    Response type 5 can be seen as a combination of response types 3 and 4 and occurs less frequently. In this type, the three items RV_wild, RV_iden, and RV_kin are rated comparatively low. The explanations of the two previous response types can therefore also be applied to this type. However, as more parts of the RVs are rated as less important in this type, this type should be viewed more critically. The significant high correlation with the wealth indicators can probably be attributed to the connection to nature (see response type 3).

    In response type 6, the item RV_comm was rated lower than the other RV items. This item deals with cultural identity and nature as a place to connect people. As there is currently still not enough empirical research on the underlying mechanisms that shape the perception of community-building aspects of RVs (Schulz and Martin-Ortega 2018), it is difficult to determine why people see or do not see nature as a community-building element. One possible explanation could be that local communities have less contact and bonds with nature and, therefore, no longer see nature as a community unifying element. There is currently still a great need for research in order to find out exactly which factors influence the RVs core components. As there is also no significant correlation between this response type and the wealth of a country, new explanatory approaches should be specifically explored.

    IMPLICATIONS

    The six response types provide important information on how RVs are perceived by environmental students worldwide. The correlations with a nation’s wealth indicators also provide initial explanations for the distribution of these views. As RVs can influence environmental behavior and decision making, understanding their patterns could provide strategies for fostering conservation-supportive attitudes. However, different RVs types may contribute to conservation in distinct ways, depending on cultural, ecological, and policy contexts. Therefore, rather than assuming that a single response type is universally more desirable, future research should examine how various RVs translate into conservation outcomes across different settings.

    A literature review suggests that environmental education programs may help strengthen different aspects of RVs (Britto dos Santos and Gould 2018). Therefore, more environmental education could be integrated into the curriculum for environmental students to promote RVs. Uehara et al. (2020) showed that environmental education programs that take place with people from local communities, restore ecosystems, or include an active experience of a local culture in connection with nature can strengthen RVs. Active outdoor learning can also be seen as a way to increase RVs (van den Born et al. 2018). Sharing experiences with a mentor, for example, through outdoor experiences, may also be a way to improve RVs (Chan et al. 2016).

    There is a whole range of research results on what measures can increase the personal connection to nature, which would be particularly recommended for response types 3 and 5: for example, the time a person spends in nature is an important impact factor (Lengieza and Swim 2021), but also environmental education (Barrable and Booth 2020) and active experiences of nature (Richardson et al. 2022a). Various studies have shown that contact with nature and mindfulness practices are particularly effective in promoting a connection to nature (Barragan-Jason et al. 2022). There are a number of other suggestions for universities that can help to improve students’ personal relationship with nature, such as the direct integration of local nature into courses or the use of new technologies to establish a relationship with nature (Kleespies and Dierkes 2023a). Also, weakened positive environmental attitudes, as found in questionnaire types 4 and 5, might be improved by spending time in nature (DeVille et al. 2021).

    Although the fingerprint-based approach adopted here has the advantage of identifying response patterns across countries without assuming measurement invariance, it is important to note that it is not without limitations. It is essential to recognize that valuation studies, including this one, are shaped by methodological choices that influence outcomes (Jacobs et al. 2023). The survey sample consisted exclusively of university students, which may limit the generalizability of the findings and exclude perspectives from other demographic or social groups. Furthermore, the use of a standardized survey format may have resulted in the exclusion of culturally specific expressions of RVs, particularly those rooted in local traditions.

    LIMITATIONS

    Although the study was conducted with great care, there are some limitations that need to be addressed. For example, in some countries, the sample size is comparatively small, which may have limited the representation of diversity within the student population of these countries. In addition, only students in the environmental field were surveyed. Our student sample, therefore, does not fully reflect the socioeconomic composition of national populations. University students are often younger and come from more educated and economically advantaged backgrounds than the general population (Greenfield 2014, Hanel and Vione 2016), which may influence their RVs orientations. The results can, therefore, not be transferred directly to other students or the general population of a country. This is particularly relevant when interpreting correlations between the fingerprints and national economic indicators, as these relationships may reflect patterns specific to the student sub-samples rather than broader societal trends. However, as the same group was surveyed in all countries, the results remain comparable. Nevertheless, the data provide important initial indications of the distribution of RVs in a global context.

    It should also be noted that the survey was voluntary and anonymous. This may have led to a self-selection of participants: it is possible that more people filled out the questionnaire who are particularly interested in environmental issues. As this factor plays a role in all countries, the results remain comparable.

    Another limitation of this study is the gender imbalance in the sample, as women were overrepresented among the surveyed students. This is a common pattern in survey-based research, as studies have shown that women are generally more likely to participate in surveys, particularly in web-based questionnaires (Becker 2022). Although this higher participation rate is expected, it may have influenced the results, as research suggests that women tend to express stronger RVs than men (Kleespies and Dierkes 2020b). As a result, the observed distribution of RVs may skew toward higher reported agreement with RVs, potentially affecting cross-group comparisons. Although this does not invalidate the findings, it highlights the need for future research to examine whether similar RV patterns emerge in more gender-balanced populations and to further explore how gender-related participation biases may influence RVs assessments.

    In addition, it cannot be ruled out that, despite careful translations, the meaning of the questions was slightly altered, and they were, therefore, perceived differently by the study participants. Although attempts were made to address this problem by reviewing the translations, this factor cannot be completely prevented.

    Moreover, data collection took place during the COVID-19 pandemic, a period in which many people spent more time outdoors and reported a heightened appreciation of nature (Morse et al. 2020). This may have temporarily influenced respondents’ relational values, potentially leading to stronger expressions of RVs than under normal conditions.

    CONCLUSION

    The results of the study provide an initial overview of RVs among environmental students worldwide. It is positive to note that a large proportion of students in most countries belong to response type 1, which reflect strong RVs. In the future, possibilities should be examined to strengthen students’ RVs, as these can be seen as an important opportunity to improve environmental behavior. However, further research is needed to determine which specific measures are suitable to achieve this goal.

    The correlation between the wealth indicators also shows that questionnaire type 1 is less common in wealthier countries, whereas questionnaire types 3 and 5 occur more frequently. For this reason, the possible deficit in these countries in particular should be further analyzed and investigated. In this way, an important contribution can be made to the preservation of ecosystems, nature, and the environment.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    Conceptualization: MWK, PWD; data collection: MWK; methodology: MHK, MWK, PWD; validation, formal analysis, investigation: MWK, MHK, PWD; figures: PWD, MHK; writing – original: MWK, MHK; writing – review and editing: MWK, MHK, PWD, funding acquisition: PWD. All authors contributed to the article and approved the submitted version.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We thank all study participants and the more than 300 researchers and universities that shared our questionnaires. This study was partly supported by the Opel-Zoo foundation professorship in zoo biology from the “von Opel Hessische Zoostiftung.”

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    The language software DeepL was used for linguistic adaptations and edits.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data and code that support the findings of this study are available on request from the corresponding author, MWK.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Alshuwaikhat, H. M., and I. Abubakar. 2008. An integrated approach to achieving campus sustainability: assessment of the current campus environmental management practices. Journal of Cleaner Production 16(16):1777-1785. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2007.12.002

    Aral, Ö. H., and J. López-Sintas. 2023. Environmental behavior patterns across clusters of European Union countries: uncovering heterogeneity in the attitude–behavior–context relationship. Journal of Cleaner Production 388:135936. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2023.135936

    Arias-Arévalo, P., B. Martín-López, and E. Gómez-Baggethun. 2017. Exploring intrinsic, instrumental, and relational values for sustainable management of social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 22(4):43. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09812-220443

    Barrable, A., and D. Booth. 2020. Increasing nature connection in children: a mini review of interventions. Frontiers in Psychology 11:492. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00492

    Barragan-Jason, G., C. de Mazancourt, C. Parmesan, M. C. Singer, and M. Loreau. 2022. Human–nature connectedness as a pathway to sustainability: a global meta-analysis. Conservation Letters 15(1):e12852. https://doi.org/10.1111/conl.12852

    Bassett, D. R., D. John, S. A. Conger, E. C. Fitzhugh, and D. P. Coe. 2015. Trends in physical activity and sedentary behaviors of United States youth. Journal of Physical Activity and Health 12(8):1102-1111. https://doi.org/10.1123/jpah.2014-0050

    Becker, R. 2022. Gender and survey participation an event history analysis of the gender effects of survey participation in a probability-based multi-wave panel study with a sequential mixed-mode design. Methods, Data, Analyses 16(1):3-32. https://doi.org/10.12758/mda.2021.08

    Bellou, C., V. Petreniti, and C. Skanavis. 2017. Greening the campus intentions: a study of the University of the Aegean non-academic staff. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education 18(4):520-532. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-05-2015-0102

    Boeve-de Pauw, J., and P. van Petegem. 2010. A cross-national perspective on youth environmental attitudes. The Environmentalist 30(2):133-144. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10669-009-9253-1

    Britto dos Santos, N., and R. K. Gould. 2018. Can relational values be developed and changed? Investigating relational values in the environmental education literature. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 35:124-131. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.10.019

    Bullock, C. H. 2017. Nature’s values: from intrinsic to instrumental. A review of values and valuation methodologies in the context of ecosystem services and natural capital. Research Series, paper no. 10. National Economic and Social Council, Dublin, Ireland. https://www.eesc.europa.eu/ceslink/sites/default/files/document-file-uploads/research_series_paper_10_cbullock_naturesvalue.pdf.

    Chan, K. M. A., P. Balvanera, K. Benessaiah, M. Chapman, S. Díaz, E. Gómez-Baggethun, R. Gould, N. Hannahs, K. Jax, S. Klain, G. W. Luck, B. Martín-López, B. Muraca, B. Norton, K. Ott, U. Pascual, T. Satterfield, M. Tadaki, J. Taggart, and N. Turner. 2016. Opinion: why protect nature? Rethinking values and the environment. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 113(6):1462-1465. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1525002113

    Chan, K. M. A., R. K. Gould, and U. Pascual. 2018. Editorial overview: relational values: what are they, and what’s the fuss about? Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 35:A1-A7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.11.003

    Chang, R. 2015. Value pluralism. Pages 21-26 in J. D. Wright, editor. International encyclopedia of the social and behavioral sciences, Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.63090-8

    Chapman, M. A. 2017. Agri-‘culture’ and biodiversity: rethinking payments for ecosystem services in light of relational values. Dissertation. University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. https://doi.org/10.14288/1.0362233

    Conrad, A., M. Seiwert, A. Hünken, D. Quarcoo, M. Schlaud, and D. Groneberg. 2013. The German environmental survey for children (GerES IV): reference values and distributions for time-location patterns of German children. International Journal of Hygiene and Environmental Health 216(1):25-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheh.2012.02.004

    Cundill, G., J. C. Bezerra, A. de Vos, and N. Ntingana. 2017. Beyond benefit sharing: place attachment and the importance of access to protected areas for surrounding communities. Ecosystem Services 28:140-148. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoser.2017.03.011

    de Vos, A., C. B. Joana, and R. Dirk. 2018. Relational values about nature in protected area research. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 35:89-99. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.10.018

    DeVille, N. V., L. P. Tomasso, O. P. Stoddard, G. E. Wilt, T. H. Horton, K. L. Wolf, E. Brymer, P. H. Kahn, and P. James. 2021. Time spent in nature is associated with increased pro-environmental attitudes and behaviors. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 18(14):7498. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18147498

    Díaz, S., S. Demissew, J. Carabias, C. Joly, M. Lonsdale, N. Ash, A. Larigauderie, J. R. Adhikari, S. Arico, A. Báldi, A. Bartuska, I. A. Baste, A. Bilgin, E. Brondizio, K. M. A. Chan, V. E. Figueroa, A. Duraiappah, M. Fischer, R. Hill, T. Koetz, P. Leadley, P. Lyver, G. M. Mace, B. Martin-Lopez, M. Okumura, D. Pacheco, U. Pascual, E. S. Pérez, B. Reyers, E. Roth, O. Saito, R. J. Scholes, N. Sharma, H. Tallis, R. Thaman, R. Watson, T. Yahara, Z. A. Hamid, C. Akosim, Y. Al-Hafedh, R. Allahverdiyev, E. Amankwah, S. T. Asah, Z. Asfaw, G. Bartus, L. A. Brooks, J. Caillaux, G. Dalle, D. Darnaedi, A. Driver, G. Erpul, P. Escobar-Eyzaguirre, P. Failler, A. M. M. Fouda, B. Fu, H. Gundimeda, S. Hashimoto, F. Homer, S. Lavorel, G. Lichtenstein, W. A. Mala, W. Mandivenyi, P. Matczak, C. Mbizvo, M. Mehrdadi, J. P. Metzger, J. B. Mikissa, H. Moller, H. A. Mooney, P. Mumby, H. Nagendra, C. Nesshover, A. A. Oteng-Yeboah, G. Pataki, M. Roué, J. Rubis, M. Schultz, P. Smith, R. Sumaila, K. Takeuchi, S. Thomas, M. Verma, Y. Yeo-Chang, and D. Zlatanova. 2015. The IPBES conceptual framework—connecting nature and people. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 14:1-16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2014.11.002

    Feucht, V., P. W. Dierkes, and M. W. Kleespies. 2023. The different values of nature: a comparison between university students’ perceptions of nature’s instrumental, intrinsic and relational values. Sustainability Science 18(5):2391-2403. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-023-01371-8

    Frantz, C., F. S. Mayer, C. Norton, and M. Rock. 2005. There is no “I” in nature: the influence of self-awareness on connectedness to nature. Journal of Environmental Psychology 25(4):427-436. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2005.10.002

    Franzen, A., and R. Meyer. 2010. Environmental attitudes in cross-national perspective: a multilevel analysis of the ISSP 1993 and 2000. European Sociological Review 26(2):219-234. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcp018

    Franzen, A., and D. Vogl. 2013. Two decades of measuring environmental attitudes: a comparative analysis of 33 countries. Global Environmental Change 23(5):1001-1008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.03.009

    Gifford, R., and R. Sussman. 2012. Environmental attitudes. Pages 65-80 in S. D. Clayton, editor. The Oxford handbook of environmental and conservation psychology. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199733026.013.0004

    Greenfield, P. M. 2014. Sociodemographic differences within countries produce variable cultural values. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology 45(1):37-41. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022022113513402

    Guerrero-Leiva, N., C. Cerda, and I. Bidegain. 2021. Residential sidewalk gardens and biological conservation in the cities: motivations and preferences that guide the floristic composition of a little-explored space. Urban Forestry and Urban Greening 63:127227. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ufug.2021.127227

    Hahn-Klimroth, M., P. W. Dierkes, and M. W. Kleespies. 2024. An unsupervised learning approach to evaluate questionnaire data—what one can learn from violations of measurement invariance. Data Science Journal 23(13):1-17. https://doi.org/10.5334/dsj-2024-013

    Hanel, P. H. P., and K. C. Vione. 2016. Do student samples provide an accurate estimate of the general public? PLoS ONE 11(12):e0168354. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0168354

    Himes, A., and B. Muraca. 2018. Relational values: the key to pluralistic valuation of ecosystem services. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 35:1-7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.09.005

    Himes, A., B. Muraca, C. B. Anderson, S. Athayde, T. Beery, M. Cantú-Fernández, D. González-Jimínez, R. K. Gould, A. P. Hejnowicz, J. Kenter, D. Lenzi, R. Murali, U. Pascual, C. Raymond, A. Ring, K. Russo, A. Samakov, S. Stålhammar, H. Thorén, and E. Zent. 2024. Why nature matters: a systematic review of intrinsic, instrumental, and relational values. BioScience 74(1):25-43. https://doi.org/10.1093/biosci/biad109

    Inglehart, R. 1995. Public support for environmental protection: objective problems and subjective values in 43 societies. PS: Political Science and Politics 28(1):57-72. https://doi.org/10.2307/420583

    Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 2018. Contrasting approaches to values and valuation: value monism vs. value pluralism in policy. Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services, Bonn, Germany. https://www.ipbes.net/contrasting-approaches-values-valuation

    Jacobs, S., E. Kelemen, P. O’Farrell, A. Martin, M. Schaafsma, N. Dendoncker, R. Pandit, T. H. Mwampamba, I. Palomo, A. J. Castro, M. A. Huambachano, A. Filyushkina, and H. Gunimeda. 2023. The pitfalls of plural valuation. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 64:101345. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2023.101345

    Jacobs, S., N. Zafra-Calvo, D. Gonzalez-Jimenez, L. Guibrunet, K. Benessaiah, A. Berghöfer, J. Chaves-Chaparro, S. Díaz, E. Gomez-Baggethun, S. Lele, B. Martín-López, V. A. Masterson, J. Merçon, H. Moersberger, B. Muraca, A. Norström, P. O’Farrell, J. C. Ordonez, A.-H. Prieur-Richard, A. Rincón-Ruiz, N. Sitas, S. M. Subramanian, W. Tadesse, M. van Noordwijk, U. Pascual, and P. Balvanera. 2020. Use your power for good: plural valuation of nature—the Oaxaca statement. Global Sustainability 3:e8. https://doi.org/10.1017/sus.2020.2

    Justus, J., M. Colyvan, H. Regan, and L. Maguire. 2009. Buying into conservation: intrinsic versus instrumental value. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 24(4):187-191. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2008.11.011

    Kaiser, F. G., N. Roczen, and F. X. Bogner. 2008. Competence formation in environmental education: advancing ecology-specific rather than general abilities. Umweltpsychologie 12(2):56-70.

    Kioupi, V., and N. Voulvoulis. 2020. Sustainable development goals (SDGs): assessing the contribution of higher education programmes. Sustainability 12(17):6701. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12176701

    Klain, S. C., P. Olmsted, K. M. A. Chan, and T. Satterfield. 2017. Relational values resonate broadly and differently than intrinsic or instrumental values, or the new ecological paradigm. PLoS ONE 12(8):e0183962. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0183962

    Kleespies, M. W., and P. W. Dierkes. 2020a. Exploring the construct of relational values: an empirical approach. Frontiers in Psychology 11:209. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00209

    Kleespies, M. W., and P. W. Dierkes. 2020b. Impact of biological education and gender on students’ connection to nature and relational values. PLoS ONE 15(11):e0242004. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0242004

    Kleespies, M. W., and P. W. Dierkes. 2023a. Connection to nature for sustainable development at universities—what should be done? Frontiers in Sustainability 4:1249328. https://doi.org/10.3389/frsus.2023.1249328

    Kleespies, M. W., and P. W. Dierkes. 2023b. Connection to nature of university students in the environmental field—an empirical study in 41 countries. Biological Conservation 283:110093. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2023.110093

    Knippenberg, L., W. T. de Groot, R. J. G. van den Born, P. Knights, and B. Muraca. 2018. Relational value, partnership, eudaimonia: a review. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 35:39-45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.10.022

    Larson, L. R., R. Szczytko, E. P. Bowers, L. E. Stephens, K. T. Stevenson, and M. F. Floyd. 2019. Outdoor time, screen time, and connection to nature: troubling trends among rural youth? Environment and Behavior 51(8):966-991. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013916518806686

    Legatum Institute. 2021. The Legatum prosperity index™: a tool for transformation. Legatum Institute Foundation, London, UK. https://docs.prosperity.com/3616/3544/3967/The_2021_Legatum_Prosperity_Index_Overview_-_Web.pdf.

    Lengieza, M. L., and J. K. Swim. 2021. The paths to connectedness: a review of the antecedents of connectedness to nature. Frontiers in Psychology 12:763231. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.763231

    Levine, D. S., and M. J. Strube. 2012. Environmental attitudes, knowledge, intentions and behaviors among college students. The Journal of Social Psychology 152(3):308-326. https://doi.org/10.1080/00224545.2011.604363

    Lozano, R. 2006. Incorporation and institutionalization of SD into universities: breaking through barriers to change. Journal of Cleaner Production 14(9-11):787-796. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2005.12.010

    Manfredo, M. J., T. L. Teel, A. W. Don Carlos, L. Sullivan, A. D. Bright, A. M. Dietsch, J. Bruskotter, and D. Fulton. 2020. The changing sociocultural context of wildlife conservation. Conservation Biology 34(6):1549-1559. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.13493

    Manfredo, M. J., T. L. Teel, and K. L. Henry. 2009. Linking society and environment: a multilevel model of shifting wildlife value orientations in the western United States. Social Science Quarterly 90(2):407-427. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6237.2009.00624.x

    Marcinkowski, T., and A. Reid. 2019. Reviews of research on the attitude–behavior relationship and their implications for future environmental education research. Environmental Education Research 25(4):459-471. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1634237

    Martin, A., P. Balvanera, C. Raymond, E. Gómez-Baggethun, U. Eser, R. Gould, L. Guibrunet, Z. V. Harmáčková, A. Horcea-Milcu, A.-K. Koessler, R. Kumar, D. Lenzi, J. Merçon, A. Nthenge, P. O’Farrell, U. Pascual, J. Rode, Y. Yoshida, and N. Zafra-Calvo. 2024. Sustainability-aligned values: exploring the concept, evidence, and practice. Ecology and Society 29(4):18. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15498-290418

    Mattijssen, T. J., W. Ganzevoort, R. J. van den Born, B. J. Arts, B. C. Breman, A. E. Buijs, R. I. van Dam, B. H. Elands, W. T. de Groot, and L. W. Knippenberg. 2020. Relational values of nature: leverage points for nature policy in Europe. Ecosystems and People 16(1):402-410. https://doi.org/10.1080/26395916.2020.1848926

    Matz, C. J., D. M. Stieb, K. Davis, M. Egyed, A. Rose, B. Chou, and O. Brion. 2014. Effects of age, season, gender and urban–rural status on time-activity: Canadian human activity pattern survey 2 (CHAPS 2). International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 11(2):2108-2124. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph110202108

    Mayer, F., and C. M. Frantz. 2004. The connectedness to nature scale: a measure of individuals’ feeling in community with nature. Journal of Environmental Psychology 24(4):503-515. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2004.10.001

    McCauley, D. J. 2006. Selling out on nature. Nature 443(7107):27-28. https://doi.org/10.1038/443027a

    Min, J., R. T. McCoy, D. Das, E. Pitler, and T. Linzen. 2020. Syntactic data augmentation increases robustness to inference heuristics. Pages 2339-2352 in D. Jurafsky, J. Chai, N. Schluter, and J. Tetreault, editors. Proceedings of the 58th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Association for Computational Linguistics, Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, USA. https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2020.acl-main.212

    Minton, A. P., and R. L. Rose. 1997. The effects of environmental concern on environmentally friendly consumer behavior: an exploratory study. Journal of Business Research 40(1):37-48. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0148-2963(96)00209-3

    Morse, J. W., T. M. Gladkikh, D. M. Hackenburg, and R. K. Gould. 2020. COVID-19 and human–nature relationships: Vermonters’ activities in nature and associated nonmaterial values during the pandemic. PLoS ONE 15(12):e0243697. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0243697

    Nisbet, E. K., J. M. Zelenski, and S. A. Murphy. 2009. Nature relatedness scale. Environment and Behavior 41(5):715-740. https://doi.org/10.1037/t05985-000

    Pascual, U., P. Balvanera, C. B. Anderson, R. Chaplin-Kramer, M. Christie, D. González-Jimínez, A. Martin, C. M. Raymond, M. Termansen, A. Vatn, S. Athayde, B. Baptiste, D. N. Barton, S. Jacobs, E. Kelemen, R. Kumar, E. Lazos, T. H. Mwampamba, B. Nakangu, P. O’Farrell, S. M. Subramanian, M. van Noordwijk, S. Ahn, S. Amaruzaman, A. M. Amin, P. Arias-Arévalo, G. Arroyo-Robles, M. Cantú-Fernández, A. J. Castro, V. Contreras, A. de Vos, N. Dendoncker, S. Engel, U. Eser, D. P. Faith, A. Filyushkina, H. Ghazi, E. Gómez-Baggethun, R. K. Gould, L. Guibrunet, H. Gundimeda, T. Hahn, Z. V. Harmáčková, M. Hernández-Blanco, A.-I. Horcea-Milcu, M. Huambachano, N. L. H. Wicher, C. İ. Aydın, M. Islar, A.-K. Koessler, J. O. Kenter, M. Kosmus, H. Lee, B. Leimona, S. Lele, D. Lenzi, B. Lliso, L. M. Mannetti, J. Merçon, A. S. Monroy-Sais, N. Mukherjee, B. Muraca, R. Muradian, R. Murali, S. H. Nelson, G. R. Nemogná-Soto, J. Ngouhouo-Poufoun, A. Niamir, E. Nuesiri, T. O. Nyumba, B. Özkaynak, I. Palomo, R. Pandit, A. Pawłowska-Mainville, L. Porter-Bolland, M. Quaas, J. Rode, R. Rozzi, S. Sachdeva, A. Samakov, M. Schaafsma, N. Sitas, P. Ungar, E. Yiu, Y. Yoshida, and E. Zent. 2023. Diverse values of nature for sustainability. Nature 620(7975):813-823. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06406-9

    Pascual, U., P. Balvanera, S. Díaz, G. Pataki, E. Roth, M. Stenseke, R. T. Watson, E. Başak Dessane, M. Islar, E. Kelemen, V. Maris, M. Quaas, S. M. Subramanian, H. Wittmer, A. Adlan, S. Ahn, Y. S. Al-Hafedh, E. Amankwah, S. T. Asah, P. Berry, A. Bilgin, S. J. Breslow, C. Bullock, D. Cáceres, H. Daly-Hassen, E. Figueroa, C. D. Golden, E. Gómez-Baggethun, D. González-Jimínez, J. Houdet, H. Keune, R. Kumar, K. Ma, P. H. May, A. Mead, P. O’Farrell, R. Pandit, W. Pengue, R. Pichis-Madruga, F. Popa, S. Preston, D. Pacheco-Balanza, H. Saarikoski, B. B. Strassburg, M. van den Belt, M. Verma, F. Wickson, and N. Yagi. 2017. Valuing nature’s contributions to people: the IPBES approach. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 26-27:7-16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2016.12.006

    Pratson, D. F., N. Adams, and R. K. Gould. 2023. Relational values of nature in empirical research: a systematic review. People and Nature 5(5):1464-1479. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10512

    Putnick, D. L., and M. H. Bornstein. 2016. Measurement invariance conventions and reporting: the state of the art and future directions for psychological research. Developmental Review 41:71-90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2016.06.004

    Reyers, B., S. Polasky, H. Tallis, H. A. Mooney, and A. Larigauderie. 2012. Finding common ground for biodiversity and ecosystem services. BioScience 62(5):503-507. https://doi.org/10.1525/bio.2012.62.5.12

    Richardson, M., I. Hamlin, C. W. Butler, R. Thomas, and A. Hunt. 2022a. Actively noticing nature (not just time in nature) helps promote nature connectedness. Ecopsychology 14(1):8-16. https://doi.org/10.1089/eco.2021.0023

    Richardson, M., I. Hamlin, L. R. Elliott, and M. P. White. 2022b. Country-level factors in a failing relationship with nature: nature connectedness as a key metric for a sustainable future. Ambio 51(11):2201-2213. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-022-01744-w

    Richardson, M., A. Hunt, J. Hinds, R. Bragg, D. Fido, D. Petronzi, L. Barbett, T. Clitherow, and M. White. 2019. A measure of nature connectedness for children and adults: validation, performance, and insights. Sustainability 11(12):3250. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11123250

    Riechers, M., Á. Balázsi, J.-O. Engler, G. Shumi, and J. Fischer. 2021. Understanding relational values in cultural landscapes in Romania and Germany. People and Nature 3(5):1036-1046. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10246

    Riechers, M., J. Pearson, N. Diaz-Cruz, S. Ortiz-Przychodzka, and E. Topp. 2025. Interplays between relational and instrumental values: insights from research experiences on human–nature relations. Sustainability Science 20(1):287-298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-024-01559-6

    Russell, S., and E. Ens. 2020. Connection as country: relational values of billabongs in indigenous northern Australia. Ecosystem Services 45:101169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoser.2020.101169

    Saito, T., S. Hashimoto, and M. Basu. 2022. Measuring relational values: do people in Greater Tokyo appreciate place-based nature and general nature differently? Sustainability Science 17(3):837-848. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00898-4

    Sandler, R. 2012. Intrinsic value, ecology, and conservation. Nature Education Knowledge 3(10):4. https://www.nature.com/scitable/knowledge/library/intrinsic-value-ecology-and-conservation-25815400/.

    Schultz, P. W. 2002. Inclusion with nature: the psychology of human–nature relations. Pages 61-78 in P. Schmuck, and W. P. Schultz, editors. Psychology of sustainable development. Springer, Boston, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-0995-0_4

    Schulz, C., and J. Martin-Ortega. 2018. Quantifying relational values—why not? Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 35:15-21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.10.015

    See, S. C., S. F. E. A. Shaikh, W. Jaung, and L. R. Carrasco. 2020. Are relational values different in practice to instrumental values? Ecosystem Services 44:101132. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoser.2020.101132

    Soga, M., and K. J. Gaston. 2016. Extinction of experience: the loss of human–nature interactions. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 14(2):94-101. https://doi.org/10.1002/fee.1225

    Soulé, M. 1985. What is conservation biology? BioScience 35(11):727-734. https://doi.org/10.2307/1310054

    Soulé, M. 2014. The “new conservation”. Pages 66-80 in G. Wuerthner, E. Crist, and T. Butler, editors. Keeping the wild: against the domestication of Earth. Island Press, Washington, D.C., USA. https://doi.org/10.5822/978-1-61091-559-5_7

    Tallis, H., and J. Lubchenco. 2014. Working together: a call for inclusive conservation. Nature 515(7525):27-28. https://doi.org/10.1038/515027a

    Tam, K.-P. 2013. Concepts and measures related to connection to nature: similarities and differences. Journal of Environmental Psychology 34:64-78. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2013.01.004

    Topp, E. N., J. Loos, and B. Martín-López. 2022. Decision-making for nature’s contributions to people in the Cape Floristic region: the role of values, rules and knowledge. Sustainability Science 17(3):739-760. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00896-6

    Troyanskaya, O., M. Cantor, G. Sherlock, P. Brown, T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, D. Botstein, and R. B. Altman. 2001. Missing value estimation methods for DNA microarrays. Bioinformatics 17(6):520-525. https://doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/17.6.520

    Uehara, T., R. Sakurai, and T. Hidaka. 2022. The importance of relational values in gaining people’s support and promoting their involvement in social-ecological system management: a comparative analysis. Frontiers in Marine Science 9:1001180. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2022.1001180

    Uehara, T., R. Sakurai, and T. Tsuge. 2020. Cultivating relational values and sustaining socio-ecological production landscapes through ocean literacy: a study on Satoumi. Environment, Development and Sustainability 22(2):1599-1616. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-018-0226-8

    United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). 2020a. Human development report 2020. The next frontier: human development and the Anthropocene. UNDP, New York, New York, USA. https://hdr.undp.org/content/human-development-report-2020

    United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). 2020b. Technical notes: calculating the human development indices—graphical presentation. UNDP, New York, New York, USA. https://hdr.undp.org/sites/default/files/2021-22_HDR/hdr2021-22_technical_notes.pdf

    van de Schoot, R., P. Schmidt, A. de Beuckelaer, K. Lek, and M. Zondervan-Zwijnenburg. 2015. Editorial: measurement invariance. Frontiers in Psychology 6:1064. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2015.01064

    van den Born, R. J., B. Arts, J. Admiraal, A. Beringer, P. Knights, E. Molinario, K. P. Horvat, C. Porras-Gomez, A. Smrekar, N. Soethe, J. L. Vivero-Pol, W. Ganzevoort, M. Bonaiuto, L. Knippenberg, and W. T. de Groot. 2018. The missing pillar: eudemonic values in the justification of nature conservation. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 61(5-6):841-856. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2017.1342612

    van Noordwijk, M., G. B. Villamor, G. J. Hofstede, and E. N. Speelman. 2023. Relational versus instrumental perspectives on values of nature and resource management decisions. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 65:101374. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2023.101374

    Vicente-Molina, M. A., A. Fernández-Sáinz, and J. Izagirre-Olaizola. 2013. Environmental knowledge and other variables affecting pro-environmental behaviour: comparison of university students from emerging and advanced countries. Journal of Cleaner Production 61:130-138. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2013.05.015

    Whitburn, J., W. Linklater, and W. Abrahamse. 2020. Meta-analysis of human connection to nature and proenvironmental behavior. Conservation Biology 34(1):180-193. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.13381

    Yong, A. G., and S. Pearce. 2013. A beginner’s guide to factor analysis: focusing on exploratory factor analysis. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for Psychology 9(2):79-94. https://doi.org/10.20982/tqmp.09.2.p079

    Corresponding author:
    Matthias Kleespies
    kleespies@em.uni-frankfurt.de
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Appendix 3
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Graphical abstract.

    Fig. 1. Graphical abstract.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Representation of the average response behavior in the six response types. Five indicates strong agreement with an item, 1 disagreement. The black line represents the mean value, the gray area the standard deviation.

    Fig. 2. Representation of the average response behavior in the six response types. Five indicates strong agreement with an item, 1 disagreement. The black line represents the mean value, the gray area the standard deviation.

    Fig. 2
    Table 1
    Table 1. Official names of the countries surveyed with sample size (<em>n</em>), gender distribution (m, f, d, N/A), semester of study of respondents (1–9), average age with standard deviation (Age ± SD) and number of universities (NU) surveyed.

    Table 1. Official names of the countries surveyed with sample size (n), gender distribution (m, f, d, N/A), semester of study of respondents (1–9), average age with standard deviation (Age ± SD) and number of universities (NU) surveyed.

    Official country name n Gender Semester Age ± SD NU
    m f d N/A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9+
    Canada 190 50 131 6 3 7 41 12 38 17 26 11 20 12 22.09 ± 3.83 6
    Commonwealth of Australia 103 38 61 3 1 1 6 6 30 12 33 5 4 6 22.79 ± 6.76 2
    Commonwealth of Puerto Rico 57 10 45 0 0 13 2 12 3 6 4 6 1 8 20.44 ± 2.76 2
    Dominican Republic 112 36 76 0 0 3 0 5 11 13 8 13 20 39 23.97 ± 6.00 4
    Federal Republic of Germany 457 122 322 10 3 26 280 23 32 29 25 11 15 9 21.46 ± 2.88 2
    Federal Republic of Nigeria 85 47 38 0 0 4 23 15 5 1 1 2 6 26 30.63 ± 6.54 3
    Federative Republic of Brazil 96 33 61 1 1 5 7 22 11 4 9 2 9 21 23.32 ± 4.80 4
    French Republic 115 51 63 0 1 16 1 3 0 26 5 19 1 42 22.30 ± 2.84 2
    Islamic Republic of Pakistan 101 24 77 0 0 21 3 30 7 6 10 9 5 8 24.25 ± 4.33 6
    Japan 59 26 32 0 1 17 11 9 10 1 1 2 2 6 23.93 ± 4.64 5
    Kingdom of Morocco 46 11 32 0 3 0 1 3 0 28 2 2 2 2 23.08 ± 3.74 2
    Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 120 118 2 0 0 46 59 0 0 2 3 1 0 0 22.56 ± 1.67 2
    Kingdom of Spain 295 101 188 3 3 190 8 19 3 24 2 16 9 17 21.00 ± 4.50 4
    Kingdom of Sweden 49 12 36 1 0 1 11 4 12 0 4 1 1 13 25.19 ± 3.16 1
    Kingdom of Thailand 66 15 51 0 0 13 23 11 17 1 0 0 0 1 22.00 ± 4.16 4
    People's Republic of China 105 36 68 1 0 5 38 7 22 1 15 0 11 5 20.97 ± 2.54 2
    Portuguese Republic 204 91 110 1 2 56 35 16 14 21 24 10 4 21 22.92 ± 5.39 3
    Republic of China 184 101 82 0 1 16 33 18 36 6 38 5 19 9 20.98 ± 2.45 4
    Republic of Colombia 120 49 69 0 2 5 7 20 10 16 18 18 12 12 24.58 ± 7.61 7
    Republic of Costa Rica 30 11 19 0 0 0 6 3 4 1 1 1 6 6 22.89 ± 4.96 2
    Republic of Ecuador 29 12 17 0 0 1 2 4 1 6 0 4 2 9 21.77 ± 3.47 2
    Republic of India 57 20 36 0 1 16 0 23 6 1 0 0 2 5 23.43 ± 4.95 4
    Republic of Ireland 74 26 46 2 0 57 2 4 1 6 0 3 0 1 20.47 ± 5.48 1
    Republic of Kenya 61 36 23 0 2 1 19 2 12 0 8 2 10 6 24.83 ± 5.64 2
    Republic of Korea 48 20 26 2 0 6 1 8 2 4 0 21 0 6 23.54 ± 2.52 3
    Republic of Panama 29 8 20 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 2 3 20 23.96 ± 2.28 1
    Republic of Peru 122 54 65 0 3 1 53 15 8 3 13 8 2 16 22.59 ± 6.46 5
    Republic of Poland 503 125 372 4 2 140 16 108 10 98 11 54 8 52 21.60 ± 2.55 7
    Republic of Singapore 127 49 74 1 3 43 4 27 8 16 3 17 1 8 22.51 ± 3.42 2
    Republic of South Africa 30 10 20 0 0 0 9 1 3 0 4 1 1 10 26.04 ± 4.68 4
    Republic of the Philippines 264 106 157 0 1 94 76 13 17 11 20 4 3 6 21.38 ± 3.45 7
    Russian Federation 104 26 74 1 3 1 22 3 18 0 21 0 25 12 21.43 ± 3.98 3
    Slovak Republic 131 33 96 1 1 17 29 12 39 5 8 2 5 10 22.07 ± 2.87 8
    United Arab Emirates 60 60 0 0 0 33 1 0 3 2 9 2 4 5 19.59 ± 1.50 1
    United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland 97 34 58 5 0 50 4 17 3 11 0 7 0 3 21.82 ± 6.10 3
    United Mexican States 159 72 85 0 2 12 9 3 21 29 16 28 8 31 24.38 ± 4.38 7
    United States of America 81 31 48 2 0 21 1 10 6 12 1 11 6 11 23.84 ± 5.77 6
    Table 2
    Table 2. Overview of the RV items used in this study, adapted from Klain et al. (2017). In the third column, a content-related reference to the RVs concept is provided, and the individual items are assigned to the RVs categories from Chan et al. (2016) Fig. 1.

    Table 2. Overview of the RV items used in this study, adapted from Klain et al. (2017). In the third column, a content-related reference to the RVs concept is provided, and the individual items are assigned to the RVs categories from Chan et al. (2016) Fig. 1.

    Abbreviation Wording of the item Contextual justification of RVs Items (for content validity)
    RV_comm There are landscapes that say something about who we are as a community, a people. Nature (or landscape) as an element that connects people or human communities (cultural identity)
    RV_health My health or the health of my family is related one way or another to the natural environment. Nature as an element that creates health and well-being, for oneself and one’s own family; nature as a unifying element (social cohesion)
    RV_iden I have strong feelings about nature (including all plants, animals, the land, etc.) these views are part of who I am and how I live my life. Personal connection to nature; nature as part of your own identity (individual identity)
    RV_kin Plants and animals, as part of the interdependent web of life, are like “kin” or family to me, so how we treat them matters. Personal connection to nature; moral obligation to treat nature well (stewardship principle; moral responsibility)
    RV_resp How we manage the land, both for plants and animals and for future people, reflects my sense of responsibility to and so stewardship of the land. Protection and care for the ecosystem, also in relation to future generations (social responsibility; stewardship)
    RV_wild I often think of some wild places whose fate I care about and strive to protect, even though I may never see them myself. Personal moral obligation to protect nature (moral responsiblity to non-humans); Caring for the land fulfills and enriches the individual (Stewardship eudaimonic)
    RV_other Humans have a responsibility to account for our own impacts to the environment because they can harm other people. Protecting nature to protect other people (social responsebility)
    It must be noted that the individual questions cannot be completely assigned to a single RVs category, but the questions are interconnected and may align with multiple aspects of the RVs concept.
    Table 3
    Table 3. Average rating of the seven RVs items in the six response types and variation within the response types. The variation is the standard deviation of the respective response type.

    Table 3. Average rating of the seven RVs items in the six response types and variation within the response types. The variation is the standard deviation of the respective response type.

    Response type RV_comm RV_health RV_iden RV_kin RV_resp RV_wild RV_other Variation
    1 4.66 ± 0.50 4.74 ± 0.42 4.71 ± 0.51 4.66 ± 0.51 4.79 ± 0.30 4.77 ± 0.56 4.86 ± 0.13 0.33
    2 1.63 ± 0.32 1.46 ± 0.49 1.49 ± 0.50 1.21 ± 0.55 1.13 ± 0.23 1.52 ± 0.55 1.17 ± 0.14 0.44
    3 4.25 ± 0.55 3.97 ± 0.49 3.48 ± 0.59 3.38 ± 0.59 4.19 ± 0.47 4.13 ± 0.64 4.42 ± 0.14 1.09
    4 4.69 ± 0.53 4.70 ± 0.46 4.55 ± 0.53 4.63 ± 0.56 4.74 ± 0.44 2.76 ± 0.87 4.77 ± 0.15 0.83
    5 3.76 ± 0.65 4.02 ± 0.50 2.82 ± 0.91 2.81 ± 0.93 3.54 ± 0.49 2.16 ± 0.98 4.42 ± 0.18 1.22
    6 2.32 ± 0.68 4.39 ± 0.46 4.16 ± 0.56 4.43 ± 0.53 4.61 ± 0.45 3.81 ± 0.82 4.81 ± 0.14 1.09
    Table 4
    Table 4. Fingerprints of the individual countries as a percentage (distribution of the individual response types in the countries) rounded to 2 decimal points.

    Table 4. Fingerprints of the individual countries as a percentage (distribution of the individual response types in the countries) rounded to 2 decimal points.

    1 2 3 4 5 6
    Canada 58.05% 1.79% 16.90% 7.36% 6.36% 9.54%
    Commonwealth of Australia 67.99% 0.00% 6.76% 9.74% 8.75% 6.76%
    Commonwealth of Puerto Rico 67.59% 1.59% 8.75% 9.54% 3.98% 8.55%
    Dominican Republic 66.40% 4.18% 13.92% 11.33% 1.59% 2.58%
    Federal Republic of Germany 28.83% 2.39% 23.86% 5.57% 27.63% 11.73%
    Federal Republic of Nigeria 56.66% 0.00% 13.12% 14.31% 5.17% 10.74%
    Federative Republic of Brazil 72.56% 0.00% 13.52% 4.18% 6.36% 3.38%
    French Republic 42.35% 0.00% 30.42% 16.30% 5.57% 5.37%
    Islamic Republic of Pakistan 61.83% 0.00% 10.54% 8.95% 5.57% 13.12%
    Japan 26.04% 0.00% 19.68% 10.34% 30.42% 13.52%
    Kingdom of Morocco 58.05% 5.77% 3.78% 6.96% 5.57% 19.88%
    Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 46.92% 1.19% 21.27% 7.95% 6.76% 15.90%
    Kingdom of Spain 38.77% 4.18% 27.24% 10.14% 15.90% 3.78%
    Kingdom of Sweden 49.30% 0.00% 20.68% 2.58% 9.94% 17.50%
    Kingdom of Thailand 57.26% 0.00% 14.91% 6.56% 6.56% 14.71%
    People’s Republic of China 56.06% 0.00% 12.33% 17.10% 9.74% 4.77%
    Portuguese Republic 46.72% 0.00% 27.63% 10.93% 4.57% 10.14%
    Republic of China 50.50% 0.99% 19.48% 12.13% 13.32% 3.58%
    Republic of Colombia 68.99% 5.17% 13.32% 8.95% 1.99% 1.59%
    Republic of Costa Rica 68.19% 0.00% 9.94% 9.34% 6.76% 5.77%
    Republic of Ecuador 69.58% 11.93% 6.36% 8.95% 0.00% 3.18%
    Republic of India 65.81% 0.00% 9.34% 10.54% 5.77% 8.55%
    Republic of Ireland 62.23% 0.00% 17.10% 7.16% 7.36% 6.16%
    Republic of Kenya 78.73% 0.00% 9.15% 7.36% 0.00% 4.77%
    Republic of Korea 50.89% 0.00% 30.22% 4.57% 4.97% 9.34%
    Republic of Panama 62.03% 17.10% 12.72% 4.57% 0.00% 3.58%
    Republic of Peru 45.53% 6.16% 20.68% 15.51% 8.75% 3.38%
    Republic of Poland 32.60% 0.60% 19.09% 9.54% 15.31% 22.86%
    Republic of Singapore 37.57% 0.00% 16.90% 10.93% 19.09% 15.51%
    Republic of South Africa 61.83% 0.00% 13.52% 8.95% 7.55% 8.15%
    Republic of the Philippines 71.17% 0.00% 9.94% 11.33% 4.18% 3.38%
    Russian Federation 34.00% 1.59% 17.10% 10.14% 18.29% 18.89%
    Slovak Republic 44.33% 0.60% 16.90% 19.88% 8.75% 9.54%
    United Arab Emirates 67.20% 0.00% 15.71% 7.16% 0.00% 9.94%
    United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland 54.27% 0.00% 25.65% 7.55% 5.77% 6.76%
    United Mexican States 66.00% 8.35% 9.15% 10.93% 4.77% 0.80%
    United States of America 51.89% 1.39% 14.31% 11.73% 14.91% 5.77%
    Overall average 55.26% 2.03% 16.00% 9.65% 8.32% 8.74%
    Table 5
    Table 5. Correlation between the proportion of individual response types in the countries and the two wealth indicators with corresponding <em>p</em> values. Significant correlations (<em>p</em> < 0.05) are printed in bold.

    Table 5. Correlation between the proportion of individual response types in the countries and the two wealth indicators with corresponding p values. Significant correlations (p < 0.05) are printed in bold.

    Response type Human Development Index (2020) Legatum Prosperity Index 2021
    r p r p
    1 - .483 .001 - .472 .004
    2 - .111 .525 - .096 .582
    3 .627 < .001 .603 < .001
    4 - .136 .436 - .122 .486
    5 .550 < .001 .507 .002
    6 .259 .134 .171 .325
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    decision makers; environmental students; international survey; relational values; RVs; unsupervised learning; Ward’s clustering algorithm

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 2 Research

    Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis

    Bilalova, S., N. W. Jager, J. Newig, and S. Villamayor-Tomas. 2025. Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis. Ecology and Society 30(4):2. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16402-300402
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Shahana BilalovaORCIDcontact author, Shahana Bilalova
      Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam; Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg
    • Jens NewigORCID, Jens Newig
      Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg
    • Sergio Villamayor-TomasORCIDSergio Villamayor-Tomas
      Department of Political Science & Institute of Environmental Science and Technology (ICTA), Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Bilalova, S., N. W. Jager, J. Newig, and S. Villamayor-Tomas. 2025. Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis. Ecology and Society 30(4):2.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16402-300402

  • Introduction
  • Theoretical Framework
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • governance pathways; problem-specific pathways; QCA; sustainability performance; water governance
    Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16402.pdf
    Research, part of a special feature on The Next Wave in Water Governance

    ABSTRACT

    It is widely acknowledged that the global water crisis is a governance crisis. To be effective, governance interventions must be designed to align with the specific context in which they are implemented. Our research aims to identify the types of water governance pathways that lead to successful sustainability performance, with a particular focus on the role of problem contexts. We use fuzzy set qualitative comparative analysis (fsQCA) to examine 41 water governance cases that address groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. The analysis reveals a clear link between the nature of the water problem and successful governance pathways, emphasizing the need for governance measures to align with the specific characteristics of the problems they aim to address. The results also underscore the importance of governance capacity, as evidenced in all three pathways that emerge as solutions in our QCA. Finally, the study shows that no single governance characteristics guarantees success; rather, it is the interplay of multiple, reinforcing governance characteristics that contributes to successful sustainability performance.

    INTRODUCTION

    The global water crisis has been identified as a governance crisis (Taylor and Sonnenfeld 2019). With an increasing emphasis on governance as a means to address water problems, there has been a notable rise in the promotion and application of a multitude of approaches (Tropp 2007). Among these approaches, some have been promoted as universal remedies, or panaceas, receiving criticism from water governance scholars who argue that these approaches are proposed without a critical reflection on their appropriateness for the context in which they are applied (Meinzen-Dick 2007, Ingram 2011, Pahl-Wostl et al. 2012). Some examples of these approaches include privatization, integrated water resources management (IWRM), user-based management, or participatory models like water users associations (WUAs) and river basin management (Meinzen-Dick 2007, Moss 2012, Pahl-Wostl et al. 2012). Several studies have suggested that the implementation of these governance approaches varies significantly from one context to another, influenced by factors such as biophysical factors (Garrick et al. 2018), path dependency (Sehring 2009, Lukat et al. 2022), diverse understandings and interpretations (Biswas 2008, van Buuren et al. 2019), and their symbolic application to secure funding and gain greater acceptability (Biswas 2008).

    Prior research on common-pool resources governance has also established that governance success depends on institutional and biophysical conditions (e.g., Baggio et al. 2016, Shin et al. 2020, Epstein et al. 2024). Although these studies have examined how social-ecological context influences governance effectiveness, less attention has been paid to whether different types of problems require distinct governance pathways. For instance, although we know that institutions must align with local contexts, it remains unclear whether those that effectively address issues such as point-source pollution from industrial discharge are equally effective in managing groundwater depletion caused by overextraction for agricultural use. Some studies have explored various aspects of problem context in water governance (e.g., Srinivasan et al. 2012, Kirschke et al. 2019, Bilalova et al. 2025) and explored appropriate governance approaches to address them (e.g., Varady et al. 2016, Wuijts et al. 2018). Building on this work, our study specifically examines how the nature of the water problem itself might influence which combinations of governance characteristics lead to successful sustainability performance.

    In this study, we systematically assess various water governance cases to identify the governance pathways that contribute to successful water-related environmental sustainability performance (hereafter referred to as sustainability performance) in relation to the problems they address. For example, a governance pathway characterized by centralization and strong institutional capacity may effectively address point source water pollution, leading to measurable improvements in water quality. Specifically, we examine whether successful governance pathways vary depending on the problem context and, if so, explore their connection to the nature of the problem context. Building on Pahl-Wostl (2015), we define water governance as the processes regulating the development, management, and provision of water resources in response to diverse water-related issues or broader problem contexts. In this study, we use “problem contexts” to refer to recurring clusters of interconnected water problems related to the (un)sustainability of water resources and their use. Governance pathways, in turn, are constellations of characteristics that shape governance structure, decision-making processes, actor involvement and their interactions. These characteristics collectively determine governance performance. Here, performance is measured in terms of successful sustainability performance, meaning the extent to which governance pathways contribute to resolving targeted water-related problems, such as surface water pollution. Methodologically, the paper consists of a qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) of 41 water governance cases addressing groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. The cases were derived from a systematic literature review of 165 empirical water governance studies (Bilalova et al. 2024).

    THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK

    The purpose here is to establish a theoretical foundation for understanding mechanisms through which a problem context and set of governance characteristics influence sustainability performance. Drawing from established governance theories, we specify main traits of problem contexts and identify a set of core governance characteristics that will serve as the basis for the empirical QCA analysis. By framing problem contexts and governance characteristics, we aim to establish clear, operationalizable conditions that enable a systematic assessment of sustainability performance across diverse governance pathways.

    The key governance characteristics were derived from environmental governance theories and seminal works in the field (e.g., Duit and Galaz 2008, Larson and Soto 2008, Moss and Newig 2010, Moss 2012, Hegga et al. 2020, Jager et al. 2020). Although the governance characteristics presented here may not be exhaustive, they include those that are widely recognized as critical for effective governance performance, ensuring their relevance for the empirical QCA analysis.

    Problem context

    In designing effective governance measures, it is argued to be important to consider the attributes of the problem they aim to address (e.g., Peters 2005, Kirschke et al. 2019, Thomann et al. 2019). We understand water-related problem contexts, “problématiques,” as “recurring clusters or ensembles of water-related issues (or problems) in relation to water resources and the (un)sustainability of these resources connected to their use” (Bilalova et al. 2025).

    Peters (2005) identifies three core attributes of policy problems that influence the selection of measures. The first attribute determines whether a problem can have a finite and definable solution or if it tends to recur over time (Peters 2005). Problems with high solubility can be easily addressed with one-time interventions, whereas those with ongoing recurrence require sustained efforts (Hoornbeek and Peters 2017). Another crucial attribute is complexity, which encompasses factors such as the number of interests and actors involved, making negotiations challenging, the extent of technical expertise needed to understand the problem, and the existence of multiple and competing causal relations within it (Peters 2005). Complex problems demand a shared understanding and expertise/research (Hoornbeek and Peters 2017). Finally, scale refers to the magnitude of the problem and its range of effects (Peters 2005). Some problems can be broken down into smaller components, allowing for more targeted interventions, while others necessitate comprehensive solutions (Thomann et al. 2019)

    From this description, we assume that the problem contexts that present clear management questions (e.g., which issues should be targeted to address the problem) can be addressed with straightforward solutions (e.g., optimizing the wastewater plant; DeFries and Nagendra 2017, Kirschke et al. 2017, Head 2022a). Such issues can be effectively managed through top-down regulatory measures (Ruhl 2005, Homsy et al. 2019). Contrarily, addressing complex problems with inherent goal conflicts, boundary-spanning nature, and non-linearity requires strategies such as multisector decision making, institutions enabling management across administrative boundaries, adaptive management, and stakeholder engagement (DeFries and Nagendra 2017).

    Institutional fit and interplay

    Following previous works (Young 2002, Moss and Newig 2010, Vatn and Vedeld 2012), we assume that a fit between the characteristics of governance and the biophysical system is essential for addressing environmental problems. Ensuring alignment between governance structure and the biophysical system is likely to result not only in better governance performance but also in resilient governance in relation to external shocks and disturbances (Vatn and Vedeld 2012). Conversely, a misfit between governance solutions and environmental problems has been argued to cause the failure of governance blueprints in effectively addressing problems (Young 2002, Epstein et al. 2015).

    To capture the degree of fit, we rely on the literature, which mainly distinguishes between three types of fit: temporal (fit between the rate of environmental changes and the institutional capacity to respond), functional (fit between the functional linkages of the natural system), and spatial (fit between the geographic scopes of ecological issues and institutions; Vatn and Vedeld 2012, Epstein et al. 2015). We consider cases as misfit when institutional measures are either too localized or too broad to effectively address the problem (spatial misfit) or when governance results in a lag between biophysical processes and institutional responses, as well as a lag between the cause and symptoms of environmental problems (temporal misfit; Epstein et al. 2015). Misfit can also occur when parts of the ecological system are managed independently, irrespective of interconnectedness and feedback mechanisms (functional misfit; (Epstein et al. 2015).

    In line with Young (1999), we assume that the success of institutions depends not only on their own features but also on their interactions with each other. Interplay is characterized by interactions among institutions within a single societal level (horizontal interplay) as well as interactions between levels (vertical interplay; Young 2002, Moss and Newig 2010). We assess the degree of interplay by examining both of these aspects. Institutional fit and interplay are not separate but rather interlinked. Because most resources have vertical links both upward and downward to systems of larger or smaller scales and horizontal effects on other resources at a similar spatial level (Brondizio et al. 2009), interplay becomes an important aspect of governing complex ecological systems. For example, it is argued that the effectiveness of institutions on a basin scale depends on good institutional interplay, coordination across levels and sectors (Moss 2012). To this end, we hypothesize that having institutional fit without proper interplay may result in poor sustainability performance.

    Governance capacity, structure, and stakeholder involvement

    Capacity is argued to be an important factor for effective policy making and implementation within a water governance context (e.g., Hegga et al. 2020, Li et al. 2021, Yousefi et al. 2024). It can be understood as the ability of individuals, groups, or organizations to fulfill their responsibilities, determined by both capabilities and resources within a given framework (Franks 1999). In this study, we assume a positive impact of capacity on the successful sustainability performance. We also expect capacity to play an important role in the effectiveness of the other characteristics, such as decentralization, participation, and adaptiveness, which will be explained below.

    Decentralization has been heavily promoted as a blueprint by donor agencies, governments, and policy makers. For example, integrated water resources management (IWRM), integrated into the 2030 Agenda, highlights decentralization as one of its core principles. Decentralization refers to devolving power from higher levels to actors and institutions at lower levels within a political, administrative, and territorial hierarchy (Agrawal and Ribot 1999). Centralized decision making, which disregards local conditions, is argued to result in weak accountability and inadequate water resource management (Blomquist et al. 2005). In contrast, decentralization is theorized to enhance resource allocation, efficiency, accountability, and equity by aligning costs and benefits closely with local governments that understand local needs better than centralized governments (Larson and Soto 2008). We capture decentralization by assessing the degree of decision-making power devolution to the lower levels of government.

    Although it seems straightforward in theory, decentralization is a complex process that may not work as expected or may take longer than anticipated to yield benefits (Larson and Soto 2008, Meijerink and Huitema 2015). Once a decentralized system is in place, two major factors can significantly undermine its effectiveness. One of these factors is the lack of coordination, which can occur across levels and scales or among existing institutions (resulting from institutional bricolage and leading to the duplication of efforts; Meijerink and Huitema 2015). Another significant factor is poor capacity, which has been reported as a driving force behind the unsuccessful performance of decentralized governance. This occurs when roles and responsibilities are devolved to lower levels without providing them with adequate resources, such as financial and human resources, technical expertise, and knowledge (Meijerink and Huitema 2015, Hegga et al. 2020). Building on the arguments of Meijerink and Huitema (2015), we refrain from hypothesizing any positive or negative impact of decentralization on sustainability performance, as the interplay and capacity within the system determines its effectiveness.

    Granting decision-making power to not only the local state actors but also the non-state actors has been argued as key to better environmental outcomes (e.g., Koontz and Thomas 2006, Dietz and Stern 2008, Newig and Fritsch 2009, Jager et al. 2020). As opposed to top-down decision making, participation allows for the integration of diverse values and sources of knowledge and is expected to result in more creative solutions, thus serving the common good rather than particular interests (Newig et al. 2023). Many scholars emphasize the importance of inclusivity in designing effective governance strategies for addressing complex problems, which enables enhanced knowledge, exploration of uncertainties, and accommodation of diverse values and perspectives (Head 2022b). However, having participation in place does not guarantee success because its design plays a decisive role. The recent study by Newig et al. (2023) concludes that the degree of power delegation, the extent to which participants can shape the decisions, strongly predicts better environmental outputs. To this end, we assume a positive impact of participation on sustainability performance and capture participation by assessing the degree of power delegation to non-state actors.

    Adaptiveness/knowledge integration

    Following the existing literature (Duit and Galaz 2008, Boyd and Folke 2012, Clarvis et al. 2014, Akamani 2016), we assume that addressing abrupt changes and uncertainties in complex water systems necessitates adaptive governance that is flexible and learning-based. Knowledge and learning play integral roles in adaptive governance (Karpouzoglou et al. 2016), which is essential for reorganization following changes and for designing strategies to navigate uncertainties and surprises (Folke et al. 2005). It is suggested that drawing from various knowledge sources, including local, traditional, scientific, and expert knowledge, relevant to the problem-solving process is important for managing and governance of complex adaptive systems (McLain and Lee 1996, Folke 2004, Armitage et al. 2009). In line with the arguments above, we capture adaptiveness/knowledge integration by assessing (1) the degree of flexibility in decision making, which is the ability of governing systems to adjust, revise, or change decisions in response to new information (i.e., monitoring of policy effects) and changing or unexpected conditions, (2) the use of the best available knowledge and evidence, and (3) the use of local or indigenous knowledge. We anticipate that adaptiveness/knowledge integration will positively impact sustainability performance, depending on the availability of the capacity required for adaptive management, as noted by DeFries and Nagendra (2017), who highlight the resource-intensive and time-consuming nature of monitoring systems.

    In summary, this theoretical framework identifies key conditions—problem contexts, institutional fit, interplay, governance capacity, decentralization, participation, and adaptiveness/knowledge integration—that are hypothesized to influence sustainability performance (Table 1). These conditions will serve as the conceptual foundation for the QCA, allowing us to systematically analyze their impact across different governance pathways. By operationalizing these conditions, we aim to uncover the combinations of governance characteristics that lead to successful sustainability performance.

    METHODS

    Water governance problems are complex, typically arising from interactions among multiple factors rather than single causes. To systematically analyze successful governance pathways, we employ qualitative comparative analysis (QCA), a method widely used in previous governance studies (Knieper and Pahl-Wostl 2016, Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2020a, Vallury et al. 2022). QCA is a case-based comparative method that identifies causal patterns by analyzing configurations of conditions across multiple cases (Rihoux 2013).

    QCA views causality as context-specific and rejects permanent causality, stressing equifinality (different paths can lead to the same outcome), complex combinations of conditions, and diversity (Ragin 1987, Berg-Schlosser et al. 2012). Unlike statistical techniques that seek a single best-fit causal model, QCA aims to identify multiple distinct causal models among comparable cases (Ragin 1987). We selected QCA specifically for its ability to identify multiple causal pathways because this study hypothesizes that diverse governance pathways lead to successful sustainability performance and that these pathways vary by problem contexts.

    Data

    This paper draws on cases identified in a systematic literature review of empirical water governance studies (Bilalova et al. 2024). From an original dataset of 223 cases, only 160 provided relevant information on the problem context, which is the central focus of this study. Initially, we conducted a case survey, coding cases with the problem contexts of groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution (86 cases in total). The case survey method allows for identifying and analyzing patterns across cases by converting qualitative narratives into quantified variables (Jensen and Rodgers 2001). During the case survey, we coded each constellation of governance characteristics with sustainability performance as separate cases, following previous studies that used a similar approach (Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2020b), resulting in a total of 89 cases. Because of a significant share of missing data points (40%) across the coded variables and considering the limitations of QCA in handling missing data, we selected the 20 most data-complete cases from each problem context. To account for important within-case variation, we included one additional case. One of the selected cases had a counterpart that was coded separately during the case survey because it involved a distinct constellation of governance characteristics and resulted in a different sustainability performance. Although one of these was already included among the 20 selected cases, we added the second to ensure this variation was captured, resulting in a total of 41 cases. Although 10 of the selected cases had complete information, missing data for the remaining cases were filled in using expert surveys for 12 cases and additional case-based literature for the other 20, including one case that still had missing data after the expert survey. This process addressed missing data for 31 cases, resulting in a total of 41 cases, a number deemed sufficient for conducting QCA within our current capacity and resources. In total, our final dataset included 41 cases stemming from five different continents and a variety of settings (see Fig. 1 and Table A1.1 in Appendix 1 for more detail).

    To ensure coding reliability and minimize potential bias, two coders conducted an initial test coding phase. The test coding demonstrated high average intercoder reliability (0.90), allowing the final coding to be conducted by a single coder. However, in cases of uncertainty, coding decisions were discussed and resolved collaboratively within the author team to enhance reliability.

    Data analysis

    This analysis was conducted using the QCA (Duşa 2019) and SetMethods (Oana and Schneider 2018) packages in R. Grounded in Boolean algebra and its fuzzy set extension, QCA is a set-theoretic method that proves highly instrumental in investigating cause-effect relationships (Goertz and Mahoney 2012, Oana et al. 2021). It enables the systematic comparison of cases, ranging from medium to large N (Greckhamer et al. 2013, Oana et al. 2021). QCA allows for exploring causal complexities between conditions and outcomes, including equifinal, conjunctural, and asymmetric causality, which can be interpreted in terms of necessity and sufficiency (Oana et al. 2021). Necessary conditions are those that are always present for the outcome to occur (a superset of the outcome), while sufficient conditions are those present when the outcome occurs, but the outcome can also occur without them (a subset of the outcome; Schneider and Wagemann 2010, 2012, Oana et al. 2021).

    In this study, we use the fuzzy set version of QCA (fsQCA), which permits researchers to assign partial membership scores ranging from 0 (indicating non-membership) to 1 (representing full membership; Ragin 2008). These scores indicate the extent to which different cases belong to a set, with the crossover point (0.5) signifying maximum ambiguity or fuzziness in determining whether a case is more in or out of a set (Rihoux and Ragin 2009). Establishing these qualitative anchors requires a robust foundation of theoretical and empirical knowledge (Rihoux and Ragin 2009, Schneider and Wagemann 2010). A critical analytical tool within QCA, the truth table, illustrates all logically possible configurations of conditions. Through minimization, the truth table facilitates identifying the shortest path sufficient for the outcome by eliminating irrelevant or redundant conditions (Oana et al. 2021).

    Outcome and conditions

    The outcome is measured as either success (1) or failure (0). A case is deemed successful if the governance intervention improves the sustainable use of water resources and the well-being of freshwater ecosystems. One successful case is illustrated in the study by Montero et al. (2006), which outlines how an inter-municipal initiative addressed pollution in the Ayuquila River in Mexico, reducing pollution levels from industries and urban areas. In failure cases, governance interventions either failed to address the problem or exacerbated water-related environmental issues. For instance, Rinaudo and Donoso (2019) describe how governance contributed to groundwater depletion in the Copiapó Valley in Chile. Our dataset comprises 18 success cases, accounting for 42% of all cases. Overall, the outcome has been defined based on whether the original study authors indicated a positive impact of governance on a sustainability issue (success) or a negative impact, reflecting a failure of governance to adequately address a sustainability issue (failure).

    Our selection of conditions aligns with the theoretical framework outlined above. Regarding problem contexts, we rely on the previous study (Bilalova et al. 2025), which identified five water-related problem contexts: “groundwater exploitation in agriculture,” “land and water systems sustainability,” “surface water pollution,” “industrial and household water security,” and “hydropower vs. water ecology” based on the archetype analysis of water resources, their uses, and related sustainability issues. In this study, we only focus on groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution, which encompass cases dealing with the water quantity aspects of agricultural groundwater withdrawal and cases addressing water quality issues resulting from the discharge of pollutants into surface water resources, respectively (Bilalova et al. 2025). These problem contexts are selected based on empirical and methodological considerations. Both groundwater exploitation in agriculture (n = 56) and surface water pollution (n = 30) include a substantial number of cases, providing a strong empirical foundation for analysis. In contrast, industrial and household water security (n = 23) and hydropower vs. water ecology (n = 13) involve fewer cases. Land and water systems sustainability was excluded because of its broader scope, encompassing a wider range of sustainability issues and water uses compared to other problem contexts. In contrast, groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution are well-defined and distinct: they are not equally visible, vary in the urgency of response, and involve distinct actor dynamics, enabling a clear analysis of how governance pathways vary depending on the problem context.

    Given that QCA suggests a range of three to seven conditions due to problems of theoretical interpretation and limited diversity (Oana et al. 2021), we constructed composite variables for fit, interplay, and adaptiveness/knowledge integration, respectively. Fit comprises three variables: spatial, temporal, and functional fit; interplay consists of two variables: vertical and horizontal interplay; and adaptiveness/knowledge integration includes three variables: flexibility in decision making, use of evidence, and knowledge integration. In line with Langhans et al. (2014), we aggregated the different components of these variables using an additive-minimum aggregation method, with equal weight from both the minimum and arithmetic aggregations. This method is useful because it combines the strengths of the two methods while ensuring that extreme values do not overly influence the aggregation. These conditions are measured on a scale from 0 to 1, where 0 indicates the absence of the condition, 1 signifies its complete presence, and values in between represent varying degrees of the condition (see Table A1.2 in Appendix 1). We primarily calibrated the raw data using direct calibration, employing a logistic function to align the raw data with three calibration anchors (Schneider and Wagemann 2012). We used indirect calibration for participation because the raw data corresponded to initial set-membership scores. Our anchor points were determined by examining the distribution of each variable to identify naturally occurring clusters and drawing on conceptual and empirical insights (Duşa 2019). As part of calibration diagnostics (Oana et al. 2021), we examined the calibrated sets for ambiguous cases (cases located at crossover points) and skewness of sets (as a rule of thumb, where less than 20% of the cases are either more “in” or more “out” than the calibrated set). For the analysis, we followed the standards of good practice suggested by Schneider and Wagemann (2010) and their protocol for the enhanced standard analysis (Schneider and Wagemann 2013).

    Following the robustness test protocol by Oana and Schneider (2024), we conducted a series of tests, including sensitivity ranges, fit-oriented assessments, and case-oriented robustness tests. These results are detailed in Appendix 2, including the calibrated dataset.

    RESULTS

    The necessity analysis shows that capacity is the only condition that comes close to the conventional consistency threshold of 0.9 (Schneider and Wagemann 2012) with a value of 0.89 and a high RoN (0.852). None of the conditions are necessary for the negated outcome (i.e., absence of successful sustainability performance). More details can be found in Appendix 2.

    Regarding the sufficiency analysis, we focus on presenting and discussing the intermediate solution. This solution includes only simplifying assumptions that represent easy counterfactuals, aligning with the researcher’s directional expectations on how the conditions contribute to the outcome (Oana et al. 2021). Following the theoretical framework presented above, we set the anticipated impact for all governance-related conditions as positive, except for decentralization, which may have positive or negative effects on the outcome (Table A1.2 in Appendix 1). The results of the conservative and most parsimonious solutions, along with the truth tables for both the outcome and the negated outcome, can be found in Appendix 2.

    Figure 2 presents the solutions, also referred to as successful governance pathways, leading to successful sustainability performance. The literature recommends 0.75–0.80 as the lower bound of consistency for sufficiency (Ragin 2008, Schneider and Wagemann 2012, Oana et al. 2021). Although the analysis primarily focuses on identifying configurations leading to successful sustainability performance, it also incorporates failure cases in calibrating conditions, constructing the truth table, and assessing the reliability of identified configuration. The findings reveal three solutions that result in successful sustainability performance, with an overall consistency of 0.98. The overall solution coverage is 0.67, suggesting that our solution explains the positive outcome for a large share of those cases that also display it. The solutions explain 14 out of the 17 cases with a positive outcome, while the remaining three did not meet the set threshold. This is not unusual, as some success cases may not align with the identified configurations, or other dynamics may be at play that are outside the focus of this study. Notably, we did not identify any fundamentally deviant cases, i.e., cases that contradict the sufficiency statement, being a member of the solution but not a member of the outcome (Nair and Gibbert 2016).

    The analysis reveals two solutions specific to surface water pollution (~P1) and one generic solution covering both issues. None of the solutions are specific to groundwater exploitation in agriculture. One of the solutions specific to surface water pollution, solution 1, encompasses cases characterized by the absence of decentralization (~decentralization) and the presence of governance capacity, leading to successful sustainability performance in cases of surface water pollution (~P1). Compared to the other two solutions, this solution has a lower coverage (0.12) and is observed in only two cases. One of the two cases with this solution is the case of Tlaxcala in Mexico, where water treatment policy reforms within a hierarchical governance system with enough financing and low municipal participation have proven successful in terms of the percentage of treated water (Flores et al. 2016).

    Another solution that leads to successful sustainability performance in the case of surface water pollution is solution 2. Similar to the previous path, the presence of capacity is one of the important conditions. In addition, cases in this solution are characterized by a high degree of participation and adaptation/knowledge integration. One example of a typical case with this solution is the St. Lawrence River Action Plan in Canada, which resulted in the cleanup of the river from pollutants and the protection of its ecosystem (Villeneuve et al. 2006). The case is characterized by a collaborative effort involving government actors as well as non-state actors, including communities (Villeneuve et al. 2006). The action plan had substantial financial and technical support, including for the community involved. Finally, in terms of adaptiveness, the decision making involved both scientific (more prominent in Phase II) and local knowledge (especially in Phase III) and was flexible as the planning of the phases was shaped by reflections (Villeneuve et al. 2006).

    The third solution is independent of any problem context and encompasses cases of both groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. A closer examination of the cases within this solution reveals that those involving groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution have almost an equal share, with a slight dominance of groundwater exploitation in agriculture (5 cases compared to 4). Successful sustainability performance within this solution results from the presence of governance capacity and a higher degree of fit, interplay, decentralization, and adaptation/knowledge integration. This solution has comparatively lower consistency (0.97) but the highest coverage (0.45).

    An example of a typical case within this solution is a pilot project in Tuppal Creek (an intermittent stream) in the Murray Darling Basin, Australia. The project was based on participatory decision making involving stakeholders from government bodies (across levels and sectors) and non-state actors. It was initiated by the Tuppal Creek Landholder Group (TCLG) and the former Murray Catchment Management Authority. The project aimed to be adaptive with flexible management objectives, monitoring, research informing the process, and learning through implementation (i.e., learning by doing). Decision making integrated both scientific and local knowledge. Finally, the project was designed in accordance with the ecological system of Tuppal Creek, aligning spatially, temporally, and functionally with its ecosystem (Conallin et al. 2018).

    Finally, comparing the solutions for the outcome and the negated outcome also provides some insights that can be relevant (see Table A2.9 in Appendix 2). First, the role of capacity has been observed among the solutions to absence of successful sustainability performance, as its absence is noted in most solutions, except in the case where a poor fit with the decentralized system leads to groundwater depletion due to agricultural activities. Taken together with its high prevalence in the solutions for the positive outcome and its high scores in the necessity tests, an overall picture emerges in which capacity can be considered a necessary condition for achieving high sustainability performance. Second, looking at the generic solutions applicable to both problem contexts, we observe that capacity, fit, and interplay are important conditions. Their presence, together with other conditions, leads to successful sustainability performance, while their absence, coupled with decentralization being present or participation and adaptation/knowledge integration being absent, leads to unsuccessful sustainability performance.

    DISCUSSION

    This study aimed to explore the sustainability performance of water governance systems, focusing on the role of problem contexts. The results offer three key insights into the sustainability performance of water governance systems. First, we identified two successful governance pathways specific to surface water pollution, each with a distinct constellation. These pathways provide insight into the relationship between the nature of the problem context and the successful governance approaches. These findings empirically contribute to the literature linking the nature of the problem with governance measures (e.g., Peters 2005, DeFries and Nagendra 2017, Hoornbeek and Peters 2017). For example, in the case of the Tlaxcala Atoyac sub-basin, which corresponds to the first pathway (absence of decentralization and the presence of governance capacity), the main problem targeted was municipal wastewater, which was addressed by building wastewater treatment plants (Flores et al. 2016). Contrarily, in the case of second pathway (the presence of capacity, a high degree of participation and adaptation/knowledge integration), the pollution of the St. Lawrence River was linked to multiple sources (including industrial, municipal, and agricultural) concerning governments (Canada and Quebec) and impacted not only the river ecosystem but also wildlife and plant habitats, which required more nuanced and comprehensive intervention (Villeneuve et al. 2006). Other cases with solution two—Mersey Basin in the UK (Salthouse 2000), Laguna de Bay in the Philippines (Oledan 2001), Ayuquila River Basin in Mexico (Montero et al. 2006), and Tuppal Creek system in Australia (Conallin et al. 2018)—exhibit similar problem contexts related to surface water pollution spanning across administrative areas and involving complex stakeholder settings. This aligns with the prior research that governance measures should be designed in accordance with the attributes of the problem they aim to address, such as solubility, complexity, and scale (Peters 2005, DeFries and Nagendra 2017, Thomann et al. 2019).

    Our study highlights the critical role of capacity in achieving sustainability performance, as evidenced by the consistent presence of governance capacity across all three successful governance pathways. Additionally, governance capacity stands out in the necessity analysis as a key factor for successful sustainability performance. These results are in line with the previous studies (Gill et al. 2017, Selig et al. 2017). Capacity also explains the varying performance of governance strategies, as its presence is noted in almost all solutions for successful sustainability performance, while its absence is observed in almost all cases of unsuccessful sustainability performance. Without adequate capacity, strategies effective in one context may not yield success in another (Hegga et al. 2020).

    Finally, our findings confirm that there is no easy solution or panacea to ensuring water-related sustainability (see Meinzen-Dick 2007, Ostrom 2007). Most conditions included in our study have been prescribed by international organizations and policy makers for effective water governance (Gupta and Pahl-Wostl 2013, Meijerink and Huitema 2015, Huitema and Meijerink 2017, Woodhouse and Muller 2017). Despite success stories, a substantial body of literature reports a variety of failure stories in various contexts (e.g., Benson et al. 2014, Meijerink and Huitema 2017, Hegga et al. 2020). Our findings suggest that success is not solely reliant on a single condition or governance paradigm (e.g., decentralization vs. adaptive capacity), which is in line with the previous research (e.g., Gutiérrez et al. 2011, Baggio et al. 2016, Knieper and Pahl-Wostl 2016, Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2020a). As such, successful sustainability performance can be a result of the interplay of mutually reinforcing conditions. For instance, capacity influences adaptiveness (DeFries and Nagendra 2017), decentralization (Meijerink and Huitema 2015), and participation (Sabatier et al. 2005), while interplay is crucial for achieving a successful fit (Moss 2012). This emphasizes the need for a nuanced understanding of potential synergies and trade-offs among various governance characteristics.

    Our study has some limitations that shall be addressed in future studies. One of the limitations is that we only look at two problem contexts, groundwater extraction in agriculture and surface water pollution. Future research can expand this analysis to other problem contexts, such as land and water systems, household and industrial water security, and hydropower vs. water ecology, to better understand the role of a problem context and to examine whether the results of this study are also observed in those problem contexts. Another limitation is that this study only presents the types of governance pathways for successful sustainability performance, without exploring their underlying causal interactions. More attention may be needed to the detailed causal interactions between conditions. Interactions within these successful governance pathways and between conditions and their causal link to successful performance could be further investigated in future studies by conducting in-depth analyses or process tracing. Such analyses would address a major limitation of this study: its reliance on data primarily drawn from the existing empirical literature on water governance. Specifically regarding sustainability performance, original studies may be biased, often favoring the publication of statistically significant results and a tendency to seek, interpret, and publish findings that confirm existing beliefs and hypotheses (Zvereva and Kozlov 2021). Furthermore, measuring the impact of water governance is generally difficult because of the complexity and diversity of contextual factors (Akhmouch et al. 2022), which may not be fully captured by the original studies. Thus, an in-depth analysis of governance pathways through a case study may help to provide a more nuanced understanding of the actual sustainability performance.

    CONCLUSION

    This study examined 41 water governance cases to identify governance pathways that lead to successful sustainability performance in relation to the problem contexts of groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. The analysis reveals three key findings, which contribute to enhancing our understanding of successful water governance for water-related sustainability, including the nexus between problem context, governance design, and successful water-related sustainability performance. First, our results confirm the linkage between the nature of a problem context and successful water governance pathways. Aligning problem context with the governance design can allow policy makers to enhance the effectiveness of their policies. Second, governance capacity emerges as a determining factor for the effectiveness of the governance pathways and, ultimately, successful sustainability performance, as evidenced in the necessity analysis and all three pathways to successful sustainability performance. The importance of capacity emphasizes the need for contextual considerations when transferring and implementing governance approaches. Finally, the findings substantiate that there is no easy solution to address water-related problems, as governance characteristics reinforce each other (as part of larger solution pathways) rather than being sufficient by themselves, necessitating a holistic approach to crafting institutions. Designing effective governance pathways would benefit from considering how different governance characteristics interact with each other rather than focusing on particular aspects in isolation.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    Shahana Bilalova: conceptualization, data curation, methodology, formal analysis, investigation, visualization, writing – original draft, writing – reviewing and editing. Nicolas W. Jager: methodology, investigation, writing – review & editing. Jens Newig: conceptualization, writing–review & editing, supervision. Sergio Villamayor-Tomas: conceptualization, writing–review & editing, supervision.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This project received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation program under grant agreement No. 861509 - NEWAVE. We thank the two anonymous reviewers and the Subject Editor for their thoughtful and constructive comments and suggestions. We also thank Graham Epstein for his valuable feedback.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    The authors acknowledge the use of ChatGPT, OpenAI, for language editing in some sections of this manuscript.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The datasets generated and/or analyzed during the current study are available in the Leuphana University repository: https://doi.org/10.48548/pubdata-236.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Agrawal, A., and J. Ribot. 1999. Accountability in decentralization: a framework with South Asian and West African cases. Journal of Developing Areas 33(4):473-502.

    Akamani, K. 2016. Adaptive water governance: integrating the human dimensions into water resource governance. Journal of Contemporary Water Research & Education 158(1):2-18. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1936-704X.2016.03215.x

    Akhmouch, A., P. A. Roche, O. Romano, and M. Salvetti. 2022. Can measuring the impact of water governance turn the tide? Water International 47(2):153-159. https://doi.org/10.1080/02508060.2022.2050624

    Armitage, D. R., R. Plummer, F. Berkes, R. I. Arthur, A. T. Charles, I. J. Davidson-Hunt, A. P. Diduck, N. C. Doubleday, D. S. Johnson, M. Marschke, P. McConney, E. W. Pinkerton, and E. K. Wollenberg. 2009. Adaptive co-management for social-ecological complexity. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 7(2):95-102. https://doi.org/10.1890/070089

    Baggio, J. A., A. J. Barnett, I. Perez-Ibarra, U. Brady, E. Ratajczyk, N. Rollins, C. Rubiños, H. C. Shin, D. J. Yu, R. Aggarwal, J. M. Anderies, and M. A. Janssen. 2016. Explaining success and failure in the commons: the configural nature of Ostrom’s institutional design principles. International Journal of the Commons 10(2):417-439. https://doi.org/10.18352/ijc.634

    Benson, D., O. Fritsch, H. Cook, and M. Schmid. 2014. Evaluating participation in WFD river basin management in England and Wales: processes, communities, outputs and outcomes. Land Use Policy 38:213-222. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2013.11.004

    Berg-Schlosser, D., G. De Meur, B. Rihoux, and C. C. Ragin. 2012. Qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) as an approach. Pages 1-18 in B. Rihoux and C. C. Ragin, editors. Configurational comparative methods: qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) and related techniques. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452226569.n1

    Bilalova, S., J. Newig, and S. Villamayor‐Tomas. 2024. Water governance and sustainability outcomes: dataset from systematic review of 165 empirical water governance research articles [dataset]. Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany. https://doi.org/10.48548/pubdata-235

    Bilalova, S., S. Villamayor-Tomas, and J. Newig. 2025. Water-related problématiques: five archetypical contexts of water governance. Ecology and Society 30(1):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15681-300110

    Biswas, A. K. 2008. Integrated water resources management: Is it working? International Journal of Water Resources Development 24(1):5-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900620701871718

    Blomquist, W., M. Diez, A. Dinar, W. Fru, K. Kemper, and G. Sine. 2005. Decentralization of river basin management: a global analysis. The World Bank, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Boyd, E., and C. Folke. 2012. Adapting institutions: governance, complexity and social ecological resilience. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139017237

    Brondizio, E. S., E. Ostrom, and O. R. Young. 2009. Connectivity and the governance of multilevel social-ecological systems: the role of social capital. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 34(1):253-278. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.environ.020708.100707

    Clarvis, M. H., S. Fatichi, A. Allan, J. Fuhrer, M. Stoffel, F. Romerio, L. Gaudard, P. Burlando, M. Beniston, E. Xoplaki, and A. Toreti. 2014. Governing and managing water resources under changing hydro-climatic contexts: the case of the upper Rhone basin. Environmental Science & Policy 43:56-67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2013.11.005

    Conallin, J., E. Wilson, and J. Campbell. 2018. Implementation of environmental flows for intermittent river systems: adaptive management and stakeholder participation facilitate implementation. Environmental Management 61(3):497-505. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-017-0922-4

    DeFries, R., and H. Nagendra. 2017. Ecosystem management as a wicked problem. Science 356(6335):265-270. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aal1950

    Dietz, T., and P. C. Stern, editors. 2008. Public participation in environmental assessment and decision making. National Academies Press, Washington, D.C., USA. https://doi.org/10.17226/12434

    Duit, A., and V. Galaz. 2008. Governance and complexity—emerging issues for governance theory. Governance 21(3):311-335. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2008.00402.x

    Duşa, A. 2019. QCA with R. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-75668-4

    Epstein, G., C. I. Apetrei, J. Baggio, S. Chawla, G. Cumming, G. Gurney, T. Morrison, H. Unnikrishnan, and S. Villamayor Tomas. 2024. The problem of institutional fit: uncovering patterns with boosted decision trees. International Journal of the Commons 18(1):1-16. https://doi.org/10.5334/ijc.1226

    Epstein, G., J. Pittman, S. M. Alexander, S. Berdej, T. Dyck, U. Kreitmair, K. J. Raithwell, S. Villamayor-Tomas, J. Vogt, and D. Armitage. 2015. Institutional fit and the sustainability of social-ecological systems. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 14:34-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2015.03.005

    Flores, C. C., V. Vikolainen, and H. Bressers. 2016. Water governance decentralisation and river basin management reforms in hierarchical systems: Do they work for water treatment policy in Mexico’s Tlaxcala Atoyac sub-basin? Water 8(5):210. https://doi.org/10.3390/w8050210

    Folke, C. 2004. Traditional knowledge in social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 9(3):7. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-01237-090307

    Folke, C., T. Hahn, P. Olsson, and J. Norberg. 2005. Adaptive governance of social-ecological systems. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 30:441-473. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.energy.30.050504.144511

    Franks, T. 1999. Capacity building and institutional development: reflections on water. Public Administration and Development 19(1):51-61. https://doi.org/10.1002%2F%28SICI%291099-162X%28199902%2919%3A1%3C51%3A%3AAID-PAD54%3E3.0.CO%3B2-N

    Garrick, D. E., E. Schlager, L. De Stefano, and S. Villamayor‐Tomas. 2018. Managing the cascading risks of droughts: institutional adaptation in transboundary river basins. Earth’s Future 6(6):809-827. https://doi.org/10.1002/2018EF000823

    Goertz, G., and J. Mahoney. 2012. A tale of two cultures: qualitative and quantitative research in the social sciences. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, USA.

    Gill, D. A., M. B. Mascia, G. N. Ahmadia, L. Glew, S. E. Lester, M. Barnes, I. Craigie, E. S. Darling, C. M. Free, J. Geldmann, S. Holst, O. P. Jensen, A. T. White, X. Basurto, L. Coad, R. D. Gates, G. Guannel, P. J. Mumby, H. Thomas, S. Whitmee, S. Woodley, and H. E. Fox. 2017. Capacity shortfalls hinder the performance of marine protected areas globally. Nature 543(7647):665-669. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature21708

    Greckhamer, T., V. F. Misangyi, and P. C. Fiss. 2013. The two QCAs: from a small-N to a large-N set theoretic approach. Pages 49-75 in P. C. Fiss, ‎B. Cambre, and A. Marx, editors. Configurational theory and methods in organizational research. Emerald Group, Bingley, UK. https://doi.org/10.1108/S0733-558X(2013)0000038007

    Gupta, J., and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2013. Global water governance in the context of global and multilevel governance: its need, form, and challenges. Ecology and Society 18(4):53. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05952-180453

    Gutiérrez, N. L., R. Hilborn, and O. Defeo. 2011. Leadership, social capital and incentives promote successful fisheries. Nature 470(7334):386-389. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature09689

    Head, B. W. 2022a. The rise of ‘wicked problems’—uncertainty, complexity and divergence. Pages 21-36 in Wicked problems in public policy. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-94580-0_2

    Head, B. W. 2022b. Managing environmental and sustainability challenges. Pages 83-106 in Wicked problems in public policy. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-94580-0_5

    Hegga, S., I. Kunamwene, and G. Ziervogel. 2020. Local participation in decentralized water governance: insights from north-central Namibia. Regional Environmental Change 20(3):105. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-020-01674-x

    Homsy, G. C., Z. Liu, and M. E. Warner. 2019. Multilevel governance: framing the integration of top-down and bottom-up policymaking. International Journal of Public Administration 42(7):572-582. https://doi.org/10.1080/01900692.2018.1491597

    Hoornbeek, J. A., and B. G. Peters. 2017. Understanding policy problems: a refinement of past work. Policy and Society 36(3):365-384. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2017.1361631

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink. 2017. The politics of river basin organizations: institutional design choices, coalitions, and consequences. Ecology and Society 22(2):42. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09409-220242

    Ingram, H. 2011. Beyond universal remedies for good water governance: a political and contextual approach. Page 21 in A. Garrido and H. Ingram, editors. Water for food in a changing world. Routledge, London, UK.

    Jager, N. W., J. Newig, E. Challies, and E. Kochskämper. 2020. Pathways to implementation: evidence on how participation in environmental governance impacts on environmental outcomes. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 30(3):383-399. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopart/muz034

    Jensen, J. L., and R. Rodgers. 2001. Cumulating the intellectual gold of case study research. Public Administration Review 61(2):235-246. https://doi.org/10.1111/0033-3352.00025

    Karpouzoglou, T., A. Dewulf, and J. Clark. 2016. Advancing adaptive governance of social-ecological systems through theoretical multiplicity. Environmental Science & Policy 57:1-9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2015.11.011

    Kirschke, S., C. Franke, J. Newig, and D. Borchardt. 2019. Clusters of water governance problems and their effects on policy delivery. Policy and Society 38(2):255-277. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2019.1586081

    Kirschke, S., J. Newig, J. Völker, and D. Borchardt. 2017. Does problem complexity matter for environmental policy delivery? How public authorities address problems of water governance. Journal of Environmental Management 196:1-7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2017.02.068

    Knieper, C., and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2016. A comparative analysis of water governance, water management, and environmental performance in river basins. Water Resources Management 30(7):2161-2177. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11269-016-1276-z

    Koontz, T. M., and C. W. Thomas. 2006. What do we know and need to know about the environmental outcomes of collaborative management? Public Administration Review 66(s1):111-121. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6210.2006.00671.x

    Langhans, S. D., P. Reichert, and N. Schuwirth. 2014. The method matters: a guide for indicator aggregation in ecological assessments. Ecological Indicators 45:494-507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2014.05.014

    Larson, A. M., and F. Soto. 2008. Decentralization of natural resource governance regimes. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 33(1):213-239. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.environ.33.020607.095522

    Li, W., D. von Eiff, and A. K. An. 2021. Analyzing the effects of institutional capacity on sustainable water governance. Sustainability Science 16(1):169-181. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00842-6

    Lukat, E., M. Schoderer, and S. Castro Salvador. 2022. When international blueprints hit local realities: bricolage processes in implementing IWRM in South Africa, Mongolia, and Peru. Water Alternatives 15(2):473-500.

    McLain, R. J., and R. G. Lee. 1996. Adaptive management: promises and pitfalls. Environmental Management 20(4):437-448. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01474647

    Meijerink, S., and D. Huitema. 2015. The challenges and pitfalls of decentralisation in water resources management. Water Governance 5(Ivm):16-21.

    Meijerink, S., and D. Huitema. 2017. The institutional design, politics, and effects of a bioregional approach: observations and lessons from 11 case studies of river basin organizations. Ecology and Society 22(2):41. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09388-220241

    Meinzen-Dick, R. 2007. Beyond panaceas in water institutions. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 104(39):15200-15205. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0702296104

    Montero, S. G., E. S. Castellón, L. M. M. Rivera, S. G. Ruvalcaba, and J. J. Llamas. 2006. Collaborative governance for sustainable water resources management: the experience of the Inter-municipal Initiative for the Integrated Management of the Ayuquila River Basin, Mexico. Environment and Urbanization 18(2):297-313. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956247806069602

    Moss, T. 2012. Spatial fit, from panacea to practice: implementing the EU Water Framework Directive. Ecology and Society 17(3):2. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-04821-170302

    Moss, T., and J. Newig. 2010. Multilevel water governance and problems of scale: setting the stage for a broader debate. Environmental Management 46:1-6. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-010-9531-1

    Nair, L. B., and M. Gibbert. 2016. Analyzing inconsistent cases in management fsQCA studies: a methodological manifesto. Journal of Business Research 69(4):1464-1470. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2015.10.126

    Newig, J., and O. Fritsch. 2009. More input - better output: does citizen involvement improve environmental governance? Pages 205-224 in I. Blühdorn, editor. In search of legitimacy: policy making in Europe and the challenge of complexity. Verlag Barbara Budrich, Leverkusen, Germany. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvhktkhn.15

    Newig, J., N. W. Jager, E. Challies, and E. Kochskämper. 2023. Does stakeholder participation improve environmental governance? Evidence from a meta-analysis of 305 case studies. Global Environmental Change 82:102705. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2023.102705

    Oana, I. E., and C. Q. Schneider. 2018. SetMethods: an add-on R package for advanced QCA. R Journal 10(1):507-533. https://doi.org/10.32614/RJ-2018-031

    Oana, I.-E., and C. Q. Schneider. 2024. A robustness test protocol for applied QCA: theory and R software application. Sociological Methods & Research 53(1):57-88. https://doi.org/10.1177/00491241211036158

    Oana, I.-E., C. Q. Schneider, and E. Thomann. 2021. Qualitative comparative analysis using R. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009006781

    Oledan, M. T. T. 2001. Challenges and opportunities in watershed management for Laguna de Bay (Philippines). Lakes and Reservoirs: Research and Management 6(3):243-246. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1440-1770.2001.00154.x

    Ostrom, E. 2007. A diagnostic approach for going beyond panaceas. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 104(39):15181-15187. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0702288104

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2015. Conceptual and analytical framework. Pages 25–50 in Water governance in the face of global change: from understanding to transformation. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-21855-7_3

    Pahl-Wostl, C., L. Lebel, C. Knieper, and E. Nikitina. 2012. From applying panaceas to mastering complexity: toward adaptive water governance in river basins. Environmental Science and Policy 23:24-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2012.07.014

    Peters, G. B. 2005. The problem of policy problems. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice 7(4):349-370. https://doi.org/10.1080/13876980500319204

    Ragin, C. C. 1987. The comparative method: moving beyond qualitative and quantitative strategies. University of California Press, Berkeley, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.1525/9780520957350

    Ragin, C. C. 2008. Redesigning social inquiry: fuzzy sets and beyond. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226702797.001.0001

    Rihoux, B. 2013. Qualitative comparative analysis, anno 2013: reframing the comparative method’s seminal statements. Swiss Political Science Review 19(2):233-245. https://doi.org/10.1111/spsr.12031

    Rihoux, B., and C. Ragin. 2009. Configurational comparative methods: qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) and related techniques. Applied Social Research Methods Series, vol. 51. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452226569

    Rinaudo, J. D., and G. Donoso. 2019. State, market or community failure? Untangling the determinants of groundwater depletion in Copiapó (Chile). International Journal of Water Resources Development 35(2):283-304. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2017.1417116

    Ruhl, J. B. 2005. Regulation by adaptive management - is it possible? Minnesota Journal of Law, Science & Technology 7:21-57.

    Sabatier, P. A., W. D. Leach, M. Lubell, and N. W. Pelkey. 2005. Theoretical frameworks explaining partnership success. Pages 173-200 in P. A. Sabatier, W. Focht, M. Lubell, Z. Trachtenberg, A. Vedlitz, and M. Matlock, editors. Swimming Upstream: collaborative approaches to watershed management. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/6577.003.0012

    Salthouse, C. 2000. Making the most of the Mersey estuary: a partnership approach to catchment management. International Journal of Urban Sciences 4(2):129-138. https://doi.org/10.1080/12265934.2000.9693472

    Schneider, C. Q., and C. Wagemann. 2010. Standards of good practice in qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) and fuzzy-sets. Comparative Sociology 9(3):397-418. https://doi.org/10.1163/156913210X12493538729793

    Schneider, C. Q., and C. Wagemann. 2012. Set-theoretic methods for the social sciences. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139004244

    Schneider, C. Q., and C. Wagemann. 2013. Doing justice to logical remainders in QCA: moving beyond the standard analysis. Political Research Quarterly 66(1):211-220.

    Sehring, J. 2009. Path dependencies and institutional bricolage in post-Soviet water governance. Water Alternatives 2(1):61-81.

    Selig, E. R., K. M. Kleisner, O. Ahoobim, F. Arocha, A. Cruz‐Trinidad, R. Fujita, M. Hara, L. Katz, P. McConney, B. D. Ratner, L. M. Saavedra‐Díaz, A. Schwarz, D. Thiao, E. Torell, S. Troëng, and S. Villasante. 2017. A typology of fisheries management tools: using experience to catalyse greater success. Fish and Fisheries 18(3):543-570. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12192

    Shin, H. C., D. J. Yu, S. Park, J. M. Anderies, J. K. Abbott, M. A. Janssen, and T. K. Ahn. 2020. How do resource mobility and group size affect institutional arrangements for rule enforcement? A qualitative comparative analysis of fishing groups in South Korea. Ecological Economics 174:106657. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2020.106657

    Srinivasan, V., E. F. Lambin, S. M. Gorelick, B. H. Thompson, and S. Rozelle. 2012. The nature and causes of the global water crisis: syndromes from a meta-analysis of coupled human-water studies. Water Resources Research 48(10). https://doi.org/10.1029/2011WR011087

    Taylor, P. L., and D. A. Sonnenfeld. 2019. Water crises and governance: reinventing collaborative institutions in an era of uncertainty. Routledge, New York, New York, USA.

    Thomann, E., P. Trein, and M. Maggetti. 2019. What’s the problem? Multilevel governance and problem-solving. European Policy Analysis 5(1):37-57. https://doi.org/10.1002/epa2.1062

    Tropp, H. 2007. Water governance: trends and needs for new capacity development. Water Policy 9(S2):19-30. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2007.137

    Vallury, S., H. C. Shin, M. A. Janssen, R. Meinzen-Dick, S. Kandikuppa, K. R. Rao, and R. Chaturvedi. 2022. Assessing the institutional foundations of adaptive water governance in South India. Ecology and Society 27(1):18. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-12957-270118

    van Buuren, A., I. van Meerkerk, and C. Tortajada. 2019. Understanding emergent participation practices in water governance. International Journal of Water Resources Development 35(3):367-382. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2019.1585764

    Varady, R. G., A. A. Zuniga-Teran, A. K. Gerlak, and S. B. Megdal. 2016. Modes and approaches of groundwater governance: a survey of lessons learned from selected cases across the globe. Water 8(10):417. https://doi.org/10.3390/w8100417

    Vatn, A., and P. Vedeld. 2012. Fit, interplay, and scale: a diagnosis. Ecology and Society 17(4):12. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05022-170412

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., I. Iniesta-Arandia, and M. Roggero. 2020a. Are generic and specific adaptation institutions always relevant? An archetype analysis of drought adaptation in Spanish irrigation systems. Ecology and Society 25(1):32. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-11329-250132

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., C. Oberlack, G. Epstein, S. Partelow, M. Roggero, E. Kellner, M. Tschopp, and M. Cox. 2020b. Using case study data to understand SES interactions: a model-centered meta-analysis of SES framework applications. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 44:48-57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2020.05.002

    Villeneuve, S., J. Painchaud, and C. Dugas. 2006. Targeted sustainable development: 15 years of government and community intervention on the St. Lawrence River. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 113(1-3):285-301. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-005-9085-5

    Woodhouse, P., and M. Muller. 2017. Water governance—an historical perspective on current debates. World Development 92:225-241. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2016.11.014

    Wuijts, S., P. Driessen, and H. Van Rijswick. 2018. Towards more effective water quality governance: a review of social-economic, legal and ecological perspectives and their Interactions. Sustainability 10(4):914. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10040914

    Young, O. R. 1999. Institutional dimensions of global environmental change. Science Plan. IHDP Report No.9. International Human Dimensions Programme, Bonn, Germany.

    Young, O. R. 2002. The institutional dimensions of environmental change: fit, interplay, and scale. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/3807.001.0001

    Yousefi, A., C. Knieper, and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2024. State-centric water governance and ineffective coordination: developing a context-sensitive assessment in Iran’s rentier state. International Journal of Water Resources Development 40:578-603. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2024.2310817

    Zvereva, E. L., and M. V. Kozlov. 2021. Biases in ecological research: attitudes of scientists and ways of control. Scientific Reports 11(1):226. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-80677-4

    Corresponding author:
    Shahana Bilalova
    s.bilalova@vu.nl
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Case selection process.

    Fig. 1. Case selection process.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Intermediate solutions for successful water-related sustainability performance (consistency threshold 0.80). Note: ~ symbolizes the absence of the given condition.

    Fig. 2. Intermediate solutions for successful water-related sustainability performance (consistency threshold 0.80). Note: ~ symbolizes the absence of the given condition.

    Fig. 2
    Table 1
    Table 1. Overview of conditions included in the analysis.

    Table 1. Overview of conditions included in the analysis.

    Conditions Definitions Operationalization
    Problem context Recurring clusters or ensembles of water-related issues (or problems) in relation to water resources and the (un)sustainability of these resources connected to their use The nature of water-related problem context (i.e., groundwater exploitation in agriculture or surface water pollution)
    Institutional fit Alignment between governance structures and ecological systems Extent to which there is spatial (congruence between the geographical extents of an ecological problem and institutions), temporal (fit between institutional responses and the rate of biophysical processes), and functional fit (fit between institutional design and responses and the functional linkages of natural system) between the governance system and and the problem addressed
    Institutional interplay Coordination among institutions Extent to which there is horizontal co-ordination (among institutions across sectors) and vertical co-ordination (among institutions across administrative levels)
    Governance capacity Governance system has its capacity (financial, human, technical, knowledge, etc.) to effectively implement policies Extent to which the governance system has resources (financial, human, technical, knowledge, etc.) to effectively implement policies
    Decentralization Devolution of functions, responsibilities, and authorities to lower levels Extent to which functions, responsibilities, and authorities is delegated to institutions at lower levels
    Participation Involvement of non-state actors in the decision making Extent to which non-state actors are involved in the decision making
    Adaptiveness/knowledge integration Flexibility and the integration of various knowledge sources in the decision making Extent to which the governance system is flexible (ability to adjust), use best available knowledge and experimentation, and integrates scientific, indigenous, or co-produced knowledge in the decision making
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    The Next Wave in Water Governance

    Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Andrea K Gerlak, Dave Huitema, Dona H. Geagea, Hannah Porada, Javier Rodríguez Ros, Jens Newig, Johanna K.L. Koehler, Nicolas W Jager, Nina Valin, Radhika Singh, Shahana Bilalova
    How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature
    Dave Huitema, Kirsty Holstead, Noelle MCG Lasseur
    The Great Stink in the 21st century? Problematizing the sewage scandal in England and envisioning a new infrastructure ideal
    Anna Mdee, Paul Hutchings, Ruth E. Sylvester
    Sustainable Development Goal 6 in the era of the Paris Agreement: changes and trade-offs in tailoring water challenges to global climate goals
    Isabel Jorgensen, Kate Altemus Cullen, Mary Hingst, Mary K. Sluder, Mohammad Shahadat Hossain, Nayyer Mirnasl, Sana Sherif, Sarah Hartman, Sodiq S. Oguntade, Tessa Maurer
    Paradigms in action: exploring environmental consultants’ perspectives on water resilience
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Dave Huitema, Nicolas W Jager, Olga Popescu
    Governing sinking worlds: sensemakings of subsidence in Rotterdam, The Netherlands
    Art R. P. J. Dewulf, Richard F. Pompoes, Wieke D. Pot
    See all Special Features

    Subscribe for updates

    * indicates required
    • Submit an Article
    • Submission Guidelines
    • Current Issue
    • Journal Policies
    • Find Back Issues
    • Open Access Policy
    • Find Features
    • Contact

    Resilience Alliance is a registered 501 (c)(3) non-profit organization

    Permissions and Copyright Information

    Online and Open Access since 1997

    Ecology and Society is now licensing all its articles under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License

    Ecology and Society ISSN: 1708-3087